Historic, Archive Document
Do not assume content reflects current
scientific knowledge, policies, or practices.
Poultry Supplies
> L1BERTYAVE.-113 DIAMOND ST.
PlTTSBURGH,m.
THE MOLINE TRACTOR AND
THE MOLINE BINDER
SEEDS FOR market-gardeners
r
General Information and Suggestions
PRICES ON FARM MACHINERY
The prices on Farm Machinery named in this
catalogue are based on initial orders placed with
the manufacturers, at the time the catalogue goes
to the printer.
Should we, on account of lower cost prices on
subsequent orders, reduce our prices, the pur-
chaser will receive the full benefit of the prices in
effect on the date the order is received, and adjust-
ment will be made accordingly.
On large orders, consisting of a number of
implements or large amounts of other goods,
special prices will be quoted on request.
All prices are f. o. b. cars Pittsburgh unless
otherwise noted.
REMITTANCES
Money should be sent by Money Order, Reg-
istered Letter, Bank Draft or Check. Amounts
less than One Dollar may be sent in postage stamps.
EARLY ORDERS
Our rush season comes in the months of March
and April. To relieve congestion and reduce to
a minimum, the delay in filling orders, we solicit
the cooperation of our customers by placing their
orders early, before the rush begins. While early
ordering helps us, the customer is benefited even
more.
Write your Name, Post Office, State and Ship-
ping Station plainly on every order. State whether
you want the goods forwarded by parcel post,
express, or freight.
When goods are shipped by freight or express to
points where there is no agent, our responsibility
ceases when we secure a receipt from transporta-
tion company.
OUR VEGETABLE AND FLOWER SEEDS are
grown by the most reliable and experienced growers in
Europe and America. Our customers will find them true
to name and of high quality.
OUR FIELD SEEDS are selected with special ref-
erence to their purity and germinating qualities. Our aim
has always been to furnish pure seeds rather than to sell
inferior seeds, at low prices.
OUR POULTRY SUPPLY Department includes a full
line of the latest improved requisites for Poultry Raising
and Egg Production, including an unsurpassed line of
poultry feeds.
Parcel Post Shipments
We deliver free, by parcel post, all Vegetable and Flower Seeds
in packets, ounces, quarter-pounds and pounds. On Peas, Beans.
Com, Onion Sets, etc., in pints or quarts, the amount to be added
for postage is given in connection with the prices. On half-pecks
and pecks, postage must be added at the regular zone rates given
in the parcel-post table below.
Except in a few instances we have named “Postpaid" prices
on all other mailable articles. On the articles excepted the post-
age may be determined from the Parcel Post table. Seeds, plants
and bulbs weighing eight ounces or less, are subject to postage
at the rate of one cent for each two ounces or fraction thereof,
regardless of distance. Over eight ounces, pound and zone
rates will apply.
All general merchandise weighing four ounces or less is subject tc
postage at the rate of one cent for each ounce or fraction thereof,
regardless of distance. Over four ounces, pound and zone rates
will apply.
WEIGHT 1
1st 2
0
(so miles) S
Zone
Rate
(i.^o miles)
2d Zone Rate
I lb
I0.05
S0.05
$0.05
2 lbs. . . .
.06
.06
.06
3 lbs. . . .
.06
.07
.07
4 lbs. . . .
.07
.08
.08
5 lbs
.07
.09
.09
6 lbs. . . .
.08
.10
.10
7 lbs. . . .
.08
.11
.11
8 lbs. . . .
.09
.12
.12
9 lbs. . . .
.09
•13
•13
10 lbs. . . .
.10
.14
.14
II lbs. . . .
.10
•15
•15
12 lbs. . . .
.11
.16
.16
13 lbs. . . .
.11
.17
•17
14 lbs. . . .
.12
.18
.18
15 lbs. . . .
.12
.19
.19
16 lbs. . . .
.13
.20
.20
17 lbs. . . .
•13
.21
.21
18 lbs. . . .
.14
.22
.22
19 lbs. . . .
.14
.23
•23
20 lbs. . . .
•IS
.24
.24
21 lbs. . . .
.15
•25
•25
22 lbs. . . .
.16
.26
.26
23 lbs. . . .
.16
.27
•27
24 lbs. . . .
•17
.28
.28
25 lbs. . . .
.17
.29
.29
26 lbs. . . .
.18
•30
•30
27 lbs. . . .
.18
•31
•31
28 lbs. . . .
.19
•32
•32
29 lbs. . . .
.19
.33
•33
30 lbs. . . .
.20
•34
•34
31 lbs. . . .
.20
•35
•35
32 lbs. . . .
.21
•36
•36
33 lbs. . . .
.21
•37
•JP
34 lbs
.22
•38
•38
35 lbs
.22
•39
•39
36 lbs. . . .
•23
.40
.40
37 lbs. . . .
•23
•41
.41
38 lbs. . . .
.24
.42
.42
39 lbs. . . .
.24
•43
•43
40 lbs. . . .
•25
•44
•44
41 lbs. . . .
•25
•45
•45
42 lbs. . . .
.26
.46
.46
43 lbs. . . .
.26
•47
•47
44 lbs. . . .
.27
.48
.48
45 lbs. . . .
.27
•49
•49
46 lbs. . . .
.28
•50
•50
47 lbs. . . .
.28
•51
•51
48 lbs. . . .
.29
•52
•52
49 lbs. . . .
.29
•53
•53
50 lbs. . . .
•30
•54
•54
(.300 miles)
3d Zone Rate
(600 miles)
4th Zone Rate
(1,000 miles)
5th Zone Rate
So. 06
$0.07
$0.oC
.08
.11
.14
.10
•15
.20
.12
.19
.26
.14
•23
•32
.16
•27
•38
.18
•31
•44
.20
•35
•50
.22
•39
•56
.24
•43
.62
.26
•47
.68
.28
•51
•74
•30
•55
.80
•32
•59
.86
•34
•63
•92
•36
.67
.98
•38
•71
1.04
.40
•75
1. 10
.42
•79
1. 16
•44
•83
1.22
The maximum
weight of parcels ad-
dressed for delivery
in the First, Second
and Third Zones is
70 pounds; beyond
the Third Zone, 50
pounds.
Parcels can be in-
sured as follows: Up
to $5, 3 cents; $5 to
$25, 5 cents; $25 to
$50, 10 cents; $50 to
$100, 25 cents, which
insures against loss
or damage.
All goods shipped
by Parcel Post are
at purchaser’s risk.
INDEX Will be
Found on Third
Cover Page of
Catalogue.
Our Complete Catalogue of
AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS • POULTRY SUPPLIES • DAIRY SUPPLIES
VEGETABLE AND FLOWER SEEDS
OUR CUSTOMERS will note the increased size of our catalogue — “Bigger both ways.” Heretofore we
have issued three catalogues: One for the farmer, one for the market gardener, one for the poultry-
man. Our reasons for combining the three in one will be obvious to the careful observer.
Improved roads, the automobile, the auto truck and Rural Free Delivery have brought the farmer im-
measurably nearer to the town market. Distance no longer prevents him from participating in the profits in
early vegetables, “dollar eggs” in the fall and winter, and poultry all the year round.
The same improved conditions have enabled the market gardener to locate farther from the city, take up
a larger acreage and devote some attention to regular farm operations.
Parcel post and Rural Free Delivery have eliminated the distant market, and the poultryman, although
many miles from his city customers, begins to feel they are his next-door neighbors.
Notwithstanding the increased size of our catalogue, we handle many articles not even mentioned herein.
If you do not find what you want in this catalogue, write us about it. If we cannot furnish it, we will tell you
where you can get it.
We come to you again with as reliable seeds, implements, and supplies as it is possible to obtain, and assure
you that we have spared no efforts to be in readiness to serve you the coming season. No order is too small
to merit our best attention.
Thanking you for the liberal patronage of the past year, we are very respectfully yours,
January, ig2i. THE I. W. SCOTT CO.
ESTABLISHED 1876
FORTY-FIFTH YEAR
The I. W. Scott Co,
1921
VEGETABLE SEEDS
Seeds in Pockets, packet seeds, both vege-
■ table and flower, are put up from
exactly the same stock that we use for larger quantities. This
gives the small gardener the same quality of fresh seeds as the
man who buys by the pound, the peck or the bushel obtains.
You need have no fear about buying packet seed from us.
Ouantitv Rates Half-bushels will be charged at bushel-
-= ■ rates. Half-pecks will be charged at
the peck-rates. Half-pounds will be charged at the pound-
rates. Less than half-pecks will be sold at the quart price.
Less than quarter-pounds will be sold at the ounce-rate.
Guarantee, many things rnay arise to prevent the
* best seeds from giving satisfactory results
that it is impossible for us to guarantee seeds. While we exer-
cise the greatest care to have all seeds pure and reliable, we give
no guarantee, expressed or implied, and will not be in any way
responsible for the crop. If the purchaser does not accept the
seeds on these terms they are at once to be returned.
Postage, ^ seeds by the packet, ounce, pound or
— ° * fraction thereof, we pay postage, unless other-
wise stated. We do not pay postage on Beans, Corn or Peas;
see rates on bottom of these pages.
ASPARAGUS
A good many people are afraid to attempt to grow Asparagus on account of the
supposed difficulty in getting good plants. If the planter starts right there is no more
trouble in growing Asparagus than in raising any other garden crop. Whether you
plant seed or set the roots the soil should be well pulveriz^ and a reasonable amount
of fertilizer worked in at the same time. The seed should be planted in the early spring,
in rows made from 12 to 14 inches apart. After the plants are 3 or 4 inches high, thin
them out to about 3 inches in the row. At the beginning of the second season reset these
little plants into the permanent beds, make the rows about 2 feet apart, and set the
plants at least 18 inches apart in the row. See that the roots are well-spread out and
that the crown is about 3 inches below the level of the bed. Fill in with dirt to the
top of the crown, and after the plants begin to grow fill in more soil until the level of
the surface is reached. No cutting should be made the first year after transplanting,
but the second year you will get a good crop. In the fall, after the tops have been cut,
apply a dressing of coarse manure and fork it in carefully. Nine ounces of seed will sow
about 300 feet of rows; fifteen pounds of seed is sufficient for an acre.
CONOVER’S COLOSSAL. One of the oldest varieties in the market; introduced when
most of us were boys and girls. The tips are of large size and of extra-good quality.
Plants are rapid growers. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., V^lb. 15 cts., lb. 50 cts.
PALMETTO. The tips of this sort are light green; are ready for use very early in the
season and the quality is unusually good. The stalks are large and will produce
freely when the roots are planted in well-prepared soil. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts.,
l^lb. 15 cts., lb. 50 cts.
BARR’S MAMMOTH. Probably the largest of all varieties of Asparagus and one
of the best for market. Stalks are light in color, almost white, and very tender.
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., V^lb. 20 cts., lb. 60 cts.
ASPARAGUS ROOTS
BRUSSELS SPROUTS
This peculiar vegetable looks like a lot of little cabbages growing along a stem
that is from 12 to 15 inches high. Seed may be sown in April or May, either in a
coldframe or in the open ground. When the plants get about the size of a cabbage
plant, they should be set in the garden, about 2 feet apart, and cultivated like cabbage.
An ounce of seed will produce about 2,000 plants.
HALF-DWARF IMPROVED. Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 40 cts., 1/416. $1, lb. $3.
PALMETTO ASPARAGUS
If you are in a hurry to get a bed of Asparagus for the home garden or for market
we would advise you to use the roots,
for these will save at least two years.
PALMETTO, CONOVER’S COLOSSAL
and BARR’S MAMMOTH. 2-yr. roots.
100 by express, not prepaid, $1.75; by
mail, postpaid, $2.
500 by express, not prepaid, $5.25.
1,000, by express, not prepaid, $10.
MARTHA WASHINGTON. Larger and
more productive than the above varieties.
100 postpaid, $4; 500, by express, not
prepaid, $12.
BROCCOLI
Seed should be sown in May and transplanted in June or early in July. Thrives
best in moist fall weather. An ounce of seed will produce about 2,000 plants.
WHITE CAPE. The heads are of medium to large size, creamy white in color and of
a delicate flavor. Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 50 cts., ^/41b. $1.75, lb. $6.
PURPLE CAPE. Slightly tinged with purple. Some gardeners consider that it is a
little hardier than other varieties. Pl^ 10 cts., oz. 50 cts., l^lb. $1.75, lb. $6.
BRUSSELS SPROUTS
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
VEGETABLE SEEDS 3
Dwarf Green-
Podded Bush
GIANT STRINGLESS GREEN-POD BEANS
Under ordinary conditions
one quart of seed is required
for 100 feet of furrow. A bushel
and a half to two bushels, de-
pending on the variety, will be
required for an acre when the seed is drilled in.
BURPEE’S STRINGLESS GREEN-POD. One of the earliest of the green-podded
Beans. The plants produce pods very freely, and it is a fine variety to plant for
successive crops. The pods are 4 to 6 inches in length, handsome, almost round,
thick and meaty; even when full-grown they are entirely stringless. y2pt. 15 cts.,
pt. 25 cts., qt. 50 cts., pk. $3.50, bus. $13.
GIANT STRINGLESS GREEN-POD. A splendid sort for second-early crop or
planting for succession. The plants are very prolific and pods are considerably
longer than the old type of Stringless Green-Pod, ranging from 5 to 7 inches in
length; they are absolutely stringless, round, fleshy and filled to the tips with Beans.
All things considered it is one of the best varieties for the market-garden or for the
home-grower. V2pt* 15 cts., pt. 25 cts., qt. 50 cts., pk. $3.50, bus. $13.
IMPROVED EXTRA-EARLY RED VALENTINE. This variety is known under
two or three names — Hopkins’ Valentine, Round Red Valentine, as well as its
proper name, Extra-Early Red Valentine. The plants come into bearing about
ten days earlier than the old Red Valentine. The fleshy pods are produced in great
quantities and are almost stringless even when full-grown; are round and solid
A good sort for market-gardeners. Vapt. 15c., pt. 25c., qt. 50c., pk. $3.25, bus. $12.
REFUGEE, or 1,000-to-l. This is one of the later-maturing green-podded bush Beans,
requiring about two weeks longer than the Red Valentine or Stringless Green-
Pod varieties. It is a very heavy yielder and is largely used by canning factories.
Probably this variety will produce more Beans to the acre than any other green-
podded sort. y2pt. 15 cts., pt. 25 cts., qt. 50 cts., pk. $3.50, bus. $13.
STRINGLESS GREEN-POD REFUGEE. This is a new variety, but in many re-
spects similar to the old i,ooo-to-i, except that it is absolutely stringless. Even
when the pods have reached full size and are old enough to shell the Beans, the
string feature is entirely absent. The plants are upright growers either in the
garden or in the field, and probably will produce more pods than the older variety,
i^pt. 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $3.75, bus. $14.
LONGFELLOW. An early sort, with round, solid pods. Very prolific; matures its
crop very regularly and withstands adverse conditions. Vzpt- 20 cts., pt. 30 cts.,
qt. 60 cts., pk. $3.75, bus. $14.
BEANS
It seems almost useless to give the average gardener any instructions about
growing Beans. There are some things, however, that will be helpful and
interesting, even to the experienced gardener. The Bush Beans are generally
divided into three classes — ^the Green-podded Beans, the Wax Bush Beans
and the Dwarf Limas. In the average catalogue you will find more varieties
under the head of Green-podded Beans than in either of the other classes.
Ease of culture and propagation may have something to do with this; but the
market demand is an important factor, for many buyers consider that the
Green-podded Beans are richer in flavor.
Growing Bush or Dwarf Beans in the Garden. About the first of May
is the proper time to plant Beans in the garden, for there is very little use in
putting the seed in the soil before the ground is reasonably warm. It is custom-
ary to make furrows from 18 inches to 2 feet apart, and drop the Beans
about 3 inches apart in the furrow. We recommend a depth of i to 2 inches
for early spring planting, and 2>^ to 3 inches for early or late summer planting.
In the course of a week you
may expect to see the plants
pushing themselves up to the
light. Seed may be planted
every two weeks for a succes-
sion. The soil should be kept
well loosened, but one should
avoid working around the
plants in the early morning
when the foliage is wet with
dew; the moisture is quite
likely to cause the pods to
rust.
BOUNTIFUL BEANS
AT THESE PRICES WE DO NOT PAY POSTAGE. IF WANTED BY MAIL ADD 8 CTS. PER PINT, 10 CTS. PER QUART
4 VEGETABLE SEEDS
The /. W, Scott Company y Pittsburgh, Pa
DWARF GREEN-PODDED BUSH BEANS, continued
BOUNTIFUL. This variety is well named, both on account of its extreme
productiveness and its earliness. One important feature is that while it
comes into bearing early in the season the pods will remain in an edible
condition for a long time. The pods are flat, absolutely stringless, tender
and of excellent flavor. In a good many gardens it is the first Bean to
come into bearing and if planted in succession will continue to bear until
late in the fall. y2pt. 15 cts., pt. 25 cts., qt. 50 cts., pk. $3.25, bus. $12.
BLACK VALENTINE. This is an exceedingly early sort, and very similar
to the Red-seeded Valentine, except that the pod is straighter and the
Beans are black. Some growers do not consider it quite so good in quality
as the Red Valentine, but in a market where there is a demand for the
black-seeded Beans it will prove to be popular. It is a strong, vigorous
grower, enormously productive, an excellent shipper and of very handsome
appearance. y2pt. 15 cts., pt. 25 cts., qt. 50 cts., pk. $3.25, bus. $12.
FULL MEASURE. A desirable round-podded variety with pods 6 to 7
inches long, which are solid, meaty, brittle, and stringless. It is a little
later than Stringless Green-Pod and is a splendid Bean for home or market
use. y2pt. 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $3.75, bus. $14.
WHITE KIDNEY. Largely grown for shell Beans. The pods are showy and
of good size, but are inclined to get tough unless picked when young. It
has an advantage over some other sorts in that the Beans are white and do
not discolor when cooked, yzpt. 20c., pt. 30c., qt. 60 cts., pk. $3.75, bus. $14.
RED KIDNEY. Mostly grown for shell Beans. Vipi- 20 cts., pt. 30 cts.,
qt. 60 cts., pk. $3.75, bus'. $14.
WHITE MARROWFAT. Good for cooking or baking; also an excellent shell
Bean. Pod medium broad, green. Vzpt. 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $3.75,
bus. $14.
DWARF HORTICULTURAL. A good sort for a green shell Bean. Pods are
almost round, of medium length and slightly curved like some of the wax
varieties. The Beans are round and speckled with red or purplish red.
y2pt. 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $3.75, bus. $14.
WHITE NAVY or PEA BEAN. This Bean is used mostly for field planting
and is probably one of the best sorts for this purpose. The variety is con-
sidered to be a sure cropper and extremely prolific. V^pt. 15 cts., pt. 25 cts.,
qt. 50 cts., pk. $3.25, bus. $12.
DWARF WAX-PODDED BEANS
The Yellow-podded Wax Beans are handsomer in appearance than the
green sorts, and on this account bring a higher price in a good many markets.
The plants are good yielders, but they seem to be more subject to rust or
mildew than the green-podded sorts. One quart of seed will be required for 100 feet of furrow, and a bushel and a half to two
bushels to the acre, when drilled in, depending on the variety.
IMPROVED GOLDEN WAX BEANS
IMPROVED GOLDEN WAX. The pods of this variety are a
little longer and thicker than those of the original Golden Wax,
running from 4 to 5 inches in length; the plant is an erect
grower, hardy, and bears large quantities of good-quality
Beans. A profitable Bean for the market-gardener, and for the
home-gardener as well. VzPt* 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts.,
pk. $4, bus. $14.
GOLDEN-EYE WAX. A variety that for many years has been
popular with market-growers. The plants come into bearing
early in the season and produce a goodly quantity of semi-
round, yellowish white pods. y2pt. 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60
cts., pk. $4, bus. $14.
KEENEY’S RUSTLESS GOLDEN WAX. This sort is less liable
to rust than any other variety of wax-podded Bean. The plants
are remarkably vigorous and extremely productive. The pods
are considered a great improvement over Golden Wax, and
are meaty, well filled and stringless from the very first of the
season to the last of the crop in the fall. Vzpt* 20 cts., pt.
30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $14.
PENCIL-POD BLACK WAX. One of the later sorts and is
valuable for midseason use. Not generally considered a pro-
lific variety, but with reasonable care will give bountiful crops.
Vipt 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $14.
BUY YOUR SEEDS EARLY — in January or February,
rather than in March and April, and have them on hand when
planting-time comes.
- ROUND-POD KIDNEY or BRITTLE WAX. Early, of excep-
tionally good quality, with a flavor superior to most other sorts,
and is beautiful in appearance. The pods are round, long and
very tender. It seems to be perfectly stringless at all stages of
growth, and not liable to rust. Vzpt* 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60
cts., pk. $4, bus. $14.
WARD WELL’S KIDNEY WAX. Probably this variety is known
to gardeners all over the country, and is one of the hardiest
sorts. The plants are rapid growers, coming into full size in
a very short time; pods broad, waxy yellow, brittle and
of fine flavor; seeds white with slight purple tinge. Most
desirable in every way. Vzpt- 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts.,
pk. $4, bus. $14.
DAVIS WHITE WAX. Compact in growth and very productive;
the pods are clear waxy white, long and handsome. The dry
Beans are clear white, tender, of fine flavor and are especially
good for baking. Vzpt* 20c., pt. 30c., qt. 60c., pk. $4, bus. $14.
IMPROVED PROLHi'IC BLACK WAX. A good variety which
should be planted in every garden. Pods are quite long, nearly
round and well filled with small black seeds. Very tender and
of excellent flavor, l^pt. 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk,
$4, bus. $14.
HODSON WAX. One of the handsomest Wax Beans, and a
splendid sort for market, as it sells readily. The plants produce
good crops and the variety is splendid for second-early or for
main crop. The pods are long, very tender and of fine flavor.
y2pt. 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $14.
AT THESE PRICES WE DO NOT PAY POSTAGE. IF WANTED BY MAIL, ADD 8 CTS. PER PINT, 10 CTS. PER QUART
The L W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
VEGETABLE SEEDS 5
DWARF WAX-PODDED BUSH BEANS, continued
SURE-CROP STRINGLESS WAX. One of the best new extra-early varieties. Plants are strong growers and
begin to produce pods when quite small. The pods are of extra-fine quality, semi-round and of a beautiful
appearance. As its name implies, it is absolutely stringless. V2pt. 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $14.
HARDY WAX. A very desirable medium-early variety. Rich yellow pods of medium length, round, entirely string-
less, and of excellent quality. Produces a vigorous bush and seems to withstand adverse weather conditions
better than any of the other wax-podded sorts. y2pt. 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $14.
BUSH LIMA BEANS
Growing Bush Lima Beans in the Garden. The Limas are very tender and are susceptible to cold,
wet ground and unpleasant weather. If Bush Lima Beans are planted in hills, the hills, should be 2 to
3 feet apart each way, with four to six Beans in a hill. If planted in drills, the rows should be 2 to 3
feet apart, and the Beans planted 3 to 4 inches apart and about 2 inches deep. Planting in hills on the
above basis requires about twenty quarts of seed to the acre, and in drills thirty quarts to the acre.
BURPEE’S IMPROVED. The pods are large, well filled with Beans that come into marketing condition
early in the season and remain green for a long time. The plant is an upright, compact grower, with
very heavy foliage. V2pt. 25 cts., pt. 45 cts., qt. 80 cts., pk. $5.25, bus. $20.
FORDHOOK. Bear bigger crops than any other Lima, and are unusually early; in some cases they are
ready for use three weeks earlier than the pole varieties. The pods are extra large and are well filled,
containing three to five very large Beans. V^pt. 25 cts., pt. 45 cts., qt. 80 cts., pk. $5.25, bus. $20.
BURPEE’S. This Bean is of first quality and is among the best sorts for the average home-garden.
V^pt. 20 cts., pt. 35 cts., qt. 65 cts., pk. $4.75, bus. $18.
WOOD’S PROLIFIC. An improved strain of the old Dwarf Sieva Bean. It is hardier than the true
Limas, and is valuable for planting where true Limas do not succeed well. '/^pt. 20 cts., pt. 35 cts.,
qt. 65 cts., pk. $4.75, bus. $18.
POLE LIMA BEANS
The culture for Pole Lima Beans is practically the same as for the Bush Limas, excepting that poles
8 to 10 feet long must be used for the vines to climb.
EXTRA-EARLY JERSEY. Comes into marketable size ten days to two weeks earlier than the old
Large White Lima. y2pt. 25 cts., pt. 40 cts., qt. 75 cts., pk. $4.25, bus. $16.
DETROIT MAMMOTH. A new variety introduced a few years ago. The mammoth pods are 9 to 1 1
inches long, medium green in color, and contain from five to seven Beans; excellent quality. Medium
early, strong-growing vines and very productive. V2Pt* 25 cts., pt. 40 cts., qt. 75 cts., pk. $5, bus. $18.
SEIBERT’S EARLY. Extra early. One of the most productive, and when freshly shelled the Beans are
extra large, but shrink in drying to about the size of the ordinary White Lima. V2pt. 25 cts., pt. 40 cts.,
qt. 75 cts., pk. $4.25, bus. $16.
KING OF THE GARDEN. The largest of the Lima Beans and is extra fine in every way. The pods
often measure from 5 to 6 inches in length and contain five or six perfectly formed Beans. It is never
safe to allow more than two vines to each pole. ^ipt. 25 cts., pt. 40 cts., qt. 75 cts., pk. $4.25, bus. $16.
LEVIATHAN. Early; the vines are extra-strong growers and bear great quantities of large pods that
are filled with good-sized, tender Beans. Vzpt- 25 cts., pt. 40 cts., qt. 75 cts., pk. $4.25, bus. $16.
CARPINTERIA. This large, green-seeded variety produces extra-fine Beans which are of good size and much thicker than the
ordinary Lima, with three to five Beans in the pod. Vzpt* 25 cts., pt. 40 cts., qt. 75 cts., pk. $4.50, bus. $17.
LARGE WHITE. This old sort is the standard by which all varieties of Lima Beans are measured. It has been grown in family
gardens and by market-gardeners for many years. V2PL 25 cts., pt. 40 cts., qt. 75 cts., pk. $4.25, bus. $16.
POLE LIMA BEAN
WAX- AND GREEN-PODDED POLE or RUNNING BEANS
The Pole or Running Beans are tender and should be planted about two weeks later than Bush Beans. They succeed best in
sandy loam which should be liberally enriched with manure. They are usually planted in hills 3 to 4 feet apart, with six to ten
Beans in a hill and about 2 inches deep. However, when they are well started, they should be thinned to from four to six plants
in a hill. They are sometimes planted with corn, using the stalks for a support. One quart of seed will plant from 100 to 200 hills
and from eight to ten quarts will plant an acre, according to the size of the Bean.
KENTUCKY WONDER. It is about ten days earlier than most
of the green sorts, being ready for use the first of August. Pods
are entirely stringless, of good size, tender and excellent. V^pt.
15 cts., pt. 25 cts., qt. 50 cts., pk. $3.50, bus. $13.
ElENTUCKY WONDER WAX. Practically identical with the
Kentucky Wonder except that the pod is waxy yellow and flat.
y2pt. 25 cts., pt. 40 cts., qt. 75 cts., pk. $4.25, bus. $16.
LAZY WIFE. Pods are of good size, entirely stringless, fleshy,
of pleasing flavor. Equally good as a snap Bean or a winter
shell Bean. Vzpt. 25c., pt. 40c., qt. 75 cts., pk. $4.25, bus. $16.
KING HORTICULTURAL. Similar to the old London Horti-
cultural or Speckled Cranberry. Pods are short, broad, pale
green, streaked with bright red. The Beans are extra good, either
green or dry. V2pt. 20c., pt. 35c., qt. 60c., pk. $4, bus. $15.
BURGER’S GREEN-POD STRINGLESS. Also known as the
White-seeded Kentucky Wonder. Bears long, brittle pods of
fine flavor. V^pt. 25 cts., pt. 40 cts., qt. 75 cts., pk. $4.25,
bus. $16.
SCARLET RUNNER. This variety is often used as an orna-
mental climber. It is a rapid grower, thickly covering a porch
or trellis, and makes elegant shade in summer. The flowers
are borne in good clusters, are brilliant scarlet and are followed
by green pods that are sweet and tender. The dry Beans can
be used in the same way as the Lima Beans. Vzpt. 20 cts.,
pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $4.25, bus. $16.
GOLDEN CLUSTER WAX. Long yellow pods, from three to
six Beans in a pod, bearing from the middle of July until frost.
y2Pt. 25 cts., pt. 40 cts., qt. 75 cts., pk. $4.50, bus. $17.
AT THESE PRICES WE DO NOT PAY POSTAGE. IF WANTED BY MAIL, ADD 8 CTS. PER PINT, 10 CTS. PER QUART
6 VEGETABLE SEEDS
The 7. W, Scott Company , Pittsburgh, Pa.
EXTRA-EARLY EGYPTIAN. Very similar DETROIT DARK red BEET
to Crosby’s Extra-Early, but is a week or
ten days earlier. The flesh is dark red, crisp and sweet. It is especially good for market-gardeners,
and likewise for early use in the home-garden. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., V^lb. 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
EXTRA-EARLY ECLIPSE. This is one of the most popular table Beets. The root is round,
slightly pointed; flesh is bright red but not quite so dark as the Egyptian. If planted in June or
July it makes a good sort for winter use. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., *^lb. 40 Cts., lb. $1.25.
DEWING EARLY BLOOD TURNIP. This is a medium-early sort, with a smooth turnip-shaped
root. It is especially good for storing for winter use, if the seed is sown the latter part of June or
first of July. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
EARLY BLOOD TURNIP. Round, with very small tap-root and grows to a good size in compara-
tively short time. The flesh is deep blood-red. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
DETROIT DARK RED. This variety is an improved strain of the old Blood Turnip. The flesh is
dark red, somewhat like the Egyptian, but the root is almost a perfect globe shape. The outer
skin is very smooth; the tops are of medium size. Market-gardeners consider it a valuable sort,
but it is equally suitable for the home-garden. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., y4lh. 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
CRIMSON GLOBE. A good-sized Beet that is popular for market use; matures early; is a good
keeper, and has an excellent appearance. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
SWISS CHARD. This plant belongs to the Beet family, but the leaves only are used, pre-
- pared like spinach. The stems can be used in the same way as asparagus.
The leaves grow to a very large size, often 20 to 24 inches in length.
WHITE or SILVER SWISS CHARD. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., Vilb. 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
MANGEL-WURZEL
MANGEL-WURZEL
The Mangels are particularly valuable for the stockman and poultryman; the roots are juicy and
sweet and are considered good for milch cows. Twenty-five to thirty tons of roots can be grown on
an acre, which requires from five to six pounds of seed. The seed should be sown in April or May,
and when the plants are 2 or 3 inches high, thin them out so that they will stand 5 to 6 inches apart.
Should be harvested before frost and stored in pits out-of-doors, or in a dryq frost-proof cellar.
NORBITON GIANT, LONG RED. Very large; excellent variety for feeding stock. Oz. 10 cts.,
V^lb. 25 cts., lb. 75 cts.
GOLDEN TANKARD. Particularly valuable on account of the sugar. The flesh and skin are deep
yellow and the roots grow to an extremely large size. Oz. 10 cts., V41h. 25 cts., lb. 75 cts.
LONG RED MAMMOTH. A good many stockmen consider this variety to be best of the AIangels.
The roots grow to an enormous size and furnish a splendid quality of feed; all stock will eat the
roots, but they are especially good for milch cows. Oz. 10 cts., l^lb. 25 cts., lb. 75 cts.
WHITE SUGAR. Probably the sweetest and best of all Sugar Beets; very productive and especially
good for stock-feeding. Oz. 10 cts., i/41b. 25 cts., lb. 75 cts.
KLEIN WANZLEBEN. (Sugar Beet.) The roots are large and easily grown, with medium tops and
white flesh. This variety, with careful culture, often yields twelve to sixteen tons per acre. One
of the best of the Sugar Beets. Oz. 10 cts., V^lb. 25 cts., lb. 75 cts.
RED GLOBE. Flesh is light red or pink; keeps well for winter use and is probably the best Mangel
for growing in shallow soils. Oz. 10 cts., y4lh. 25 cts., lb. 75 cts.
If the gardener wants Beets for early use, the seed should be sown just as
early in the spring as it is possible to work the soil. If still earlier crops are
desired, the seed may be sown in coldframe in February’ or March, and the
little plants reset in the open ground in the early spring, this method often
saving two or three weeks’ time. The round or turnip-shaped Beets are con-
sidered best for general table use.
Growing Beets in the Garden. If the crop is desired for table use only, the
seed may be sown in drills about 14 inches apart; after the plants are up they
should be thinned so that they will stand 4 to 5 inches apart in the row. This
will give ample space for the earlier Beets to develop, and when harv’esting
the crops, from time to time pull out alternate plants; thus the remaining
plants will have more room to spread and become larger for winter use. Ordi-
nary garden soil is entirely suitable for growing Beets, provided it is spaded
and plowed quite deeply and the surface made mellow. The roots can be
stored in a dry cellar, covered with sand to prevent shriveling or diy’ing out,
or they may be kept in pits out-of-doors.
EARLY MODEL. A very early blood-red sort; medium size, almost round,
extremely sweet and tender. Pkt. 5 cts.,
oz. 15 cts., 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
CROSBY’S EXTRA-EARLY. A very’ superior
variety’. More globe-shaped than the old
flat Egy’ptian. Nearly as early and of better
quality. Good for either early or late plants
ing. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., '^lb. 50 cts.,
lb. $1.50.
BEETS
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
EARLY FLAT DUTCH EARLY JERSEY WAKEFIELD
OUR FROST-PROOF CABBAGE PLANTS
Will Mature Heads Two to Three Weeks Earlier Than Your
Home-Grown Plants and Double Your Profits
OUR GUARANTEE refund the purchase price to any customer who is dissatisfied with results produced
1 when crop is matured. A person wanting extra early Cabbage for home use or market CAN’T
AFFORD NOT TO USE THESE PLANTS.
There are a number of islands along the seacoast of
South Carolina where the soil and climatic conditions are just
suited for growing tough, hardy Cabbage plants during the
winter and early spring. The seed is planted in the open field
during the months of October, November, December, January,
and February. The plants make a slow but steady growth,
until at eight to ten weeks of age they are very tough and
hardy, the buds are purple and the outer leaves a reddish
brown. When in this condition they can be shipped to terri-
tory farther north and be planted in the open ground a month
to six weeks sooner than the home-grown hotbed or coldframe
plants. These . Frost-Proof Cabbage Plants will stand a
temperature of 20 degrees above zero without injury, the land
freezing, or the plants being covered with ice, sleet or snow
after they are planted will not injure them.
The top of the plant does not grow until your regular spring
weather opens up, but the roots grow from the time they are
planted, and just as soon as spring weather starts, the estab-
lished root-growth assimilates the fertilizer in the soil, the plants
grow very fast, maturing headed Cabbage two to three weeks
sooner than you can mature them from hotbed and coldframe
plants.
You know what the difference in profit will be if your crop
is matured and marketed before the general crop from home-
grown plants is matured, but to get this advantage these frost-
proof cabbage plants must be planted a month or six weeks
earlier than you would plant home-grown plants from hot-
beds or coldframes.
Our Cabbage plants are grown from the best Long Island
grown seed and are shipped direct from our growing station in
South Carolina by parcel post or express. We can fill orders
from December i to May 15.
The plants when received will be somewhat wilted and have
a hard, stunted appearance, which will be disappointing to
persons who have never used these plants before. Regardless of
appearance, they will produce the crop results.
VARIETIES: EARLY JERSEY WAKEFIELD, CHARLESTON LARGE TYPE WAKEFIELD,
SUCCESSION, and EARLY FLAT DUTCH
PRICES BY PARCEL POST, POSTAGE PAID. — In lots of 100, 200, 300, or 400 plants at 50 cts. per 100 plants; 500 plants for
$1.75; 1,000 or more at $3.25 per 1,000 plants.
Orders are filled by the 100, not 250 or 350. These prices are for even quantities of one variety to package; if you ordered 200
of one variety and 300 of another variety you would pay at the 100 rate.
PRICES BY EXPRESS, BUYER PAYING EXPRESS CHARGES. — In lots of 1,000 to 4,000 plants at $2.25 per 1,000; 5,000 or
more at $2 per 1,000. Plants are packed for express shipment, 1,000 or 2,000 plants of a variety to package. They weigh about 25
pounds per 1,000 plants, packed for shipment. For the past two years the express service has been congested and the deliveries slow
and unsatisfactory. We therefore advise parcel post shipments.
Order Early to Get Plants Delivered in Time.
When we receive your order for these plants, we have to forward it to our growing sta-
tion which takes several days. Plants are shipped direct to you from growing station.
Plants cannot be pulled or shipped when beds are wet. We sometimes have a week or ten days of continued wet weather which pre-
vents shipment. If you do not receive your plants as soon as you expect them, you will know that weather prevents shipment.
Send your orders two to three weeks before you expect to set the plants and you will get them on time.
8 VEGETABLE SEEDS
The I. W. Scott Company y Pittsburgh, Pa.
CABBAGE
Growing Cabbage in the Garden. If extra-early Cabbage is desired, it is advisable to sow the seed in a hotbed in January or the
first part of February. Plants raised in hotbeds must be hardened off by slightly lifting the sashes to give air on mild days. Plants
may be set in the open ground as soon as danger of heavy frost is past — if the plants are properly hardened they .will not be in-
jured by slight freezing. Cabbage plants are gross feeders, and the soil should be made as rich as possible and likewise finely pul-
verized; set the plants about 20 inches apart, and make the rows far enough apart to admit of easy cultivating. Seed may be sown
about the middle of April for the second crop, and for later crop sow early in May, transplanting to open ground in July. One ounce
of seed will produce from 1,500 to 2,000 plants.
If the plants are infested with Cabbage-worms they may be dusted with Slug Shot, tobacco dust or some similar insecticide.
SELECT EARLY JERSEY WAKEFIELD. For a good many
years this has been the leading early Cabbage. As a general
thing, market-gardeners consider it the best of the early sorts.
The heads are pointed and of fair size. The plants are hardy,
standing heavier frost than any other early variety. The
leaves are small, therefore permitting of close planting. Select
Early Jersey Wakefield is an excellent keeper, solid enough to
be shipped long distances, a valuable sort for the home-garden
as well as for the market-gardener. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 40 cts.,
V4lb. $1, lb. $3.50.
CHi^ESTON LARGE WAKEFIELD. This is simply a selec-
tion from the Select Early Jersey Wakefield, but a little later,
and grows a much larger head. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 40 cts., Vilb-
$1, lb. $3.50.
EUREKA. A flat-headed Cabbage w^hich comes into usable size
with the Early Jersey Wakefield. The heads are solid, with
tender leaves. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 40 cts., ^/ilb. $1, lb. $3.50.
GLORY OF ENKHUTZEN. This variety is a dwarf grower, with
small leaves, permitting of close planting. Heads are ball-
shaped, tender, fine-grained and of ideal size for marketing.
Tested with the Early Jersey Wakefield it has proved to be
five to ten days earlier, which is a great advantage to the man
who grows for the market. It also has a finer flavor and is a
better keeper than the Wakefields. Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 40 cts.,
V4lb. $1.25, lb. $4.
COPENHAGEN MARKET. This variety was introduced about
ten years ago. The heads are round, and weigh from five to
eight pounds each; they are extremely solid, have a very small
core, and are of fine quality. It matures with the Wakefields.
The plants are hardy, short-stemmed, and produce heads close
to the ground. On account of its compact growth it can be
planted closer than most other varieties. The finest round-
headed early Cabbage on the market. Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 50 cts.,
V4lb. $1.50, lb. $5.
HENDERSON’S EARLY SUMMER. An old, well-known second-
early Cabbage. The heads are flat, round and solid, and will
weigh from seven to ten pounds each; is about ten days later
than the Early Jersey Wakefield. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 40 cts., V^lb.
$1, lb. $3.50.
COPENHAGEN MARKET CABBAGE
DANISH BALLHEAD (SHORT STEM) CABBAGE
BURPEE’S ALLHEAD. This variety was introduced something
like twenty years ago. It is claimed to be “the earliest of
all large Cabbages.” The heads are flat and solid, having
comparatively few outer leaves. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 40 cts., Vi^b.
$1, lb. $3.50.
BURPEE’S SUREHEAD. Another old standby. Heads have
few loose leaves, are uniform in size, hard, and keep well.
Pkt. 5 cts., ozo 40 cts., Vilb. $1, lb. $3.50.
SUCCESSION. This is a second-early variety, and is highly
recommended for garden planting, as it heads well under
almost all conditions. About a week later than Early Summer,
but nearly double the size. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 40 cts., $1>
lb. $3.50.
ALL SEASONS. An early drumhead Cabbage; ver^'- solid,
nearly round heads that are slightly flattened. Pkt. 5 cts.,
oz. 40 cts., l^lb. $1, lb. $3.50.
HOLLANDER, or DANISH BALLHEAD, SHORT STEM. The
true Danish Ballhead Cabbage came from Denmark something
like thirty-five years ago, and still holds the popularity that
came to it during the first few years of grouTh for the American
market. The heads are solid as a bullet, of medium size, white
and tender clear to the center; no other Cabbage is so popular
for market use as the Danish Ballhead, and a good price can
be obtained for this variety when ordinary Cabbages are not
salable at any price. The most popular and profitable late
variety for market. A good keeper. Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 50 cts.,
i/4lb. $1.50, lb. $5.
PREMIUM FLAT DUTCH. There is no better Cabbage for
later winter use; it is a splendid keeper and the heads are of
good size, solid and handsome. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 40 cts., V^lb.
! $1, lb. $3.50.
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
VEGETABLE SEEDS 9
^he I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
CABBAGE, continued
MAMMOTH ROCK RED. A
good - sized, reliable - heading
red Cabbage. Pkt. 5 cts., oz.
40 cts., V^lb. $1.25, lb. $4.50.
DANISH ROUND RED, This
is a new introduction and
probably is the best of the red
Cabbages. The deep color
extends clear to the center of
the heads, which are per-
fectly round, very solid, and
not liable to burst. Pkt. 10c.,
oz. 50 cts., V^lb. $1.50, lb. $5.
LARGE LATE DRUMHEAD.
Extra-good flat Cabbage for
all purposes. Heads solid and
big, and will keep until late
in the spring. Pkt. 5 cts., oz.
40 cts., V4lb. $1, lb. $3.50.
DRUMHEAD SAVOY. Savoy
Cabbages have peculiarly
crinkled leaves. This variety
is probably the best of the
Savoys. Plants are strong
growers, with only a few outer
leaves. The heads may be
blanched without difficulty
and are of the finest flavor.
Savoy Cabbage is the favorite
of many, and this variety is
one of the best for the home
garden. Pkt. 5 Cts., oz. 40 cts.,
y4lb. $1.25, lb. $4.
Produces beautiful celery-like heads that bleach easily; also
resembles Cos Lettuce. The outer leaves may be used while it is
growing; fine to use as a salad or cooked like asparagus. The
flavor is delicious. Sow seed about the last of June, plant in rows
24 inches apart, and thin to 20 inches apart in the row. Pkt.
10 cts., oz. 30 cts., 141b. $1, lb. $3.50.
COLLARDS
GEORGIA or SOtJTHERN. A popular variety with a long, green
stem and large, loose leaves forming an open head. Pkt. 5 cts.,
oz. 10 cts., V41b‘ 30 cts., lb. $1.
CAULIFLOWER
Growing Cauliflower in the Garden. Like most vegetables.
Cauliflower thrives best in rich soil, with plenty of moisture.
In dry weather it is advisable to water the plants freely, and
especially so when the heads begin to form. The seed should be
planted about the same time as cabbage seed and under the same
general conditions, but it should be borne in mind that Cauli-
flower will not head in hot weather; therefore seed-sowing should
be planned so that the heads will form in the spring and early
summer or in the autumn. One ounce of seed will produce about
2,000 plants.
SELECT EARLY SNOWBALL. This is an extra-early variety,
which is generally considered to be one of the sure-heading
sorts.^ The habit is dwarf; the outer leaves are small, which
permits the plants to be set very close, 18 to 20 inches giving
ample space; the head is of medium size, pure snow-white.
In addition to its value in the garden it can be grown under
glass in the winter. It is a most valuable sort, both for the
market-gardener and the home garden. We offer an unsur-
passed strain from one of the leading growers in Denmark.
Pkt. 40 cts., V40Z. 90 cts., oz. $3, 141b. $10.
CAULIFLOWER, continued
DANISH GIANT or DRY WEATHER. This variety is just a
few days later than Snowball. The heads are about the same
size, pure white, perfect and solid. The great advantage of
this sort is that it will grow during dry weather when the other
varieties are likely to fail to head during periods of extreme
drought. Pkt. 40 cts., V^oz. 90 cts., oz. $3, y4lh. $10.
CORN SALAD
This is a hardy, quick-growing plant, and is often used as a
substitute for lettuce during the winter months; also for cooking
like spinach. The seed may be sown in the late fall ; if the plants
are given a slight protection in winter they will be suitable for
use in early spring.
LARGE-SEEDED. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., ^tlb. 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
CRESS
The common name of Cress is “Pepper Grass.” The seed may
be sown very early in spring in a sheltered spot in the garden , or
may be started in the hotbed and the plants set out as early as
possible. The plants mature very rapidly and soon produce seed,
therefore it is necessary to sow every week or ten days, as the
leaves are good only when the plants are small.
FINE-CURLED PEPPER. The foliage can be cut several times
before the plants begin to form seeds. It is one of the best
sorts of this class. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., ^^lb. 25 cts., lb. 75 cts.
WATER CRESS. (True.) Seeds of this variety should be sown
in damp places; on the bank of a stream in shallow water is
one of the best places for Water Cress. No care is required
after sowing the seed. Pkt. 15 cts., oz. 50 cts., $1.75,
lb. $6.
CHINESE or CELERY
CABBAGE (Pe-Tsai)
SELECT EARLY SNOWBALL CAULIFLOWER
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
10 VEGETABLE SEEDS
The I, W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
CARROT
Carrots in the Garden. If an early crop is desired, the seed should be
sown in warm, well-fertilized soil, from the first to the middle of April. For
a later crop the seed can be sown about the first of June. Make drills about
14 inches apart, scatter the seed evenly in the drill and cover with about
half an inch of soil. When the plants come up, pull them out so that they
will stand not less than 3 inches apart. Fresh manure should never be
used as a fertilizer for Carrots. An ounce of seed will sow about 100 feet
of drill, and three to four pounds of seed are required for an acre.
EARLY SCARLET HORN, BLUNT ROOT. Tops are small, roots growing
about 3 inches long. The color is reddish orange; flavor excellent; is one
of the best summer sorts. Pkt. 5c., oz. 10c., l^^b. 35c., lb. $1.
EARLY SCARLET HORN, POINTED ROOT. Like the preceding except
that the root is a little longer and tapers down to a point. Pkt. 5 cts.,
oz. 10 cts., V^lb. 35 cts., lb. $1.
DANVERS HALF-LONG CARROTS
DANVERS HALF-LONG. The roots of this variety taper to a
blunt point. Color is dark orange; quality is exceptionally
good and the root has but little core. It cooks very tender
and is of fine flavor. The tops are of medium size and seem
to be more finely cut than the average variety of Carrot. The
roots make a good appearance when bunched, and therefore
the variety is especially desirable for market. Pkt. 5 cts., oz.
10 cts., l^lb. 35 cts., lb. $1.
IMPROVED LONG ORANGE. A selection from the old Long
Orange. The roots are a little larger, deep red in color, thick
and fleshy. It is a particularly profitable variety to grow as
it is one of the most valuable Carrots for stock-feeding; also a
A^aluable sort for market. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., 35 cts.,
lb. $1.
CHANTENAY. This is often called the Stump-rooted Carrot,
and is one of the very earliest sorts. The color is orange-red;
the top is broad and tapers to a rather blunt point. It is a
variety which market-gardeners should plant for general crop.
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., y4lh. 35 cts., lb. $1.
ST. VALERY. This is usually planted for the main crop of
Carrots, as the roots are symmetrical, tapering regularly from
the top to the tip and are free from all side roots. It is a
desirable sort for the home-garden as well as for market. Pkt.
5 cts., oz. 10 cts., V41b. 35 cts., lb. $1.
HALF-LONG LUC. Roots of this variety are from 4 to 5 inches
long, inclined to be blunt and with comparatively slight taper.
Has the usual orange-red color. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts.,
35 cts., lb. $1.
GOLDEN SELF-BLANCHING CELERY
CHICORY
The roots of Chicory may be cooked and served in the same manner as
turnips. When dried, the roots are often used to adulterate, coffee. The
leaves are very tender and succulent, and are often used as salad. Seed
should be sown in the early spring and the plants thinned to about 6 inches
in the rows. One ounce of seed will sow about 100 feet of drill.
LARGE-ROOTED. Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 35 cts., V^lb. $1, lb. $3.
WITLOOF. Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 35 cts., l^lb. $1, lb. $3.
CELERY
Celery in the Garden. If you grow Celery plants from seed you must be
patient, for the seed is very slow in germinating. If early plants are wanted
for the garden, the seed should be sown in a hotbed not later than the first
of March, just barely covering the seed. After the little plants get 2 to 3
inches high they should be transplanted to a coldframe, setting them about
an inch and a half apart. Keep the temperature in the coldframe at a
moderate degree; when the weather is suitable, which usually is the latter
part of May, set the plants in the open ground. For a field crop the seed
may be sown in an open seed-bed. In this case the bed should be kept well
watered and the top soil firmed by rolling or pressing. When the plants get
up to the usual height, thin them out to 2 or 3 inches apart. When they get
to be 4 to 5 inches high, it is a good plan to cut off the tops so as to make
the plants stocky. The grower should plan to sow the seed and set the plants
so that they may mature during the cool days of late May and June, rather
than in the hot days of July. Do not hoe around the plants, nor permit any
dirt to be thrown against them when they are wet with either dew or rain;
it is likely to cause serious injury. One ounce of seed will give from 3,000 to
4,000 plants; one-half pound of seed usually is required for an acre.
GOLDEN SELF-BLANCHING. (French-grown Seed.) Considerable seed
of this variety is grown in this country, but it does not produce as satis-
factory plants as the French-grown seed; therefore we handle nothing
but the imported stock. Golden Self-blanching is one of the very best
Celeries for market use. The stalks are thick, crisp and brittle, and the
heart is waxy yellow in color. Even the outer stalks are tender and free
from stringiness. It blanches without difficulty, and we believe no other
sort equals it for home or market. Pkt. 25 cts., oz. $1.25, V41b. $4, lb. $15.
GOLDEN SELF-BLANCHING. (American-grown Seed.) Pkt. 5 cts., oz.
50 cts., V4lb. $1.50, lb. $5.
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
VEGETABLE SEEDS 11
he I, W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
CELERY, continued
EASY-BLANCHING. The stalks are thick, almost round; foliage light green,
blanching to quite a yellow tint. Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 65 cts., $2.25, lb. $8.
GIANT PASCAL. A selection from the Golden Self-blanching. The stalks are
large and thick, ver>" crisp, and have a fine flavor. A little earthing is required
to blanch it for the best appearance; retains its freshness for some time after
cutting. A good winter keeper. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 20 cts., 141^). 60 cts., lb. $2.
WHITE PLUME. Probably the easiest of the Celeries to grow in the garden. It
comes into maturity early in September, and if hurried along can be had from
the middle to the latter part of August. Pkt. 5c., oz. 20c., 60c., lb. $2.
PERFECTION HEARTWELL. This is a variety that has been on the market
for a good many years and still holds its favor with gardeners. It is a late
Celery of excellent flavor and can be kept well into the wdnter. Pkt. 5 cts.,
oz. 20 cts., 60 cts., lb. $2.
WINTER QUEEN. Another late sort, with solid, thick stalks; can be kept late
in the season. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 20 cts., V^lb. 60 cts., lb. $2.
GOLDEN DWARF. Similar to the Golden Self-blanching, but the stalks do not
grow so tall. The plant is just about as large and the stalks nearly as thick;
the heart is solid and of good flavor. Pkt. 5c., oz. 20c., 60c., lb. $2.
PERFECTION WINTER. Of medium height, with a larger amount of heart
than most other varieties; of fine quality and an excellent variety for late
winter use. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 20 cts., 60 cts., lb. $2.
GIANT GOLDEN HEART. Rather tall, forming a large bunch and blanching
white and crisp. Is hardy and a good shipper. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 20 cts.,
60 cts., lb. $2.
CELERIAC, or TURNIP-ROOTED CELERY
The roots — not the top-|-are the edible portions of this plant. They are used
chiefly for flavoring soups in place of celery or celery seed. May also be cooked
or used as a salad.
LARGE PRAGUE. A prolific variety for market-gardeners. The roots are
large, round, smooth and free from side shoots. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 20 cts.,
y^lh. 60 cts., lb. $2.
CUCUMBER
Cucumbers in the Garden. If you want extra-early Cucumbers, cut a few
pieces of sod, turn the grass side down in the hotbed, and sow the seeds on top
of the sod. If this is done the latter part of March or first of April the plants will
be big enough to transplant to the open ground in the first warm days of spring.
Paper pots and dirt bands may also be used in the hotbed in the same way as
sod. For later use, hills may be made in the garden 4 to 6 feet apart each way,
and the seed sown in the hill. When the plants come up, thin them out, leaving
no more than four of the best plants in each hill for table use. The planting may
be continued until the middle or latter part of July. For pickles, seed should be
sown from June to the middle of July. The plants require a warm, rich, loamy
soil, with a reasonable degree of moisture. The little fruits should be picked as
soon as they are ready for use, otherwise the vines will cease to bear. If the
Cucumber- or squash-beetles interfere with the development of the plants, give
them a dose of bordeaux-arsenate of lead. One ounce of seed will plant about fifty hills, and two pounds of seed will be required for an acre.
DAVIS PERFECT. Only one or two varieties of Cucumbers compare with Davis Perfect for general market use. This particular
variety can be forced under glass for the wdnter markets, or grown outside during the summer. The fruits are long and slim. The
color is rich, dark green, which holds until they are nearly ripe. They are tender and brittle and frequently are taken for “hothouse”
Cucumbers. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., V^lb. 45 cts., lb. $1.50.
EASY-BLANCHING CELERY
EARLY FRAME. “Short-Green”
is another name for this
variety. Fruits are straight
but taper at both ends. Color
is bright green. Pkt. 5 cts., oz.
15c., V41b. 40c., lb. $1.25.
LIVINGSTON’S EMERALD.
This is an evergreen sort,
almost spineless, which re-
tains its color until almost ripe.
The vines are vigorous and be-
gin to set fruit when quite
small. It makes an excellent
small pickle, and when ripe is
superior for sweet pickles.
Plrt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., V^lb.
40 cts., lb. $1.25.
DAVIS PERFECT CUCUMBER
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
12 VEGETABLE SEEDS
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, P
IMPROVED EARLY WHITE SPINE CUCUMBER
CUCUMBERS continued
IMPROVED EARLY WHITE SPINE. This variety comes into
bearing early and produces straight, light green Cucumbers
that are crisp and tender. An exceptionally good sort for the
home garden. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., Yilh. 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
ARLINGTON WHITE SPINE. Is another selection from the
old Wdiite Spine Cucumber, but larger in size and not quite
so early. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
BENNETT’S WHITE SPINE, IMPROVED. The originator
spent several seasons in selecting and perfecting this variety.
It comes into bearing early and produces fruit that is light
green, mottled with pure white, with a few short spines. Pkt.
5 cts., oz. 15 cts., 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
EXTRA-LONG, or EVERGREEN WHITE SPINE. Another
selection from the old type of White Spine, but the fruits are
considerably longer than the other strains. The fruit is similar
in shape, and the variety is used extensively for hothouse
planting. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., y4lh. 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
EARLY CLUSTER. The fruits are produced quite early in the
season in clusters or masses. Well adapted for forcing or for
open ground. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., y4lh. 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
GREEN PROLIFIC, or BOSTON PICKLE. Extra good for
pickling, in fact, considered one of the best. Color dark green.
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., l^lb. 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
WEST INDIA GORKIN, or BUR. The Gherkins are used
principally for pickles. This variety is rather small and round,
and the fruit is produced freely on strong-growing vines. Pkt.
10 cts., oz. 20 cts., V^lb. 60 cts., lb. $2.
LONG GREEN TURKEY. Vines are vigorous and productive;
fruit very long, slender, firm and crisp. The small fruits are used
principally for pickles. Pkt. 5c., oz. 15c., 40c., lb. $1.25.
COOL AND CRISP. A fine garden Cucumber, deep green and
crisp. Is of the White Spine type, pure white when ripe. Pkt.
5 cts., oz. 15 cts., V^lb. 40 cts.j lb. $1.25.
JAPANESE CLIMBING. It is necessary to grow this variety
so that the vines can run over a trellis or be supported in some
way. It is particularly valuable in a small garden. The Cu-
cumbers are long, tender, and of fine flavor and borne very
freely throughout the whole season. Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 25 cts.,
V4lb. 75 cts., lb. $2.50.
CUMBERLAND. This variety is also of the WTiite Spine type.
The fruits are thickly set with small spines, which almost cover
the entire surface. The fruit is straight and practically the
same size from end to end. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., ^^lb. 40 cts.,
lb. $1.25.
FORDHOOK FAMOUS. The introducer claims this to be one
of the largest and handsomest Cucumbers on the market.
The vines are exceedingly vigorous and set fruits throughout
the whole season. The skin is thin, bright green and does not
turn yellow even in the fully matured fruits; flesh is thick, with
few seeds, very crisp and fine-flavored. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts.,
y4lb. 45 cts., lb. $1.50.
EARLY FORTUNE. One of the very early varieties, producing
an abundance of fruit of medium size and very high quality.
A good variety for early table use. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts.,
Vilb. 40 cts., lb. $1.25
EXTRA-LONG JERSEY PICKLING. A superior strain of the
well-known Jersey Pickle. Produces longer fruit of dark green;
vines are very vigorous and productive. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts.,
V4lb. 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
KLONDIKE. A strain of the White Spine which differs from
the parent in that the color is uniform dark green, which is
retained much longer and is affected less by hot sun than in any
other sort. It is especially valuable for southern planters but
can be used profitably in the North. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts.,
V41b. 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
DANDELION
One would hardly think of giving up land to cultivate Dande-
lions, yet the cultivated plants are far superior to those that
grow thickly in the lawn or over the fields. If the leaves are tied
together, the center of the plant will blanch white and clear as
endive. The seed-bed should be made fairly rich, and after the
plants come up thin them out to about i foot apart. Have the
soil freely cultivated and allow no weeds to grow. An ounce of
seed will sow about lOO feet of drill.
IMPROVED FRENCH. Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 40 cts., l^lb. $1.50,
lb. $5.
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
The I. W. Scott Company y Pittsburgh, Pa.
VEGETABLE SEEDS 13
SCOTT’S EARLY PERFECTION
SWEET CORN
SWEET CORN
Growing Com in the Garden. Sweet or Sugar Corn is quite likely to rot if it is planted when the
ground is cold or wet. We do not advise planting until about the middle of May, or possibly later,
depending on the condition of the soil, which should be warm and dry. If the planter desires a con-
tinuous supply of Sweet Corn during the whole season, he should plant the seed every ten da^ s
or two weeks until about the first of July. Some of the extra-earl}^ varieties can be planted even the
first week in July, and will mature a fairly good number of ears before the frost gets the plants. The
old method is to plant Corn in hills, but some of the more modern gardeners do not “hill up” soil
around the stalks in garden culture. If the hill method is used, they should be made about 2 by 3
feet apart for the early kinds, and about 3 by 3 feet for the later sorts. Keep the soil well cultivated
and loose throughout the season. The loose soil helps to hold
moisture in the ground, which is of great benefit to the grow-
ing plants. One quart of seed will plant from 200 to 300 hills;
eight to ten quarts of seed will be required for an acre.
EARLY VARIETIES
GOLDEN BANTAM. This is a superb Corn for the home-
garden. The ears are of medium size, tender and sweet, and
come extremely early in the season. The cooked ears are a
rich creamy yellow in color. Retains its rich flavor, sweet-
ness, and tenderness longer than other varieties. In a market
where customers will buy yellow Corn it is bound to be
popular and profitable. V^pt. 15 cts., pt. 25 cts., qt. 40 cts.,
pk. $2.25, bus. $8.
BANTAM EVERGREEN. This is a very fine, large-eared, deep
grained yellow Sweet Corn produced by crossing Golden
Bantam and Stowell’s Evergreen. V^pt. 15 cts., pt. 25 cts.,
qt. 40 cts., pk. $2.25, bus. $8.
EXTRA-EARLY CORY. (White Cob.) Large ears with small
cob; is well filled to the tip and the butt; kernels veiy' sweet,
i/^pt. 15 cts., pt. 20 cts., qt. 35 cts., pk. $2, bus. $7.
EXT^-EARLY MINNESOTA. An earlier strain of the old
Minnesota; desirable for market and private gardens. V^pt.
15 cts., pt. 20 cts., qt. 35 cts., pk. $2, bus. $7.
EARLY EVERGREEN. This variety is from ten to twelve
days earlier than Sto well’s Evergreen; the plant is not quite
so tall as Stowell’s, but it yields large ears, for an early Corn,
i/^pt. 15 cts., pt. 20 cts., qt. 35 cts., pk. $1.75, bus. $6.
EXTRA-EARLY ADAMS. Not usually considered as Sugar
Corn. Used extensively for a first-early table Corn. VzPt-
10 cts., pt. 15 cts., qt. 30 cts., pk. $1.50, bus. $5.
FORDHOOK. A very early, large-eared variety. A few days
earlier than Cory'. Eight-rowed ears, with small cob and
deep grains. V^pt. 15c., pt. 20c., qt. 35c., pk. $2, bus. $7.
PEEP-O’-DAY. Unusually early and of superior flavor; can be
planted successfully either early or late in the season, ^/^pt.
15 cts., pt. 25 cts., qt. 40 cts., pk. $2.50, bus. $9.
PREMO. One of the few really good extra-early sorts. The
ears are large and reasonably sweet; profitable because of
its earliness. V2Pfi 15c., pt. 25c., qt. 40c., pk. $2.25, bus. $8.
KENDEL’S EARLY GIANT. A second-early variety, with
ears from 6 to 8 inches in length; usually twelve-rowed; of
good quality and very productive. y2pt. 15 cts., pt. 20 Cts.,
qt. 35 cts., pk. $2, bus. $7.
EARLY CHAMPION. Ready for use about the same time as
Kendel’s Early Giant. Ears about the same size, usually
twelve-rowed; the grains are large, milky white, sweet and
tender. VzPt- 15 cts., pt. 20 cts., qt. 35 cts., pk. $2, bus. $7.
EARLY MAMMOTH. Probably the earliest and largest of the
so-called mammoth varieties. Ears from 10 to 12 inches long.
One of the best-known varieties. V2pt. 15 cts., pt. 20 cts.,
qt. 35 cts., pk. $2, bus. $7.
SHED AKER’S CHOICE. A few days later than Adam’s Early
and ears much longer — from 12 to 14 inches. The ear is
thick, with straight, uniform rows of grains. This Corn is
slightly sweet, resembling Sugar Corn, and produces two and
often three good ears to the stalk. Vzpl* 15 cts., pt. 25 cts.,
qt. 40 cts., pk. $2.75, bus. $10.
GOLDEN BANTAM SWEET CORN
AT THESE PRICES WE DO NOT PAY POSTAGE. IF WANTED BY MAIL, ADD 8 CTS. PER PINT, 10 CTS. PER QUART
14 VEGETABLE SEEDS
The L W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
EARLY SWEET CORN, continued
De Lue’s Golden Giant.
After fifteen years’ selection is now the sweetest, most tender,
and juicy of all Sweet Corn. It is one to two weeks earlier
than Golden Bantam and three times as large. It excels all other early varieties in size,
productiveness, and quality and all the late varieties in quality and early maturity. It is
the one Corn for the home or market-gardener who wants the greatest amount of highest
quality Corn in the shortest period of time from the smallest piece of land. >41b. 35 cts., }^\h.
50 cts., yilh. 75 cts., lb. Si. 25, postpaid; 5 lbs. S4, 10 lbs. S7, 25 lbs. S15.
GOLDEN CREAM. A late addition to the Sugar Corn family, the original stock coming from
California. Produced by crossing Golden Bantam on Country Gentleman. The ears are
about the size of Golden Bantam; rich cream color when ready for the table, but turn to light
golden yellow m cooking. 15 cts., pt. 25 cts., qt. 40 cts., pk. $2.25, bus. $8.
COLUMBUS MARKET. May be considered the earliest of the second-early sorts. The ears
are of good size, carix’ing sixteen rows of deep white kernels. Second to none in tenderness and
flavor; especially adapted for early trucking. VzPt* 15c., pt. 25c., qt. 40c., pk. $2.25, bus. $8.
POCAHONTAS. The introducer claims this to be the earliest of the Sweet Corns. It was origi-
nated by a truck-gardener near New York City. The ears are of medium size and usually are
filled from the butt to the tip with good-sized grains. ]May be planted earlier than many other
varieties of Sweet Corn. Yzpt^ 15 cts., pt. 25 cts., qt. 40 cts., pk. $2.25, bus. $8.
SCOTT’S EARLY PERFECTION. We introduced this variety about twelve years ago, and it,
has been tested thoroughly by market-gardeners and in the home-garden; it matures very
earh’ and each year it has become more and more popular. The quality is superior and its
productiveness makes it a profitable sort for market-gardeners. As a general rule the ears
are ready for use within five or six days after the extra-early sorts. The ears run from
6 to 10 inches in length, with ten or twelve rows of
kernels. Vipt. 15 cts., pt. 20 cts., qt. 35 cts., pk.
$2, bus. $7.
HOWLING MOB. A second-early Corn of delicious
flavor. This variety is planted extensively in the
neighborhood of Pittsburgh; the gardeners claim
it is superior to most sorts and sells readily on
the market. It has a ver>" large ear for an early
variety. Vzpt. 15 cts., pt. 20 cts., qt. 35 cts., pk. $2,
bus. $7.
EARLY MAYFLOWER. One of the ver^^ earliest of
the white Sugar Corns, maturing about a week
earlier than the Cory varieties. Ears run from 6
to 7 inches long, with eight or ten rows. There are
frequently two ears to the stalk. Quality fine,
l/^pt. 15c., pt. 25c., qt. 40c., pk. $2.25, bus. $8.
BLACK MEXICAN. Probably the sweetest of all
the Sweet Corns. The ear is mottled with black
and white grains, the darker grains becoming a
violet shade when cooked. A splendid sort for the
home garden, but on account of the color does not
have large sale in the markets. Yipt. 15 cts., pt.
25 cts., qt. 40 cts., pk. $2.25, bus. $8.
STOWELL’S EVERGREEN SWEET
CORN
DE LUE’S GOLDEN GIANT
MEDIUM AND LATE VARIETIES
STOWELL’S EVERGREEN. This is an old sort, but still holds its place' at the top of the
list of late varieties. The ears are very large, from 8 to 10 inches long, with fourteen to
twenty rows of kernels, which are unexcelled in sweetness. It is a superior variety for the
market-gardener and for the home-garden. YiP^- 15 cts., pt. 20 cts., qt. 35 cts., pk. $1.75,
bus. $6.
COUNTRY GENTLEMAN. The grains are set irregularly on the cob, which gives it a
peculiar appearance and identifies the variety at all stages of its growth. The ears are
medium in size and extremely sweet and palatable. Vzpt* 15 cts., pt. 25 cts., qt. 40 cts.,
pk. $2.25, bus. $8.
ZIG-ZAG EVERGREEN. Ripens a few days earlier than Stowell’s Evergreen and seems
to be equally good in quality. Vapt. 15 cts., pt. 20 cts., qt. 35 cts., pk. $2, bus. $7.
White evergreen. The stalks are vigorous, often 7 feet in height. The ears usually
contain sixteen rows of deep white grains. Matures a few days earlier than Stowell’s
Evergreen. Vzpt. 15 cts., pt. 20 cts., qt. 35 cts., pk. $1.75, bus. $6.
LATE MAMMOTH. Very large ears, with fourteen to eighteen rows of sweet and tender
kernels. Valuable as a succession. VzpL 15 cts., pt. 20 cts., qt. 35 cts., pk. $2, bus. $7.
POP-CORN
WHITE RICE. The most popular sort for general use. Prices on the ear, lb. 15 cts., 2 lbs.
25 cts. If wanted by mail, add 8 cts. for one pound, 12 cts. for three pounds.
AT THESE PRICES WE DO NOT PAY POSTAGE. IF WANTED BY MAIL, ADD 8 CTS. PER PINT, 10 CTS. PER QUART
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
VEGETABLE SEEDS 15
ENDIVE
Endive is used as a salad plant in autumn and winter. The seed may
be sown in spring, or even in midsummer, in shallow drills which are
about 15 inches apart; when the plants come up, thin them out so that
they will stand about 12 inches apart in the row. A short time before
the plants are wanted for use, tie the outer leaves to center of plant so
the heart will blanch. Two ounces will sow about 300 feet of row; three
pounds of seed will be required for an acre.
GREEN CURLED. The leaves are finely cut, dark green in color, and
easily blanched to a clear white. Probably this is the hardiest va-
riety. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., V41b. 40 cts., lb. $1.50.
WfflTE CURLED. Foliage is finer than the Green Curled, but sim-
ilar in color and in general characteristics. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts.,
l^lb. 40 cts., lb. $1.50.
BROAD-LEAVED. The leaves of this variety are broad, light green in
color and with a comparatively smooth edge. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts.,
V^lb. 40 cts., lb. $1.50.
Eggplant is a tropical vegetable, and is more at home in South Amer-
GkEEN CURLED EKDIVE ica than in other parts of the western continent. It requires consider-
able heat, especially when the plants are small; therefore, the seed must
be sown in hotbeds in March or early April. The seed can also be sown in flats and kept in a light room where the temperature will
average about 75 degrees. When the first tw'o leaves are formed, the plants should be lifted from the flats and reset in beds with 3 or
4 inches of space between the plants. Keep the temperature uniform by shading from the direct sun, likewise keep the ground
moist. When the weather is warm, and danger of cold nights or late spring frosts is past, the
plants may be exposed to the open air and gradually hardened off. Transplant the latter part of
May or the first of June. Set the plants about 2 feet each way, and when about i foot high draw / ^ /
the soil up around the stem to support the plant. One ounce of seed will produce i ,000 plants. ' ' - - '
NEW YORK IMPROVED PURPLE SPINELESS. Plants bear from six to eight large, round,
dark purple fruits, absolutely free from spines. Pkt. 5 CtS., oz. 50 cts., y^h, $1.75, lb. $6.
BLACK BEAUTY. Under normal conditions this variety is from a week to ten days earlier
than the purple sort. The fruit is entirely free from spines, of extra-large size, in color rich
purplish black, and one of the most attractive sorts in the market; the quality is exceedingly
fine. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 50 cts., l^lb. $1.75, lb. $6.
HORSE-RADISH ROOTS, Maliner Kren
A new variety superior to the old common kind. 40c. per doz., $2 per 100, $15 per 1,000.
KALE
This vegetable is also known as Borecole. For early use, sow the seed in September and
protect the plants during the winter. Seed may be sown from the middle of April to the first
of May for spring use, and the plants transplanted and cultivated in the same way as cabbage
is cared for. An ounce of seed will sow from 200 to 300 feet of drill; four pounds for an acre.
DWARF CURLED SCOTCH. One of the best for winter use and will stand extremely low
temperature without protection. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 25 cts., l^lb. 75 cts., lb. $2.25.
TALL CURLED SCOTCH. Very similar to Dwarf Scotch except in size of the plant. Grows
24 to 30 inches high. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 25 cts., l^lb. 75 cts., lb. $2.25.
SIBERIAN. An excellent plant for spring greens. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., ^^lb. 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
DWARF GERMAN. The leaves are yellowish green and beautifully curled; fine for
garnishing. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., i/41b. 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
NEW YORK IMPROVED EGGPLANT
WHITE VIENNA KOHLRABI
KOHLRABI (Sometimes called the Turnip-Rooted Cabbage)
Should be used when it is half-grown, as when it is full grown it is tough and fibrous.
For spring plants, sow the seed in the hotbed and transplant and cultivate the same
as for cabbage. For winter use, sow the seed outdoors from June 15 to July 15;
thin out to stand 8 inches apart. An ounce of seed will sow about 250 feet of drill.
WHITE VIENNA. This is one of the earliest sorts on the market. The top is very
short and the bulb forms quickly after the plant comes up. The flesh is white,
tender and desirable in every way. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 35 cts., ^^lb. $1, Ib, $3.
EARLY LARGE PURPLE. This is another early variety that can be used for early
planting out-of-doors, or forced in the house. The bulbs are of medium size, witla
purple skin and white flesh. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 35 cts., V41b. $1, lb. $3.
LARGE GREEN, or WHITE. This variety is generally used for stock-feeding, but if
cut when small the bulbs are satisfactory for table use; as they get older they are
■ inclined to be tough and stringy. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 35 cts., Y^lb. $1, lb. $3.
EGGPLANT
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
16 VEGETABLE SEEDS
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
LETTUCE
Lettuce in the Garden. For extra-early use in the spring Lettuce may
be sown in the seed-bed in September or October and protected through
the winter in coldframes. It is also possible to secure early plants by
sowing seed in the hotbed from January^ to March. If one cares to take
the trouble, plants may be secured by sowing the seed in flats and
setting the boxes at a sunny window in the house. Whether the seed
is sown in the hotbed or in the open garden, the soil should be made as
mellow and fine as possible; mark off rows from 2 to 4 inches apart, and
sow the seed thinly in these trenches, covering with about a quarter of
an inch of soil. When the plants come up they may be thinned out or
carefully lifted and transplanted into rows, leaving about 12 inches
each way between the plants; this is the method by which the large
heads are secured for market. Seed may be sown until well into July,
the late sowing producing plants of marketable size in the fall. An
ounce of seed will produce about 3,000 plants, or about 150 feet of drill;
four pounds of seed will be required to sow an acre.
GRAND RAPIDS. This is especially adapted for greenhouse cultiva-
tion for the winter markets. It is, likewise, a good variety for sowing
in the early spring. It does not form a solid head like many other
varieties, but throws up large, compact bunches of crinkly leaves.
It is a rapid grower, keeps in good condition for a long time, and,
therefore, is one of the best sorts for shipping. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts.,
V4lb. 45 cts., lb. $1.25.
EARLY CURLED SIMPSON, WHITE-SEEDED. Somewhat
like the Grand Rapids, in that it does not form a head. The
leaves are yellowish green, crinkled and curled. Splendid for
growing in a coldframe for early use. Pkt. 5 Cts., oz. 10 Cts.,
V^lb. 30 cts., lb. $1.
BLACK-SEEDED SIMPSON. Especially a Lettuce for the
market-gardener, although it is largely grown for home use.
It forms a loose head, while the curled leaves are nearly white,
large, thin, crisp and tender. The variety stands the heat of
summer better than some other sorts, therefore it is excellent
for late sowing. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., 30 cts., lb. $1.
GOLDEN CURLED. A very fine, half-head variety, with golden
fluted leaves. Stands up well in hot weather and slow to run
to seed. Very showy and a good cutting sort. Pkt. 5 cts., oz.
15 cts., V^lb. 45 cts., lb. $1.25.
LARGE SUMMER CABBAGE. Y ou can grow this variety all
summer long and be sure of solid, crisp heads of light green
Lettuce. Generally considered one of the best of the summer
varieties. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., 30 cts., lb. $1.
IMPROVED HANSON. Another summer variety, with outer
leaves of bright green, while the center leaves, or the heart, are
yellow-white as though they had been blanched. A great ad-
vantage is that it does not quickly run to seed, and the leaves
retain their crispness and freedom from bitter taste until the
plants are well grown. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., Vilh- 30 cts., lb. $1.
GRAND RAPIDS LETTUCE
THE MORSE. A large, loose, bunching variety, forming a large
bunch of leaves. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., y^lh. 30 cts., lb. $1.
BIG BOSTON, WHITE-SEEDED. This tops the list of head
Lettuce for marketing, and in the South is grown to the
practical exclusion of all other heading varieties. It does par-
ticularly well during the fall and spring months. The color is
light green, the leaves are broad, thin, grow compactly, making
a comparatively solid head. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., ^^lb. 30 cts.,
lb. $1.
BIG BOSTON BLACK-SEEDED. Similar to Big Boston White-
seeded, but grows a larger and more solid head. Especially
adapted to indoor culture. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., i/41b. 30 cts.,
lb. $1.
BROWN CHARTIERS. A half-head variety similar to Golden
Curled, except that the edges of the leaves are of a bronze
color. Very crisp and tender. Not recommended for green-
house or hotbed culture. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., ^5 cts.,
lb. $1.25.
MAMMOTH BLACK-SEEDED BUTTER. Exclusively used
for outdoor culture and also for growing in coldframes for early
spring use. The leaves are smooth, brittle and quite thick.
Stands a long time without going to seed. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts.,
V4lb. 30 cts., lb. $1.
MAY KING. One of the later Introductions, with medium-sized
solid head, outer leaves light green in color, with the center
leaves rich golden yellow. The plants grow rapidly and do not
seem to be affected by cold or wet weather. It is an ideal sort
for outdoor planting. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., V^lb. 30 cts., lb. $1.
CRISP AS ICE. A cabbage Lettuce, with heads of large size
that have a rich, creamy yellow heart. The outer leaves are
dark bronzy green, handsomely crimped and curled. Pkt.
5 cts., oz. 15 cts., V^h. 45 cts., lb. $1.25.
COS or ROMAINE, WHITE PARIS. Distinguished by the
upright compact growth of the leaves. The heart can be
made extremely tender by tying the outer leaves at the top,
thus permitting the center to blanch. It is especially an out-
door Lettuce. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., 30 cts., lb. $1.
NEW YORK, or WONDERFUL. A splendid large-heading and
long-keeping variety, sweet, tender, and crisp. Perfect heads.
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., V^lb. 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
ICEBERG. A large-heading variety of Lettuce which is crisp
and brittle; color bright green, lightly tinged with brown on
top of the head; leaves curled on the edges. Pkt. 5 cts., oz.
15 cts., y4lb. 45 cts., lb. $1.25.
MAY KING LETTUCE
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
VEGETABLE SEEDS 17
LEEK
This vegetable is a relative of the onion family, and in all proba-
bility the original plants came from the region of the Mediterranean.
Leek is cultivated principally for the leaves and leaf-stalks; the roots
are of little value. The whole plant possesses a strong, pungent odor,
and the principal use is for flavoring soups and stews, and it is a
favorite vegetable among a large class of our people. The seed
should be sown in a light soil, and when the plants are from 5 to 6
inches high, transplant so that they may stand about 6 to 8 inches
apart. At the time of transplanting it is a good plan to cut back the
plants one-half or one-third of their height. Two ounces of seed will
sow about 300 feet of drill; four pounds of seed will give sufficient
plants for an acre.
LARGE LONDON FLAG. Probably the hardiest of the Leek
family. The leaves are usually broad and of good quality. In
flavor it is one of the strongest. Popular for all market purposes
as well as for the home garden. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 25 cts.. VAh.
75 cts., lb. $2.50.
MUSSELBURG. Commonly called Carentan. This is not so strong
in odor or flavor as some of the other varieties. It is, however,
hardy and produces large leaf-stalks. It is one of the most pro-
fitable to grow, as it always brings good prices in market. Pkt. 5
cts., oz. 25 cts., YAh. 75 cts., lb. $2.50.
WATERMELON
Melons in the Garden. Gardeners usually think that Watermelons
should be raised in a light, sandy soil. This is not altogether correct,
for good melons can be raised in a heavy soil, provided it is well fer-
tilized and supplied with humus. There is no use in planting seed
until the ground is warm, for if planted when the ground is cold and
wet the seed will not germinate. Make the hills from 8 to 10 feet
apart each way, adding to the soil a shovelful of well-rotted manure
or a little commercial fertilizer. Ten to a dozen seeds may be dropped
in each hill, and after the plants are up and sufficiently large to resist
the attacks of insects, pull out all but three or four of the strongest
plants. If the yellow-back beetle becomes so numerous as to injure
the plants, slug-shot or bordeaux-lead arsenate dusted or sprayed
over the leaves will hold the pests in check. An ounce of seed will
plant about twenty to twenty-five hills, and four pounds of seed will
be required for an acre.
SWEETHEART. An exceptionally early variety, and one of the most desirable of melons. Of fine size and shape, the outer skin is
mottled with light and dark green; the flesh is a bright red, firm and solid, with comparatively few seeds. The melons can be kept
for some time after ripening without impairing their Quality; this makes it a good shipping sort and profitable for the gardener.
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., VAh. 25 cts., lb. 75 cts.
KLECKLEY SWEETS. A melon that is almost as sweet as honey, and particularly valuable for the home garden or for nearby
markets. It does not cany for a long distance on ac-
count of the thin skin. Melons are about 20 inches long,
with thin rind, bright scarlet, solid flesh; the flavor is
superb. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., \iVb- 25 cts., lb. 75 cts.
TOM WATSON. The best of the long varieties for ship-
ping long distances; often exceeds 24 inches in length
and 12 inches in diameter. Dark, mottled green rind
which is thin but strong. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., YA^-
25 cts., lb. 75 cts.
CITRON
Citron is used only for preserving, and is usually pur-
chased from the stores in a candied or dried form. There
isn’t any reason why it should not be grown in any garden,
as the cultivation is practically the same as for the water-
melon. More than this, if you grow it in a garden you will
know just, what you are getting and be absolutely sure
that the fruit is fresh and good.
RED-SEEDED. Flesh is firm and solid, with compara-
tively few seeds. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., l^lb. 25 cts.,
lb. 75 cts.
GREEN-SEEDED. Also called Colorado Preserving.
Oblong and very large. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., YA^-
25 cts., lb. 75 cts.
TOM WATSON WATERMELONS
LARGE LONDON LEEK
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
18 VEGETABLE SEEDS
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
MUSKMELON (Cantaloup)
As with the watermelon, it is useless to plant the seed until the
ground is dry and warm. The hills may be a little closer together,
say 5 or 6 feet apart each way, and the fertilizer should be mixed
thoroughly with the soil, as in watermelon culture. Drop six to
eight seeds in the hill, and later on, after the insects have been
destroyed or left, pull out all but three or four of the strongest
plants. Some gardeners prefer to plant the seed in rows from 5 to
6 feet apart and then, when the plants are well up, thin to 4 to
5 feet apart in the row. You will get a good stand of plants this
way, without regard to what the bugs may do. If the vines grow
too long and rank the ends may be pinched off. The roots of the
Muskmelon grow comparatively near the surface of the soil,
therefore the cultivation must be shallow. An ounce of seed will
plant about sixty hills, and two or three pounds will plant an
acre. If the row method is used, an ounce of seed will sow about
150 feet, and four pounds will be required for an acre.
EXTRA-EARLY HACKENSACK. A selection from the old
Hackensack melon, ripening from a week to ten days earlier.
The skin is netted and deeply ribbed. The flesh is light green;
of good quality; the fruit is slightly flattened at the stem and
blossom ends. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., l^lb. 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
HACKENSACK, or TURK’S CAP. A green-fleshed melon of
large size, with a thickly netted skin. Vines are rapid growers
and set a goodly number of melons. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts.,
V4lb. 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
MILLER’S CREAM. Also known as the Osage melon. A good
sort for market-gardeners because of the tough skin, which
permits handling and shipping. It is of medium size, oval form,
olive-green. Flesh thick, of fine texture, light salmon-pink.
Seed-cavity small. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
EMERALD GEM. Small; the fruit is flattened at both the
blossom and stem ends. The skin is smooth, bright green, with
narrow stripes of light green. Flesh is thick, deep, rich salmon
in color. The fruits should be picked just as soon as they are
ripe, and stored in a cool place; if permitted to remain on the
vine the skin becomes yellow and the flesh soft and tasteless.
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
TIP-TOP. One of the finest salmon-fleshed varieties. Sweet,
juic3% of the finest flavor; eatable almost to the rind. The fruit
is of large size; comes about midseason, and is borne very freely.
Highly recommended for planting in the latitude of Pittsburgh.
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., ^^lb. 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
HONEY DEW. A very fine new variety. The skin is smooth;
with little netting, and creamy yellow when ripe. Flesh is very
thick and can be eaten almost to the rind. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 20 cts.|
V^lb. 60 cts., lb. $2.
TIP-TOP MUSKMELONS
ROCKY FORD. A selection from the old Netted Gem melon,
but a great improvement in every way. Rockj'^ Ford is one of
the best melons for shipping. The fruit is oval in shape,
covered with a coarse netting and slightly ribbed. The flesh
is green, thick, solid to the rind, sweet, juicy and of extremely
high quality. One of the finest of all melons, and always in
demand in market. As a general thing the fruits will weigh
from one to one and a half pounds each. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts.,
lAlb. 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
MUSHROOMS
As a general thing Mushrooms are not grown by the gardener; but there is no
reason why they should not be raised by anyone who has a cellar, or dark room,
where the temperature can be kept at from 50 to 60 degrees. The soil should be
a sandy loam, if possible to procure it, but if not, secure the top-soil from an
old pasture. To every bushel of soil add about two bushels of fresh horse manure,
thoroughly mixing both; then prepare a bed 3 feet wide, put down a thin layer
of the mixture, pack it hard and keep on with this method until the bed is about
8 inches thick. When the temperature in the bed goes down to about 85 degrees,
make holes about i foot apart and put in small pieces of the spawn. Cover the
holes, press the soil slightly; at the end of ten or twelve days cover the bed with
fresh soil only, and on top of this put 4 or 5 inches of hay or straw. If an even
temperature is maintained you may expect to gather Mushrooms in from six to
eight weeks, and the bed will continue to produce for nearly a month. A second
crop is sometimes secured by covering the bed with a light fresh soil, which is
wet down with warm water and re-covered with hay. We furnish special printed
directions free with each order for Lambert’s Spore-Culture Spawn, or for 15 cts.
we will send, postpaid, an illustrated book on Mushroom Culture, which not
only gives the latest improved methods of culture, but full instructions for pre-
paring for market and receipts for cooking.
LAMBERT’S SPORE-CULTURE MUSHROOM SPAWN, NORTHERN-
GROWN. 1 brick, 30 cts., 10 bricks, $2.50; 50 bricks, $11 ; 100 bricks, $20. If
wanted by mail, postpaid, add for i brick, 10 cts.; 3 bricks, 15 cts.; 5 bricks,
20 cts.
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
The /. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
VEGETABLE SEEDS 19
ONION
Onions in the Garden. The average person’s taste seems to crave in
early spring the little Onions that are found in the market or growing in
the home garden. It is a simple matter to get these little Onions, for they
can be raised from seed or sets. Onion seed can be sown extremely early
in the spring, and the usual custom is to make drills about 15 inches
apart; after the plants come up, they are thinned out to about 2 inches
apart in the row.
If Onion sets are used, the^’ should be planted just as early in the
spring as the ground is in condition to work; push the bulb into the soil,
but do not cover over, allowing about 2 inches of space between each of
the sets. When the little plants are from 6 to 8 inches high they will be
ready for use. As the season advances the bulb will develop, and as soon
as signs of going to seed are observed, bend the top over but do not
break it off. The crop of Onions from these sets can be harvested during
the month of July. One ounce of seed will sow about 100 feet of row, and
five to six pounds ■R’ill be required for an acre.
EXTRA-EARLY RED. A flat Onion growing verx" uniform in size. The
Onions are ready for use a little earlier than the Wethersfield. Pkt.
5 cts., oz. 25 cts., ^^lb. 75 cts., lb. $2.50.
LARGE RED WETHERSFIELD. The popular standard fiat Onion for
northern markets. The Onions are of extra-good size, with a deep
purplish red skin, with white flesh having threads of purplish tinge.
The variety is an excellent keeper, but is inclined to be quite strong in
flavor. The Red Wethersfield is an extra market variety and can be
stored for winter sales. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 25 cts., V^lb. 75 cts., ib. $2.50.
YELLOW DANVERS, FLAT. The bulbs are slightly flattened, with a
very thin neck. The skin is a light yellow, the flesh is white, fine-
grained and quite mild. A good sort for the home garden and for
market. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 25 cts., V^lb. 75 cts., lb. $2.50.
PRIZETAKER ONION
YELLOW GLOBE DANVERS. The standard round Onion for eastern
markets in general. These bulbs come early in the season and are
extremely hard, solid and above the average in size. The skin is brownish yellow, the flesh pure white, crisp, with sweet, mild flavor.
Our Yellow Globe Danvers Onion seed is adapted to almost any section or climate. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 25 cts., V^lb. 75 cts., lb. $2.50.
YELLOW DUTCH, or STRASBURG. A flat Onion, with fine, clean, mild, white
flesh. An old standard variety and particularly good for sowing for sets.
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 25 cts., V^lb. 75 cts., lb. $2.50.
WHITE PORTUGAL, or SHVERSKIN. A flat Onion that is especially desirable
fop pickling, as the skin is clean silver^^ white and the flavor mild and sweet.
If it is grown for pickling, seed should be sown at the rate of twenty-five pounds
to the acre. The variety can also be grown for general commercial purposes,
and the bulbs will grow to a good size, coming to maturity a little earlier than
the ordinary' white Onions. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 35 cts., Vi^b. $1, lb. $3.
PRIZETAKER. This is one of the largest fancy yellow Onions, and sometimes
is sold under the name of Spanish Onion. It is globe-shaped,
almost like a ball; pale yellow skin, with white flesh.
Used extensively to grow large Onions from seed. Pkt. 5
cts., oz. 25 cts., l^lb. 75 cts., lb. $2.50.
SOUTHPORT WHITE GLOBE. Southport Onions are of
typical globe shape,
practically round as
a ball. The White
Globe is an espe-
cially handsome
Onion of large size,
with skin and flesh
that is pure white.
The bulbs are hard,
solid, generally sure
in ripening and pos-
sess extra-good
keeping qualities.
Largely sown by
market - gardeners
for green Onions.
The Onions should
be pulled immedi-
ately on rif)ening
and allowed to dry
in the open air, pro-
%
SOUTHPORT WHITE GLOBE ONIONS
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE
20 VEGETABLE SEEDS
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
ONIONS, continued
tecting them from rain or dew which causes discoloration of the bulbs. Pkt.
5 cts., oz. 35 cts., i^lb. $1, lb. $3.
WHITE BUNCHING. A mild-flavored Onion especially good for early spring
use. If allowed to mature, the bulbs will be large and still continue to be
mild. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 40 cts., l^lb, $1.25, lb. $4.
ONION SETS
YELLOW GLOBE DANVERS ONION
ONION SETS
We carry a selected stock of Onion Sets in both white and yellow sorts, on which we quote the following prices, which are sub-
ject to market changes:
WHITE. Qt. 30 cts., pk. $1.50, bus. $4.75. YELLOW. Qt. 25 cts., pk. $1.25, bus. $4.25.
POTATO ONION SETS. Qt. 30 cts., pk. $1.75, bus. $5.50.
If wanted by mail, add for 1 qt. 10 cts., 2 qts. 12 cts., 3 qts. 15 cts. Special prices on large quantities quoted on request
MUSTARD
When the leaves are young and small they may be used as a salad or boiled and served like spinach.
Seed should be sown every two weeks, using about an ounce of seed for each 75 feet of row, in the
open ground. Seed may also be sown in a coldframe, a hotbed or even in a greenhouse, and the
plants will come on for use during the winter months.
SOUTHERN GIANT CURLED. Seed should be sown in early spring. Plants are used as a salad
when young, or cooked the same as spinach when more matured. The plants grow unusually tall,
frequently reaching 2 feet in height. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., l^lb. 25 cts., lb. 75 cts.
WHITE CHINESE. The leaves can be used in three or four weeks after the seed is planted, and can
be cut until late fall. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., y4lb. 25 cts., lb. 75 cts.
OKRA
In the South this vegetable is commonly called “Gumbo,” and when the seed-pods are quite small
they are used for flavoring and thickening soups. The pods must be used when small, for as they ma-
ture they get hard and stringy. If early plants are desired, sow the seed in a hotbed and then reset
the plants in the open ground. Later in the season the seed may be sown outside, in drills about an
inch deep and about 2 feet apart. When the plants are up, thin them out so they will stand about i
foot apart in the row. One ounce of seed will sow about 25 feet of row, and approximately twenty
pounds will be required for an acre.
LONG GREEN. One of the older sorts that bears quantities of pods, 4 to 5 inches in length, deep
green in color, and comparatively slow in ripening. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., 20 Cts., lb. 60 cts.
DWARF PROLIFIC. A low-growing plant that produces quite early in the season. The pods them-
selves are about average length — 4 or 5 inches — and are produced very freely. Pkt. 5 cts., oz.
10 cts., V^lb. 20 cts., lb. 60 cts.
PARSNIP
The soil for Parsnips should be spaded from 12 to 14 inches deep, because the roots go deep into
the ground, and unless the subsoil is fairly loose the roots are likely to spread rather than grow
in one long tap-root. The simplest way is to sow the seed in drills, covering it half an inch; after
the plants are up, thin them out so that they may have at least 6 inches of space between the plants.
LONG GREEN OKRA
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
% The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
VEGETABLE SEEDS 21
PARSNIP, continued
Parsnips are extremely hardy, and the crop may be left in the ground until late autumn or
even all through the winter, the roots being dug as required. If it is necessary to dig them
in early winter they may be stored in the cellar in sand or earth, but you will find they
are much better if they are left outside in the open ground. Two ounces of seed will sow
about 300 feet of row; eight pounds will be required for one acre.
HOLLOW CROWN. This variety is also known as “Student” and “Long Smooth.” The
root grows about four times as long as it is broad at the crown. The skin is white and the
flesh when cooked is a very delicate orange. The Hollow Crown is essentially a table
vegetable. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., V41b. 35 cts., lb. $1.
GUERNSEY. Thicker than the preceding variety. The skin is white and the root is fine-
grained, wdth practically no hard center. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., l^lb. 35 cts., lb. $1.
MALTESE HALF-LONG. Roots fine-grained; skin ivory-white; fine quality. Pkt. 5 cts.,
oz. 15 cts., 35 cts., lb. $1.
WHITE LISBON. Similar to Hollow Crown, but smoother and with whiter skin. Pkt.
5 cts., oz. 15 cts., V41b. 35 cts., lb. $1.
PARSLEY
HOLLOW CROWN PARSNn>S
Parsley seed is extremely slow in starting into growth.
Even the very freshest seed will require from six to eight
weeks, and older seed will require a proportionately longer
time, even if it starts at all. In the course
of two or three months after the plants
appear, you will be able to cut some of the
leaves and, as the summer advances, the
plants will increase so that quantities of
leaves may be cut for various purposes.
Parsley-beds may be carried over the winter if given a careful mulching of leaves, or
preferably, build a frame around the plants, covering them with a sash. Two ounces
of seed for 300 feet of row; eight pounds for an acre.
DOUBLE-CURLED. The foliage of this variety is deeply cut and crinkled, the segments
often turning back an inch and a half or more. The color is a deep green; a most
• valuable sort for garnishing. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., V41b. 30 cts., lb. $1.
CHAMPION MOSS CURLED. This is one of the hardy varieties that can be cut the year round. The leaves are crimped and
curled somewhat like the preceding sort. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., Vilb. 30 cts., lb. $1.
PLAIN, or SINGLE. The flavor of the Single Curled Parsley is rather stronger that that of the other varieties, and on this account
the variety is especially good for flavoring. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., V41b. 30 cts., lb. $1.
HAMBURG, TURNIP-ROOTED. Similar to the above, except that the roots are only about half as long. "Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts.^
Vilb. 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
DOUBLE-CURLED PARSLEY
PEPPER
Plants of Pepper should be grown in the same careful manner as eggplant. They are
natives of a warm climate and, therefore, in our colder sections must be given protection
so that they may not be injured by cold weather. Sow the seeds in flats some time during
the month of March, and when they show the second or third leaf they should be trans-
ferred into small pots or into flats, setting them 4 to 5 inches apart. One ounce of seed will
produce about i ,500 plants.
RUBY KING. A red Pepper bearing large fruits somewhat of the shape of the Bell or Bull
Nose variety. Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 50 cts., Vilb. $1.75, lb. $6.
SWEET SPANISH. A large, rich scarlet Pepper of exceptionally mild flavor. One of the
few good sorts for baking or for mangoes. Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 50 cts., l^lb. $1.75, lb. $6.
BULL NOSE. The fruits are deep green, turning to a vivid scarlet as they mature. Flesh
is mild, quite thick and fine for slicing. Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 50 cts., V^lb. $1.75, lb. $6.
LONG RED CAYENNE. The pods are cone-shaped, bright scarlet, rather small, and
produced very freely on the plants. Both the odor and flavor are extremely pungent.
Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 50 cts., l^lb. $1.75, lb. $6.
SMALL CAYENNE. Pods bright red; i to i in. long. Pkt. 10c., oz. 50c., V^lh. $1.75, lb. $6.
CHINESE GIANT. The plants of this variety grow about 2 feet tall, and produce a large
number of extra-large bright scarlet Peppers. The flesh is thick with small seed-cavities.
Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 75 cts., V4lh. $2.25, lb. $8.
RUBY GIANT. Very large; deep red; mild; desirable for slicing or for mangoes. Pkt.
10 cts., oz. 60 cts., t^lb. $2, lb. $7.
RUBY GIANT PEPPER
PIMIENTO.^ 'ITiis variety was introduced from Spain and we believe it to be a very valu-
able addition to the present varieties, as it has qualities superior to any of the well-known kinds. While not so large as the
Chinese Giant, it is heavier on account of its extremely thick flesh, which has a mild, sweet, yet deliciously pungent flavor when
used either green or ripe. The plant is very prolific, producing a large number of Peppers, each weighing from five to ten ounces.
Choice specimens have been known to weigh as much as twelve ounces each. Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 50 cts., 51*75, lb. $6.
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
22 VEGETABLE SEEDS
The L W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa, m
GARDEN PEAS
^ Peas in the Garden. As a general thing, the smooth-seeded sorts are con-
sidered hardier than the wrinkled varieties and therefore can be planted a little
earlier in the spring. The rows for the garden can be made double, with 6 to 8
inches of space between the rows. For convenience in cultivating and picking
the crop, something like 3 feet of space should be allowed between the double
rows. If grown in the open field, the single- row method is better and space can
be allowed for a horse cultivator. The early sorts can be sown as soon as the
ground is fit for working in the spring, and the sowing may be continued at
intervals of about two weeks up to the first of July, which method will give a
succession of Peas the greater part of the summer. A quart of seed will sow about
100 feet of single row; from one and one-half to two bushels will be required
for an acre.
THOMAS LAXTON. (Wrinkled.) This is one of the superior extra-early Peas
for the home garden and for early market. The vines grow’ from 2 to 3 feet
high and produce quantities of pods containing from six to eight good-sized
Peas. The quality is all that can be desired in any sort. V^pt. 20 cts., pt. 35 cts.,
qt. 60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $14.
GRADUS. (Wrinkled.) An extra-early Pea, much superior to all smooth
sorts. The pods are long, usually containing from
eight to ten Peas. The vine is 2 to 3 feet high.
No sort introduced wfithin the past few years has
attracted quite so much attention as Gradus.
20 cts., pt. 35 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $14.
LITTLE MARVEL. (WTinkled.) One of the best
new dwarf varieties. The vines are usually 12 to
18 inches high, and are wonderfully productive of
blunt-ended, dark pcds that are well filled with
large Peas which are of excellent flavor and very
tender. It will undoubtedly supersede the other
extra-early sorts. Ready for use a few’ days be-
fore Gradus. As a dwarf, it is suited for the home
garden -or for market. V^pt. 20 cts., pt. 35 cts., qt.
60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $15.
PROLIFIC EARLY MARKET. (Smooth.) A
smooth-seeded, extra-early sort which can be
sowm extremely early in the spring. Produces a
goodly quantity of pods, w’ell filled wfith Peas. Vzpt. 20 cts.,
pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $3.50, bus. $13.
FIRST AND BEST. (Smooth.) The pods of this variety are usually ready for picking from
forty to forty-five days after planting the seed. The vines grow about 30 inches high and
ripen the pods practically at one time. The Peas are of good quality. VzPt- 20 cts., pt. 30 cts.,
qt. 60 cts., pk. $3.50, bus. $13.
ALASKA. (Smooth.) An extremely early sort. The vines are about 3 feet high, producing quantities of pods.
Peas are smooth, bluish green in color, of superior flavor and of excellent quality in every way. VzPf* 20 cts.,
pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $3.50, bus. $13.
PEDIGREE EXTRA-EARLY. (Smooth.) A selected extra-early, smooth Pea. Vines about 30 inches high.
Matures a week later than Alaska and bears much larger pods. V2pt. 20c., pt. 30c., qt. 60c., pk. $3.50, bus. $13,
PIONEER. (Wrinkled.) A dw’arf, early variety with large, curved, dark green pods. The vines grow’ about 18
inches high. y2pt. 20 cts., pt. 35 cts., qt. 65 cts., pk. $4.25, bus. $16.
PRINCE EDWARD. (Wrinkled.) A large-podded variety that is very desirable for general crop for midseason
and later. The vines grow from 3 to 4 feet high; the large pods are borne very freely and are well filled with
Peas of an excellent quality. Prince Edward is one of the newer varieties of wrinkled Peas and bids fair to take
a high place for market-gardeners or for home use. V2pt. 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $14.
LAXTONIAN. (Wrinkled.) A dw’arf Pea from the gardens of the English introducer of Thomas Laxton, and in
all probability Laxtonian is a selection from that variety. Large, curved, dark green, pointed pods; vines
about 18 inches in height. Alay be classed as a second-early sort. Vzpt. 20 cts., pt. 35 cts., qt. 65 cts., pk.
$4.25, bus. $16.
SUTTON’S EXCELSIOR. (Wrinkled.) The plants are dwarf, seldom growing over 20 inches high. The seed is
usually hardy and can be planted as early as the smooth sorts. The pods are large and broad, well filled, making
an exceptionally good variety for home use. Vapt. 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $14.
NOTT’S EXCELSIOR. (Wrinkled.) A dw’arf Pea that is extra early and of fine quality. The vines are vigorous
in growth, but seldom reach more than 18 inches in height. The pods are of medium size, but filled to the
very end with Peas, and are produced in large quantities. It is one of the standard high-grade sorts that is
always popular in the market and with the home-garden planter. Vzpt- 20c., pt. 35c., qt. 60c., pk. $4, bus. $14.
ALDERMAN. (Wrinkled.) This is one of the later sorts, the vines growing 4 to 5 feet high. The pods are dark
green, often over 5 inches in length and containing from eight to ten large Peas. Vzpt* 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. XHOMAS LAXTON
60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $14. PEAS
AT THESE PRICES WE DO NOT PAY POSTAGE. IF WANTED BY MAIL, ADD 8 CTS. PER PINT, 10 GTS. PER QUART
^The L W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
VEGETABLE SEEDS 23
PEAS, continued
CARTERS EIGHT WEEKS. (Smooth.) A very early
dwarf Pea with a large pod. Vines grow about 20
inches High. V2pt. 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk.
$4, bus. $14.
WORLD’S RECORD. (Wrinkled.) An early type ot
Gradus, maturing from two to four days earlier than
the earliest strain of that variety. Pods are not quite
so long but the Pea is of the same excellent quality.
y2pt. 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $14.
MARKET SURPRISE. (Smooth.) Claimed to be
earlier than the Alaska. The pod is considerably
larger than the Pedigree Extra-Early or Alaska, and
the Peas come to maturity all at one time. V2Pt- 20
cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $14.
DUKE OF ALBANY. (Wrinkled.) A late variety
that has made a name for itself with gardeners who
want a standard Pea for market or home use. V2pb
20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $14.
DWARF TELEPHONE. (Wrinkled.) This is also
known in the trade under the name of “Daisy.” It is
a medium-early wrinkled Pea, bearing well-filled,
heavy pods. Vines grow about 2 feet high. V2Pb
20 cts., pt. 35 cts., qt. 65 cts., pk. $4.25, bus. $16.
IMPROVED TELEPHONE. (Wrinkled.) The vines
grow about 4 feet high. The pods are extra large and
are filled with Peas that are of an immense size. V2Pb
20 cts., qt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $14.
AMERICAN WONDER. (Wrinkled.) A dwarf va-
riety, valuable because of its earliness and produc-
tiveness. The vines are about 12 inches in height and
produce a profusion of good-sized pods. V2pt. 20 cts.,
pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $14.
DUKE OF YORK. (Wrinkled.) In the same class as
Telephone, but earlier and more dwarf. Sweet and
fine in flavor. Vapt. 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk,
$4, bus. $14.
NOTT’S EXCELSIOR PEAS
POTLATCH. (Wrinkled.) The vines grow about
2 feet tall, bearing a heavy crop of large, deep
green pods, which are filled with from ten to
twelve good-sized dark green Peas of an exception-
ally fine flavor. y2pt. 20 cts., pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts.,
pk. $4, bus. $15.
MAMMOTH-PODDED SUGAR. The whole pod
of this variety can be cooked and served, and will
equal snap beans in flavor and quality. The vines
grow from 4 to 4^ feet in height. V^pt. 20 cts.,
pt. 30 cts., qt. 60 cts., pk. $4, bus. $15.
PUMPKINS
Pumpkin seed can be planted any time after the
ground gets warm, the usual period being from the
middle of May to the middle of June. It is cus-
tomary to plant the seeds in hills, which are made
from 6 to 8 feet apart each way, dropping from four
to eight seeds in a hill. It is a good plan to pinch
back the vines after they get 4 or 5 feet long; if
large specimens are desired, permit only one or
two to mature on each vine. One ounce of seed
will plant about twenty-five hills ; four to five pounds
for an acre.
MAMMOTH GOLDEN CUSHAW. Grows to a
large size; of a rich golden orange, although it is
dark green in the early stages of growth. Flesh is a
deep, rich yellow; thick, sweet and of fine flavor.
One of the best of the Crooknecks. Pkt. 5 cts.,
oz. 15 cts., J41h. 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
PRICES FOR PEAS DO NOT INCLUDE POSTAGE. IF WANTED BY MAIL, ADD 8 CTS. PER PINT, 10 CTS. PER QUART
24 VEGETABLE SEEDS
1
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
PUMPKINS, continued
LIVINGSTON’S CUSHAW. This is the old standard Cushaw
and a great favorite. Beautiful in appearance, mottled green,
white-striped. Flesh yellow, fine-grained and sweet. Pkt.
5 cts., oz. 15 cts., ^^lb. 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
SMALL SUGAR. The outer skin is deep orange; the Pumpkin is
small, but has an exceptionally fine-grained flesh of excellent
sugary flavor. The vines grow freely and set quantities of
fruit. Notwithstanding the fact that this is a small-sized
Pumpkin, it is one of the most satisfactory for house use.
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., V41b. 30 cts., lb. $1.
LARGE CHEESE. A flat Pumpkin with a rich buff-yellow skin.
The fruit is large, of good appearance, which makes it a splendid
sort for marketing, while the quality recommends it for home
use and for canning. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., V^lb. 30 cts.,
lb. $1.
MAMMOTH TOURS. Pumpkins of this variety grow to an
enormous size, frequently weighing loo pounds or more. The
flesh is rather coarse and is used principally for stock-feeding.
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., V41b. 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
BUNG OF MAMMOTHS. Another extra-large Pumpkin, almost
round in shape, with slightly flattened ends. It is a splendid
keeper and one of the best sorts for stock-feeding. Pkt. 5 cts.,
oz. 15 cts., V^lb. 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
CONNECTICUT FIELD. This is the common Pumpkin that we
have known from boyhood. The fruit is produced in great
abundance, is light yellow, but the flesh is coarse and usually
suitable for stock-feeding only. Oz. 10 cts., V41b. 25 cts., lb.
90 cts.
KENTUCKY FIELD. Unlike the Connecticut Field Pumpkin
this variety can be used for the table. The fruit is similar in
appearance to the preceding, although it does not usually grow
quite so large. Oz. 10 cts., l^lb. 25 cts., lb. 75 cts. CRIMSON giant radishes
radishes
Radishes in the Garden. If there is any vegetable that may be considered as universal it is the Radish, for it can be grown al-
most anywhere. Of course. Radishes grow better in soil that is suited to them, but they are not particular in their requirements.
If the soil in which they are grown is sandy there will be a great advantage; if the soil is inclined to be clay, mix in coal-ashes or
sand or any other material that will tend to make the soil loose. Fertilizers may be used as required. For extra-early Radishes,
sow the seed in a hotbed in February or early March, pulling out the plants as soon as they are large enough and show appearance
of crowding. In the garden, the seed may be sown every ten days or two weeks from the middle of March to September, thus
giving a succession of Radishes throughout the season. For garden culture, sow the seed in drills, not too thickly, and pull out the
small plants when they begin to crowd each other. Another important thing in growing Radishes is to keep them moving from
the very start — if they grow slowly they will be pithy and not of particular value for the table. With warm, light soil and reason-
able cultivation any gardener can grow Radishes. One ounce of seed will sow about lOO feet of drill; eight to ten pounds will be
required for an acre.
VERY EARLY WHITE-TIP FORCING. A beautiful bright
scarlet Radish, with white tip. Nearly as early as Non Plus
Ultra; small top. One of the best forcing varieties. Pkt. 5 cts.,
oz. 15 cts., V41b. 40 cts., lb. $1.50.
CINCINNATI MARKET. An extra-fine variety for growing
under glass; tops are small and the roots grow from 5 to 7 inches
in length; skin bright scarlet, very thin, with crisp and brittle
flesh. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., V^lh. 30 cts., lb. $1.
FRENCH BREAKFAST. The upper portion of this Radish is
bright carmine, while the tip is clear white; flesh is crisp, tender
and of mild flavor. Good for both open-ground culture and for
forcing Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., V^lb. 30 cts., lb. $1.
LONG SCARLET SHORT -TOP. This variety is ready for use in
twenty to twenty-five days after planting the seed; the roots
grow from 5 to 6 inches long, with about one-half their length
above the ground. The outer skin is bright scarlet. Pkt. 5 cts.,
oz. 10 cts., l^lb. 30 cts., lb. $1.
EARLY SCARLET TURNIP. A particularly good sort for forc-
ing; the roots are of medium size; perfectly smooth and will
rernain fit for use for some little time. The top is small,
which permits close planting. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., Vilb.
30 cts., lb. $1.
EARLY SCARLET GLOBE. A popular forcing variety, owing to
its very quick growth and fine bright scarlet color. Shape a
trifle oblong. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., l^lb. 30 cts., lb. $1.
WHITE BOX. A turnip-shaped Radish, especially good for grow-
ing under glass. Rapid growth, with a remarkably small top,
characterizes this variety. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., ^/jlb. 30 cts.,
lb. $1.
NON PLUS ULTRA. Said to be the earliest forcing variety.
Roots are rather small, of perfect globe shape, and deep rich
scarlet in color; flesh is clear white. The roots are ready for use
in twenty days. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., V^t^b. 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
WHITE STRASBURG. The roots of this variety are from 3 to
5 inches in length, clear white. Considered a leading market
variety on account of the earliness and showy appearance. Pkt.
5 cts., oz. 10 cts., V^lb. 30 cts., lb. $1.
CHARTIER, IMPROVED. The selection is from the old Chartier
Radish. The roots are larger than the old variety, and of deeper
rose color, which shades to white at the bottom. A splendid sort
for the open ground, growing very rapidly, coming into use
twenty to twenty-five days after planting, with additional ad-
vantage in that the roots will keep crisp some time after ma-
turity, and after pulling. Pkt. 5c., oz. 10c., V41b. 30c., lb. $1.
I
4
)
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE
VEGETABLE SEEDS 25
I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
RADISHES, continued
WHITE LADY FINGER. An extra-fine garden Radish. Both
skin and flesh are pure white; the flavor is quite mild, and the
roots seldom become pithy, remaining in good condition for
a considerable length of time. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts.,
30 cts., lb. $1.
WHITE VIENNA. Almost identical with the White Lady Finger.
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., V^lb. 30 cts., lb. $1.
WHITE STUTTGART. A late, pure white variety; roots grow
rapidly and attain a large size; shaped somewhat like a top.
Of good flavor and a good keeper; not liable to run to seed.
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
MARKET-GARDENER’S LONG SCARLET. Identically the
same as Long Scarlet Short-Top, but with a little larger top.
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., V41b. 30 cts., lb. $1.
SLANT BUTTER. A round, red Radish, in shape and appear-
ance very much like Non Plus Ultra, but much larger; it grows
quickly and is valuable for forcing. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts.,
i^lb. 30 cts., lb. $1.
SOLDEN YELLOW OVAL. An oval Radish about inches
long; fine for forcing or the open ground. A good summer
variety. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., V^lh. 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
[CICLE. A pure white Radish that grows about 4 inches long,
somewhat stump-rooted in shape. A splendid variety for
forcing or for successive sowing in the garden. Said to remain
in good condition longer than other early varieties. Pkt.
5 cts., oz. 10 cts., l^lb. 30 cts., lb. $1.
SURPEE’S SCARLET BUTTON. A small, extra-early, bright
red, round Radish. Will mature from eighteen to twenty days
after sowing. The flesh is mild, crisp and pure white. Pkt.
5 cts., oz. 15 cts., l^lb. 40 cts., lb. $1.25.
!!1RIMS0N GIANT. An early turnip-shaped variety; color car-
mine; flesh firm and does not become pithy. Highly recom-
mended for garden planting as well as for forcing. Pkt. 5 cts.,
oz. 10 cts., i^lb. 30 cts., lb. $1.
WINTER RADISHES
LONG BLACK SPANISH. Roots are from 5 to 8 inches long and
quite thick at the top. The skin is black, but the flesh is clear
white. One of the best of the Winter Radishes. Pkt. 5 cts.,
oz. 10 cts., V4lfi- 30 cts., lb. $1.
LONG WHITE SPANISH. Exactly like the preceding except in
color of skin= Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., l^lb. 30 cts., lb. $1.
CHINESE ROSE. The roots are from 3 to 4 inches in length,
blunt at end and very smooth. Skin bright rose; flesh crisp and
tender. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., y4lb. 30 cts., lb. $1.
ROUND BLACK SPANISH. In a good many markets the round
Radish is preferred to the long, and for such markets the Round
Black Spanish should be grown. Similar to the Long Black
Spanish excepting in the shape. One of the finest sorts for
winter use. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., l^lb. 30 cts., lb. $1.
CELESTIAL. A new stump-rooted variety with white skin; the
seed can be sown from the first of July to the middle of August,
which makes it an especially good variety for market-gar-
deners. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., 30 cts., lb. $1.
RHUBARB
A rich, sandy soil, wet but well drained, is best for Rhubarb.
While it is frequently propagated from seed, only a percentage
comes true. It is cheaper to grow from seed and discard untrue
plants. The popular method, however, is to use young plants
propagated from the crown. Set plants 3 by 6 feet. The best
stems are produced the second year, but it continues to produce
for several years. When the blossom-stalk appears, it should
be cut back well into the ground. Set the crowns of the
plants so that they are i inch under the surface of the soil.
Choose a place where the soil will be moist at all times.
VICTORIA. The variety most generally in use. It comes fairly
true from seed. Seed, pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., V^lb. 45 cts., lb.
$1.25. Roots, 15 cts each, $1.50 per doz.
SQUASH
Growing Squashes in the Garden. Like the melon, the Squash is a tropical vegetable and the seed should not be sown until the
ground is warm and dry. The seed is usually planted in hills, which should be well fertilized. For the bush varieties the hills should
)e about 4 feet each way, and for the winter sorts from 10 to 12 feet each way. Use plenty of seed in each hill, twelve to fifteen
inyway, so that the loss from insects will not be serious; after the plants get a good start, pull out all but four or five in each hill,
rhe squash-vine borer may cause more or less trouble through the season, but the difficulty can be reduced to a minimum by sprink-
ing tobacco dust, or some other insecticide, close around the plants. The black squash bug can best be kept in check by hand picking,
)ut spraying with arsenate of lead or slug-shot is the proper remedy for the striped beetle. One ounce of Squash seed will plant from
ifteen to twenty hills; three to five pounds of seed will be required for an acre, according to variety.
j'ORDHOOK. This variety is good for both summer and winter use. The Squashes have a thin, light yellow skin, with a thick,
straw-colored flesh. They grow from 8 to 10 inches long and are oblong in form. If they are allowed to ripen on the vine they can
be stored and kept in good condition through the entire winter. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
MAMMOTH WHITE BUSH. An ivory-white Squash, round in form, with scalloped edges. Matures early and the plants will bear
freely until killed by frost. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., l^lb. 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
2SSEX HYBRID. It is a cross between the Hubbard and the American Turban Squashes. Flesh is fine-grained, thick, and solid.
Vines are rapid growers and produce freely. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., V41t). 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
BOSTON MARROW. A winter Squash, shaped very much like the Hubbard, but rich golden orange in color. Can be used for
canning purposes, served as a table vegetable or made into pies. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., ^^Ib. 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
VARTED HUBBARD. ^ In size and color this is exactly like the old familiar Hubbard Squash, but heavily waited. Produces
a large number of fruits which will keep even to late winter. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., V^lb. 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
IMPROVED HUBBARD. A selection from the old Hubbard, producing a more
vigorous vine and slightly larger fruits. The skin is dark green and the flesh
rich golden yellow. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
GOLDEN HUBBARD. Another Squash of the Hubbard family, but with a rich
orange-yellow skin that turns to a salmon-red when fully ripe; fully as good as,
if not superior to, the original. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., 30 cts., lb. $1.50.
ORANGE MARROW. A selection from the Boston Marrow, but earlier.
The skin has the same familiar orange-red color. The flesh is thick,
fine-grained and sweet in flavor. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., 50 cts.,
lb. $1.50.
YELLOW SUMMER CROOKNECK. Fruit long -and warted; color
golden yellow; fine and tender when young. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., Vilfi-
50 cts., lb. $1.50.
COCOZELLE (Italian Vegetable Marrow). Fruit about 6 to 8 inches long, dark
green, yellow, lighter green stripes. Bush form. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts., V^lb.
HUBBARD SQUASH 50 CtS., lb. $1.50.
26 VEGETABLE SEEDS
The L W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh
MAMMOTH SANDWICH ISLAND SALSIFY
SALSIFY
Salsify is commonly called “Vegetable Oyster” or “Oyster Plant.” It is a garden vege-
table of extremely easy cultivation. The soil should be spaded to a good depth, because
the roots grow straight down and often are lo to 12 inches in length. The seed should be
sown in drills, which are made 15 inches apart, and from iK to 2 inches deep. When the
little plants get about 4 inches high, thin them out so that they stand about 3 inches apart.
The roots may be dug in late fall and stored the same as carrots, or they can be left in the
ground until spring, when they will be found very tender. An ounce of seed will sow about
50 feet of drill; ten pounds for an acre.
MAMMOTH SANDWICH ISLAND. The roots of this variety are of enormous size, prob-
ably twice as large as those of other sorts. Notwithstanding the large size the roots are
of good quality, without hard core. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 25 cts., V41b. 75 cts., lb. $2.50.
SPINACH
Spinach is considered one of the most healthful of all vegetables used as “greens.” If
plants are wanted for early use in spring the seed should be sown in September,
and the little plants protected during the winter with a mulch of hay or straw. For sum-
mer and early fall use the seed may be sown in the early part of March, and successive
sowings made until about the first of June. Sowing in drills is the usual method, covering
the seed about an inch deep and thinning out the plants after two or three leaves have
formed. One ounce of seed will sow about 100 feet of drill; fourteen to fifteen pounds
for an acre.
NEW ZEALAND. An excellent sort for summer use, as the plants
will endure heat and dry weather. The leaves are small, but
very thick. The plants are strong growers, and from one sowing
the crop may be gathered at various times during the summer.
Exceptionally valuable variety. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 15 cts.,
V4lb. 50 cts., lb. $1.50, 5 lbs. $7, 10 lbs. $13.
IMPROVED LARGE ROUND THICK-LEAVED. This is a
valuable sort for market-gardeners and is particularly adapted
for early spring sowing. The leaves are thick and somewhat
crumpled. This variety can be sown in September for late
winter and extra-early spring use. Oz. 10 cts., V4lb. 15 cts.,
lb. 50 cts., 5 lbs. $1.75, 10 lbs. $3.
BLOOMSDALE SAVOY-LEAVED. The leaves of this Spinach
are very similar to those of the Savoy cabbage, and probably
the plants are the hardiest of any of the Savoy class. It is an
exceptionally good sort for autumn planting. The leaves grow
upright, are curled and crimped, thick and fleshy. Oz. 10 cts.,
i/4lb. 15 cts., lb. 50 cts., 5 lbs. $1.75, 10 lbs. $3.
LONG-STANDING. So named because it is extremely slow in
running to seed. Large, thick, and crinkled, and especially
good in quality. Oz. 10 cts., ^,41b. 15 cts., lb. 50 cts., 5 lbs.
$1.75, 10 lbs. $3.
VICTORIA. Another long-standing sort, with foliage of unusually
dark green. A good variety for summer use, because it is not
susceptible to heat and dry weather. Oz. 10 cts., %lb. 15 cts.,
lb. 50 cts., 5 lbs. $1.75, 10 lbs. $3.
TRIUMPH. Remains in marketable condition much longer
than most other varieties. A long-standing variety with dark
Oz. 10 cts., Vilb. 15 cts., lb. 50 cts., 5 lbs. $1.75, 10 lbs. $3.
IMPROVED LARGE ROUND THICK-LEAVED SPINACH
green, crumpled leaves, which are large, thick, and succulent.
SUNFLOWER
This is the large-flowering variety used principally by farmers
and poultry breeders. Seed can be sown early in the spring,
allowing the plants to stand about 4 feet apart each way. Three
pounds of seed will plant an acre. Sunflowers should be grown
in good soil where they will get plenty of sun.
MAMMOTH RUSSIAN. Probably the strongest grower of any
of the Sunflowers, producing seed-heads of exceptionally large
size. Oz. 10 cts., V^lb. 15 cts., lb. 40 cts.
TOBACCO
Tobacco seed must be sown early in the spring in frames or seed-
bed in rich soil. Reset the plants in the open ground after the
weather has become warm, making space between the rows about
4 feet. The cultivation is practically the same as for corn.
CONNECTICUT SEED LEAF. One of the oldest and best
varieties. Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 40 cts., l^lb. $1.50, lb. $5.
HAVANA. Heavy cropper and one of the earliest. Pkt. 10 cts.,
oz. 40 cts., V41b. $1.50, lb. $5.
We have been supplying the most critical market-gardeners for more than forty years with vegetable seeds. Whether you buy
in packets or in pounds, pints or bushels, you get the same fresh stock we furnish the largest market-gardeners. No order is too small
to merit our best attention. Our stock is fresh from the most reliable growers of Europe and America.
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE
VEGETABLE SEEDS 27
f^e I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
TOMATOES
Growing Tomatoes in the Garden. If the gardener wants extra-early plants he must start the seed under glass the latter part of
January or early in February. He must also be careful to select the extra-early varieties. There are several simple methods of start-
ing Tomato plants which can be followed out by the owner of even the smallest garden. If you have a greenhouse or a hotbed, the
seed can be sown in flats, and after the plants are 2 to 3 inches high, transfer them
into small pots, or dirt bands, allowing them to grow to 5 or 6 inches in height, and
then transplant again. If you do not have any of these facilities, the seed can be
started in a sunny window in the house, following the same general plan of caring
for the little plants. When they are transplanted in the flats for the last time, give
them plenty of room, so that when they are finally transplanted to the garden
they can be lifted without injuring the roots. In the garden the plants should
stand about 4 feet apart each way. During the growing season they should be kept
well cultivated ; it is likewise a good plan to support the plants by tying them to a
stake or permit them to grow over a low frame. An ounce of seed will produce
about 2,000 plants; one-quarter pound should give sufficient plants for one acre.
JOHN BAER. One of the earliest and best varieties for the market-gardener.
Has a wonderful, glistening, brilliant, bright red color and in shape and form
exactly like its photograph, entirely free from core, almost seedless and ripens
right up to the stem. Has a mild, deliciously sweet flavor and is an enormous
yielder. Our stock of this beautiful and valuable variety comes direct from
the originator, which insures its genuineness. No. 1, pkt. 15 cts., V2OZ. 60 cts., oz.
$1, $3, lb. $10. No. 2, pkt. 5 cts. Vzoz. 20 cts., oz. 40 cts., Vilb. $1.50,
lb. $5.
NORTHERN ADIRONDACK EARLIANA. Has become known the country over
as the best extra-early variety, and almost as an entirely new sort, for it is dis-
tinctly different from and better than the good old standby. Sparks’ Earliana.
Line-breeding has developed, in the case of the Northern Adirondack Earliana,
a fruit which colors nearly as well, is as smooth and nearly as globe-shaped
as Jewel, is earlier and as hard as Bonny Best. Pkt. 10 cts., V2OZ. 40 cts.,
oz. 60 cts., y4lb. $2, lb. $6.
JOHN BAER TOMATO
EARLIANA, SPARKS’. This is the original Earliana Tomato. The first crop was
grown in New Jersey, and at once came into market favor because of its extreme
earliness. The fruits are of good size, bright red, solid, with comparatively few
seeds. The plants are compact growers and set the fruit in clusters. Pkt. 5 cts.,
I/2OZ. 35 cts., oz. 60 cts., ^Alb. $2, lb. $6.
JUNE PINK. The fruit of this Tomato is borne in clusters. The Tomatoes are of
medium size, averaging from 2j^ to 3 inches in diameter and about 2)4 inches
in thickness. The color is bright pink, the skin is smooth and the prface of the
fruit quite regular. It ripens fully as early as the old strain of Earliana and from
ten to fourteen days earlier than the Early Jewel. It is one of the best of the
pink Tomatoes. Pkt. 5 cts., V2OZ. 20 cts., oz. 40 cts., V41b. $1.50, lb. $5.
BONNY BEST. Another extra-early Tomato which sets its fruit in clusters. The
color is glowing scarlet. The valuable peculiarity of the Tomato is the fact that
it does not crack and that it
also ripens clear to the stem.
It is remarkable for its even-
ness of size, which charac-
teristic is maintained to the
end of the season better than
in other varieties. Pkt. 5
40
m
mui
BONNY BEST TOMATO
LIVINGSTON’S GLOBE TOMATO
Cts., V2OZ. 20 cts., OZ.
Cts., y4lb. $1.50, lb. $5.
CHALK’S EARLY JEWEL. A
bright scarlet Tomato that
should be planted to market , . > i-j
immediately after the Earliana varieties. The flesh is thick and solid, and
it is one of the best early sorts for shipping. Plants are strong growers and bear
heavy crops. Pkt. 5 cts., ^oz. 35 cts., oz. 60 cts., y^lb. $2.25, lb. $8.
EARLY DETROIT. A new Tomato of merit; fruit smooth, uniform, nearly
globe-shaped, firm, and of fine quality; color purplish pink; season early. Is
one of the finest shipping varieties grown. Pkt. 5 cts., Vzoz. 20 cts., oz. 40 cts.,
V4lb. $1.50, lb. $5.
BEAUTY. This variety came into favor with growers because the fruits were solid
and could be shipped a long distance. The fruits are of good shape, produced
in clusters, and the plants continue to bear until quite late in the season.
Pkt. 5 cts., V2OZ. 35 cts., oz. 60 cts., y4lb. $2, lb. $6. , „ . , r
TRUCKERS’ FAVORITE. In color the fruit is purplish red. rorm is regular, or
good size, thick-meated and solid. Vines are strong growers, are not subject
to rust nor blight, and will bear continuously until killed by frost Even the
latest fruits are of good size and equal the earliest in quality. A dependab e
main-crop Tomato. Pkt. 5 cts., l/zoz. 35 cts., oz. 60 cts., y4lb. $2, lb. $6.
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
28 VEGETABLE SEEDS
The I, W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh,
TOMATOES, continued
BEEFSTEAK. Late; purplish
pink; vines strong and vigor-
ous; very little seed, large solid
fruit. Pkt. 5 cts., V2OZ. 30 cts.,
oz. 60 cts., y^ih. $2, lb. $6.
MATCHLESS. Solid, bright red,
with comparatively few seeds.
A strong grower and bears large
quantities of fruits. Pkt. 5 cts.,
1/202. 35 cts., oz. 60 cts., V41b.
$2, lb. $6.
LR^GSTON’S GLOBE. Fruits
are of large size, perfectly
smooth, practically round, but
slightly flattened at the stem;
has fine flesh, and very few
seeds are found, especially in
the early fruits. The color is
a glossy rose, slightly tinged
with purple. One of the lar-
gest producers and a good
shipper. Pkt. 5c., I/2OZ. 35c.,
oz. 60 cts., V^lb. $2.25, lb. $8.
STONE TOMATOES
DWARF CHAMPION. Fruit borne in clusters; color glossy purple; flesh firm and thick. Good for shipping. Pkt. 5 cts., I/2OZ.
35 cts., OZ. 60 cts., V^lb. $2, lb. $7.
STONE. An unusually productive bright red, smooth Tomato. It is a standard sort for canning purposes, and great quantities are
grown for this purpose in the big canning sections. It is quite likely that more Tomatoes of this variety are produced than of any
half-dozen varieties combined. Pkt. 5 cts., I/2OZ. 35 cts., oz. 60 cts., V^lb. $2.25, lb. $8.
DWARF STONE. A dwarf, medium early variety. The fruits are of a good, bright red color, smooth, very solid and large.
One of the best dwarf varieties. Pkt. 5 cts., V2OZ. 20 cts., oz. 40 cts., $1-50, lb. $5.
BUCKEYE STATE. A dark purple Tomato with smooth skin and solid flesh. Fruits are extra large and are borne in clusters.
Unlike many other large varieties. Buckeye State presents an even and smooth surface and seldom cracks when fully ripened.
Pkt. 5 cts., V^oz. 35 cts., oz. 60 cts., V41b. $2.25, lb. $8.
PONDEROSA. An exceedingly large Tomato with a slightly rough surface. Some specimens have been grown that weighed two pounds
each. As an extra-choice variety no other sort equals Ponderosa. The fruit is slightly oblong in form, somev/hat ridged, is excep-
tionally solid, with few seeds. The vines grow freely, producing unusually well for so large a variety. Pkt. 5 cts., V2OZ. 35 cts., oz.
60 cts., V4lb. $2.25, lb. $8.
YELLOW PONDEROSA. Pkt. 5 cts., V2OZ. 30 cts., oz. 50 cts., Y^lh. $1.75, lb. $6.
MAGNUS. Introduced some ten or twelve years ago by an American Tomato specialist. The fruit matures early, is thick, heavy and
solid, deep purple in color. It is valuable both as an early Tomato and for general main-crop planting. Pkt. 5 cts., V^oz. 25 cts., oz.
50 cts., 141b. $1.75, lb. $6.
RED ROCK. A quick grower, producing fruit in about a hundred days after sowing the seed. Extra smooth, very large, bright red,
exceedingly productive. Splendid for truckers and for canners. Pkt. 5 cts., Vzoz. 20 cts., oz. 40 cts., l^lb. $1.50, lb. $5.
YELLOW PLUM. Shaped very much like a plum; is particularly valuable for preserving. Color is rich golden yellow. Pkt. 5 cts.,
V2OZ. 20 cts., oz. 40 cts., V41b* $1-50, lb. $5.
GREATER BALTIMORE. Very desirable canning variety; smooth, well
formed and thick from stem to blossom ends; produces fruits in large clus-
ters. One of the best of the main-crop varieties. Pkt. 5 cts., V^oz. 20 cts.,
oz. 40 cts., V41b. $1.50, lb. $5.
GOLDEN QUEEN. Also known as Queen of the Yellows. Fruit of fairly large
size, smooth, entirely free from ridges. One of the best of the Yellow Toma-
toes for table use. The color is veiy'^ attractive, and it makes a most pleasing
dish for the table. Pkt. 5 cts., V^oz. 20 cts., oz. 40 cts., V41b. $1.50, lb. $5.
TURNIPS
For early Turnips sow the seed of the flat varieties in the open ground as early
as possible in the spring. Make the drills about a foot apart, and do not sow the
seed thickly, as the plants should stand from 3 to 4 inches apart, and much
labor will be avoided if you are not obliged to pull them out. Seed may be sown
every two weeks until the middle of June so that a succession may be had
until fall. The seed for late Turnips — that is, roots for late fall and winter
use — should be sown in July and August. An ounce of seed will sow about 100
feet of drill, and from a pound to a pound and a half will be required for an acre.
PURPLE-TOP STRAP-LEAF. A flat variety of fairly large size; a purple ring
which runs about one-third of the way down the root, or at least as far down
as the root is out of the soil, indicates the variety. The flesh is white, fine-
grained and is superior to most other varieties for table use. Pkt. 5 cts., oz.
10 cts., l^lb. 30 cts., lb. SL
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
PURPLE-TOP STRAP-LEAF TURNIP
The I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
VEGETABLE SEEDS 29
TURNIPS, continued
PURPLE-TOP WHITE GLOBE. The root is nearly round and only slightly
flattened at the top. The purplish color extends well down the sides of the root.
It is an early-maturing variety, and the roots keep well after being pulled. A
good sort for market or for stock-feeding. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., y4lh. 30 cts.,
lb. $1.
COW HORN. Commonly called the “Long WTiite” Turnip. It is a very rapid
grower, a considerable part of the root remaining above the ground. The
flesh is white, fine-grained, and of excellent quality for table use. The Cow
Horn Turnip is used largely for stock-feeding and for turning under as a
fertilizer in connection with crimson clover. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., y^lh. 30 cts.,
lb. $1, 5 lbs. $4.50.
EXTRA-EARLY WHITE MILAN. Probably the earliest of the flat Turnips.
Both skin and flesh are pure white; flavor is mild and sweet. Pkt. 5 cts., oz.
20 cts., V41b. 60 cts., lb. $2.
RUTABAGA, or SWEDE TURNIP
The general cultivation for Rutabagas is the same as for turnips, excepting that
for early use the seed should be sown in a prepared seed-bed and the roots trans-
planted into rows about 2 feet apart and from 8 to lo inches in the row. For
later crop the seed may be sown in the open ground in J une and early J uly. J ust
before the ground freezes the roots should be dug, the tops cut, and the crop
stored in a cold cellar or pit outdoors.
SWEET GERMAN. This variety is very similar to the turnip and is used in
many sections for table use as well as for stock-feeding. The flesh is white
and solid, and does not have the strong taste of the common turnips. A winter
crop can be kept well into the following summer. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., ^^lb.
30 cts., lb. Si.
IMPROVED PURPLE-TOP. Frequently called the American Purple-Top and
is remarkable for its uniform shape and size. The skin is smooth and almost
white, while the flesh is golden yellow. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., l^lb. 30 cts.,
lb. $1.
HERBS
Most of the herbs are perennials, and will grow in almost any corner of the garden, but are particularly partial to bright sun.
ANISE. Used principally for flavoring and for garnishing. Pkt.
5 cts., oz. 25 cts., l^lb. 75 cts., lb. $2.75.
BALM. Used for making a medicinal tea. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 25 cts.,
Vilb. 75 cts., lb. $2.50.
SWEET BASIL. A highly aromatic herb whose leaves and tops
are used for seasonings and, in a limited way, in salads. Pkt. 5
cts., oz. 25 cts., l^lb. 75 cts., lb. $2.50.
BORAGE. An annual plant that is used freely by bee-keepers.
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 25 cts., y^lh. 75 cts., lb. $2.75.
CARAWAY. The seeds of this plant are used for culinary pur-
poses, in confectionery and also in medicines. Pkt. 5 cts.,
oz. 20 cts., l^lb. 60 cts., lb. $2.
CORIANDER. An annual whose seeds are strongly aromatic.
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 20 cts., l^lb. 60 cts., lb. $2.
DILL. An annual plant, seeds of which are used as a seasoning
and also in the preparation of Dill pickles. Pkt. 5 cts., oz.
15 cts., V^lb. 35 cts., lb. $1.
SWEET MARJORAM SUMMER SAVORY THYME
SAGE. An old familiar herb with a pungent odor. Pkt. 5 cts.,
oz. 40 cts., V^lb. $1.25, lb. $4.
SWEET FENNEL. The leaves are finely cut and are especially
beautiful for garnishing. Pkt. 5c., oz. 20c., y^. 50c., lb. $1.50.
HOREHOUND. Annual; chiefly used for medicinal purposes, as
it has strong tonic properties. Pkt. 5c., oz. 30c., V^lb. $1, lb. $3.
I LAVENDER. The flowers are delightful^ fragrant, imparting
a pleasing odor to the contents of linen-chests. Pkt. 5 cts., oz.
40 cts., 141b. $1.50, lb. $5.
SWEET MARJORAM. An annual possessing a pleasing fra-
grance and of particular value as a seasoning. Pkt. 5 cts., oz.
50 cts., V4lb- $1.50, lb. $5.
RUE. A medicinal plant of extremely pungent taste. Pkt. 5 cts.,
oz. 50 cts., V41b. $1.75, lb. $6.
! SUMMER SAVORY. Annual, cultivated for the foliage, which
' is gathered in summer and dried for use in the kitchen during
• the winter months. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 40 cts., y^- $1.25, lb. $4.
THYME. An old-time garderl plant, the leaves and young
branches of which are used for seasoning. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 50 cts.,
V4lb. $1.75, lb. $6.
CURLED CHERVIL. Leaves of Cheiwil veiy^ much resemble
those of parsley and are used in a similar way. The foliage is
ready for use in from six to ten weeks after sowing the seed.
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 20 cts., y^h. 60 cts., lb. $2.
SAFFRON. Cultivated for medicinal purposes, and also for the
coloring matter from which comes saffron-yellow dye. Pkt.
5 cts., oz. 25 cts., y^lh. 75 cts., lb. $2.50.
MINT. Leaves are used in making the familiar Mint sauce that
is indispensable to spring lamb and green peas. Pkt. 25 cts.
! TANSY. A strongly aromatic plant, with medicinal qualities.
I Pkt. 10 cts., oz. 50 cts., 141b. $1.75, lb. $6.
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE
30 SEED POTATOES
The L W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
NORTHERN-GROWN SEED POTATOES
There is no crop so much bene-
fited by the introduction of fresh
new seed as the potato. ORDEI
EARLY WHILE OUR STOCK!
ARE COMPLETE.
GROWN ESPECIALLY FOR SEED
For many years we have made a specialty of supplying our trade with
northern-grown seed Potatoes, and have enjoyed a largely increased trade
from year to year. This we attribute to the fact that our stock is especi
ally grown for seed, by experienced growers in the cold north-
east and being pure and true to name, produces a much larger
yield, and Potatoes of a much finer quality, than the home-
grown and western stocks usually sold in the open market
for seed purposes.
We begin shipping Seed Potatoes as early in the spring as
weather conditions will permit, usually the
latter part of March. However, we urge
our customers to place their orders early,
while our stock of all varieties is complete,
as it frequently happens that we are unable
to supply certain varieties late in the sea-
son. Owing to the perishable nature of
Seed Potatoes the market is subject to
radical changes, and it is impossible for us
to guarantee prices; therefore, the prices
given here are subject to change. Special
prices will be quoted on five-barrel lots and
upward on request. Each barrel contains
165 lbs. of full-sized tubers. Prices, f. o.b.
Pittsburgh.
of tho Russets. ^ New Late Potato. This Potato is destined to be one of the leading main-crop varieties
— — ■_ . * in that it is an exceptionally heavy yielder, table quality of the very best, and with smooth,
velvety, russet skin and shallow eyes. No Potato can surpass it in uniform and handsome appearance. It is very fine-grained, cooks as
white as flour, and is of splendid flavor; an excellent keeper and retains its good eating qualities until late in the spring. It is one of
the hardiest varieties known and it is not susceptible to rot, scab, or disease; in fact it can be grown on the most heavily manured land
without danger of rot. Its great productiveness, handsome color and resistance to diseases make it a very popular Potato and one
especially suited to our locality. Pk. $1, bus. $3.50, bbl. $8.50.
King
EARLY VARIETIES
EARLY SIX WEEKS. A very early Potato, somewhat resembling
the Early Ohio. Pk. $1, bus. $3.50, bbl. $9.
EARLY ROSE. This is genuine stock of the old standard Early
Rose Potato. Although one of the oldest varieties, it still
retains its popularity. Pk. $1, bus. $3.50, bbl. $9.
EARLY OHIO. A sort that is well known by market-gardeners
who are after a first-early Potato for home trade; the tubers
are almost round, with pink skin and of excellent quality.
Pk. $1, bus. $3.50, bbl. $9.
EARLY VARIETIES, continued
IRISH COBBLER. An extra-early, round, white Potato. \’ines
yield heavily and the tubers are of extremely fine quality.
Pk. $1, bus. $3.50, bbl. $9.
LATE VARIETIES
CARMAN No. 3. Extra large, oblong, slightly flat, white.
Vines are extra-good growers and yield an immense quantity
of tubers of uniform size. One of the best late varieties; of
excellent quality; good keeper. Pk. $1, bus. $3.50, bbl. $8.50.
SIR WALTER RALEIGH. The tubers
vary from round to oblong in shape;
uniformly of good size, white-skinned
and of excellent quality. A good keeper,
and, like Carman No. 3, a very hea\^
yielder. Pk.$l, bus. $3.50, bbl. $8.50.
RURAL NEW YORKER No. 2. Veiy
popular, handsome and a heavy' yielder.
Pk. $1, bus. $3.50, bbl. $8.50.
GREEN MOUNTAIN. A medium to late
Potato in point of ripening, with branch-
ing, light green foliage. Skin white and
thin; flesh white. Tubers flattened to
oblong in shape; extremely productive
and, when thoroughly ripened, of most
excellent quality. Pk. $1, bus. $3.50,
bbl. $8.50.
' Prices subject to change
GREEN MOUNTAIN POTATO
We recommend Prolific Crop Producer and
Columbian Com and Potato as excellent potato
fertilizers. See page 52 for prices. If you are
interested in Potato machinery, write for special
catalogues giving detailed descriptions of Potato
Planters, Potato Diggers, and Potato Cutters.
ORDER YOUR SEEDS EARLY — in January or February, rather than in March or April, making sure of your favorite
varieties and have them on hand when planting-time comes.
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
FLOWER SEEDS 31
FLOWER SEED DEPARTMENT
We have given a little more than our usual attention to the Flower Seed Department, and for the season of 1918 have made some
■adical changes in the list. Practically all of the varieties listed here are “Annuals,” that is, plants which grow, produce flowers, mature
;he seed, and die the same year. We believe this class of plants to be more satisfactory, in general, to the average gardener. If one
iesires perennials, or those plants which live from year to year, we would suggest that the plants themselves be purchased, although
i great deal of the pleasure in gardening will be lost if you do not raise the plants from the seed.
ASTERS
No garden can be considered even half-way complete without a
jood display of Asters. If the gardener cares to go into growing different
varieties, he will be able to have flowers early in J uly , and a succession
)f blooms will come in August and even to the latter part of October,
inless the plants are killed by frost. One would hardly think the mag-
lificent chrysanthemum specimens of the present day can trace their
incestors back to the little China Aster that grew in our grandmother’s
garden. One who is interested in the history of the development of the
\.ster will find it a most interesting study.
Asters will grow in almost any reasonably good soil; the bed should
)e prepared in about the same way as for vegetable crops, but if you
;ive special attention to fertilizing and cultivating the Asters, you will
)e amply repaid by fine plants, and long stems which will support the
:normous blooms. The plants delight in an open, sunny situation. It
s advisable to change the location each season in garden culture, for
he plants are not altogether successful if set in the same ground two or
hree years in succession. For early plants and blooms seeds may be
tarted in a coldframe or hotbed^ or even in a small window-box in the
louse, and the little plants may be set into the open ground just as soon
LS danger of late spring frost is over. For the late flowers you will be just
LS successful if you sow the seed in the open ground in the early part
)f May. When plants are 2 or 3 inches high, set them where they are
o bloom. If a mass of color is desired, the plants may be set from 9 to
.2 inches apart; but if you want extra-long stems for cutting it is advis-
ible to set the plants not less than 12 inches apart, in rows that are at
east 2 feet apart.
Asters have some insect enemies, particularly the aphis, which at-
acks the root, and stem-rot, which causes the stem to decay just at
he surface of the ground. If the soil has been well fertilized, and the
ilants kept growing rapidly, you will have comparatively little trouble
rom either of these pests. Should they occur, sprinkling wood-ashes
)r air-slaked lime over the entire surface of the bed will help to eliminate
he trouble. The Aster beetle is a small black insect which attacks the
lowers; it can best be destroyed by hand-picking or knocking into a
nixture of kerosene oil and water.
jemple’s Branching. Extra-fine late Aster. The flowers are borne on
long, stiff stems which often measure 2 feet or more in length. The
flowers are extra large, with heavy, incurved petals. Our seed is
from a selected strain of these famous Branching Asters and we can
recommend it as being the very finest seed that can be secured. Our
collection includes the following colors and mixtures:
Semple’s Branching, White. The flowers are pure white. Pkt. 10 cts.,
Koz. $1, oz. $1.75.
Semple’s Branching, Blue. A rich shade of dark blue. Pkt. 10 cts.,
}4oz. 75 cts., oz. $1.25.
Semple’s Branching, Rose. An extremely delicate shade of light rose.
Pkt. 10 cts., I^oz. 75 cts., oz. $1.25.
Semple’s Branching, Crimson. A deep, glistening crimson. Pkt.
~ 10 cts., yioz. 75 cts., oz. $1.25.
Semple’s Branching, Mixed. All the above colors. Pkt. 10 cts., yioz.
75 cts., oz. I1.25.
5ueen of the Market. Mixed colors. Pkt. 10 cts., >^02*75 cts., oz. f 1.25.
AGERATUM
A low-growing plant, mostly used for edging of beds or for mass
planting. For early flowers sow the seed under cover from March until
Vlay; for later blooms sow the seed out-of-doors in May or early June.
Blue Perfection. An unusually deep blue flower, really remarkable in
its coloring. The heads are quite large and freely produced. The
plants grow about 15 inches high. Pkt. 5 cts., >^oz. 25 cts., oz. 45 cts.
Dwarf Blue. A low-growing plant, seldom over 10 inches. Flowers are
deep blue. Pkt. 5 cts., }ioz. 25 cts., oz. 45 cts.
SEMPLE’S BRANCHING ASTERS
ALYSSUM
A popular flower for the edges of beds or planting in
vases and rockeries. The plants will remain in bloom
practically the whole season.
Sweet (Benthami). The popular old-fashioned variety.
Flowers pure white. Pkt. 5 cts., }4oz. 15 cts., oz. 25 cts.
Benthami compactum. Known as the “Little Gem”
Alyssum. The plants are dwarf, not over 6 inches in
height, and most compact in habit. The flowers are
pure white, extremely fragrant and borne in great
profusion throughout the entire season. Pkt. 5 cts.,
}4oz. 25 cts., oz. 40 cts.
For the best success in growing flowers the first
essential is high-quality seeds, and then good soil.
We can supply the seeds, and you can make the soil
just as rich as necessary by using the proper kind of
fertilizer. Pages 52 and 53 will give you complete
information on this point.
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE
32 FLOWER SEEDS
The J. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
DOUBLE BALSAM
AMARANTUS
These plants are extremely striking on
account of the markings of the foliage.
Both plants and leaves will grow' to a
large size in rich soil, but the color will
not be quite so bright as in poorer soil.
Seed can be sown in the house or hotbed
in early spring, or in the seed-bed in the
garden later on and the plants trans-
planted where they are to stand during
the season. This is a valuable plant for
bedding and producing decorative effects
in the garden.
Tricolor. The common name is “Joseph’s
Coat.’’ The foliage is brilliantly marked
with green, red and yellow'. Excellent
for producing contrast wdth green-foli-
age plants. Pkt. 5 cts., J^oz. 15 cts., oz.
25 cts.
BALLOON VINE
Rapid-growing annual climber. Often
called “Love-in-a-Puff.” The flow'ers are
quite small, pure white and are well filled
with curiously-formed seed-pods. The
plants are sometimes growm in pots for
verandas and ornaments. It is a valuable
climber for porches w'here dense shade is
not desirable; very unique and interest-
ing. Pkt. 5 cts., }4oz. 25 cts., oz. 45 cts.
BALSAM
Everyone knows this plant by
the old familiar name of “Lady’s
Slipper.” Seed may be sown in
the house or in sheltered spots in
the garden. When the seedlings are
I to 2 inches high, transplant them
so that they may be 5 to 6 inches
apart; after they have made a
reasonable development they should
be transplanted to their permanent
places in the garden, letting them
stand at least i foot apart.
Double Varieties, Mixed. This is
a mixture made up from the finest
camellia-flowered sorts, and con-
tains an assortment of colors from
clear w'hite to the deepest blood-
red. Pkt. 5 cts.,J^oz. 25 cts., oz.
45 cts.
BEGONIA
The Begonia is one of the most
attractive and delightful perennials,
either for wdndow-boxes during the
winter or for bedding plants during
the summer. Produces large masses
of variously colored flow'ers wdth
bronze and green foliage.
Vernon. A charming free flowering
and highly effective variety with
blood-scarlet flow'ers and bronze-
colored foliage. Pkt. 25 cts.
Vulcan. Flow'ers brilliant dark
scarlet. Dark foliage. A splendid
variety. Pkt. 25 cts.
Mixed Everblooming varieties. Pkt.
25 cts.
CALENDULA or
POT MARIGOLD
Hardy annual about i foot high. Sow in
open ground early in spring. The plants
will bloom early in the summer and con-
tinue until frost.
Double Mixed. Pkt. 5c., }4oz. 15c., oz. 25c.
CALLIOPSIS
These are w’ell-known garden plants,
the tall-growdng varieties being especially
good for mass planting. The dwarf sorts
are superb for making color edging for
beds or for planting in pots for decorative
purposes.
Dwarf Varieties, Mixed. This collection
includes shades of yellow’, deep crimson,
yellow w’ith bronze center, and other
combinations. Pkt. 5 cts., j^oz. 15 cts.,
oz. 25 cts.
CANARY-BIRD VINE
A species of Tropceolum that makes an
excellent annual growth. The flowers are
brilliant yellow', and some people imagine
that they resemble a bird with half-ex-
panded w’ings. Pkt. 5 cts., }4oz. 15 cts.,
oz. 25 cts.
ORDER YOUR SEEDS EARLY AND
AVOID THE RUSH
CANDYTUFT
For many years these plants have been
highly prized for mass planting, or for the
border of w’alks and flow’er-beds. Sow the
seed in the garden w'here the plants are to
stand; after they are up, thin out plants so
that the remainder may have plenty of
room to develop.
Giant Empress. One of the finest of the
family; the flowers are extra large, both
in size of the truss and of individuals.
The color is pure white. Pkt. 5 cts.,
J^oz. 15 cts., oz. 25 cts.
CANNAS
The old-fashioned name of these tall-
growing plants is “Indian Shot.” As a
general rule they are raised from the roots,
but there is a great deal of pleasure in
starting the little plants from seed, and
there is practically no difficulty in securing
good specimens. Before planting the seed,
it is w’ell to file or scrape the sharp edge
and then place the seed in damp moss; the
outer shell is extremely hard and unless an
opening is made the seeds are not likely to
germinate. Set out as soon as started.
Large-flowered Dwarf Varieties, Mixed
Colors. The. seeds are saved from some
of the most brilliantly colored plants,
and include deep reds, yellows, and red
and yellow striped and shaded. Pkt.
10 cts., J^oz. 20 cts., oz. 35 cts.
CANTERBURY BELLS
The “Campanulas,” “Blue Bells,” or
“Canterbury Bells,” as these plants are
variously known, produce large, bell-
shaped flow'ers of varying colors; some are
clear white, others dark blue, others have
shades of red. They are especially effec-
tive w’hen planted in masses, and the seed
may be sown from the first of June to the
first of September. The plants should be
protected wdth leaves or straw during the
w’inter months.
Single Varieties, Mixed Colors. A mixture
of the large-flowering varieties, contain-
ing w’hite, pink and blue sorts. Pkt.
5 cts,, Koz, 15 cts., oz. 25 cts.
SINGLE CANTERBURY BELLS
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE
The I. W, Scott Company y Pittsburgh, Pa
FLOWER SEEDS 33
CARDINAL CLIMBER
A strikingly beautiful early-flowering
species with exceedingly ornamental,
deeply laciniated foliage and large brilliant
deep cardinal-red flowers. Pkt. 25 cts.
MARGUERITE CARNATIONS
These plants, which bloom in three to
four months after sowing the seed, are
really the most satisfactory of the “Pinks.”
The flowers are large, quite fragrant and
useful for cutting.
Mixed Colors. The mixture includes
yellow, scarlet, white, pink, and varie-
gated. Pkt. 10 cts., yioz. 60 cts., oz. $1,
CASTOR BEAN
The Castor Beans are extremely large
annual plants, that may be used for or-
namental hedges, for the center of beds
of cannas and other tall-growing plants.
Ricinus Zanzibarensis. The Zanzibar
Castor-Oil Plant is a new and distinct
sort. The leaves are enormous, often 2
to 2^2 feet across, and the plants fre-
quently reach 12 feet in height. Pkt.
5 cts., ^oz. 10 cts., oz. 15 cts.
Finest Varieties, Mixed. The mixture in-
cludes seeds of the best-known and most
satisfactory named varieties. Pkt.
5 cts., yioz. 10 cts., oz. 15 cts.
CLARKIA
An annual plant that has been greatly
improved during recent years. The plants
do well in sun or in shade, and under ordi-
nary conditions will grow from 2 to 3 feet
in height.
Elegans fl.-pl. The flowers of this variety
are full-double and of the finest mixed
colors. Pkt. 5 cts., ^oz. 15c., oz. 25c.
COREOPSIS
No flower is longer in bloom during the
whole season than Coreopsis. It is a most
excellent cut-flower, lasting well. Color
bright yellow; flowers large and showy.
Hardy perennial, easily grown from seed.
Pkt. 5 cts., }ioz. 25 cts., oz. 45 cts.
COREOPSIS
LADY LENOX COSMOS
COSMOS
For fall blooming no plant is superior to
the Cosmos. The specimen plants grow
very large, have delicately cut foliage, and
will produce hundreds of blooms from the
first of September until killed by frost.
Sow' the seed in the house, or in hotbed, in
early March if possible, certainly not later
than the middle of May; transplant, to
the open ground, setting the plants from
a foot to 18 inches apart.
Mammoth Lady Lenox. A variety with
enormous blooms of a delicate shell-
pink. This is, w'ithout doubt, the finest
Cosmos ever produced, and has created
a sensation w'herever seen. Splendid
for cutting, as the flowers will remain
fresh for some time. Pkt. 5 cts., }4oz.
25 cts., oz. 45 cts.
Early-flowering, Mixed. The large-flow-
ered varieties are included in this mix-
ture; the colors are white, pink, red, and
crimson. Pkt. 5c., }4oz. 25c., oz. 45c.
Mammoth Fine, Mixed. Excellent for cut-
ting. Pkt. 5 cts., J^oz. 25 cts., oz. 40 cts.
CYPRESS VINE
A graceful climber, with scarlet and
w'hite flowers w'hich are produced in great
profusion. The foliage is finely cut and
especially useful in ornamental designs.
The seed should be soaked in w'arm water
before sowing. -
Mixed Colors. We have tw'o varieties in
this mixture — white and scarlet. Pkt.
5 cts., yzoz. 30 cts., oz. 50 cts.
SHASTA DAISY
A hardy perennial which produces pure
white flowers with a yellow' center. The
blooms will open from 2>^ to 4 inches in
diameter, and are borne on long, stiff stems.
They will remain fresh for two w'eeks or
longer. Pkt. 10 cts., ^oz. $1, oz. $1.75.
CELOSIA CRIST ATA
The Crested Cockscombs pro-
duce large, brilliantly colored,
comb-like heads. Most useful
when planted in masses or used
for the borders of large beds.
Finest Mixed Colors. The va-
rieties in this mixture are of
various shades of orange, red
and yellow. Pkt. 5 cts., }4oz.
40 cts., oz. 75 cts.
CHRYSANTHEMUMS
Carmatum hybridum. These are double
annual sorts, of the finest mixed colors.
Pkt. 10 cts., ^oz. 25 cts., oz. 45 cts.
COBAEA SCANDENS
An annual climber of extremely rapid
growth. The flowers are purple, bell-
shaped, from to 2 inches across and
fully 2 inches in length. Plant the seed in
damp soil, pressing down lightly. Pkt.
5 cts., >^oz. 25 cts., oz. 45 cts.
COLEUS
Ornamental-leaved bedding plants that
are extremely effective when used as
border plants or when used in formal
bedding.
Hybridus. A strain of finely colored plants
that may be used for the garden or
house culture. Easily raised from seed.
Pkt. 25 cts.
COLUMBINE
The botanical name of these plants is
“Aquilegia.” The plants and flowers are
especially effective when planted in a
damp situation. Seed may be sow'n in the
open ground; as the plants are perfectly
hardy they will not require protection,
and w'ill form large clumps.
Finest Varieties, Mixed. A mixture of
named sorts, including the common yel-
low' and scarlet Columbine, as W'ell as
some of the extra-long-spurred varieties.
Pkt. 5 cts., ^oz. 25 cts., oz. 45 cts.
CENTAUREA
Cyanus. Variously known as
the “Ragged Sailor,” “Bach-
elor’s Button,” or “Corn-
flower.” The plants are from
8 inches to 2 feet high, and will
bloom in almost any situation.
Various colors in mixture.
Pkt. 5 cts., yioz. 15 cts., oz.
25 cts.
Imperialis. This is one of the
large-flow'ering Sweet Sultans,
and probably the finest of all
the class for cut-flowers. The
blooms are very fragrant,
borne on long stems and are
of various colors and markings, includ-
ing crimson, pink, purple, violet, and
lilac. Mixed Colors. Pkt. 5 cts., yioz.
25 cts., oz. 45 cts.
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE
34 FLOWER SEEDS
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
DAISY
These are the old-fashioned English
Daisies. The seed should be sown very
early in the spring, and when the plants
are of sufficient size transplant to the
border, setting them about 6 inches apart.
Double Varieties, Mixed. A mixture of
the best imported seed, producing flow-
ers from pure white to deep crimson.
Pkt. 10 cts., y20z. $1.50, oz. I2.50
DAHLIAS
It is a very easy matter to raise Dahlias
from seed, provided the seed is started
early in the spring in the hotbed or in a
sunny window in the house. The plants
may be set outdoors after danger of spring
frost is over.
Double Varieties, Mixed. Some of the
best named sorts are included in this
mixture, and we feel sure you will be
pleased with the results that you obtain
from the plants raised from seed. Pkt.
10 cts., Koz. 75 cts., oz. $1.40.
EUPHORBIA
These are very showy ornamental plants
growing about 2 feet in height. They can
be raised without difficulty from seed.
Variegata. Commonly called “Snow-on-
the-Mountain.” Leaves deep green,
marked with white. Pkt. 5 cts., ^oz.
15 cts., oz. 25 cts.
ESCHSCHOLTZIA
ESCHSCHOLTZIA
The plant is much better known under
its common name of California Poppy. It
is a hardy annual, with finely cut foliage,
and usually is in bloom from June until
frost. The flowers are large, somewhat
like the poppy in shape, and of the most
brilliant colors. The plants are about a
foot high, and are desirable for borders or
large beds.
Mixed Colors. The plants from this mix-
ture produce flowers of deep golden
yellow, rich crimson, orange, carmine,
rose and various shade combinations.
Pkt. 5 cts., J^oz. 25 cts., oz. 40 cts.
FORGET-ME-NOT
The Forget-me-not, or Myosotis, is a
biennial, but it will bloom the first season
from seed. If the seed is sown in the spring,
flowers may be expected in early fall. If
spring-flowering plants are desired, sow
the seed in the open ground in July and
transplant the seedlings about the middle
of September. Pkt. 5 cts., J^oz. $1, oz.
$1. 75-
four O’CLOCK
The flowers are the old-fashioned "Mar-
vel of Peru.” Open about four o’clock in
the afternoon, remaining open during the
night, and shut the next morning. The
plants are about 2 feet high, with plenty of
brilliant foliage and many fragrant flowers
in varying colors. If the plants are set
about a foot apart they
will make an effective
hedge.
Mixed Colors. The colors
include white, violet,
deep red, crimson and
scarlet. Many of the
flowers are beautifully
striped and splashed.
Pkt. 5c., J^oz. IOC., oz.
15c., J4lh. 50C. lb. $1.50.
FOXGLOVE
The long, thimble-
shaped flowers of the Digi-
talis, or Foxglove, are
particularly effective when
the plants are grown in
masses. The flower-stems
are at least 3 feet in
height and are covered the
greater part of their length
with buds which open
from the base clear to the
tip of the stem. Imme-
diately after blooming,
remove the flower - stalk
clear to the ground, and
crop some of the large
leaves ; this will result in
a number of new plants
which start from the old
crown and will produce
flowers the next year.
Mixed Colors. White,
purple and various
shades. Pkt. 5 cts.,
)4oz. 25 cts., oz. 45 cts.
FOXGLOVES
GAILLARDIA
The Blanket Flowers, as they are fre-
quently knowm, are extra-good bedding
plants. The flowers are large and showy,
and are produced throughout the whole
summer. Protect during the winter.
Grandiilora. A perennial variety which
may be kept in the garden for several
seasons. The flowers are exceptionally
good for cutting; the varying colors are
orange-yellow, crimson and scarlet.
Pkt. 5 cts., )4oz. 30 cts., oz. 50 cts.
GOURDS
The ornamental Gourds are useful for
covering old fences and stumps, or training
over trellis or summer-house.
Dish-Rag. Sometimes called the Sponge
Gourd. When the fruit is ripe the inside
looks verv much like a sponge or fibrous
cloth. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 20 cts., J^lb.
60 cts., lb. $2.
Dipper. If you have ever traveled through
the country you have seen this Gourd
hanging by the "old oaken bucket.”
Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 20 cts., Xlb. 60 cts.,
lb. $2.
Mixed Varieties. This mixture contains
the two preceding varieties as well as
others of the Gourd family. Pkt. 5 cts.,
oz. 20 cts., 60 cts., lb. $2.
Ornamental, Mixed. The finest varieties.
Pkt. 5 cts., J^oz. 15 cts., oz. 25 cts.
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE
The /. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
FLOWER SEEDS 35
DOUBLE HOLLYHOCKS
GOMPHRENA
The Globe Amaranth, as this plant is
commonly called, produces button-like
flowers which are fine for cutting. It is
one of the "Everlasting” flowers, and the
blooms may be cut and dried for winter
ornaments.
Various Colors in Mixture. Pkt. 5 cts.,
yioz. 25 cts., oz. 45 cts.
GYPSOPHILA
"Baby’s Breath” is a feathery plant
with little star-shaped flowers used in
.making up bouquets. Grows easily in
every garden. 2 to 3 feet high.
Elegans, White. Pkt. 5c., ^oz. loc., oz. 15c.
HELICHRYSUM
The "Straw Flower” is one of the best
of the so-called "Everlastings.” The
flowers are from 2 to 3 inches in diameter,
borne on long stems.
Monstrosum, Double Varieties, Mixed.
An assortment of colors, including reds,
yellows and orange. Pkt. 5 cts., ^oz.
30 cts., oz. 50 cts.
HELIOTROPE
A familiar plant, principally grown on
account of the delightful fragrance and
foliage. Can be grown either in pots for
the house or in the garden.
Extra-Fine Mixture of Dwarf Varieties.
Pkt. 10 cts., ^oz. $1.75, oz. $3.
HEUANTHUS PURPUREUS
The true Red Sunflower, ranging in
color from light rose to the deepest purple-
red. Pkt. 5 cts., }ioz. 25 cts., oz. 45 cts.
HOLLYHOCK
Where tall-growing plants are required
there seems to be nothing that surpasses
the Hollyhocks. The plants will average
5 feet in height, and in good soil and situ-
ation will bloom freely during the summer.
Seed is usually sown in July or August,
and if the little plants are protected during
the winter with a mulch of straw or leaves,
flowers may be expected from these plants
the following summer.
Finest Double Varieties, Mixed Colors.
This is a collection from some of the
finest named sorts, and the colors in-
clude white, yellow, pink, red, and deep
maroon. Pkt. 10 cts., J^oz. 50 cts., oz.
90 cts.
HOP
The Japanese Hop, or Humultis ja-
ponicus is a rapid annual climber. The
foliage resembles that of the common
Hop, but is thicker and grows more freely,
forming a denser screen. The plants will
grow almost anywhere and will stand
heat and dry weather. Pkt. 5 cts., J^oz.
15 cts., oz. 25 cts.
Foliis variegatis. Similar to the above,
excepting that the leaves are variegated
with white. Pkt. 5 cts., }^oz. 15 cts.,
oz. 25 cts.
HYACINTH BEAN
A rapid-growing climber, bearing many
flowers which are followed by brilliant
purple seed-pods. Sow the seed where the
plants are desired, selecting a warm, dry
spot, if possible. A splendid vine for the
porch where deep shade is not desirable.
Dolichos Lablab, Mixed Colors. Pkt.
5 cts., j4oz. 30 cts., oz. 50 cts.
ICE PLANT
A half-hardy annual, with tender almost
transparent leaves and branches. On
account of its drooping habit it is valuable
for basket and vase planting. Also fine
for edging beds of geraniums, cannas, and
other bedding plants. Pkt. 5 cts., J^oz.
15 cts., oz. 25 cts.
JOB’S TEARS
An ornamental grass which grows from
2 to 3 feet high, and bears large, ivory-
white seeds, from which it gets its name.
The children enjoy making necklaces of
the hard seeds. Plrt. 5 cts., }4oz. 10 cts.,
oz. 15 cts.
KOCHIA
An ornamental hedge plant, familiarly
known as "Summer Cypress.” Plants
grow about 2}4 feet in height, with the
branches close to the main stem, giving it
a form similar to that of a clipped ever-
green. During the summer the foliage is
bright green, but in September th’e color
changes and in the course of a week or two
the whole plant is a solid ball of crimson.
Sow the seed in the open ground about
the middle of May, thinning the seedlings
so that they will stand about 2 feet apart.
Transplanting also may be resorted to,
and the plants growm in any part of the
garde^ 'Pkt. 5 cts., J^oz. 15 cts., oz. 25c.
LARKSPUR
The annual Larkspurs are free bloomers,
producing long spikes of flowers in many
varying colors. Seed may be sown in early
spring, and the plants should be set about
8 to 10 inches apart. These are as beau-
tiful as the perennial Larkspurs, or Del-
phiniums, and their spikes of flowers
standing up stiffly among the leaves of
other plants make a most beautiful effect.
Double Dwarf Rocket, Mixed Colors.
Plants grow about i foot in height. The
colors include light and dark blue,
violet, white, pink and rose. Pkt. 5 cts.,
J^oz. 15 cts., oz. 25 cts.
LOBELIA
Crystal Palace compacta. Rich dark
blue; dark foliage; extra fine. Pkt-
5 cts., >^oz. $2.25, oz. $4.
DOUBLE DWARF LARKSPURS
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE
36 FLOWER SEEDS
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
MARIGOLD MIGNONETTE JAPANESE MORNING-GLORY
MARIGOLD
The African Marigolds grow consider-
ably taller than the French varieties. If
the seed is sown in a coldframe in the
spring, the young plants must be trans-
planted where they are to remain; there-
fore it is less trouble to sow the seed in
the open border and thin the plants until
they stand from 8 to lo inches apart.
African Double Varieties, Mixed Colors.
Pkt. 5 cts., }ioz. 35 cts., oz. 6o cts.
MOURNING BRIDE
MIGNONETTE
The Sweet Mignonette may be grown
at any time of the year, for the seeds may
be sown in pots in the house or in the
open ground. If the plants are set in a
cool, shaded place they will continue to
bloom all through the fall.
Sweet {Reseda odorata grandiflora). Pkt.
5 cts., Koz. lo cts., oz. IS cts.
Golden Machet. Pkt. 5c.,>^oz. 20c.,oz.35c.
MIMULUS
These plants are variously known as
“Musk Plants” and “Monkey Flowers,”
so called from the resemblance of the
flower to a mask or face. They are very
good for baskets, vases or house culture.
Moschatus (Musk Plant). Leaves musk-
scented; bears small yellow flowers.
Pkt. 5 cts., 75 cts., oz. $1.25.
MOMORDICA
These plants really belong in the Gourd
family, as they are rapid-growing climb-
ers, producing ornamental fruit and foli-
age that is dense enough to make a pleas-
ing shade.
Charantia (Balsam Pear). Is grovTi by the
Chinese under the name of La-Kawa.
Fruit is edible and is usually prepared
by boiling before it is fully ripened.
Pkt. 5 cts., }4oz. 15 cts., oz. 25 cts.
Balsamina (Balsam Apple). A more slender
and graceful climber than the Balsam
Pear. The flowers are yellow, with a
blackish center, followed by an orange-
colored fruit, from 2j^ to 3 inches long.
Often used for medicinal purposes.
Pkt. 5 cts., >^oz. 15 cts., oz. 25 cts.
MIMOSA PUDICA
Commonly called the “Sensitive Plant”;
the leaves will close up when touched.
Start the seed under glass and do not set
the plants in the open ground until the
weather is thoroughly warm. Pkt. 5 cts.,
^oz. 20 cts,, oz. 35 cts.
MOONFLOWER
Rapid-growing climbers that succeed
best if the seed is sown in a hotbed and
transplanted once or twice before setting
in the open ground.
Ipomcea grandiflora alba. The true Moon-
flower. The flowers are clear white and
from 3 to 4 inches in diameter. Pkt.
10 cts., >^oz. 40 cts., oz. 75 cts.
MORNING-GLORY
Exceptionally good plants on account
of their rapid groA^'th and frequency of
bloom. The seeds germinate quickly and
readily, and may be sown anywhere the
plants are to remain during the season.
Fine Varieties, Mixed. This mixture is
from seeds of the common Morning-
Glory. The colors in the mixture are
white, light and dark blue, carmine,
bright red, violet and variegated. Pkt.
5 cts., oz. 10 cts., Xlb. 25 cts., lb. 75 cts.
Giant Japanese. A strain of Morning-
Glories with extra-large flowers, often
from 4 to 6 inches across. The colors
vary from clear white to deep blood-
red, white with pink throat, mauve with
a white throat, and many other exquis-
ite shadings and markings. Sold only in
mixed colors. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 20 cts.,
J<lb. 50 cts., lb. $1.50.
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE
FLOWER SEEDS 37
The L
W. Scott Company,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
MOURNING BRIDE
An old-time garden flower properly
known as “Scabiosa.” The flowers are
borne on long stems and are beautiful
either in the garden or when cut for bou-
quets. The plants are from 12 to 1 8 inches
high.
Mixed Colors. White, yellow, crimson,
scarlet, maroon and delicate pink will
be found in this mixture. Pkt. 5 cts.,
^oz. 30 cts., oz. 50 cts.
NASTURTIUMS
Few annual flowers give such general
satisfaction as the Nasturtium, and un-
doubtedly there are no flowers of easier
cultivation. They require only moderately
good soil, for if the plants are grown in
rich soil there is quite likely to be a dearth
of blossoms and an abundance of foliage.
The plants endure hot, dry weather and
will give their brilliantly colored blossoms
all through the season.
Dwarf Varieties, Fine Mixed Colors.
The Tom Thumb Nasturtiums are used
for making masses of colors. The flow-
ers vary in color from a delicate pink
and primrose, to deep crimson-maroon,
so dark that the appearance is almost
black. Pkt. 5 cts., oz. 10 cts., yiVo. 35c.,
lb. $1.25.
Tall Varieties, Fine Mixed Colors. The
tall Nasturtiums are used for covering
trellises and railings, or may be grown
over rockwork with fine effect. The
colors vary fully as much as in the dwarf
sorts. Pkt. 5c., oz. IOC., ><lb. 30c., lb. |l.
NICOTIANA
Annual plants, growing about 3 feet
high, with delicate, fragrant flowers.
Affinis. Easily grown from seed. In the
evening and early morning the plants
are loaded with large white, pink-tinged
flowers, which are deliciously scented.
Pkt. 5 cts., }4oz. 20 cts., oz. 35 cts.
Sanderae. Pfa. loc., Koz. 25c., oz. 45c.
PANSY
Everyone knows the Pansy;
the beautiful, brilliantly colored
blossoms are favorites in every
garden. The seed should be
sown in April or early May, for
the plants will grow and bloom
much better in the cool days of
the early spring than in the
hot days of summer. In spring,
of course, the plants must be
sown in hotbeds or in the house, and
plants transplanted to the garden. If
blooming plants are wanted for the fall,
the seed may be sown about the middle of
July, in a cool, shaded place, and the
plants transplanted as soon as they are of
the proper size. Seed sown in August or
early September will give extra-early
spring-blooming plants, provided
some protection is given to the
bed during the winter months.
This can readily be done with a
coldframe or by covering the
plants with strawy manure,
leaves or litter of any kind.
Finest Mixed Colors. This mix-
ture of the choicest English and
American varieties will give
many beautiful colors. Pkt.
5 cts., }4oz. $1.50, oz. I2.50.
Cassier’s Giant, Mixed Colors.
Some of the most beautiful
blotched varieties are included
in this mixture. The flow-
ers are extra large and of the
most gorgeous colorings. They
are borne profusely, each
flower having a strong, stiff
stem. Pkt. 20 cts., y^oz. $4,
oz. $7.
Trimardeau. These Giant
French Pansies are the finest
that come into our country.
The colors vary from soft
lavender-blue to deep purple,
and from pure white to ma-
hogany and gold. Pkt. 10 cts.,
}4oz. I2.75, oz. ^5.
PERENNIAL PEAS
Perfectly hardy climbers that will live
from year to year. The plants grow from
5 to 6 feet high and are covered with a
multitude of blossoms.
Mixed Colors. Including red, rose and
white. Pkt. 5 cts., }4oz. 15 cts., oz. 25c.
PANSY
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE
38 FLOWER SEEDS
%
The I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
PETUNIA
If a reasonable amount of care is used
in sowing Petunia seed there will be no
trouble in getting a fine start of plants.
The seeds are extremely small, and, there-
fore the soil must be well fined or pulver-
ized; sow the seed carefully on the surface
of the soil, then press the soil very lightly
with a smooth board; sometimes a very
light coat of sand is sprinkled over the
surface. Seed sown in coldframe in early
spring will usually produce flowering
plants in June.
Dwarf Inimitable. The plants are seldom
more than 7 inches high and are covered
with single flowers, some of which are
striped, as well as showing almost solid
colors. Pkt. 5 cts., J^oz. 75c., oz. $1.25.
Rosy Mom. Flowers are soft carmine-
pink, with white throat. Very effective
for border planting. Pkt. 10 cts., J^oz.
$1, oz. $1.75.
Single Varieties, Fine Mixed Colors.
This mixture of Petunia seeds will give
a magnificent show of blooms all
summer. Flowers are of ail colors and
shades. Pkt. 5 cts., >^oz. 75 cts., oz.
$1.25.
Double Fringed. Somewhat of a novelty
in that the petals are curved and crink-
led, giving the flowers a peculiar appear-
ance. The mixture contains white, rose,
red and various shades. Pkt. 25 cts.
PHLOX DRUMMONDI
One need have no fear in planting good
Phlox seed, for the seed will germinate
under almost any condition. The seed
may be sown in the open ground in early
spring, or may be started in hotbed or
coldframe if extra-early blooming plants
are desired. If the seedlings are trans-
planted from the coldframe they should
be about a foot apart.
Finest Colors. Mixed, It is almost impos-
!>HL0X DRUMMONDI. con.
sible to describe the range of
colors in this mixture; there
are dark purple flowers with
a white eye, rose-colored flow-
ers with white centers, bril-
liant scarlet, pure white and
light yellow. Pkt. 5 cts., J^oz.
65 cts., oz. $1.
Nana compacta. These are
dwarf-growing plants,desirable
for edging and for ribbon beds.
Usually grow from 6 to 8
inches in height. Pkt. 10 cts.,
}4oz. $1.25, oz. $2.
PORTULACA
If you have an extremely hot and sunny
place in the garden, plant Portulacas.
They will stand almost any amount of
heat and will continue to grow and bloom
throughout the whole summer. The
plants are of a low growth and spreading
habit. Sow the seed in the open ground
when the weather is warm. The plants
can be moved when they are in full flower,
and make delightful borders to beds of
other flowers.
Single, Mixed Colors. Almost all the
colors of the rainbow are included in this
mixture. Pkt. 5c., }4oz. 30c., oz. 50c.
Double, Mixed Colors. Pkt. 10 cts., J^oz.
$1.50, oz. $2.75.
SINGLE PETUNIAS
POPPY, continued
single-flowered Poppies. The colors
have a wide range from delicate pink to
deep carmine, and from white to bril-
liant crimson. Pkt. 5 cts., )4qz. 20 cts.,
oz. 35 cts.
The Tulip. A distinct variety in the Shir-
ley type. The flowers are vivid scarlet
and are extremely beautiful. Pkt. 5 cts.,
J^oz. 25 cts., oz. 45 cts.
Double-flowered Mixed Colors. Many
of the most beautiful, double-flowered
Poppies are included in this mixture.
Some of the varieties come from the
finest new sorts. Pkt. 5 cts., j4oz. 15c.,
oz. 25 cts.
Iceland, Mixed. A graceful delicate va-
riety, 12 inches tall, with white, orange
and yellow single blossoms, the petals
resembling crumpled tissue paper. The
plant is low and compact, excellent for
cutting. Sow in the fall, where plants
are to remain, and thin. Pkt. 5 cts., J^oz.
25 cts., oz. 45 cts.
Orientale. The large Oriental Poppy. A
hardy plant bearing large, brilliant
crimson flowers with a black blotch on
each petal. Very showy and attractive.
2j^ feet tall. Pkt. 10 cts., J^oz. 40 cts.,
oz. 75 cts.
PINKS
The Chinese and Japanese
Pinks, or Dianthus, as they are
technically known, are glorious
garden flowers. They will make
a magnificent showing when
massed in beds, or can be used
as specimen plants if one desires.
Seed sown in March or April will
give blooming plants about the
first of July.
Chinese or Indian, Mixed Colors.
All varieties in this mixture are double-
flowered and contain wide range of
coloring. Pkt. 5c., J^oz. 40c., oz. 75c.
Japan Single, Mixed. Improved extra-
fine mixed. Pkt. 5 cts., J^oz. 20 cts.
oz. 35 cts.
POPPY
Very showy garden flowers, probably
the most gorgeously colored of any of the
annuals. Sow the seed where the plants
are to stand, and thin out the seedlings so
that the remaining plants may have
room to develop; on account of the long
tap-root it is not practicable to trans-
plant Poppies.
Shirley. Proba-
bly the most
showy of the
PHLOX DRUMMONDI
FLOWER SEEDS 39
The L
W, Scott
Company,
Pittsburgh, Pa,
SALVIA SPLENDENS
PRIMULA
The old familiar Cowslip that grows in
damp places belongs to the Primula
family, although it is not cultivated for
its blossoms The seeds included in the
mixture that we offer should be sown under
glass and the seedlings transplanted to
the garden in the early spring. The plants
are perennials, but should have slight pro-
tection during the first winter. They
bloom profusely and keep up a continuous
succession of flowers all summer.
Fine Varieties, Mixed Colors. Pkt. lo cts.,
}4oz. $1.50, oz. $2.75.
SALPIGLOSSIS
An old-time garden flower that
ought to be planted in all modern
gardens. It is peculiarly distinct in
its markings, the flowers being red,
tinted with delicate and beautiful
colors. The flowers are grouped on
long stems and are desirable for
cutting.
Dwarf Varieties, Finest Mixed
Colors. All the rich, velvety
colors of the Salpiglossis are
shown in this mixture^purple,
crimson, rose, white, etc. Pkt.
5 cts., ^oz. 35 cts., oz. 60 cts.
SALVIA
The Scarlet Salvia, or Flowering
Sage, makes a brilliant bedding
plant, blooming from the middle of
July uptil the plants are killed by
the frost. An effort should be made
to secure early plants, and therefore
the seed should be sown indoors or
in a coldframe sufficiently early in
the spring so that you may secure
plants to set in the garden during
the month of May.
Splendens. The true Flowering
Sage, with extra-large, brilliant
scarlet blossoms. Keeps up a
blaze of color until fall. Pkt. 10 cts.,
Koz. $1.75, oz. $3.
Bonfire. Also known as “Clara Bedman.”
No other Salvia equals it for mass plant-
ing; brilliant, dazzling scarlet. Pkt. 10
cts., }4oz. $2, oz. $3.50.
Dwarf Zurich. Very early and compact,
with large brilliant spikes. Pkt. 10 cts.,
J^oz. $2, oz. I3.50.
SNAPDRAGON
Another old-time favorite found in
gardens everywhere. The plants are usu-
ally from 2 to 3 feet high and well covered
with blooms all summer. The peculiarity
of the plants is that they bloom best and
longest when planted in poor soil. Sow
the seed outdoors where the plants are to
stand, and thin out the seedlings to about
a foot apart.
Large-flowering Tall Varieties, Mixed
Colors. In this mixture you will find
crimson, deep scarlet, rose, yellow,
white and striped flowers. Pkt. 5 cts.,
}4oz. 30 cts., oz. 50 cts.
STOCKS
Ten Weeks Stocks are annual plants,
have fine foliage and beautiful flowers;
not only may one have Stocks in the
garden, but plants may be taken up in the
fall, potted, and carried over the winter in
I the house and will bloom almost as freely
as out-of-doors.
Dwarf German. Strong-growing plants
that will produce a multitude of blooms.
The seeds have been saved from field-
grown specimens, and includes an
assortment of many colors. Pkt. 10 cts.,
Koz. $1.25, oz. $2.25.
Our packets of flower-seeds are of
liberal size, and we pay particular
attention to having the seed fresh and
full of vitality. They can be planted
with full assurance of the most satis-
factory results.
PYRETHRUM
Hardy perennial plants of the very
easiest culture. Seed may be started under
glass or sown in the open ground. Early
plants usually begin to bloom in June, and
if the flower-stems are cut, a second lot of
flowers may be had in the fall.
Double White (Feverfew). Large, clear
white flowers that make a splendid
showing in the garden. Pkt. 5 cts., }4oz.
25 cts., oz. 45 cts.
Golden Feather. Foliage yellow. Pkt.
5 cts., )4oz. 25 cts., oz. 45 cts.
RHODANTHE
An annual plant desirable for the garden
or pot culture. This is one of the so-called
“Everlastings,” and if the flowers are cut
and dried they may be retained for winter
decorations. Cut the flowers with long
stems and hang inverted in a dry, dark
place. This will preserve their colors.
Mixed Colors. Pkt. 5 cts., J^oz. 25 cts.,
oz. 45 cts.
SALPIGLOSSIS
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE
40 FLOWER SEEDS
The I. W. Scott Company y Pittsburgh, Pa
DWARF GERMAN STOCKS (see page 43)
SUNFLOWER
The Chrysanthemum-flowered Sunflower grows about 3 feet high, and pro-
duces extra-large double flowers of the purest golden yellow. The stems are
very long and stiff, making the flowers ideal for cutting for decorative pur-
poses. They are most effective when used in large vases. Pkt. 5 cts., }4oz.
15 cts., oz. 25 cts.
Cucumerifolius. Commonly called the Miniature Sunflower. Plants grow
about 4 feet tall, bearing many richly colored yellow flowers that are single
and quite small. Pkt. 5 cts., ^oz. 15 cts., oz. 25 cts.
SWEET WILLIAM
These plants are perfectly hardy, and when they are established in the
garden may be increased by root division as well as from seeds. The indi-
vidual flowers are large, are borne in splendid trusses, and are delightfully
fragrant. They are very desirable and durable for cutting and have a wide
range of colors.
Single Varieties, Mixed Colors. White, pink, purple, carmine and other colors
included in this mixture. Pkt. 5 cts., y^oz. 30 cts., oz. 50 cts.
Double Varieties, Mixed Colors. Pkt. 10 cts., y^oz. 40 cts., oz. 75 cts.
VERBENA
These plants make a successful display during the summer, and will furnish
quantities of flowers for cutting. Strong plants can be grown without difficulty
from seed that is started in the house in early spring.
Mammoth. Red, White, Blue, or Pink, in separate colors or Mixed. Pkt.
10 cts., ^oz. 60 cts., oz. $1.
Extra-Fine Varieties, Mixed Colors. A mixture from the most beautiful named
sorts, containing specimens of white, yellow and scarlet, with shadings
and markings that are beautiful. Pkt. 10 cts., }4oz. 50 cts., oz. 90 cts.
Choice Varieties, Mixed. Contains a wide range of colors, but the varieties are
not quite so fine as those in the preceding mixture. Pkt. 5c., >^oz. 40c., oz. 75c.
WILD CUCUMBER
A rapid-growing climber, often running 30 to 40 feet in a season. The flowers
are slightly fragrant, pure white and are followed by prickly seed-pods. Pkt.
5 cts., i4oz. 15 cts., oz. 25 cts.
WALLFLOWER
These are perennial plants, but in northern climates require some
protection during the winter. As a general thing it is better to lift the
plants in the fall and carry them over in a coldframe during the winter.
The flower-stalks are fine for home decoration. Plants may be also
potted and taken indoors for winter flowers.
Double Varieties, Mixed Colors. Pkt. 10 cts., ^oz. I1.25, oz. $2.50.
ZINNIA
The old-fashioned flowers of this plant have been so far surpassed
by the new varieties that they seem to belong to an entirely different
family. Seed sown almost anywhere in the garden will produce strong
plants which will give plenty of blooms from early summer until late
autumn. For extra-fine specimens plants should be set from 12 to 18
inches apart.
Elegans, Dwarf Varieties, Mixed. Pkt. 5 cts., }4oz, 30 cts., oz. 50 cts.
Elegans, Tall Varieties, Mixed. Pkt. 5 cts., }4oz. 30 cts., oz. 50 cts.
Ask for Farmogerm for Garden Peas and Beans
and Sweet Peas. It will greatly increase the yield
and size of both vegetables and flowers, and the
expense will be so slight as to be hardly worth
mentioning. One trial will be sufficient to convince {
you of its merits. Put up in 50-cent packages,
enough for a quarter acre. See page 50 for further
particulars.
VERBENAS
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE
FLOWER SEEDS 41
The L
W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
SPENCER SWEET PEAS
ECKFORD’S MIXED SWEET PEAS
FT PF A Farmogerm on
O V V 1 J M < X X Sweet Peas. See page 50
Year by year Sweet Peas increase in popularity, and the English and the American growers vie with each other in growing and
producing new and beautiful sorts. While some of the new sorts are desirable as novelties, a great number of the older varieties are
far more desirable on account of their blooming qualities. The important thing in growing Sweet Peas is to get the seed into the
ground early — the earlier the better. The usual method is to make a trench from 4 to 6 inches deep, sow the seed in the bottom and
cover with an inch or two of soil; as the plants increase in height, fill in the trench which puts the roots a sufficient distance below the
surface of the soil so that they will not be very seriously affected with hot, dry weather. Support for the vines should be furnished
early. To obtain the largest and best blooms plants should be thinned out from 4 to 6 inches apart.
SPENCER SWEET PEAS
The flowers are distinguished by size, which under favorable
conditions are 2 inches in diameter, and also by the wavy and
fluted petals.
Pkt.
Oz.
Xlb.
Countess Spencer. Pure pink ....
Fiery Cross. Bright reddish orange-
cerise
King Edward. The best pure red . .
Etta Dyke. Pure white
Othello Spencer. Rich dark maroon.
New Miriam Beaver. Light apricot
and buff
Primrose Spencer. Very large;
primrose
Margaret Atlee. Rosy salmon-buff.
Wedgwood. Fine blue
Spencers, Finest Mixed
Lb.
$0 10
$0 30
$I
00
$3
00
10
30
I
00
3
00
10
30
I
00
3
00
10
30
I
00
3
00
10
30
I
00
3
00
10
30
I
00
3
00
10
30
I
00
3
00
10
30
I
00
3
00
10
30
I
00
3
00
10
30
I
00
3
00
10
25
75
2
50
GRANDIFLORA SWEET PEAS
Blanche Ferry. Standard carmine-
Pkt.
Oz.
Xlb.
Lb.
rose, wings white, tinged pink. . .$0 05
$0 10
So 35
25
Dorothy Eckford. Large, pure white
05
10
35
I
25
Dainty. White, with pink edges. . .
05
10
35
I
25
Duke of Westminster. Purple....
05
10
35
I
25
Emily Henderson. Flowers large, Pb:t. Oz. Lb.
df the open form, and pure white.
The seeds are also white $0
05
$0 10
$0 35
$r
25
Hon. Mrs. E. Kenyon. Large ;
primrose
05
10
35
I
25
King Edward VII. The best red. . .
05
10
35
I
25
Lady Grisel Hamilton. Lavender . .
05
ID
35
I
25
Lord Nelson. A brilliant blue or
deep navy-blue
05
10
35
I
25
Navy-Blue. Standard indigo and
violet, wings indigo at base,
shading to bright blue
05
10
35
I
25
Othello. Deep maroon; of immense
size. One of the best dark Peas.
05
10
35
I
25
Prima Donna. A pure pink, hooded
flower, over medium size
05
10
35
I
25
Queen Alexandra. Scarlet; one of
the finest
05
10
35
I
25
Romolo Piazzani. Large; bright
purple
05
10
35
I
25
Salopian. Bright red
05
10
35
I
25
Eckford’ s Finest Mixture. This
assortment is of the finest va-
rieties. Colors vary from white to
pink, deep maroon and crimson.
05
10
30
I
00
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE PREPAY POSTAGE
42 FLOWERING BULBS
The I, W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
SUMMER-FLOWERING BULBS
CALADIUM ESCULENTUM
CALADIUM ESCULENTUM
The familiar name of these well-known plants is Elephant’s
Ear; the plants are from 3 to 5 feet in height, with long, mas-
sive foliage, deep green in color, but shaded along the veins
with lighter green. One of the most effective and easily grown
foliage plants for lawn or border. The plants are very easily
started from the bulbs, and will grow almost in any soil; if
specially large plants are desired, it will be necessary to start
the bulbs in the early spring in pots or large boxes, then
transplant to the bed which has been well fertilized. During
the whole season the plants should be given an abundance of
water. The bulbs may be carried over winter by taking them
up after the frost has killed the leaves, drying in the open air,
then placing in boxes with dry sand or soil and storing in a
frost-proof cellar. Each Doz. 100
5 to 7 inches circumference ^10 $l 00 $7 00
7 to 9 inches circumference 12 i 25 9 00
9 to II inches circumference 20 2 00 14 00
II to 13 inches circumference 40 3 50 25 00
13 to 15 inches circumference 50 5 00 40 00
If wanted by mail, add for postage, 6 cts. per doz. for 5- to
7- and 7- to 9-in. bulbs, 15 cts. per doz. for 9^- to 11- in. bulbs,
and 25 cts. per doz. for 11- to 13- and 13- to 15-in. bulbs.
CANNAS
Culture. — Cannas should be planted in gyod, rich soil, say nearly half well-rotted manure, after all danger of frost is
past. If wanted early, they may be started in boxes in the cellar and planted out about the middle of May. Plant about 2 feet
apart. If more than one variety is planted, see that the tall varieties are planted in the center and the dwarf ones around this,
giving a better effect.
If wanted by mail, add 10 cts. per dozen to the following prices
Alphonse Bouvier. Very large flowers, clear Each
Doz.
100.
crimson, in large clusters. A grand va-
riety for bedding; luxuriant green foliage.
Height 43^ feet $0 08
$0 90
$6 00
Chas. Henderson. Flowers brilliant scarlet,
with yellow flame in throat. One of the
best for bedding; a profuse bloomer.
Foliage green; compact. Height 3^ ft. . .
08
90
6 00
Egandale. Flowers deep currant-red of a
peculiar and pleasing shade. It is an
early and constant bloomer. One of the
best bedders grown; foliage rich bronze-
red. Height 3>^ feet
08
90
6 00
Florence Vaughan. Fine yellow, with
bright red spots. Height 4^ feet
08
90
6 00
Gladiator. An excellent bedder, having
particularly fine foliage. Color golden
yellow freely dotted with crimson. The
best of its class. Height 4^2 feet
08
90
6 00
Rosea Gigantea. Rich rose-pink flowers of
gigantic size; a prolific bloomer. The
large, broad petals and the massive heads
of bloom invariably create a sensation
when seen for the first time. Height 4
feet
10
I 00
7 00
King Hxunbert. Nothing to equal it for
blazy effects in bedding; easily ahead of
all bronze-leaved Cannas. Orange-scar-
let, flaked carmine. Height 4 to 43^ feet .
10
I 00
7 00
Yellow King Humbert. A fine, large, yellow
variety. Green foliage. Height 4 feet. . .
10
I 00
7 00
Madame Crozy. Flowers brilliant vermil-
ion-scarlet, with narrow gilt edge; foliage
bright green. Height 3 feet
08
90
6 00
SEE OUR LIST OF GARDEN BOOKS ON THIRD COVER PAGE
Crimson Bedder. Fine crimson. Height Each Doz.
3 feet |o 08 $0 90
Firebird. A pure glistening scarlet, with
big broad petals of fine substance; with-
out an equal for purity of color. Height
2,}4 feet 10 i 00
Express. The best dwarf red Canna. Bright
red-crimson. Height 23^ feet 08 90
Panama. Color rich orange-red with a
well-defined border of bright golden
yellow. Flowers of large size with enor-
mous wide petals having much sub-
stance. Height 3 feet 10 i 00
Queen Charlotte. Flowers rich pome-
granate-red, bordered with bright golden
yellow. Height 2}^ feet 08 90
Meteor. Deep, dazzling crimson flowers
produced in mammoth clusters. Height
5 feet 10 I 00
Wintzer’s Colossal. Without a doubt the
largest-flowered Canna yet produced.
Flowers of vivid scarlet, sometimes
measuring 8 inches across. Height 5 feet 10 l 00
Mrs. Alfred F. Conard. Beautiful salmon-
pink flowers of great size and wonderful
substance, freely produced in large
clusters. Height 4 feet 10 i 00
Golden Gate. The flowers open almost
pure gold but soon become richly rayed
with orange-crimson and apricot. Height
4 feet 10 I 00
100
$6 00
7 00
6 00
7 00
6 00
7 00
7 00
7 00
7 00
WRITE FOR OUR FALL BULB CATALOGUE
ABOUT SEPTEMBER 1
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
FLOWERING BULBS 43
GLADIOLI
An exceedingly popular plant, sometimes called the Garden
Orchid. Almost every garden has a few bulbs of Gladioli,
but most of them are of the old type, with small flowers. The
more recent introductions are magnificent specimens. These
should be planted the latter part of April or May for best
results. Gladioli are particularly satisfactory for cut-flowers,
as all the blooms on the spike will open if the cuttings are
kept supplied with fresh water. The range of color is from
white and pink to the most brilliant scarlet, deep crimson,
rich yellow and various shades of blue.
If Gladiolus bulbs are wanted by mail, add 8 cts. per dozen,
for postage
America. A magnificent lavender-pink specimen. The flower-
buds open very evenly, clear to the top of the spike. No
other variety equals it for its value for house decorations.
The bulbs are extra-selected stock, direct from the intro-
ducer. 9 cts. each, 90 cts. per doz., $6 per 100.
Augusta. Lovely pure white, with blue anthers. 9 cts. each,
90 cts. per doz., $6 per 100.
Brenchleyensis. This is one of the older varieties, but is still
very popular on account of the color, which is intense ver-
milion-scarlet. Extra-select bulbs, 6 cts. each, 60 cts. per
doz., $4 per 100
Baron J. Hulot. The deepest blue of any of the Gladioli.
The shade is really a deep violet, although generally classed
with the blue flowers. 10 cts . each , $ i per doz. , $7 per 1 00.
Halley. A most attractive, early-blooming sort with large
flowers of a delicate salmon-pink. 9 cts. each, 90 cts per
doz., $6 per 100.
HoUandia. The flowers are of a delicate shade of yellow and
are borne on long spikes. An extra-good variety for
cutting. 9 cts. each, 90 cts. per doz., $6 per 100.
Mrs. Francis King. A fine, strong-growing variety, with
large spikes of showy flowers of a bright shade of pure
scarlet. 9 cts. each, 90 cts. per doz., $6 per 100.
Niagara. Leads all varieties for a goocl cream color; flowers
blend to canary-yellow. 9c. each, 90c. per doz., $6 per 100.
Pink Beauty. Bright pink with dark purple spots. This
Gladiolus flowers about a month earlier than any other
variety. 10 cts. each, $1 per doz., $7 per 100.
Princeps. Beautiful, large expanded flower, of a bright scarlet
color. 9 cts. each, 90 cts. per doz., $6 per 100.
Glory of Holland. Large truss, pure white. 10 cts. each, $i
per doz., $7 per 100.
Empress of India. Dark brown-red. 9 cts. each, 90 cts. per
doz., $6 per 100.
Willy Wigman. Soft rose with blood-red blotch. 10 cts. each,
$i per doz., $7 per 100.
Panama. Extra-strong variety ; large flowers of excellent pink
color; generally known as the Improved America. 10 cts.
each, $i per doz., $7 per 100.
Schwaben. Delicate yellow, dark blotch in center. 10 cts. each,
$i per doz., $7 per 100.
Finest Mixed. This is a collection made up from named va-
rieties, and includes sgme of the finest sorts in our collection,
as well as named varieties that we do not catalogue. Bulbs
are extra large and sure to produce satisfactory blooms.
6 cts. each, 60 cts. per doz., $3.50 per 100.
TUBEROSE
The bulbs should be started indoors, in February or March,
and set in the ope/i garden about the middle of April.
White Pearl, First Size. The flowers of this Tuberose are ex-
ceptionally large and full-double. 6 cts. each, 70 cts. per doz.,
I4.50 per 100. If wanted by mail, add loc. per doz. extra.
White Pearl, Mammoth. 9 cts. each, 85 cts. per doz., $6 per
100. If wanted by mail, add 10 cts. per doz. extra.
MADEIRA VINE
A rapid-growing vine that is sometimes called “Climbing
Mignonette.” The foliage is light green; the plants bear
__ j*?* M i.;t
TYPE OF OUR GLADIOLI
many small, white, feathery flowers. The plants will grow anywhere
and are free from insect pests of all kinds. Fine for porches, arches
and trellises, and for covering rocks and stumps. Large, selected
bulbs, 10 cts. each, $i per doz., $7 per 100. If wanted by mail,
add 8 cts. per doz. extra.
CINNAMON VINE
Splendid hardy climber of rapid growth, with bright green, heart-
shaped leaves, and white cinnamon-scented flowers. 8 cts. each,
75 cts. per doz., $6 per 100.
AT PRICES QUOTED ON THIS PAGE WE DO NOT PREPAY POSTAGE
44 FLOWERING BULBS
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
DAHLIAS
These are among the most valuable late summer-
and autumn-flowering plants that we have. Some
of the extra-early varieties will produce flowers in
July; but, as a general thing, the blooms come about
the middle of August. The bulbs should be set in
an open, sunny place, where they may have light
and heat the greater part of the day. If extra-fine
specimens are desired, the soil must be well enriched
and kept free from grass and weeds. Lay the bulbs
on the side, covering with 2 or 3 inches of soil. The
tall-growing varieties should be supported by
stakes. After the frost has killed the foliage, the
roots may be taken up and stored in a cool cellar.
If wanted by mail, add 5 cts. each, or 25 cts. per
dozen to the following prices
CACTUS DAHUAS
These form a distinctive class, with petals that
are curled, quilled and twisted in various shapes
that differ radically from the standard Dahlias.
25 cts. each, $2.50 per doz.
Alpenrose. (Cactus.) A fine flower, with twisted
petals of a bright aniline red.
Countess of Lonsdale. (Cactus.) Rich salmon.
General J. B. Seth. (Cactus.) A rich gorgeous
Dahlia of brilliant scarlet.
Lawine. White, showing blush as the flower matures.
Nancy Mae. (Cactus.) An intense scarlet, with
maroon shading;.
Standard Bearer. (Cactus.) Rich fiery red.
Winsome. (Cactus.) Pure white.
Order your Spring Bulbs and Dahlias early
while our stock is complete
CACTUS DAHLIAS
DECORATIVE DAHLIA
SHOW AND DECORATIVE DAHLIAS
The Show Dahlias- include the old-fashioned, ball-shaped, double flowers;
they are somewhat stiff when compared with the Cactus sorts, but are popular
because of the brilliant colors and extra size. The Decorative Dahlias have
broad petals and are quite loosely formed, although in general appearance the
flowers are more compact than those of the Cactus Dahlia. Both the Show and
Decorative Dahlias are splendid for cutting.
25 cts. each, $2.50 per doz.
A. D. Livoni. (Show.) Rich seashell-pink.
Augusta Nonia. (Decorative.) A very large flower of fiery red.
Beloit. (Decorative.) Large, bright, glowing crimson.
Delice. (Decorative.) Beautiful, glowing rose-pink; good stems. Fine for
cutting.
Dorothy Peacock. (Decorative.) A beautiful show; color best shell pink.
Jack’s Discovery. (Decorative.) White, mottled violet rose.
Wm. F. Gude. (Decorative.) Pure white; long stems, good keeper; fine for
cutting.
Yellow Duke. (Decorative.) Pure canary- yellow.
PifEONlA OFFICINALIS ROOTS
35 cts. each, $3 per doz.
Rubro-plena. The old-fashioned Peony; deep brilliant red; early. Large,
globular blooms.
Rosea. Fine pink.
Mutabilis. White.
If wanted by mail, add 5 cts. each, or 25 cts. per
dozen to the above prices
SEE OUR LIST OF PLANT FERTILIZERS ON PAGE 53
The I. W, Scott Company y Pittsburgh, Pa.
LAWN GRASS SEED 45
The Beeman Tractor operates a triple lawn mower and cuts a 7-foot swath
Mixed Lawn Grass Seed
This is an extra-fine mixture of recleaned Grass Seed of the varieties that are best adapted to general lawn sowing. In making up
this mixture it was our aim to make a formula that would produce a durable and lasting lawn, withstanding the extreme heat of
the summer, the cold and frost of winter, as well as periods of drought and moisture that mark our Pennsylvania climate. We believe
the testimony of our customers will prove that we have succeeded in our efforts, and a lawn that is sown with our Lawn Grass Mix-
ture will show a rich, velvety appearance in five to six weeks after sowing. The mixture is absolutely pure and contains no chaff or
“filler” of any kind. A measured bushel will weigh about twenty-seven pounds, and about 75 lbs. will be required to seed an acre of
lawn. About ten pounds will be required for an average city lot, measuring 30 by loo feet; this will give a good liberal seeding. Less
than 10 lbs. 35 cts. per lb. ; 10 lbs., $3 ; 25 lbs. and over, 28 cts. per lb. If wanted by mail, add postage at your zone rate,
according to the table on inside of front cover. Special prices will be quoted on large quantities.
SHADY LAWN MIXTURE
This mixture is made from Grasses which will thrive under the shade of trees and buildings, where comparatively little sun reaches
the ground, and in places where ordinary Grasses will not succeed. The quantity of seed required for sowing is practically the same
as for our Lawn Grass Mixture. Less than 10 lbs., 45 cts. per lb.; 10 lbs. and over, 40 cts. per lb. If wanted by mail, add
postage at your zone rate, according to the table on inside of front cover.
PUTTING-GREEN MIXTURE
Our Putting-Green Mixture is made from selected stocks of those European and American Grasses which have proved the best
for the purpose. As we import large quantities of Grasses, we are well equipped for preparing special Golf-Course Mixtures.
Less than 10 lbs., 45 cts. per lb.; 10 lbs. and over, 40 cts. per lb. If wanted by mail, add postage at your zone rate, accord-
ing to the table on inside of front cover.
IN BUYING SEEDS IT IS ALWAYS ECONOMY TO BUY THE VERY BEST. IT HAS ALWAYS BEEN OUR AIM
TO FURNISH HIGH-QUALITY SEEDS RATHER THAN TO SELL AT LOW PRICES
46 FARM SEEDS
The I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
FIELD SEEDS AND GRAINS
THIS DEPARTMENT OF OUR BUSINESS HAS ALWAYS RECEIVED SPECIAL ATTENTION
The Grains and Grass Seeds we offer are selected with special reference to their purity and germination, and great care is used
to have them free from noxious foreign seeds.
The Pennsylvania Pure Seed Law, which went into effect January i, 1914, contains the following provisions: “That no seeds
offered for sale shall contain dodder or Canada thistle in excess of one seed in 3,000.”
It also provides that Red Clover, Crimson Clover, Alfalfa, Timothy, Barley, Speltz, WTieat, Buckwheat, Oats and Rye shall be
97 per cent pure; Alsike Clover, Perennial Rye Grass, German and Hungarian Millet 95 per cent; WTiite Clover 90 per cent; Red-Top,
solid seed, 85 per cent; Blue Grass, Orchard Grass and Unhulled Red-Top 75 per cent.
Every dealer in seeds who is desirous of giving the farmer a square deal is pleased to see such a law enacted, and the farmer,
in buying his seeds, should ask for the percentage of purity.
While we handle more than one grade of some varieties of seeds, our lowest grade will always be found to more than meet the
requirements of this law. However, we always advise our customers to purchase our highest or “Special” grades, which are the cheapest
in the end.
Our Special Seed Price-List
Owing to the frequent changes in the market prices of Field Seeds and Grains, in justice to our customers, as well as ourselves,
we cannot name prices in this catalogue. W’e, however, issue a Special Seed Price-List covering all our Field Seeds and Grains, which
is corrected as market changes occur. A postal card will bring this price-list, also samples when requested.
TIMOTHY
A description of this old familiar hay-making grass is unneces-
sary here. It is recognized by almost everyone wherever found,
and is probably the most extensively grown of all the grasses.
It may be sown alone or with Red or Alsike Clover, or with other
grasses. From twelve to fifteen pounds of seed are usually sown
to the acre. While we handle three grades of Timothy, the lowest
of which runs over 98 per cent pure, we recommend our highest
or “Special” grade, which, during the past season, averaged
99.8 per cent pure, never running below 99.6 per cent pure.
CLOVERS
MEDIUM RED. More wfidely known than any other variety of
Clover. Makes a standard Clover for hay purposes, as it can
be cut at least twice in the season. Plants grow about 2 feet in
height. Sow the seed in the early spring or late summer at the
rate of fifteen to twenty pounds to an acre. If used with
other seeds, ten pounds to an acre will be sufficient.
MAMMOTH RED. Sometimes called Sapling or En^ish Clover.
It is much ranker than the Medium Clover, and yields a much
larger crop per acre. It does well on poor soil, is hardy, and
usually will stay in the ground longer than IVIedium Clover.
Seed cannot be distinguished from that of Medium Red by
its appearance.
ALFALFA. One of the most nutritious plants grown; valuable
as a dried hay or for pasture. With proper cultivation it can
be grown on some part of almost any farm in Pennsylvania or
adjoining states. Two or three cuttings can be made in a
season, producing from three to five tons of hay per acre. Ton
for ton its feed value equals that of wheat bran. From twenty
to twenty-five pounds of seed are usually sown to the acre.
Some farmers sow thirty pounds to the acre. We sell but one
grade of Alfalfa seed, the very best northwestern American-
grown.
ALSIKE. One of the best for sovdng with Timothy. The seed
may be planted in spring, late summer or early autumn, and
as the plants are perfectly hardy, the field seldom requires
re-seeding. The flowers resemble White Clover, but have a
red tinge on the edge of the petals and are considerably larger.
Thrives better on thin soils than Red Clover.
WHITE. WTiite Clover is specially valuable for lawn planting
and is likewise good for pasturage. \Mien sown with Lawn
Grass it helps to make a permanent turf; in the pasture it is
not quickly destroyed by hoofs of cattle and horses. Seed can
be sown any time during the summer, although best results
are obtained from early spring sowing. It is perfectly hardy
and very thrifty. Use from ten to twelve pounds to the acre
if sown alone; about five pounds to the acre if sown on old sod
or with other Clover.
CLOVEIRS, continued
CRIMSON. This Clover is used principally for turning under as
a green fertilizer, or for sowing with corn for a winter cover-
crop. If desired for feed, the plants should be cut just before
they come into bloom. Seed may be sown any time after the
first of April at the rate of twenty pounds to the acre. Plants
are strictly annual, therefore, the field must be re-seeded every
year. Thrives on poor land and increases fertility of the soil.
SWEET. Also known as Bokhara or Melilotus. This is a legume
whose value as a soil improver is just beginning to be appreci-
ated. It is also used for forage, but on account of its taste,
the cattle take to it very slowly. It can be grown on soil that
is too poor to grow other legumes, and it is claimed the bacteria
on its roots will inoculate Alfalfa. It may be sown either in the
spring or fall. Although a great number of different species
are grown in the Old World, the three principal varieties used
in this country are the white biennial {Melilotus alba), the
large yellow biennial {Melilotus officinalis) and the small yellow
annual {Melilotus Indica). The latter variety is often sub-
stituted for the large yellow biennial, and is considered of very
little value. We can furnish seed of the first two varieties.
GRASS SEEDS
BLUE GRASS. Kentucky Blue Grass is most valuable for pas-
tures and lawn planting. For lawns it is indispensable and,
when well established, the lawn will last for years, as the
Grass makes an extra-close fine-textured turf. The seed should
be mixed with other Grasses that mature earlier, for Blue Grass
is very slow in both germinating and maturing.
ORCHARD GRASS. A quick-maturing Grass that is used for
pasture and hay. It may be cut several times during the year,
but it is advisable to use the machine before the plants show
the seed-heads. From thirty to thirty-five pounds will be
required for an acre.
RED-TOP. A valuable Grass for hay, pasture or lawn. It will
grow on any soil that is not extremely dry'. With the possible
exception of Kentucky Blue Grass, it surpasses all other
Grasses for lawn-making, and is an extra-good variety for golf-
grounds and other places where the turf must withstand hard
usage. About fifteen to twenty pounds of seed will be required
for an acre. We handle nothing but the solid seed, ha\’ing
discarded the unhulled and chaff grades.
HARD FESCUE. Grows well in dry, sandy soils, and is especially
good for pasturage and haying; stands extremes of cold and
heat. About thirty pounds will be required for an acre.
RED FESCUE. This is commonly called Creeping Fescue. It is
largely used in sandy soils, but will grow well on even the poor-
est land. It is good for hillsides, embankments and shady places.
About thirty-five pounds of seed will be required for an acre.
Write for our special price-list covering all our Field Seeds and Grains. Samples of varieties will be furnished on request
WHEAT
Per bu. 60 lb. Sacks 50c each
Spring — Marquis $3.50
Fall — Leap’s Prolific
Fall — Red Wave
BARLEY
Per bu. 47 lb. Sacks 50c each
Beardless $2.75
Six Row, Bearded 2.00
Oderbrucker 2.25
RYE
Per bu. 56 lb. Sacks 50c each
Spring $3.50
Fall — ^Mammoth White
Fall — Rosen
PEAS AND BEANS
Per bu. 60 lb. Sacks 50c each
Canada Field Peas $3.00
Cow Peas — Whippoorwill 4.00
“ — New Era 4.00
“ — Mixed 4.00
Soy Bean.s — Mammoth Yellow 3.50
“ — Medium Green
“ — Wilson 6.00
“ — Ito San 5.50
BUCKWHEAT
Per bu. 48 lb. Sacks 50c each
Japanese $2.25
Silver Hull 3.00
MISCELLANEOUS SEEDS
Sacks for 30 lb. and upward 50c each
5 lb. 10 lb. 30 lb. 60 lb.
Dwarf Essex Rape .... $ .90 $1.60 $4.20 $7.20
Hairy Vetch 1.30 2.40 6.6d 12.00
Speltz 65 ' 1.10 2.70 4.20
Broom Corn 1.10 2.00 5.40 9.60
The I. W. SCOTT CO-
500 LIBERTY AVE. 113 DIAMOND ST.
PITTSBURGH, PA.
The I. W. SCOTT GO.
500 Liberty Ave.^ 113 Diamond St.
Pittsburgh, Pa.
Price List of Fieid Seeds
FEBRUARY 1, 1921.
Our Field Seeds and Grains are selected with
special regard to their purity, germination, and
freedom from noxious weed seeds.
Our aim is not merely to have our seeds pass
the requirements of the Pennsylvania • Seed Law,
but to furnish the highest grade seeds that can be
procured. The besb^is always the cheapest. Samples
will be furnished on request.
Full description of the different varieties of
seeds will be found in our catalogue of Agricultural
Implements, Farm and Garden Supplies which will
be mailed free on request.
While we exercise the greatest possible care
to supply all seeds of high quality, we give no war-
ranty as to description, quality or productiveness
of the seeds we send out and will not be in any way
responsible for the crop. If the purchaser does not
accept the seeds on these terms, they are to be re-
turned at once.
Terms: Cash F. O. B. Cars Pittsburgh. Ask
for special prices on large quantities.
Prices herein quoted are for immediate orders
and prompt shipment only.
CLOVER
LAWN GRASS
Per. bu 60 lb. Sacks 50c each
Half Bushels at Bushel Rate.
Medium Red — ^Special Idaho, 99.759c
“ * “ — Special Western, 99.75%
“ “ —A A A Western, 99.009V
Mammoth “ — Special Western, 99.75%
— A A A Western, 99.00%
Per bu.
Alsike
H
Alfalfa
H
Sweet
Crimson
White
pure
pure
pure
pure
pure
pure
pure
pure
pure
pure
Clover — Special Idaho, 99.50%
“ — Special Western, 99.25%
“ — Special Idaho, 99.75%
“ — Genuine Grimm, 99.50%
“ — White Blossom, 99.00%
“ — Special
“ — Special, per lb. 80c
“ “ — A A A, per lb. 75c
TIMOTHY
Per bu. 45 lb. Sacks 50c each
Half Bushels at Bushel Rate.
Special — Purity 99.75 or better $5.50
X X X — Purity 99.50 or better 5.00
$19.50
16.50
15.75
18.50
16.25
22.00
20.00
19.00
40.00
11.00
8.00
42.00
40.00
GRASS SEEDS
Sacks for 20 lb. and upward 25c each
51b.
10 lb.
20 lb.
Kentucky Blue Grass — Fancy .
. .$2.00
$3.70
$7.00
Fancy Red Top — Recleaned . . .
. . 1.25
2.20
4.00
Orchard Grass, Special
.. 1.35
2.40
4.40
Short Perennial Rye Grass . . .
. . 1.25
2.20
4.00
Creeping Bent Grass
.. 3.50
6.70
13.00
Rhode Island Bent Grass
. . 3.50
6.70
13.00
Crested Dog’s Tail
.. 3.25
6.20
12.00
Various Leaved Fescue
Hard Fescue
.. 2.00
3.70
7.66
Chewing’s F escue
.. 3.00
5.70
11.00
Red Fescue
. . 3.00
5.70
11.00
Sheep’s Fescue
. . 2.25
4.20
8.00
Wood Meadow Grass
.. 3.75
7.20
14.00
Sudan Grass
. . .85
1.40
2.40
Permanent Pasture Mixture . .
. . 1.75
3.20
6.00
Larger quantities at the 20 lb. rate.
In Buying Seeds it Is Always Economy to Buy
the Very Best. Our Aim Has Always Been to
Furnish High-Quality Seeds Rather Than to Sell
Inferior Seeds at Low Prices.
All of our Lawn Mixtures are made from solid
recleaned seed, no chaff or filler used.
1 lb. 5 lb. 10 lb. 25 lb.
Mixed Law'n Grass $.35 $1.75 $3.00 $7.00
Shady Lavm Mixture . . . .45 2.25 4.00 10.00
Putting Green Mixture.. .45 2.25 4.00 10.00
Sacks for 25 lbs. and upward, 25c each.
Larger quantities at 25 lb. rate.
Mixed Lawn Grass weighs about 26 lb. to measured
bushel; Shady Lawn 28 lb., and Putting Green about
26 lb.
MILLET
Per bu. 50 lb. Sacks 50c each
Tennessee Golden ‘ $3.25
Western Golden 3.00
Hungarian 2.75
Japanese
CANE OR SORGHUM
Per, bu. 50 lb. Sacks 50c each
Early Amber $2.50
Orange ; 2.50
FIELD CORN
Per bu. 56 lb. Sacks 50c each
Penna. Big Yellow Dent $5.00
Sure Crop, 90 Day 5.00
Patton’s Improved Learning 4.00
Pride of the North 3.50
Reid’s Yellow^ Dent 3.75
White Cap Yellow Dent 3.50
Bloody Butcher 3.75
ENSILAGE CORN
Per bu. 56 lb. Sacks 50c each
Eureka — Genuine Virginia Grown $3.50
Virginia Horse Tooth 3.50
Blue Mountain 3.75
Red Cob 3.50
Virginia Golden Dent 3.50
SEED OATS
Per bu. 32 lb. Sacks 50c each
Storm King $2.75
Victory 2.25
Leader 2.25
Swedish Select 2.25
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
FARM SEEDS 47
GRASS SEEDS, continued
VARIOUS-LEAVED FESCUE. A good variety to grow in
orchards, as the plants thrive best in shady, moist situations.
The plants are from 2 to 3 feet high and quite hardy. About
forty pounds of seed will be required for an acre.
WOOD MEADOW GRASS. Will grow in shady places where
practically no other Grass will succeed, and therefore is par-
ticularly desirable for shaded lawns. It is also desirable for
mixing with golf-link Grasses, as it makes a compact turf.
About thirty-five pounds of seed for an acre.
SHEEP’S FESCUE. A Grass that vdll grow on poor soil where
most other sorts would die from lack of nourishment. It always
stands severe droughts and long, cold winters. It makes excel-
lent pasture Grass, and can also be used for the lawn when
combined with other Grasses. About forty pounds will be
required for an acre.
CRESTED DOG’S-TAIL. A low-growing Grass that makes
extra-dense turf in rich, moist soils; is also desirable for putting-
greens and lawns. Will grow equally well in the shade or the
sun. About seventy pounds of seed will be required for an
acre.
RHODE ISLAND BENT. A superior Grass for putting-greens on
account of its dwarf growth and its narrow leaves. It will
grow and make good turf in good or bad soils, and dry weather
or heavy rains seem to have no serious effects. About forty
pounds of seed are required for an acre.
PERENNIAL or ENGLISH RYE GRASS. Where a rapid
growth is desired, this is the Grass to sow, as it will make a
reasonably good showing when three or four weeks old. It is
extensively used in lawn seed mixtures. ' About seventy
pounds of seed will be required for an acre.
COWPEAS
MISCELLANEOUS FARM SEEDS
CANADA FIELD PEAS. A crop of great value and increasing in
popularity every year. Used for hay and pasture as well as soil-
improvement. Canada Field Peas should be sown as early as possible
in the spring, either alone or with oats. When sown broadcast alone,
at least two bushels of seed to the acre should be used, or with oats,
one and one-half bushels of Peas and one bushel'of oats.
SOY BEANS. Sometimes called Soja Beans. Another valuable plant
for bringing nitrogen into the soil. It is also excellent for green or
dried fodder, and the seed is very rich in protein, making an excellent
daily feed when balanced with other grains. Seed should be sown
during the months of May or June, using at least one bushel to the
acre, when sown broadcast, or when sown in drills, 2 feet apart,
about three pecks to the acre. We handle three varieties — Mammoth
Yellow, Medium Green, and Wilson. The Medium Green and
Wilson mature earlier than the Mammoth Yellow, but are smaller
in growth. The Mammoth Yellow requires about 120 days to
mature, the Wilson and Medium Green about twenty days less.
COWPEAS. One of the best soil-enrichers, taking the
nitrogen from the air and storing it in the soil; valuable
also for hay, forage, ensilage or turning under. Will
grow on poor land and even though the crop is taken off
the soil is enriched and following crops do better. All
things considered, there is probably no surer or cheaper
method of bringing up poor soils than by a liberal sowing
of Cowpeas. They should be sown in this latitude in
May or June, using, when sown broadcast, one and one-half to two
bushels to the acre. Many different varieties are grown in the
United States, but those most suitable for sowing in the North are
the following:
WhippoorwiU. This is the most popular variety in the North; ripens
early and is very productive.
New Era. An extra-early variety, maturing in about sixty days.
Mixed Varieties. This mixture consists of a half-dozen or more of
the leading varieties, and is usually sown for hay, pasture, or turning
under. They are almost sure to make a heavy growth.
HAIRY VETCH
DWARF ESSEX RAPE. Especially valuable for feeding sheep, hogs
and cattle. Claimed to have a feed value greater than clover. Always
used as a pasture and not for hay. Its growth is similar to turnip-
tops, but heavier and taller. If seed is sown in May the field should
be ready for pasture in July. However, seed may be sown either in
early spring, summer or fall. If sown in drills, about five pounds of
seed will be required for an acre; if sown broadcast, ten pounds to
the acre.
Write for our special price-list covering all our Field Seeds and Grains. Samples of varieties will be furnished on request
48 FARM SEEDS
The L W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh^ Pa
MISCELLANEOUS FARM SEEDS, continued
WINTER or HAIRY VETCH. One of the best legumes, whether
used for a hay crop, pasture, soil-improvement or cover crop.
Thrives on light soils and is very hardy, remaining green
throughout the winter, hlay be sown in the spring or fall,
using from sixty to seventy pounds of seed to the acre when
sown alone. It is better, however, to furnish a support for the
Vetch by sowing rye, barley or oats with it at the rate of one-
half bushel of grain and fifty pounds of Vetch to the acre.
SPRING VETCH. The seed of the Spring Vetch is larger than
that of the Hairy Vetch, but the plant is not so hardy and will
not produce so large a growth. It is usually sown in the
spring for a hay crop or plowing under.
MILLET. A rnedium-early • forage plant which will grow in
almost any climate or soil and produces heav>" yields of fodder.
The crop should be cut while the plants are in bloom, or at
least before the seed forms. Seed may be sown during the
month of May or the early part of June at the rate of from
thirty to forty pounds to the acre. We handle four varieties of
Millet — Western sometimes known as Common Millet;
Tennessee, or Golden; Hungarian and Japanese.
SORGHUM, or AMBER CANE. Used principally as a summer
fodder for cattle. Plants will grow rapidly and at least two
crops can be cut each season. If carefully cured it will make
an excellent dr>" fodder. The seed may be sown in drills about
30 inches apart, at the rate of five to six pounds of seed for an
acre. If sown broadcast, from seventy-five to one hundred
pounds of seed is generally used. Set the drills so that the
seed will be sown thickly, but not heavily covered.
SUDAN GRASS. This was introduced into the United States in
1909 from Africa. It is thought to be the wild original form of
our cultivated sorghum. It is strictly an annual and dies
each year like Millet. Since its introduction into this country,
it has been grown extensively in the dry regions of the West
and Southwest, producing immense quantities of both seed
and hay. It grows from 5 to 9 feet high, has great drought-
resisting qualities, and is recommended as a substitute for
millet, for a catch crop. Once started, it will grow vigorously
■vvdthout rain. To secure best results, it should be planted in
rows wide enough to permit of cultivation. If sown in rows.
SUDAN GRASS, continued
4 to 6 pounds of seed per acre is recommended or broadcast
16 to 24 pounds per acre.
KAFFIR CORN. Used principally as a green fodder, also for
seed, which is largely used as a poultry-feed. Will grow in any
place where the sorghum thrives. For fodder sow one bushel
to the acre; for seed, sow eight to ten pounds to the acre, in
rows 3 feet apart.
BARLEY. A well-known, quick-growing cereal. We have the
Beardless variety and the Wisconsin Six-Row. The Beardless
is generally considered earlier and more hardy than the
bearded varieties.
WINTER WHEAT. We can supply the leading sorts of Winter
Wheat. Our stock usually consists of Leaps Prolific, Red
Wave, Harvest King, and other popular varieties. Write us for
samples and prices before seeding time*.
SPRING WHEAT. If your Winter Wheat happens to be killed
by extreme cold weather, you can still secure a crop by sowing
Spring Wheat in early spring. We furnish Fife or
Marquis.
WINTER RYE. Usually sown as a cover-crop, getting the seed
into the ground before the middle of November. About one
and one-half bushels of seed will be required for an acre.
SPRING RYE. Matures early in the season and makes an excel-
lent green food when cut, or will supply pasturage for several
weeks. Spring Rye is quite distinct from the winter sorts, as
the seeds are much smaller.
BUCKWHEAT. Japanese and Silver Hull are the two leading
varieties. Thfe Silver Hull produces whiter flour, but the Japa-
nese is more productive. The Silver Hull grows particularly
well on poor soil and matures a little later than the Japanese.
Seed required, one to one and one-half bushels to the acre.
SPELTZ. Resembles wheat but the grain is much larger. Very
productive and makes a fine feed for stock whether it is cut
green or allowed to ripen and the grain ground. The grain is
particularly good for hog- and poultry-feed.
BROOM CORN (Evergreen.) On account of the green appear-
ance when ripe, also its earliness, this variety is generally used
by growers of Broom Corn.
OATS
Victory. Absolutely one of the greatest Oats in the world today. This variety was bred by Prof. Nilsson Svalof, of Sweden, who
— is recognized as one of the greatest seed-breeders in the world. It has been grown in western Canada for about seven years,
also in parts of the western states for the past four or five years. It is a branching or tree Oat with a white characteristic gloss to the
: hull, which is fairly thin, showing only 27 per cent. The straw is medium
fine, but very strong. It ripens early and is an enormous yielder. Victory
Oat combines quality of grain with yield, strength of straw, and adapta-
bility to a wide range of conditions. The Oat has a characteristic glossy
appearance in most cases and a quite noticeable “flaxy” feel. The straw
is fairly fine and makes excellent feed, at the same time is very strong,
and stands a great deal of bad Aveather before lodging. This variety has
surprised scores of farmers in many of the hard seasons especially in
droughty, changeable weather. For high quality and big yields, especially
in unfavorable seasons the Victory cannot be recommended too highly.
STORM KING. A side Oats that has been grown successfully for some
years. It derives its name. Storm King, from the strength of the straw,
which often measures from 4)^ to feet in height. It will stand the
most severe winds without lodging. The heads are very long, containing
an unusually large number of grains, its average yield running from 70
to 100 bushels to the acre. The seed we offer is grown by the originator
of this valuable Oats, and is therefore pure-bred, true to name. It costs
more; it’s worth more. There is no other side Oats equal to Storm King.
SWEDISH SELECT. This variety is too well known to require a lengthy
description here. The quality of the grain is unsurpassed. Ver\" thick
kernel and thin shuck. Does not have a Jong beard like common Oats.
The straw grows to a medium height, is very stiff, and consequently
seldom lodges. It has proved to be a wonderful yielder, winning the
$1,500 Colorado Trophy in open competition to the North American
continent.
STORM KING OATS
A CHANGE OF OATS IS EVEN MORE IMPORTANT THAN A
CHANGE OF SEED POTATOES
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
FARM SEEDS 49
FIELD CORN
We have always made a specialty of Seed Corn, supplying our trade with only those varieties that experience has proved are
most suitable for the climate of Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Virginia. Our Seed Corn is carefully hand-picked and tipped and
butted before it is shelled. We aim to have every variety true to name and of high germination.
SURE-CROP NINETY-DAJf CORN
BIG YELLOW DENT. The ears are immense — 12 to 14 inches long, with 20 to 24
rows of long, large grains. It is, without question, one of the most valuable Yellow
Dent Corns ever produced because of its immense yield — at least 25 per cent, and
often 50 per cent, more bushels to the acre than any of the average yields of other
varieties. Stalks grow from 12 to 15 teet high, giving an immense quantity of fodder
as they are heavily covered with big, broad leaves. If you want the biggest and best
crop in the neighborhood, then sow Big Yellow Dent. Plant it in May and it will
mature in September.
SXJRE-CROP NINETY-DAY. The tremendous quantity of shell Corn this variety
produces to the acre surprises everyone who grows it. Generally there are two good
ears to a stalk. The grain is very long, longer than any other, and the cob very thin.
Sure-Crop has a rich, deep yellow grain, making it much desired by millers. The fodder
grows from 8 to 10 feet high. It is positively an early Corn, and you are always sure
of a crop in the shortest season.
PRIDE OF THE NORTH. A Yellow Dent variety, maturing in 90 days. Ears 8 to 10
inches long, sixteen rows on the ear, cob small, grain above medium size and closely
set. One of the hardiest, and especially adapted to the northern planter; will mature
farther north than any other Dent Corn.
PATTON’S IMPROVED TEAMING. The original seed of Patton’s Improved Learning
Corn was purchased of J. S. Learning, of southern Ohio thirty-eight years ago and has
been grown on the Patton Farm in Lawrence County, Pa., every year since the first
planting. It has become well acclimated in western Pennsylvania. It matures in
from 90 to 100 days. It produces a good-sized ear, with deep broad grains, which
contain a large germ and shoots out a large vigorous sprout, that makes a strong,
quick growth at the start. This is the secret of a good crop of Corn. A good start is
half of the battle in raising a Corn crop. Patton’s Improved Learning grows a strong
root and very leafy fodder, making it one of the best varieties for silage. The seed
is kiln-dried and guaranteed. In a good season, Patton’s Improved Learning has yielded
as high as 75 bushels of shelled Corn per acre.
WHITE-CAP YELLOW DENT. An early sort which grows well on light soil; grain is
yellow with white tip. Nearly as early as Pride of the North, maturing in from 90 to
95 days. Ears from 8 to 10 inches long, well filled, with sixteen or eighteen rows.
REID’S YELLOW DENT. This variety has won many prizes in Corn shows in various
parts of the country. It originated in Illinois and soon became extremely popular.
The cob is medium large, with good-sized, deep grain. Matures in from 100 to 1 10 days.
BLOODY BUTCHER. A deep cherry-red Corn with white cap, maturing in about 90
days. Has long, slender ears, generally fourteen rows and a small cob.
IOWA SILVER MINE. One of the most popular of the white varieties. Ripens medium-
early, maturing in about 100 days. Produces extra-long ears, with from fourteen to
eighteen rows, of pure white kernels solidly set on the ear.
ENSILAGE CORN
EUREKA. (Virginia-grown.) The Eureka is a Virginia-bred Corn and originated about
twenty years ago on the rich bottom of the James River Valley where it grows to
perfection, often attaining a height of 16 to 18 feet. It is a vigorous grower, large
stalks, with unusually heavy foliage, and produces from one to three ears to the stalk,
according to the land. The ears average about ii inches in length. Will produce
more tons of ensilage to the acre than any other variety.
BLUE MOUNTAIN. This Corn is grown at a high altitude in the Blue Ridge Mountains
in Virginia, and makes an ideal Ensilage Corn. Grows to a mammoth size, full of
leaves, and has a big ear. On account of its being grown at a high~altitude in the
mountains, it is earlier than the ordinary southern-grown Ensilage Corn and will be
ready for the silos before frost comes. It is a vigorous growing Corn, often knee-high
after 30 days from planting, and grows 14 to 16 feet high. Our seed is selected in the
fall, properly taken care of, and always shows nearly a perfect germination test.
VIRGINIA GOLDEN DENT. A new variety of Ensilage Corn grown in Virginia and
becoming very popular in the northern states. Although not quite so large as the
Eureka, it matures about three weeks earlier, and consequently makes better ensilage
in the North, especially in late seasons. We can highly recommend it to those who are
partial to a yellow Corn and want a variety that is earlier than Eureka.
VIRGINIA HORSE-TOOTH. The popular fodder Corn of the southern states; from 12
to 14 feet high, and stiff enough to stand up during severe storms. The seed is white,
broad, and deep, with white cob.
RED-COB. A tall-growing plant, with a quantity of side leaves, making it desirable for
ensilage, A favorite with a great many growers. The grain is narrow and clear white.
Write for our special price-list covering all our Field Seeds and Grains. Samples of varieties will be furnished on request
50 FARMOGERM
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
THE STANDARD INOCULATION
Use
F armogerm
FOR
Bush Beans
Pole Beans
Lima Beans
Soy Beans
Sweet Peas
Garden Peas
Field Peas
Cowpeas
Vetch
Alfalfa Clover
Red Clover
Alsike Clover
Sweet Clover
Crimson Clover
The cost is so small that no
gardener or farmer can afford not
to use it.
HIGH-BRED NITROGEN-GATHERING BACTERIA for
CLOVERS, ALFALFA, BEANS and OTHER LEGUMES
What Farmogerm Is
Farmogerm is a pure culture, or growth, of nitrogen-
fixing bacteria that have been selected and bred up to
transform large amounts of nitrogen from the air into
soluble nitrates. These bacteria are grown in a jelly,
or food, in which they remain active for long periods of
time, and sent out in a bottle which admits the necessary supply of pure
air, yet keeps out destructive contaminations. If alfalfa can be grown
on the hot, sandy land of south New Jersey, why can’t you grow it?
What Farmogerm Will Do
Unless the soil is very acid or wet, Farmogerm will:—
1. Increase the yield and quality of legume crops, giving quicker growth
and earlier maturity.
2. Increase the food value of legumes.
3. Make legumes grow where they cannot otherwise be grown successfully.
4. Supply nitrates to other crops growing with the inoculated legume crop.
5. Enrich the soil for future crops, thereby increasing the permanent
value of the farm. Better crops — better soil — less fertilizer — less labor.
Increased Crops are a well-established certainty in all instances where inoculations are
used together with proper culture methods. Not only is the crop increased in weight — but in its
richness. The United States Department of Agriculture, Bulletin No. 71, substantiates these
statements. Why not increase your farm yields without extra labor and at practically no extra cost?
Fertilizer Values of well-inoculated legumes have long been determined. It is showm in Bulle-
tin No. 71, issued by the United States Department of Agriculture that tests covering a large
part of the country prove that legumes will deposit 1,000 lbs. of nitrate per acre. This means
that your most expensive commercial fertilizer is absolutely unnecessary when you plant legumes,
perfectly inoculated, sown and planted in properly prepared land
Peas, Beans, Sweet Peas
Yield earlier, longer and better when treated with
Farmogerm. Farmogerm is endorsed by farmers. Fed-
eral and State Agricultural Departments and private
estates. It is delivered to you in bottles, ready for use.
You can inoculate the seed for ten acres in ten minutes.
PRICES POSTPAID
Small Farm Size, 5 acres, $8. Garden Size, acre, 50 cts.
Trial Farm Size, 1 acre, $2.
In ordering always state kind of seed to be inoculated
See That Air-Tube?
It supplies fresh nitrogen, without which the cultures
will not live. When put up in sealed bottles they soon
lose their vitality, becoming inactive. Farmogerm is
guaranteed to retain its original vitality for years, and
is the only preparation of its kind that is not sealed.
The 1. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
FERTILIZERS 51
FERTILIZERS
What the Crop Needs. We need to bear in mind that the great
object of fertilizing is to feed the crop and not to feed the soil,
and in determining what the different crops need it is important
to understand the purposes served by the different elements. We
are all familiar with the fact that nitrogen, phosphoric acid and
potash are the three critical or vital elements of plant-food.
The functions or uses of these plant-food elements are as follows:
Uses or Purposes of Nitrogen. Nitrogen builds up the young
tissues in the new and rapidly growing parts of the plant, and is
one of the chief constituents of the living matter with which the
minute plant-cells are filled. It increases the amount of protein,
which is the muscle-making and strength-giving element of the
plant when used as food. It promotes a healthy growth, gives a
good green color to the foliage, and in general has a tendency to
give a greatly increased growth of stems and leaves. Thus we
see the necessity for using nitrogen in abundance on the grass
crop, which is valued chiefly for its leaf and stem; also for such
crops as lettuce and spinach, valued for their leaves, and it
should also be used in abundance on crops where rapid new
growth is essential, such as asparagus, rhubarb, tomatoes, etc.
Uses or Pmrposes of Phosphoric Acid. Phosphate of lime (con-
sisting of phosphoric acid and lime) forms a large part of the
framework of plants, just as it forms the chief constituent the
bones of the human skeleton. Plants lacking phosphoric acid die
before reaching maturity. Phosphoric acid also nourishes the
seeds of the plant (where it is present in great abundance) and
hastens the plant’s growth to maturity. It is especially used
in large amounts by plants belonging to the cabbage family,
including cabbages, turnips, brussels sprouts, cauliflower, kale,
rape and mustard, and also by cereal crops such as wheat,
barley, rye, oats, etc.
Uses or Purposes of Potash. Potash is concerned especially
with the formation of starch and sugar in plants and also with
the development of the fleshy part of fruits, fruit juices, and fruit
acids. It is of great importance to corn, potatoes, beets, tobacco,
strawberries, grapes, apples, and also to the leguminous crops
such as clover, alfalfa, peas, beans, etc. The reason for this is
very evident when you reflect that the greater part of a kernel of
corn is starch, and that a potato is made up very largely of starch
and water.
In the manufacture of the following Fertilizers, all these im-
portant facts are carefully borne in mind, and it is our object
to furnish our customers such Fertilizers as shall produce the
largest crops at the least possible cost to the consumer.
E. Frank Coe’s Fertilizers
1857 — The Business Farmer's Standard for Over 64 Years — 1921
For more than sixty-four years we have .specialized in the manufacture of high-grade fertilizers
particularly adapted to the soil and crop conditions of the northeastern United States. There are
sixty-four years of laboratory work, factory experience, practical farm tests, and thorough scientific
knowledge behind every bag of E, Frank Coe’s Fertilizers. We manufacture a large assortment of
brands which are formulated especially to meet western Pennsylvania requirements.
Our Service Department will gladly recommend the brands which we believe will give you the
greatest possible profit if you will indicate to us the type of your soil and the crops which you wish to
grow.
A series of helpful booklets is offered without charge to interested farmers. The I. W. Scott Com-
pany, our western Pennsylvania agents, or our New York office will be pleased to furnish you with
any of the following:
“Corn: The Foundation of Profitable Farming”
“Potatoes: A Money Crop”
“The Neglected Hay Crop”
“Better Vegetable Growing”
“Oat Production”
“How to Get the Most Out of Fertilizer”
“Winter Wheat and Its Culture”
To secure maximum profits under present conditions, the farmer must strive to secure bigger
crops at less cost. E. Frank Coe’s Fertilizers will help you to secure at minimum cost, “A Greater
Yield from Every Field.”
THE COE-MORTIMER COMPANY
Subsidiary of the American Agricultural Chemical Co.
51 Chambers St., New York City
Our limited space will not permit of detailed descriptions of the different brands here. We can give only analyses and prices.
Full descriptive circulars, giving detailed descriptions of the different brands and other valuable information, will be mailed free.
52 FERTILIZERS
The L W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh^ Pa
E. Frank Coe^s
Gold Brand Elxcelsior Guano
For Market-gardeners. (3-8-4.)
Guaranteed Analysis Per cent
Nitrogen 2.47
Equal to Ammonia 3.00
Available Phosphoric Acid 8.00
Potash (actual) 4.00
In 100-lb. bags
100 lbs $4 25 I 1,000 lbs $34 00
500 lbs 17 50 I 2,000 lbs 67 00
E. Frank Coe’s
Prolific Crop- Producer
A high-grade Fertilizer for Truckers.
(4-10-0.)
Guaranteed Analysis Per cent
Nitrogen 3.29
Equal to Ammonia 4.00
Available Phosphoric Acid 10.00
In 100-lb. bags
100 lbs $4 00 I 1,000 lbs $32 50
500 lbs 16 75 I 2,000 lbs 64 00
E. Frank Coe’s
Columbian Corn and Potato
For corn and potatoes. (2-8-3.)
Guaranteed Analysis Per cent
Nitrogen 1.65
Equal to Ammonia 2.00
Available Phosphoric Acid 8.00
Potash (actual) 3.00
In 100-lb. bags
100 lbs $3 75 j 1 ,000 lbs. . . . $28 50
500 lbs 14 75 1 2,000 lbs.... 56 00
E. Frank Coe’s
Pennsylvania Grain Special
No. 1
For wheat, rye and oats, (i-
lO-I.)
Guaranteed Analysis
Per cent
Nitrogen
82
Equal to Ammonia
1. 00
Available Phosphoric Acid. . ,
10.00
Potash (actual)
I.OO
In 100-lb. bags
100 lbs $3 25 1 1,000 lbs.
. . .$23 50
500 lbs 12 25 1 2,000 lbs.
... 46 00
16 Per Cent Acid Phosphate
Sixteen per cent available phosphoric
acid. Very quick-acting and permanent.
In lOO-lb. bags
100 lbs $3 00 I 1,000 lbs $21 DO
500 lbs II 00 I 2 ,000 lbs 41 00
Ground Rock Phosphate
This Phosphate is guaranteed to contain
a minimum of 13 per cent Phosphorus,
equivalent to 29^ per cent Phosphoric
Acid, and is ground to a fineness that 95
per cent will pass a 1 00-mesh screen, or
10,000 openings to the square inch. About
80 per cent will pass a 200-mesh screen —
this fineness insuring you quick and
certain results. 100 lbs. $2; 200 lbs.,
$3.50; 600 lbs., $9; 1,000 lbs., $13; 2,000
lbs., $25. . Prices by the carload quoted
on request.
Muriate of Potash
Imported, guaranteed 48 per cent K2O.
I lb. 30 cts., 5 lbs. $1, 10 lbs. $1.50.
100 lbs $7 50 I 1,000 lbs $65 50
600 lbs 42 00 I 2,000 lbs 130 00
Bone Meal Fertilizer
(Formerly “Pure Raw Bone Meal”)
We guarantee this brand to be manu-
factured strictly from slaughter-house
bone.
Guaranteed Analysis Per cent
Ammonia 4.50
Phosphoric Acid 21.00
Equal to Bone Phos 45-88
In 100-lb. bags
100 lbs $3 25 I 1,000 lbs.. , .$26 00
500 lbs 13 50 1 2,000 lbs 51 00
Unleached Hardwood Ashes
A proper and liberal use of good Hard-
wood Ashes will restore worn-out lands to
prime fertility, preserve grass lands through
severe drought, and give trees, plants and
vines renewed vigor. They purify and
strengthen the soil and help to eradicate
noxious weeds from grass lands. They also
prevent ravages of insects on plants and
trees, increase the yield and quality of
fruit, improve the flavor of berries,
strengthen vines, and are indispensable in
the growth of all crops which take large
quantities of potash from the soil. Prac-
tical farmers tell us that unleached Wood-
Ashes are worth at least double their
analyzed value, i bbl., 200 lbs., $3: 5
bbls., 1,000 lbs., $13.50; 10 bbls., 2,000
lbs. $26. Special prices on carload lots.
Lawn and Greenhouse Bone
Meal
Pure; ground very fine. Especially
adapted for greenhouses and lawns.
Made from selected bones.
Guaranteed Analysis Per cent
Ammonia 4-50
Phosphoric Acid 22.00 1
Equal to Bone Phos 48.07 j
In 100-lb. bags
25 lbs $i 25
50 lbs 2 25
100 lbs 3 50
500 lbs.... $14 25
1.000 lbs 27 50
2.000 lbs.... 54 00
Nitrate of Soda
Fifteen per cent nitrogen, equivalent to
over 18 per cent ammonia. I lb. 30 cts.,
5 lbs. $1, 10 lbs. $1.50.
In 200-lb. bags
100 lbs $6 00 1,000 lbs $48 00
200 lbs II 00 2,000 lbs.... 9400
600 lbs 30 00
Wizard Brand Pulverized Sheep
Manure
This is the strongest and best natural
Fertilizer for lawns and gardens, vegetable-
and fruit-growing. The raw material is
the richest manure obtainable, carefully
selected and treated to destroy weed seeds
and also to produce a highly concentrated,
reliable Fertilizer.
5 lbs.. . .
. . .$0
30
100 lbs...
• -$3 00
10 lbs —
50
500 lbs.. .
- .12 75
25 lbs.. . .
... I
00
1,000 lbs.. .
. .24 -50
50 lbs —
... I
75
2,000 lbs.. .
. .48 00
Wizard Brand Pulverized
Mixed Manure
This is a mixture of cattle and mule
manure, heat dried, pulverized, and
sterilized by the same process as Wizard
Brand Sheep Manure. It has given entire
satisfaction wherever used.
25 lbs $0 85
50 lbs...... . I 50
100 lbs 2 75
500 lbs $ii 75
1.000 lbs.. . . 22 50
2.000 lbs 44 00
Thomasville Ground Limestone
Ground Limestone is a soil sweetener
and is free from injurious qualities.
It is cheaper than any other lime pro-
duct which can claim to be at all compet-
itive, and is more easily handled. There
has been an enormous increase in its use
in recent years, keeping pace with the
growing of clover and alfalfa. Where clover
does not do well it is usually because of the
acidity of the soil, or rather the absence
of carbonate of lime or ground limestone;
a ton of clover requires 37 pounds of ground
limestone. Limestone, while an indirect
plant food, is as essential to the maximum
production of some crops as is direct plant
food.
We claim that Thomasville Ground
Limestone is the best on the market, on
account of its unusual softness which makes
it very soluble. Also because it runs uni-
form, never falling below 97 per cent
combined carbonates of lime.
We recommend the free use of Ground
Limestone on Lawns.
Write for sample and descriptive
circular.
Carload — ^20 tons or upward, in bulk,
per ton f. o. b. quarry, $2.25. Less than
carload lots in sacks f. o. b. cars Pitts-
burgh.
100 lbs $i 00 I 1,000 lbs $7 50
500 lbs 4 00 I 2,000 lbs 14 00
If you will give us the name of your
nearest railroad station we will quote you
delivered prices in carload lots.
Special Terms on Fertilizers
On orders for ton and half-ton lots
for shipment on arrival of cars in
February and March, a reduction of
$3 per ton from above prices will be
allowed on E. Frank Coe’s brands,
also on Acid Phosphate and Nitrate of
Soda. Orders must be in by March 15.
Prices are f. o. b. cars Pittsburgh. All prices are subject to change (higher or lower). Write for special prices on large
quantities
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
FERTILIZERS 53
Stim-@-planT
Trade Mark Registered U. S. Patent Office.
The most modern, efficient and scientific
method of fertilizing growing plants
As every kind of plant grows in the garden, orchard, and farm,
feed it along with Stim-U-planT tablets. These tablets contain
highly concentrated, immediately available forms of plant food
for use in stimulating fruit, flower, vegetable, and ornamental
plants, and may be used in liquid or tablet form.
They increase production, hasten maturity, improve quality
and better the color of the plants and products. Their use is
highly profitable, for all these benefits cost only a fraction of a
cent for each application.
Once in the soil they immediately dissolve and mingle with the
soil-water, pass into the roothairs and roots to begin feeding the
plants. No matter how fertile the soil may be, Stim-U-planT
is effective in feeding the crops because of its rich, available food
content.
For house plants dissolve Stim-U-planT Tablets in water and
pour (Toer the roots — not on the foliage.
Tomato plants are easily fertilized by putting Stim-U-planT
Tablets under them every" ten days.
For the cabbage plants which lag behind use Stim-U-planT
Tablets and see them catch up.
Stim-U-planT Tablets make it possible to feed each plant as
it needs it.
Trial size, lo tablets So 15
Small size, 30 tablets 25
Medium size, 100 tablets 75
Large size, 1,000 tablets 3 50
Sent postpaid at above prices
Walker’s
Excelsior
Plant
Food
THE ESSENCE
OF PLANT -LIFE
For
House Plants
cuid
Flower
Gardens
An odorless preparation, combining in a concentrated and
soluble form every element required in plants and flowers to
produce vigorous growth and a profusion of flowers and fruit.
Wonderful results are obtained after one or two applications.
It is immediately soluble in water, and available to plant-life
from the moment of application.
Walker’s Elxcelsior Plant Food
assists in retaining moisture. Will mature plants from two to
three weeks earlier. WTiere the plant food has been used, boll
weevil, cutworms, and wire worms cannot live.
Sold in powder^ form and is used dry or by dissolving in water.
2%-oz. can, 15 cts.; postpaid So 20
5 oz. can, 25 cts.; postpaid 35
12-OZ. can, 40 cts.; postpaid 55
5-lb. can, $2] postpaid 2 25
NITRACO
Nitraco has been evolved after years of study of the fertilizer
business and the demands of the gardening public, and is designed
to be the most perfect and complete fertilizer placed upon the
market. It is so compounded that it may be termed the “universal
fertilizer,” and can be applied with safety to any soil in any cli-
mate, to “anything that grows.”
i-lb So 30 I 25-lb. bag $2 50
lo-lb. bag I 50 1 50-lb. bag 4 50
(LAWN ENRICHER)
A high-grade chemical fertilizer for new and old lawns, putting-
and fair-greens, terraces, etc.
5 lbs So 75 I 25 lbs S2 25
10 lbs I 25 I 50 lbs 3 75
The Original Odorless Liquid Fertilizer
Used and endorsed by florists and professional growers.
Supplies immediately the three essential elements of plant-
life — nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash — in the. most avail-
able form. It does not deteriorate, and has absolutely no odor
or other offensive feature. It is a safe, clean, and highly valuable
plant food, especially adapted to house plants, flowers, vegetable
gardens, lawns, shrubbery, and trees.
To use: Mix in proportion of one tablespoon to one gallon of
water and apply every two weeks.
PRICES
Half-pint
Pint
Quart. . .
So 35
60
I 00
Half-gallon Si 75
Gallon 3 00
5- or lo-gal. kegs per gal. 2 00
The Inoculated Soil-Builder
Puts nitrogen-gathering bacteria into the run-down soil,
together with the food which makes them fatten and multiply
for the benefit of the soil and crop. It sweetens the soil while
supplying directly or indirectly the essential elements of plant-
life. PRICES
5 lbs So 25 I 100 lbs S2 00
25 lbs 75 I 500 lbs 9 00
FERW’
PMM FOOCP
^Prepared Expressly for
FERNS, PALMS and RUBBER PLANTS
Safe, Sure and Quick-Acting. Pro-
ducing luxuriant foliage of rich
texture.
It is so evenly balanced that it can
be used on anything that grows.
5-oz. package 30 cts.; postpaid 35 cts.
PLANTENE
For Food for House Plants
Plantene is a chemical fertilizer for House Plants to be dis-
solved in water. It not only produces a greener and more healthy
growth, but also more generous flowering.
25 cts. per pkg. ; postpaid 30 cts.
54 INSECTICIDES AND FUNGICIDES
The I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
INSECTICIDES AND FUNGICIDES
The Insecticides and machines for applying the same, described in this catalogue, are not novelties in the experimental stage,
but have been thoroughly tested 'and found reliable for the uses for which they are intended.
Customers using large quantities of Insecticides are requested to write to us for special prices, specifying the quantities wanted.
Prices quoted are subject to change.
Grasselli’s Arsenate of Lead
Paiste
Arsenate of Lead is a neutral insecticide.
It destroys all leaf-eating insects, will not
be washed off by rains, and will not burn
the most delicate foliage. Contains 15
per cent arsenic oxide and 35 per cent
lead oxide, assuring customers of a superior
grade of effective poison, conforming in
quality to the new insecticide law. I-lb.
can 40 cts., 5-lb. keg $1.75, lo-lb. keg $2.75,
20-lb. keg S4.75, 50-lb. keg Sio, lOO-lb.
keg Si 8, 300-lb. bbl. S50.
Grasselli^s Arsenate of Lead
Powder
This product may be mixed
with water and applied as a
liquid spray, or it may be
used as a dust spray. If
used in the dust form, it may
be applied as received, by finely dusting
on the foliage, or it may be mixed with
an equal bulk of freshly burned wood
ashes or powdered lime. ^Ib. 35 cts., i lb.
60 cts., 5 lbs. $2.50, 10 lbs. $4.50, 20 lbs. $8,
50 lbs. Si 7.50, 100 lbs. S33, 200 lbs. S65.
Grasselli’s Lime and Sulphur
Solution
Grasselli’s Lime -Sulphur
Solution is a clear, cherry-
colored liquid. It wall, if not
exposed to the air, remain in
solution a long time. Will not
clog the spray pumps, because it is free
from sediment.
FALL AND EARLY SPRING SPRAY
To destroy San Jose scale, peach leaf
curl (apply just before buds burst), bud
moth, apple aphis, blister mite, peach
worm, any scale insects or bark lice, etc.,
mix one gallon Grasselli’s Lime and Sulphur
Solution with each 7 to 9 gallons of water.
SUMMER SPRAY
For apple scab, leaf spot, and similar
fungous diseases on apples and pears, use
one gallon to 40 or 50 gallons of water.
Qt. 45 cts., i-gal. can 90 cts., 5-gal. can
S3, 25 gals, (half bbl.) per gal. 38 cts.;
50-gal. bbl., per gal. 35 cts. For each
empty barrel returned to us at Pitts-
burgh, freight paid, in good condition, S3
will be refunded, and Si. 50 for each half
barrel.
Bordeaux Mixture Powder
Preventive of blight on
L potato, celery plants, etc.
IFor fungous diseases on nur-
*ser>’ stock, rust, molds, leaf
spot, leaf blight, mildew,
black and brown rot, in fact,
all fungous diseases. >^lb. 30 cts., i lb. can
50 cts., 5-lb. keg $2, lo-lb. keg $3.50, 20-lb.
keg, S6, 50-lb. keg, $12.50, lOO-lb. keg, $23.
Glidden Dry Lime-Sulphur
Glidden Dry Lime-Sulphur is an im-
proved, standard spray material that has
been perfected by the Glidden Company.
It is simply a more practical form of
liquid lime-sulphur which, for years,
has been known by growers as an effective
spray material.
HOW YOU USE IT
Glidden Dry Lime-Sulphur will control
San Jose Scale and other scale insects.
It is effective against apple scab, peach
leaf curl, leaf blister mite, brown rot of
peach or plum and other fungous diseases
that you have controlled in the past wdth
liquid lime-sulphur.
For the usual dormant spray against
scale insects such as San Jose scale, oyster
shell scale, etc., from 10 to 15 pounds to
50 gallons of water should be used.
For summer spraying against fungous
diseases that have been successfully con-
trolled wdth liquid lime-sulphur on
seed fruits, from 2 to 3 pounds of Glidden
Dry Lime-Sulphur, dissolved in 50 gallons
of water, will be found effective. The usual
amount of dry powdered arsenate of lead
should be added for controlling leaf-eat-
ing insects where a combination spray is
desired.
For summer spraying on stone fruits, the
fungous diseases which have been success-
fully controlled with liquid lime-sulphur,
use from ij^ to 2 pounds of Glidden Dry
Lime-Sulphur dissolved in 50 gallons of
water. Where a combination insecticidal
and fungicidal spray is desired, the usual
amj3unt of dry powdered arsenate of lead
should be added to the mixture.
^^’here only a small quantity is needed
for dormant spraying, from eight to ten
level tablespoonfuls to a gallon of water
will be found effective. For summer spray-
ing on seed fruits, as indicated above, from
one to two level tablespoonfuls to a gallon
should be used.
I lb..
5 lbs.
10 lbs.
PRICES
$0 40
1 50
2 50
25 lbs.
100 lbs.
200 lbs,
$5 00
17 00
30 00
“An oxmce of prevention is worth a
I pound of cure*' applies to the use of
I insecticides. Get the bugs before they
get your plants.
Led-Bor
A perfect combination of Arsenate of
Lead and a special bordeaux mixture
containing a high percentage of a\'ailable
copper. It is a rich, smooth, creamy paste
containing 2 per cent metallic copper and
25 per cent of arsenate of lead. The
adhesive properties of the arsenate of
lead augment those of the bordeaux
mixture content, forming the most ad-
hesive combination of spraying materials
knowm to agriculturists.
It is an insecticide and offers one of
the best means available for combating
leaf-eating insects such as most surface
chewing beetles and caterpillars. When
properly used it wall prove effective against
potato bugs, apple codlin moths, tomato
worms, grape and berr>' moths, g3"ps\'
moths, web worms, flea beetles, leaf beetles,
tent caterpillars, and many similar insects.
I lb So 50
5 lbs 2 25
10 lbs 4 25
25 lbs Sio 00
50 lbs 19 50
100 lbs 38 00
Hammond’s Slug-Shot
The old reliable remedy for currant
worms, cabbage worms, caterpillars and
other insects that destroy vines and plants.
A light, composite, fine powder, distrib-
uted either by duster, bellows, or in water
by spraying. Reliable in killing currant
worms, potato bugs, cabbage worms,
chicken lice, slugs, sow bugs, etc., and it is
also strongly impreg-
nated with fungicides,
i-lb. package. So 20
5-lb. package. 55
25 lbs. in 5-lb.
packages. ... 2 50
Black Leaf 40
Solution of nico-
tine sulphate, guar-
anteed to contain 40
per cent nicotine, i-
oz. bottle 25 cts.,
J^-lb. can $1, 2-lb.
can $3.25, lo-lb. can
SI3-75-
Black leaf 40’;
HICOTIHE-SULPHATE
^Pounds. Price, $325
- ...
tobacco by-brooucts
chemical corporation
The L W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
INSECTICIDES AND FUNGICIDES 55
A REAL MAGGOT REMEDY
Protects Your Crops
against the ravages of the destructive
root maggot, and other garden pests,
making it possible to get fine crops of
Radishes Turnips Cabbage
Onions Kale Cauliflower
Also eradicates earth-worms from
lawns and putting-greens. Easily
applied and is not in any way injur-
ious to plant life, but is a valuable
stimulant and fertilizer.
Every gardener knows that it is practically impossible to grow radishes, kale, cabbage,
onions, turnips, or cauliflower under ordinary conditions, and that the few remedies
that have been tried in the past are either unreliable or too troublesome and expensive
to be used by the average gardener. As a result, in many sections of the country they
have almost given up trjdng to grow these vegetables, knowing only too well that
maggots and other pests would eat half the crop and spoil the other half.
But “Mag-o-tite” has changed all this. It is a remedy that has
absolutely proved all we claim for it and so wonderful are the results
obtained by its use that the manufacturers are finding it a big problem
to keep up with the demand.
IN POWDER FORM, READY FOR USE
A 2-pound package is the approximate quantity required for about
300 feet of drill, or, for field culture, 300 to 500 pounds per acre.
Prices via express or freight f. o. b. Pittsburgh.
2-lb. pkg $0 35
4-lb. pkg 60
8-lb. pkg I 00
' Send for folder of fiill directions
25-lb sack S2 50
lOO-lb. sack 8 50
Nikoteen, for Spraying
Purest and most economical. Death to
aphis or green fly, thrip and many other
forms of flower, fruit and vegetable lice.
30 per cent strength, i oz. 40 cts., ozs.
60 cts., Klb- $1-25, lb. $2.25, 4 lbs. $8,
8 lbs. $15.
Bug Death
Prevents Blight and Kills Bugs
Free from Paris Green or Arsenic
The favorite among truckers and garden-
ers for over twenty years for chewing
insects on potatoes, tomatoes, squashes,
cucumbers, cabbages, melons. No danger
of arsenical injury to plants, bees, birds or
humans. Bug Death is , a fine powder
which may be applied dry or in water.
We recommend dry dusting.
l-lb. pkg $0 25 I2>^-Ib. pkg..$i 50
3-lb. pkg 50 lOO-lb. pkg.... 9 00
5-lb. pkg 75
Bug Death Aphis
A new companion preparation to regular
Bug Death, especially for Sucking Insects,
Lice and Aphis, and particularly for use on
Fruit Trees, Berry Bushes, Grape Vines,
House Plants. Likewise a fine, tenacious
powder, applied dry or in water. Ready
for use in dust form just as it comes in the
package. No Paris Green or Arsenic.
Used by Practical Growers the past three
seasons with complete success.
12-0Z. pkg $0 25 I 8o-lb. keg.. . .$9 00
Whale Oil Soap
With Tobacco
Kills most lice and sucking insects on
trees, shrubs, plants, vines, and rose
bushes. It is better than fish soap or soap
which contains no tobacco. l lb. 35 cts.,
5 lbs. Si. 50.
Lemon Oil
For mealy bug, brown and white scale on
palms and rubber plants, thrip, red spider,
caterpillar, black and green fly, fleas and
skin diseases on dogs and other animals,
and insects in poultry houses. >^pt. 35
cts., pt. 60 cts., qt. $1, gal. $3.
Paris Green — Strictly Pure
Lt-lb. box 20 cts., box 35 cts., i-lb.
box 60 cts., 5 lbs. $2.75.
Kills maggots infesting cabbage, onions,
turnips, cauliflow'er, beets, radishes, etc.
The spray is easily applied. Simply add
the necessary water and stir. It emulsifies
freely and will not settle. Apply with an
ordinary hand sprinkler, as this is much
better than an atomizer or pump-spray.
It has proved a remarkable success in
increasing the yield of cabbage, cauliflower,
turnips, radishes, onions, beans, beets, etc.
Pt $0 65 1 gal $i 50
Qt I 00 1 Gal 2 50
Formaldehyde
To prevent grain smut, oat anthracnose,
wheat stinking smut, potato scab, black
leg, lettuce rosette and rot, cabbage,
brown or black rot, club root, fusarium
wilt, onion smut, smudge and rot. Lb.
bottle 50 cts., 6o-lb. keg $24.
Ask for booklet on the use of Formalde-
hyde on the farm and in the home.
Vermine
A vermicide and soil sterilizer which will
destroy cut-, eel-, wire- and grub-worms,
slugs, root lice and ants. Used in the
greenhouse, garden and field. Apply
one gallon of Vermine to 400 gallons of
water, by thoroughly soaking the ground.
It will do its work effectively without
injury to vegetation, and protect your
crops and lawns against ravages under the
soil. Xpt- 25 cts., >^pt. 40 cts., pt. 65 cts.,
qt. $1, gal. $3.
Aphine
The recognized standard insecticide for
plant lice of all descriptions. It is uni-
versally used by commercial growers and
private gardeners against green, black and
white thrips, red spider, mealy bug, soft
scale and all sap-sucking and soft-bodied
insects. It is applied as a spray, dip or
wash, by mixing with water. Equally
effective for house and garden plants,
flow'ers, fruits and vegetables, j^pt. 25 cts.,
>^pt. 40 cts., pt. 65 cts., qt. |i, gal. $3.
Fungine
A sulphur composition in solution, and
is an infallible remedy for mildew, rust,
wilt, bench rot and other blights, which
affect flowers, fruits, and vegetables. It
dilutes readily with water; contains no
sediment, ^pt. 40 cts., pt. 65 cts., qt. Si,
gal. $3-
Pure Powdered Hellebore
For destroying insects on plants, cur-
rant bushes, etc. X'lb- box 20 cts.,
yi-lh. box 35 cts., i-lb. box 65 cts.
Aphis Punk, for Fumigating
Specially prepared for greenhouses and
conservatories. It vaporizes the nicotine
economically and evenly. Nothing keeps
a house free from aphis, thrip and other
plant parasites so thoroughly and cheaply.
Case of one dozen air-tight containers,
one dozen sheets each, $9. One dozen
sheets, in air-tight package, 90 cts.
Tobacco Dust
Lb. 10 cts., 5 lbs. 30 cts., 10 lbs. 50 cts.,
50 lbs. $1.50, 100 lbs. $2.50.
Powdered Tobacco, 25 cts., per lb.
Tobacco Stems
Bale (about 90 lbs.) $2, 3 bales S5.25,
10 bales $15.
56 INSECTICIDES AND FUNGICIDES
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Gjpper Sulphate (Blue Vitriol)
Lb. 25 cts., 5 lbs. Si, 10 lbs. $1.80,
50 lbs. $8, 100 lbs. S15.
Commercial Flour Sulphur
For use in making lime-sulphur solu-
tion and for dusting, i lb. 10 cts., 5 lbs.
40 cts., 10 lbs. 60 cts., 25 lbs. Si. 25, 50 lbs.
$2, loo'lbs. $3. 75, 500 lbs. S17.50.
Tree Wound Paint
Should follow all pruning operations.
All pruned areas need attention. Neglect
means decay! “Electro” Tree-Wound
Paint is the one ideal material, embodying
all the qualities required in tree-surgery' ^
operations — antiseptic and penetrating, ’
forming a lasting, waterproof coating
which does not injure or interfere with the
gro\\'th or healing of the wound. Qt.
75 cts. (postpaid 85 cts.) ; gal. S2.50, 5 gals.
$11.50, 10 gals. $22.
Tree Tanglefoot
A sticky prep-
aration similar to
the substance used
on fly-paper. It
is applied directly
to tree trunks with
a wooden paddle.
One pound makes
8 to 9 lineal feet of
band. Will not
injure trees. No
mixing, always
ready for use. Lb.
can 50 cts. (postpaid 55 cts.); 5-lb. can
S2.40 (postpaid $2. 55,) lo-lb. can $4.50
(postpaid $4.70); 20-lb. can $8.75 (post-
paid $9).
Grafting
For grafting or for cuts and bruises on
trees. }i\h. pkg. 25 cts. (postpaid 30 cts.) ;
l-lb. pkg. 40 cts. (postpaid 45 cts.).
Hammond’s Weed Killer
Hammond’s Weed Killer has been in
use for many years, and has held a useful
place in all tidy towns to prevent the
growth of weeds along gutters, paths or
tennis-courts, also to prevent the grownh
of wild i\’y. Wild i\'y' in some localities
is very annoying, and a dilution of one
part of Weed Killer to thirty parts of water,
poured from a watering-pot around the
roots, will destroy them. Any place that
it is desired to keep clean and free from
any growth can be kept tidy for a whole
season by one application of this prepara-
tion. The weaker the dilution on strong,
hea^’y weeds the quicker it acts, and the
effect will last a whole season. Of course,
stray seeds will be scattered and come up
probably. Will, naturally, kill any kind of
grass wdthout distinction, so it must be used
cautiously where grass is desired. Qt. 65c.,
gal. Si. 50, 5 gals. $6.25, 10 gals. Sii.
^ TRADE I
MARK REGISTERED
“SAFETY FIRST”
The First EssentieJ to Big Crops
When the tiny potato or vegetable plants first break
REG. U. S. PAT OFF through the ground, and when the fruit blossoms first ap-
spring, they are symbols of hope. Yet, if they
are to fulfil their natural purposes, conditions must be right
^ for rapid, unhampered growth.
^B ^B The leaves are, so to speak, the food factories on the
plant. The soluble plant-food, w'hich the roots take from
EBHBBi the soil, is carried up through the stems to the leaves where
it is combined with the carbon and oxygen w'hich the leaves
take from the air and by the action of the sunshine on the
green chlorophyll in the leaves new compounds are created
from which new' tissue is built. Thus, growdh depends directly upon the ability of the
leaves to perform their work.
Healthy, rich green foliage, undisturbed and undiminished by the depredations of
parasitic diseases and insects is therefore the first essential to big crops. In addition to
this, the fruit and vegetable products themselves must be protected from insects and
diseases, if full production of good quality is to be assured.
Why You Must Spray
Wormy and diseased fruits and vegetables are no longer desired in the market, but
bright, clear, sound products are in ever-increasing demand. Every grower of these crops
must spray if he is to secure profitable returns. Increased yields, better quality, higher
market prices — tnese are enough incentive to spray thoroughly and at the proper time.
Yet it must alw'ays be remembered that diseases cause more damage than bugs, and that
it costs very little more to control fungous diseases as w'ell as insects. Indeed, no grower
can afford to spray for insects alone.
“The One Best Spray”
The history of Pyrox — ^the combined spray for the control of both chewing insects and UUlf bug like 'you! Can'tycm see' ihose
fungous diseases — dates back to the very beginning of spraying. Indeed, twenty-three potatoes are Sprayed with PyroxP^
years ago when Pyrox first came on the market, the value of spraying was little recog-
nized. Since then the practice has spread very rapidly and has been [generallj' adopted the country over. All this time Pyrox has
held its place as “the one best spray” for fruits and vegetables. Pyrox is made primarily for those who know' that the best is the
cheapest, because it is the surest and most effective.
‘Come awayf Tkafs tw place for a
What Pyrox Is and What Pyrox Does
A powerful fungicide; it controls fungous diseases, even some serious ones that other fungicides do not control.
A strong poison insecticide; it kills chewing insects, even those w'hich are hard to kill, like the hard-shelled
potato beetle.
Over tw’entj' years of practical farm use have proved P>tox the most effective remedy against both serious
fungous diseases and chew'ing insects. It contains the essential copper in proper quantity for safe use and in
most active form for greatest fungicidal value. In Pyuox the poison insecticide is chemically blended with
the copper fungicide which increases the effectiveness of both.
It saves labor; it is easy- to use, simply mix with cold w'ater, and spray.
It goes farther; it is so smooth and fine that the finest nozzle can be used without clogging. The resulting
mist-like spray covers moi£ surface.
It gives more thorough protection. It should be put on with fine nozzle because w'hen applied in the finest
mist it covers more thoroughly every part of the leaf or fruit.
It gives more lasting protection; it sticks like paint and stays on for weeks. Even hard rains do not wash
it off once it is thoroughly dry.
It helps to increase yields; the copper fungicide in P>tox stimulates the leaves, makes them greener and
more vigorous and helps to increase yields even when there is no disease.
i-lb. jar So 45 I lo-lb. drum $3 25 lOO-lb. keg *. . . . .S21 00
5-lb. drum 2 00 25-lb. drum 6 75 300-lb. barrel 60 00
I 50-lb. drum II 75
The /. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
SCALECIDE— SULFOCIDE 57
THE COMPLETE DORMANT SPRAY
'Makes a Tree Outgrow Its Troubles
SEVENTEEN YEARS ago Scalecide was first made to
control scale, and was for years -the only satisfactory
remedy. Later, other preparations were made to kill
scale, but in all these years no product has been made that
controls so many other orchard troubles as Scalecide. Its un-
equaled effectiveness against diseases and insects that winter
on the tree has established its reputation as “the complete dor-
mant spray.”
_ Scalecide controls pear psylla, when applied in the fall, by
killing the adults before they lay their eggs. (After they have
laid their eggs in the spring it is too late. ) Scalecide also controls
fire blight by penetrating the diseased tissues and killing the
hold-over canker from which fire blight is spread. It controls
aphis, too, when applied in the spring as a delayed dormant
spray. Leaf roller, bud moth, case bearer, collar and root rot
are other pests that this complete dormant spray will take care
of. It spreads so readily that it covers every part of the trunk
and branches of the tree, gets into the cracks and crevices,
and completely smothers insects and eradicates disease.
It Invigorates Tree-Growth and
Increases Yield
The invigorating effect of Scalecide is noted in increased ter-
minal growth, larger, darker foliage on bearing trees, and the
holding of the foliage later in the fall, thus accumulating
starch and sugar which results in a plumper fruit-spur and
insures a larger crop the following year. Those who have
used Scalecide and lime-sulphur side by side for several years
claim that Scalecide gives a greater yield of fruit — in one
case, 58 per cent more. Even a 2 per cent increase over the
average yield will pay the entire cost of spraying with Scale-
cide, including material, labor, and depreciation of apparatus.
Profitable crops can be grown only on healthy and vigorous
trees.
Reduces the Cost of Labor
Though Scalecide costs more per gallon than lime-sulphur
this is much more than offset by the saving of material and
labor. One barrel of Scalecide, making 800 gallons of spray, will
cover, until they drip, as many trees as three and a half
barrels of lime-sulphur, which make 1,600 gallons of spray.
And of course you can apply 800 gallons of Scalecide in much
less time than 1,600 gallons of lime-sulphur.
A Pleasure to Use It
Scalecide is soothing and antiseptic to the skin; it does not
even injure the eyes; it is non-poisonous to man or beast;
and being an oil, it makes the pump run easier and does not
clog the spray nozzle. It is surely a pleasure to use it!
$0 70
I 75
6 25
II 50
29 50
45 00
YOU have been looking for a better summer spray — one
that does not cause -russeting or undue dropping of the
fruit. We have it. Higher color, smoother skin, and
greater freedom from scab, codling moth, etc., result from the
exclusive use of Sulfocide.
Mr. Herbert Myrick, Editor-in-Chief of a prominent group
of farm papers, says: “This spring I sprayed for fungous pests
and leaf-eating insects with Sulfocide and Cal-Arsenate.
The large crop of winter fruit we now have is the smoothest,
fairest and freest from worms, scab, stings or other defects of
any that we have ever had.”
Mr. George T. Powell, noted horticulturist and lecturer,
wrote in the Feb. 22, 1919, issue of the American Agricultur-
ist: “I have used Sulfocide and Cal-Arsenate combined for two
years. . . . Never produced a crop of apples of so fine a
quality.” Sulfocide is not a bordeaux or lime-sulphur mixture,
but it has to a large extent the effectiveness of both without the
drawbacks of either. It does not combine with arsenate of
lead or paris green, but does combine with Cal-Arsenate with-
out forming a sludge like lime-sulphur and arsenate of lead.
Sulfocide does not dwarf fruit or potatoes, and is almost in-
soluble when once dry. Therefore, it does not wash off; neither
does it show much on the fruit.
Cal-Arsenate is an arsenate of lime, and one-third stronger
and about one-fourth cheaper than the best arsenate of lead
powder. Prof. G. E. Sanders of Nova Scotia says: “Used
alone it sometimes burns foliage; but with Sulfocide it is the
safest of all arsenicals.” It can be used with nicotine sulphate
and soap when desired. Never use Cal-Arsenate on peaches,
plums, or other stone fruit.
One gallon of Sulfocide and 2 pounds Cal-Arsenate make
200 gallons of spray for fruits and most vegetables. One gallon
and 3 pounds Cal-Arsenate make 150 gallons of spray for
potatoes. Prices are:
I gal. Sulfocide $2 50
5 gals. Sulfocide 9 25
10 gals. Sulfocide 16 00
50 gals. Sulfocide 60 00
5 lbs. Cal-Arsenate.. .$2 50
10 lbs. Cal-Arsenate.. . 4 25
25 lbs. Cal-Arsenate.. . 10 00
100 lbs. Cal-Arsenate. .32 00
5S IMPLEMENTS
(
The /. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
MOLINE
The Universal Farm Power Plant
3-3 PLOW CAPACITY
The Moline is a 3-2 plow tractor that does all belt and field work, including
cultivating, with ONE MAN. It is the correct farm power unit.
Records of performance made by owners with this tractor show that it eliminates
an average of 4.7 horses per farm and saves ^1447. 58 on the yearly cost of crop
production. That much money saved is just that much money made, in addition to
the regular profit made from crop in.come.
If you want to make a profitable investment in farm power, come in and look at
the MOLINE. And remember that —
IJ desired you can use the ^^drag behind” or horse-drawn implements you
now have with the Moline tractor the same as with other types of tractors
The MOLINE is unique in the tractor field
Made so by our Patent Protection
You are cordially invited to call at our store and acquaint yourself with the features that make the Moline Universal
Tractor supreme in the farm tractor field. We welcome the opportunity to demonstrate.
SPECIAL CIRCULAR AND PRICES ON REQUEST
IMPLEMENTS 59
I
The L W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
BEEMAN GARDEN TRACTOR
Write for catalogue giving detailed mformation
Price, Equipped as a Walking Engine Only,
Cultivates onions, carrots, beets, and other vegetables grown in narrow rows — one or three rows at a time — better, closer and
quicker than hand wheel hoes. It cultivates corn, potatoes, beans, tobacco, etc., and does it much quicker and better than can be
done with a horse, because it .can keep up a faster pace all day in hot or cool weather.
Pulls one-horse plow, one-horse disc. Acme or smoothing harrow, and horse lawn mower.
Power on Belt is four horse-power, which is sufficient to run all small machinery requiring power used on the farm. It goes from
one job to another on its own poAver.
As a Garden Tractor it is fully as efficient as its big brother on the farm. It will cultivate any crop now cultivated by a hand wheel
or one-horse cultivator. In cultivating onions, carrots, beets, and all other vegetables grown in narrow rows, it goes astride; in culti-
vating corn, potatoes, peas, beans, tobacco, cotton, berries, etc., it travels between the rows.
The Beeman can be operated by a boy or a girl. All there is to do is to start it and steer it. All garden hoes, weeders, cultivators,
teeth, knives, discs, etc., of standard make, such as you have been using in your hand cultivator, can be very easily attached to the
tool frame in rear of the machine. Attachments are provided for operating between rows and these can be adjusted to fit rows of
different widths.
It has more uses for belt Avork than we haA^e room to speak of. A few of the principal uses are — running the washing machine,
churn, cream separator, feed grinder, fanning mill, pump, etc. The Beeman Avill do anything that a four-horse power stationary- engine
can do and take itself to its AA'ork, too.
A handy man can fix up an endless number of attachments for the Beeman. Its usefulness is limited only by the amount of work
there is to be done on the farm.
Pittsburgh, Pa., August 2q, iqi8.
The^ I. W. Scott Compaj^y, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Gentlemen: In reply to your letter of the 27th inst. in regard to the Beeman Garden Tractor, which I purchased through you, will say that I cannot recom-
mend it too highly, as it does all they claim it to do. Have worked with it myself ever since I bought it. Although it seemed a little awkward at first, I
soon learned how to handle it, and now I can do the work smoothly and evenly, Avithout any exertion whatever. It does the work
much better than could be done Avith a horse, and besides one can do much more work. It doesn’t cost more than a good horse
vYould, and the upkeep is much less. The cost to operate the Beeman Garden Tractor is very little, and it also saves about tAvo hours’
Avork a day. One can shut doAvn in a few minutes, cover it, and go home and it requires about the same time to start it the next day. I
don’t think that anyone who has any amount of work to do should be Avithout a Beeman Garden Tractor, and where one or more
horses are required, or when one has to employ labor. Yours respectfully,
KennjTA'Ood Refreshment Company, W. M. WE»tTZEL, President,
Kennj^A’ood Park, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Pittsburgh, Pa., Augttst 29, 1918.
The I. W. Scott Company, 514 Liberty Avenue, City.
_ Ge7itlemen: Am pleased to adAuse that I have been using Beeman Garden Tractor all
this summer AA'ith veiy' good results. Do not see how it would haA-e been possible to get
the AA'ork done ndthout this little machine. Garden crops would suffer many times if they
depended on the use of horse and cultivator. A good strong boy. or man, can take the
machine out for a feAV minutes at a time, and do excellent work Avhen they AA'ould not
trouble themselves AA-ith a horse. I believe it Avill fill a place AA’ith the gardener that
cannot be filled in any other way, more particularly during such times as we are noAA’
passing through, considering the extreme shortage of labor. I am ver>’ glad to recom-
mend this machine to any person having garden work to do.
Yours verj' truly,
Geo. \V. Wittmer, Jr., Glenshaw, Pa.
60 IMPLEMENTS
The I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
TRACTOR
plows one to two
acres in lo hours
with 9" plow,
cutting furrows
8* to 10" wide
and from 5" to
7" deep.
Cultivates 4 to 6
acres in 10 hours
working be-
tween rows and
straddling crops.
Works close to
plants and being
light and com-
pact will not cut
or crush tender
roots. Standard
tools attachable
to cultivator
frame.
T[C\CTOR
takes the place
of a stationary
engine and does
belt jobs up to
6 HP. The belt
pulley is always
in position and
is readily acces-
sible.
It hauls loads.
Speed I to 3
miles per hour.
Made in two
sizes; Model No.
I — 1 9" wide, 26"
wheels. Model
No. 2 — 28" to
33" wide, 32"
wheels.
The raising of larger and better
crops is the ambition of every farmer
and the “making of two blades of
grass grow where one grew before”
calls for the practice of modern farm-
ing methods.
This means POWER FARMING.
The rewards of power farming are;
INCREASED PRODE’CTION.
BETTER PRODUCTS.
WIDER RANGE OF WORK.
ECONOMY OF MONEY AND
LABOR.
The adoption of power farming
methods should be the ambition of
every farmer.
The ^ Tractor hauls an eight gang
I4" Disc.
Acmes furnished in 3', 4' and 5'
lengths.
Gang assembled and single lawn
mowers.
Cultivators — 25" and 32" bars.
Standard cultivator tools obtainable
in any market.
Multiple Row Seeders.
Multiple Row Weeders.
Cultipackers.
Trailer Truck.
Implements shipped from factory
with tractor so there will be no delay
putting tractor to work.
The Tractor eliminates the work
of caring for horses. Works faster and
better. Does not become fatigued.
Market gardeners, nurserymen,
tobacco growers, seedsmen, and all row
crop farmers will save time and money
and raise better products with the
Tractor.
Write to us for Tractor Literature.
Prices:
Model No. 1
$450.
Model No. 2
$500.
TWO
CYLINDERS.
SIX
HORSE-
POWER-
More Crops
In Same Lots
At Less Cost.
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
IMPLEMENTS 61
WIARD PLOWS
The Wiard Plows have been continuously manufactured since 1804. Their history’^ has been a record of constant improvement in
efficiency, strength and durability, and they are today recognized as leaders in this class of Agricultural Implements.
The real quality of an implement is shown, not by what its makers claim for it, but by the results which it gives in the hands of
the average user. Therefore, go to the farmer, whom you consider fair and without prejudice, and see what he says about Wiard
Implements; in other words, “Ask the man who owns one.” Space will permit of our showing but a few of the leading styles adapted
to Pennsylvania soils, and customers who do
WIARD ONE-HORSE PLOWS
No. 62. Right-Hand, Chilled Moldboard
This is the smallest Wood Beam Wiard Plow. It has a fine
turning moldboard and an adjustable beam, allowing the horse to
walk in the furrow or on the land; is light, strong, and the con-
struction is perfect.
Capacity, 3 to 5 inches deep, 6 to 8 inches wide. Weight, 40
pounds. Plain, $8.50; wheel, $1.75 extra.
not find the plow they are looking for described
herein are requested to ask for complete cata-
logue, which will be mailed free.
No. 13. Right-Hand, Chilled Moldboard
A medium-sized one-
horse plow adapted to all
soils. Has adjustable
Beam. Handles can be
raised or lowered.
Capacity, 4 to 6 in.
deep, 6 to 9 inches wide,
Weight, 52 pounds. Plain,
$11.75; wheel, $1.75 extra.
No. IOC. Right-Hand, Chilled
Moldboard
This is the acme of perfection in one-horse plows.
Adjustable beam so that the horse can walk in the
furrow or on the land
Capacity, 4 to 7 inches deep, 6 to 1 1 inches wide.
Weight, 77 pounds. Plain, $14.50; wheel, $1.75
extra; jointer, $3 extra.
WIARD TWO-HORSE PLOWS
The Plows shown on this and the following pages are constructed with special reference to obtaining the greatest strength with least
weight. They have been thoroughly tested by hundreds of farmers in all kinds and conditions of soil and are unexcelled for general-
purpose work.
No. 263^. Two-Horse, Right-Hand
For general-purpose work, in all kinds and conditions of soils, this plow cannot be excelled. A
leader in the Right-Hand Wood-Beam class.
Capacity, 5 to 8 inches deep, 10 to 14
inches wide, weight, 115 pounds. Plain,
$21.25; wheel, $2.25 extra; jointer, $4.25
extra; steel moldboard, $2.50 extra.
A full line of extras for Wiard,
Oliver, Gale, and South Bend
Plows always in stock. Accept
none but the “Genuine.”
62 IMPLEMENTS
Ihe 1, W, Scott Co., Pittsburgh, Pa,
WIARD TWO-HORSE PLOWS
Two-Horse, Left-Hand
One of the old reliables and a leader yet. Light
draft. Greatest strength with least weight.
No. 27. Capacity, 6 to 8 inches deep, lo to 14
inches wide, weight, 105 pounds. Plain, S2 1.25;
wheel, S2.25 extra; jointer S4.25, extra;
steel moldboard, S2.50 extra.
No. 28. Capacity 7 to 9 inches deep, 12 to 16
inches wide, weight 112 pounds. Add Si to
prices of Xo. 27.
WIARD PATENT STEEL-BEAM PLOWS
This series of Plows is the “acme of perfection” in Plow construction. They are made to wear and from the best material obtainable
are balanced so as to handle very easily, run steadily; are light in draft and have a large capacity and superior turning qualities. For
general purpose plowing in any soil and under all conditions,
they have no equal. _ , , _ _ -
Nos. 103 and 104 Left-Hand
No. 43.
No. 44.
Right-Hand.
Right-Hand.
The latest “Xew Pattern” series of com-
bination, grooved steel-beam, general purpose Plows.
No. 103. Two-horse. Capacity, 4 to 7 inches deep, 9
inches wide. Weight, 120 pounds. Plain S20.25;
S2 extra; jointer, S4.25 extra; steel mold- board
$2.50 extra.
A two-horse Plow of medium capacity, and suited to either
sod or stubble plowing.
No. 104. Two or three-horse. Capacity, 5 to 8 inches deep,
II to 15 inches wide. Weight, 130 pounds. Add Si to prices
of X’^o. 103.
A regular two or three-horse Plow, suited to all soils.
Same capacity, size and price as Xo. 103 Left-Hand.
Same capacity, size and price as Xo. 104, Left-Hand.
No. 81. Left-Hand.
Right-Hand
This is one of the most popular series of Plows on the market. \Miile they are light both
and draft, they are vers' strong. The
moldboards have superior turning
qualities, and they are adapted to
all conditions of soil. They are so
balanced that they handle easily.
They have great strength and wear-
ing qualities and far outlast many
other Plows which are sold at a
higher price, which explains the
great popularity they have attained.
Capacity, 5 to 8 inches deep, 10
to 14 inches wide. Weight, 128
pounds. Plain, S21.25; wheel, S2
extra; jointer, S4.25 extra; steel
moldboard, S2.50 extra.
WIARD ROAD OR CONTRACTORS’ PLOWS
The Wiard line of Road and Contractors’ Plows is unexcelled. They are made in different sizes, and are used extensively in Town-
ship Road Work, Excavating and Grading.
-A special Catalogue and prices will be mailed on request.
PLOW REPAIRS
In considering the purchase of a Plow, one of the important questions always is
“Where can I get repairs?**
We carry in stock a full line of extras for all the plows we sell, and our customers do not lose valuable time wait-
ing for repair parts coming from distant factories.
Vs 1
I
The /. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
IMPLEMENTS 6S
WIARD SWIVEL OR HILLSIDE PLOWS
The Wiard Swivel Plows are so well known throughout Pennsylvania that a detailed account of
their merits seems unnecessary here.
All of the Two-Horse Plows shown here are furnished with either Common or
Adjustable Clevis, as shown in the illustration.
WIARD STEEL-BEAM
SWIVEL PLOWS
The Wiard Plow Co. has always had
the reputation for making the best Hill-
side plow on the market. These are tl^
first practical Steel-beam Swivel Plows ever pro-
duced. The beams are of highest grade forged steel,
and are stronger than any other beam made.
They are so adjusted that the Plow works per-
fectly when reversed either way, and all the parts
are attached in the simplest but strongest manner.
Plain, $24.50, adjustable clevis, $1.75 extra; wheel.
No. 126. Capacity, 5 to 8 inches deep, 12 to 15
inches wide. Weight 139 pounds. Add $i to
prices of Xo. 120.
No. 120. Capacity, 5 to 8 inches deep, 10 to 13 inches wide. Weight 1 18 pounds.
$2 extra; jointer, $4.25 extra; colter, $4.25 extra; steel moldboard $2.50 extra.
WIARD WOOD BEAM
SWIVEL PLOWS
No, 21. One-Horse Hillside Plow, Chilled
Moldboard
By an ingenious but simple clevis attached to these Plows thej^
can be used with horse walking in the furrow, a great convenience
for garden and vineyard work.
Capacity, 4 to 7 inches deep, 6 to 10 inches wide. Weight 77
pounds. Plain, $16; wheel, $1.75 extra; steel moldboard, $2 extra.
No. 140. Two-Horse Swivel Plow
The Best of all Wood-Beam Swivel Plows
The cut shows plow with adjustable clevis and colter. This is the
most superb of all Wood- Beam
Swivel Plows. It has a strong, high
standard and long shoe, mafing it
one of the most steady running
Plows in our list.
Capacity, 5 to 8 inches deep, 10
to 13 inches wide. Weight 115
pounds. Plain, $20.25; Adjustable
clevis, $1.75 extra; wheel, S2.25
extra; jointer, $4.50 extra; colter,
$4.25 extra; steel moldboard, S2.50
extra.
This plow has about the same capacity
as the No. 140, the wearing parts being the
same except the shoe. The outlines are
somewhat different, as shown by the cut,
and the Plow is lighter. It can be fitted with either
cast-iron or soft center-steel moldboard, adjustable
clevis and adjustable automatic colter. This Plow
has been on the market for many years and has stood
the test of time. The cut shows Plow with common
clevis.
Capacity, 5 to 8 inches deep, 10 to 13 inches wide.
Weight 104 pounds. Plain, $19.75; adjustable clevis
$1.75 extra; wheel, $2.25 extra; colter, $4.25 extra;
steel moldboard, $2.50 extra.
No. 130X. Two-Horse Swivel Plow
One of Our Best Sellers
64 IMPLEMENTS
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Oliver Chilled Plows
The Oliver Chilled Plows need no introduction to the Pennsylvania farmer. So great is the popu-
larity of these Plows that unscrupulous parties are seeking to trade upon their good name by making
and offering for sale imitation Plows and parts as genuine.
We have space to show but a few of the lead-
ing favorites among Pennsylvania farmers, but
will send a complete catalogue on request. A
full line of genuine Oliver repairs always in stock.
B N” Wood-Beam, Full Chilled, Sloping
Landside. Right-Hand Only
The “BN” Plow is a light one-horse Plow. It will turn a
furrow 5x lo inches, and is a prime favorite.
The No. 40 N Wood-Beaun, Full Chilled,
Sloping Landside Right- and Left-Hand
This is the veteran Plow of the Oliver line and
for many years it has been familiar to a majority
of the farmers in America.
The No. 40 N is a two- or three-horse Plow,
first-class in all respects and immensely popular,
its sales exceeding those of any other Plow in use.
Always reliable, its great capacity, steady running and
turning qualities, make it valuable in sandy or alluvial
lands, and on farms containing a variety of soils. On
hilly land it is unrivaled, and for a general-purpose Plow
has no equal. It will turn a furrow 9 x 16 inches.
The El-1 N Wood-Beam Only, Full
Chilled, Sloping Landside, Right-
and Left-Hand
The E-i N Plow is a very popular heavy two-
horse or light three-horse plow, and intended for
general-purpose work. Capacity. 7 x 14 inches.
Oliver No. 513 Hillside, Steel-Beam Plow
Capacity 5 to 8 in. deep, by 12 to 15 in. wide
The above illustration shows a new and very
neat pattern of hillside plow, which possesses so
manj^ valuable features as to make it a leader of
its class. It is lined to work perfectly when re-
versed either way and all the parts are attached
in the simplest yet strongest manner. Light in
weight, light in draft and the shape and turning
qualities are A-i. Bottoms are long, insuring
steadiness and ease of handling.
No. Beam Hand
A-2 — Wood Right, i-Horse . .
B-X — Wood Right, i-Horse. .
lO-X — Wood Right, i-Horse.
13-X — Wood Right, i-Horse
20-X’ — ^Wood RorL, 2-Horse
40-X — Wood R or L, 2-Horse
40-X^ — Steel R or L, 2-Horse
Prices of Oliver Chilled Plows
Wheel Jointer
■WTieel Jointer
Plain
Extra
Extra
No. Beam Hand
Plain
Extra
Extra
■ Sio
75
5i
75
$2
75
E-i-X^ — Wood RorL, 2-Horse
S24 75
$2
25 $3
50
. . 12
50
I
75
2
75
83 — Steel Left, 2-Horse . . . . ;
22 so
2
25
3
50
. . 16
25
I
75
2
75
84 — Steel RorL, 2-Horse
23 75
2
25
3
50
. .20
25
I
75
2
75
51 — ^Wood Hillside, i-Horsewith Beam
Shifter. 14 75
I
75
50
2
25
3
50
512 — Steel Hillside, 2-Horse
27 75
I
75
3
50
. .24
75
2
25
3
50
513 — Steel Hillside, 2-Horse
29 25
I
75
3
50
•24
75
2
25
3
50
22 — Iron, Right
26 so
2
25
3
50
IMPLEMENTS 65
The /. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
Gale Wood-Beam Chilled Plow
No. 30. Left-Hand
One of the most popular plows. It is un-
excelled as a general purpose Plow, and there
are hundreds of them in use in western Penn-
sylvania. We can highly recommend them.
Capacity to inches deep, 13 to 15
inches wide, weight as shown above, 132 pounds. Weight of
plain Plow, 106 pounds.
Plain, $18; wheel, $2 extra; jointer, $4 extra.
South Bend Chilled
Plows
lO-F. South Bend Plow
South Bend Plows have been used with
unvarying success for the past twenty
years and are favorably known throughout
western Pennsylvania.
The lO-F Plow shown above is made in
Right-and Left-Hand with Chilled Mold-
board and is a great favorite among plow-
men. It has a high moldboard and great furrow capacity
South Bend Plows
Wood-Beam
Steel-Beam
Wheel Extra
Jointer Extra
No. i-B — One-Horse, Right-Hand
Sio 00
Si 50
S4 00
No. 4 — Two-Horse, Right- or Left-Hand
20 00
S20 00
2 00
4 00
No. lO-F — Two-Horse, Right- or Left-Hand
21 00
21 00
2 00
4 00
No. 15 — Two-Horse, Right-Hand
21 00
2 00
4 00
No. 302 — One-Horse, Hillside
14 00
I 50
4 00
No. 305 — Two-Horse, Hillside
21 00
2 00
4 00
No. 306 — Two-Horse, Hillside
21 00
2 00
4 00
Mapes Subsoil Plows
Price $23. Wheel
$2 extra
In every section subsoiling is on the increase. We believe the Mapes will do the work
better, with less draft than any other Plow built. Fitted with heavy Beam, forged Steel Shoe and
Cutter. Draft Rod, Index Clevis and Wrench.
It is intended to follow an ordinary breaking
Plow, loosening and exposing the subsoil to
atmospheric influences to the depth of 10 to 14
inches and leaving the ground in the best possible
condition to retain moisture, and the crop to
withstand drought. Where the subsoil is inferior
in fertility to the surface this treatment is pref-
erable to trench plowing. Made in Wood Beam
only.
Much used by nurserymen for root-pruning,
and preparing soil for cultivation of grapes. Re-
quires two to four horses, according to depth.
We are selling
more Subsoil Plows
each year.
Wiard Subsoil Plow
A strong and serviceable subsoil plow, intended to follow in the furrow of the turning
plow, and to loosen the soil in the bottom of the furrow from three to six inches deep.
This plow is being used by some of our best practical farmers, and is especially adapted for
use in the culture of crops, where deep cultivation gives the best results. For ditching pur-
poses it has no equal.
Right-Hand, Sub-Soil. Weight 106 pounds.
Plain, $19; wheel, $2.50 extra.
A full line of Extras for the Wiard,
Oliver, Gale and South Bend Plows
always in stock. Accept none but
the “Genuine.”
66 IMPLEMENTS
The /. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
The Wiard Reversible or Two-Way Sulky Plow
This Sulk\' is adapted to all soils, leaves no ridges
or dead furrows and does perfect work on either level
land or side hill.
It is very simple, easy to handle and is lightly con-
structed, the material used being mostly steel and mal-
leable iron, making it very strong and durable.
As shown in the illustration, there are two Plows,
one right- and one left-hand, both operated by separate
levers and having an automatic power lift which can
be operated by the driver from the seat either by the
use of a trip lever operated by the foot, or by a hand
trip lever which can be operated by the
driver either when riding or walking. The
Plows have the highest grade chilled iron
or soft-center steel moldboards, and
either forged steel or cast iron points as
ordered, and can be fitted with
jointer or plain colter, as desired.
The Pole Shifter is operated by a
hand lever, which enables the plow-
man while riding or walking to shift
the pole either to the right or left at
any angle desired, to suit the team
and get the proper width
of furrow, either on flat
land or side hill, .without
side draft.
The Automatic (Power
Lift) Foot Trip operated
as follows: The Plow is
lifted from the furrow by
the team while in motion,
by pressure of the foot on
the trip lever, until the
Plow begins to lift and the
lever moves forward, which will then release and lock itself in
place. The lift can also be operated by hand by the driver, either
from the seat when riding or when walking behind. It unlocks
by pressure of the foot on the foot trip or by hand by pressure
of the upper rear handle of dog, lowering the Plow.
The Sulky is perfectly balanced so that whether the operator is
on the seat or following the Plow there is absolutely no weight on
the horses’ necks. The seat can be adjusted so as to allow it to be
leveled when plowing on side hill, throwing the weight of the oper-
ator towards the upper wheel, giving comfort and ease to the driver..
If interested in Tractor
Plows, write us for special
circulars and prices.
The Double Sulky can be fitted with the following bottoms i
Nos. 43 right and 103 left. Cuts 4 to 7 in. deep, 9 to 13 in<
wide. With chilled or steel molds. Nos. 44 right and 104 lefti
Cuts 5 to 8 in. deep, li to 15 in. wide. With chilled or steel
molds.
No. 400. Two- or three-horse. Weight 550 lbs. Complete with
chilled moldboards, jointers, or plain colters, cast-iron points,
two- and three-horse hitch, $110; fitted with steel moldboards,
$5 extra; fitted with forged steel points, $9 extra. Ask for
Special Circular.
The Oliver No. 23 Reversible Sulky Plow
The No. 23 Sulky Plow is fitted with No. 84 bottom s, right and left, capacity about 8 by 16 inches, chilled or steel moldboards..
In sections where this Plow has been used, it has become very popular, which has been proved by the sales which have grown by
leaps and bounds
By means of the “horse-lift” which is brought into play by simply pressing forward slightly on the foot-trip, the operator’s work is
diminished by fully one-half and it is not necessary to lean away back in an uncomfortable and often unsafe position to use the
hand lever. With this Plow the operator can keep his eyes
on his team and his hands on the reins, the feet only are
needed in order to raise the Plow.
Second only to this important improvement is the simple
and easily operated tilting device connected with the seat of
this sulky, which when plowing along hillside while the ma-
chine is, of course, leaning down hill, makes it very
easy for the operator to keep a level seat and maintain
the equilibrium of the Plow.
Additional distinct points of advantage are the most
approved and convenient guiding lever most effectively ap-
plied, and the greater range of pole-shift for hillside plowing.
The turntable on beam makes it possible to land the plow to
suit any and all conditions — changing the Plow for use with
two or three horses is a simple and easy matter
— a draft device is provided that is sure to work
satisfactorily — ^and the hitch never fails to oper-
ate correctly.
We carry in stock com- jj \\ Complete with chilled moldboards, chilled shares,
plete line of genuine Oliver \ jointers or rolling colters, either two or three-
Repairs • horse hitch, $115; with steel moldboards, $6 extra.
The /. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
IMPLEMENTS 67
Double Action Disc Harrows
Made in Regular and Extension Heads
and in sizes for all
The illustration shows the Cutaway (Clark) Double Action — Regular. Observe that this machine is built with all four gangs
attached to one rigid main frame. The rear discs are held so that they cut and pulverize the soil between the furrows cut by the fore
discs. All the soil over which the machine passes is thoroughly worked. Moreover, the soil thrown outward by the fore discs is thrown
back by the rear discs and the surface of the land is left level. This Cutaway (Clark) Double Action Harrow constantly works at
leveling the ground, cutting down the high places, filling in the hollows, leaving a seed-bed in both places.
Also observe the compactness of this Harrow. The length of the entire load (that is, the distance from the hitch to the extreme
rear end of the machine) in the Cutaway (Clark) Double Action is about one-half the length of the load in the tandem and trailing
types. The draft is, therefore, but one-half to three-fourths as much as in these substitute machines of corresponding size.
There is no tongue truck on this machine. There is absolutely no use for it; yet nothing is
sacrificed. Instead, money is saved the buyer.
The discs on all Cutaway (Clark) machines are made of special cutlery steel, and forged
sharp. Either cutaway or solid discs are furnished. The quality and price are the same. Unless
solid discs are specified, all machines are equipped with cutaway discs.
The bearings are the famous Clark hardwood,
soaked in oil.
Note the jointed pole, which may be attached or
detached in one minute, making it possible to use the
Harrow either as a tongueless or a tongue machine
at any moment.
The Cutaway (Clark) Double Action — Extension Head — is the
same as the Cutaway (Clark) Double Action — Regular — shown in the
illustration, making it possible to extend the gangs out beyond the
team for orchard cultivation. They close up for general work.
PRICES
A-4, i6 l6-in. discs, double action, two-horse hitch, ft. cut. $83 00
A-5, 20 l6-in. discs, double action, three-horse hitch, ft. cut. 99 00
A-6, 24 i6-in. discs, double action, four-horse hitch, ft. cut. no 00
X-4, 16 i8-in. discs, double action, three-horse hitch, i\.}4 ft. cut. 103 00
X-5, 20 i8-in. discs, double action, three-horse hitch, ft. cut. 115 00
X-6, 24 1 8-in. discs double action, four-horse hitch, 6}4 ft. cut. 133 00
If two-horse hitch is wanted in place of three, or three-horse hitch in place of four, deduct $1 from the above prices.
Descriptive catalogue and prices on other sizes of double action and reversible single action Harrows mailed on request
Reversible Single Action Harrow
The Cutaway (Clark) Single Action Harrow was built Up to a standard measured by actual field conditions of the most severe type.
Observe in the illustrations that the head is built directly on top of the gangs. Note the tongue, seat, braces and levers are all fastened
to it, thereby making the discs carry the entire weight of the machine. This construction gives such a perfect balance that there is
practically no weight on the horses’ necks, and makes the use of the tongue truck optional with the user. Without a tongue truck the
hitch is placed back close to the machine and the draft is the very minimum.
The Cutaway Single Action Harrow is reversible; that is, the gangs can be swung end for end, so that the soil may be thrown
either out or in. To reverse, it is only necessary to pull the cotter pins that hold the lever links, drop the links, swing the gangs around
and reattach links.
The Cutaway Single Action Reversible Extension-Harrow can be extended for orchard or vineyard work. This reversible feature
is important to the orchardist. It makes it possible for him to ridge the land and level
it as he desires. He can throw the soil to his trees at one cultivation and away
at the next, or it can be closed up for regular f
parts are needed in shifting gangs out or back.
PRICES
work in a
few minutes.
No extra
Steel Head
. .$54 00
Extension.. .
Steel Head
. . $57 00
. . 61 00
Extension. . .
... 64 00
. . 60 00
Extension....
... . 63 00
. . 71 00
Extension. . .
... 74 00
If Wood Head is wanted instead of Steel Head, deduct $i from above prices.
If Tongue Truck is wanted instead of the Long Pole, add $6.50 to above prices.
PRICES ON HARROWS
Prices on Harrows and other Implements named in this catalogue are based on our initial orders placed with the manu-
facturers at the time the catalogue goes to the printer. _ , • t.*
If we reduce our prices during the season, the purchaser will receive the full benefit of the price in effect at the tune his
order is received and adjustment will be made accordingly.
IMPLEMENTS
The I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
Star Disc Harrow
The Star Disc Harrow contains all features of any importance in a Disc
Harrow and includes, besides, many advantages and conveniences among
which we mention the following:
Frames and Braces. The strong channel-
steel frame and braces that hold both ends
of each gang down to their work, and at
the same time give the desired flexibility.
Seat. A seat so arranged that it can be
adjusted for a light or heavy
driver and all excess of weight
taken off the horses’ necks.
Pole. A pole so raised that
the whiffletrees can be hung
under it where they belong
Fore Truck without any inconvenience.
Rollers. Anti-friction rollers over the draw irons, by which
the gangs can be placed at any angle without strain or
friction and with least power.
Three-Horse Offset. This offset is bolted to the short or
rear part of the pole and extends to the right, the long pole
being then bolted to the right-hand side of the offset; this
brings the middle horse directly in the center of draft and
no side draft results.
Complete Machine. The whole is excellently finished and
made with every modern improvement and convenience,
and is operated with greatest ease for man and team.
Width
No. of Discs
Sizes of Discs
Description
Equipments
Furnished
Without Steel
Weight Boxes
Add for Steel
Weight Boxes
3 ft.
. 6
16 in.
I -horse
$38 25
Si 50
4 ft.
8
16 in.
Small 2-horse
2 -horse
40. 25
2 25
5 ft.
10
16 in.
Light 2-horse
2 -horse
44 00
2 50
6 ft.
12
16 in.
2- or 3-horse
2- or 3-horse
49 25
2 25
7 ft.
14
16 in.
Heavy 2- or 3-horce
2- or 3-horse
54 00
2 50
8 ft.
16
16 in.
Heavy 2- or 3-horse
2- or 3 -horse
58 00
2 50
5 ft.
10
18 in.
2-horse
2-horse
48 00
2 00
6 ft.
12
18 in.
Heavy 2- or 3-hor£e
2- or 3-horse
53 75
2 25
7 ft.
14
18 in.
Heavy 2- or 3-horse
2 -or 3-horse
59 75
2 50
8 ft.
16
18 in.
3- or 4-horse
3- or 4-horse
64 25
2 50
5 ft.
10
20 in.
2-horse
2-horse
54 00
2 25
6 ft.
12
20 in.
2- or 3-horse
2- or 3-horse
60 50
2 25
7 ft.
14
20 in.
3- or 4-horse .•
3- or 4-horse
66 75
2 50
8 ft.
16
20 in.
3- or 4-horse
3- or 4-horse
73 50
2 50
All of above prices are for Harrows with scrapers and long poles, without fore trucks and neck-yokes. If neck-yoke is wanted add
$I to above prices. Harrows with fore truck instead of long pole, $8.25 extra; with both fore truck and long pole, ^10 extra. Fore truck,
when purchased separately, $10. No extra charge for three-horse equipment. Ask for special circular.
The Meeker Smoothing Harrow
A perfect Harrow and a Perfect Land Roller Combined
This Harrow has become a great favorite among all
classes of farmers and market-gardeners in every part
of the country. It has two sets (four) of rollers, con-
taining fifty-eight 8-inch steel discs. These discs grind
all lumps and save the work of raking, and also mash
small stones bel6w the surface* better than any field
roller, leaving the land smooth and level. The discs of
one roller work between those of the other, preventing clogging in damp soil. The board in the center is set at an angle, is adjusted
up or down, and serves as a leveler. The use of a Meeker Harrow saves the work of raking, and does the work of a dozen men. As
one experienced farmer remarks in telling how he prepared an onion bed, “Once lengthwise and once crosswise will usually fit a field in
better shape than many times over with any other tool.”
If you have one or more acres of small seed under cultivation, a Meeker Smoothing Harrow will pay for itself in a season in labor
saved. One-horse, special size, 4 ft. 6 in. by 4 ft. with 46 8-in. discs. Weight, 175 lbs., I35. Two-horse, regular size, 6 ft. 8 in. by 6 ft.
with 58 8-in. discs. Weight, 200 lbs. $38.
Malta Spike -Tooth Harrow
The Malta Wood-Frame Harrows are built of the very best
materials throughout.
The wood work is of the best quality and of thoroughly seasoned
white oak. The frames are closely jointed, and made secure and
solid by steel rods passing entirely through them. All tooth bars
are riveted at each end.
The hinges work free, allowing Harrow to adapt itself to uneven ground. Runners and teeth are of the best quality steel.
On account of being better made and better finished than other Harrows of this style on the market, they are having the pref-
erence. One-horse, with 32 teeth, one section, with runners, $12. Two-horse, with 48 teeth, two sections, like above cut, $17.50.
IMPLEMENTS 69
The
L W. Scott
Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
The Columbian Harrow is made with lever adjustment, so that the teeth can be changed to any slope quickly and with little
exertion on the part of the operator.
The main-bars are U-shaped, and made especially for Harrow purposes, from an extra quality of steel, very high in carbon, which
insures it against bending, even under the most severe strain. The cross-bars and braces are rolled flat from same kind of material.
Great pains have been taken in preparing the patterns for the different parts, so that when put together they will be free from “lost
motion,” and respond quickly to the action of the lever.
The tooth-clamp is without doubt the best yet devised and consists of stirrup bolt and back and front boxing. When fastened
with this device, the teeth would not be more rigid if a part of the bar itself. Teeth can be raised or lowered any distance, and any
size can be used, from }4 inch square to inch square. The stirrup-bolt clamp is fixed to take the common stock teeth carried by all
dealers. It is securely braced and nicely finished. One-horse, with 25 teeth, one section, $15; two-horse, with 50 teeth, two sections,
$26.50; two horse, with 60 teeth, two sections, $28.25,
Pittsburgh End-Rail Harrow
The frame of the Pittsburgh Harrow is its most important and dis-
tinctive feature. It consists of three bars of channel steel. The side bars
are bent to conform to the U Bars and are ias-
iened to them by steel riveted malleable brackets.
This is the strongest and most durable method of
bar attachment ever used on a
Spike-Tooth Harrow. The out-
side channel bars act as fenders
protecting the Harrow against
damage from stumps or fences
and preventing the barking of
trees in orchards.
The teeth are made of hard
steel, 8 inches long, headed and
pointed. The four teeth at the corners of
each section are lengthened and curved to
form runners.
The tooth fastener is a hard steel clip
bent to the shape of the U Bar and bolted to it. Years of experience
have proved this to be the strongest and most dependable tooth holder.
Levers may be set at any angle, thus adapting the Harrow to
general purpose work or for finishing and smoothing operations. It will also answer the
purpose of a weeder for the first cultivation of corn and potatoes. One-horse, with 25 teeth,
one section, $13.50. Two-horse, with 50 teeth, two sections, $23.50. Two-horse, with 60 teeth,
two sections, $25.50.
Badger Nine-Tooth Lever Harrow
A very popular Harrow, and is used extensively for gardens, small farms, and orchards.
It is neat and perfect in construction and very strong, and is thoroughly guaranteed. Made
entirely of steel and malleable iron. By using firmly attached
steel handles, the operator controls the Harrow the same as
a cultivator.
The frame is made in one piece, of angle
steel, the same size and weight as used on the
two-horse Badger Harrows and is sloped at the front
to easily avoid obstructions. It also has steel renewable
shoes. Width 36 inches. With handles, $19.25
70 IMPLEMENTS
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Price, with 15 teeth S29 00
Price, with 17 teeth 31 25
Badger Spring -Tooth Lever Harrow
A Runner Frame Harrow — the popular style frame — and holds a
prominent position with the trade. It has stood the test of years. Kept
thoroughly improved and up-to-date.
Only Three Runners of angle steel are used on
the Badger, which give the Harrow great clearance
and avoid clogging. This construction also causes
the Harrow to always run steadily and cut uniformly.
All the runners have steel renewable shoes. The nose
of the Harrow is sloped so as to easily avoid ob-
structions.
Tooth Bars of inch diameter steel pipe make
a very strong frame, with light weight. These bars
are attached to the malleable frame brackets by
steel rods running the whole length of pipe on the
inside. The Badger also has patented tooth-clips.
The Most Popular Size of
Two-Horse Harrow
The colters on “Acme” Pulverizing Harrows work down
between the furrow slices, filling the air-spaces with finely
pulverized soil — lumps and clods are thoroughly broken up
and pulverized; trash or stubble that has been carefully
plowed under is not dragged to the surface as is the
case with many other types
of Harrows but is left beneath
the surface where it rapidly
rots and adds humus to the
soil. The seed-bed prepared
by the “Acme” Harrow is
well compacted so that the
seed will germinate rapidly,
the surface is finely mulched
so that the moisture is con-
serv^ed. The user of an
“Acme” Harrow will find
that even though the season be dry’ his seed-bed will attract
and retain sufficient moisture to carry him through to a success-
ful crop.
The man owning an “Acme” is completely equipped for the
preparation of the seed-beds after plowing, regardless of the
class of soil he has to work. Everything a Harrow ought to do,
the “Acme” does. It cuts, crushes, levels, turns, smooths all in
one operation thus completely fitting the seed-bed for the seed.
It has received the endorsement and unqualified praise not
only of almost all state experiment stations but of the most up-
to-date farmers throughout the entire country.
The material and work-
manship entering into the
construction of “Acme” Pul-
verizing Harrows and
Surface Cultivators is
the very' best; all parts
of the Harrow are steel
and are practically' in-
destructible; the col-
ters are made of a
special mixture, beveled steel and are all hardened. We have records of colters in use twelve years before being replaced with new
ones. The frame of the Harrow will last indefinitely', and after the colters have been worn out new ones can be procured which will
give y'ou a Harrow just as good as when it originally left the factory'.
In addition to the flexible ty'pe we are also manufacturing now Harrows of rigid frame construction like the Xo. 17 shown above.
We have sold the “Acme” Harrow for many years and customers tvho have worn out their second Harrow tell us that they' can find
no other Harrow that can do the work of the “Acme” in preparing the ground for the seed.
No. 17
Rigid Frzune TyF>e
cut
“Acme” Tillage Tools
PULVERIZING HARROWS AND SURFACE
CULTIVATORS
No. 23 Standcird
Flexible Type
6V^-ft. cut
Size
Weight
Width
Description
Standard Type
G
62 lbs.
3 ft.
I horse, i section
$16 25
H
105 lbs.
4 ft. 4 in.
I horse, i section
20 25
17
1 15 lbs.
6 ft. 6 in.
2 horse, i section
27 50
23
130 lbs.
6 ft. 6 in.
2 horse, 2 section
32 50
'>6
160 lbs.
8 ft. 6 in.
2 horse, 2 section
37 75
Prices upon other sizes as well as extra parts will be promptly quoted upon application
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
IMPLEMENTS 71
PRICE:
With 15 teeth $28 25
\\’ith 1 7 teeth 30 50
Pittsburgh Spring-
T 00th Lever Harrow
The frame of the Pittsburgh
Harrow is made of heavy angle steel
sloping upward in front to prevent
gathering trash. Each frame arm is
reinforced on the underside by
renewable steel shoe. This can be
easily and cheaply replaced when
worn. The tooth bars and frame are
built high to give clearance.
The hitch attachment may be
adjusted up or down to insure even
working of the teeth.
The cross bars are round steel
tubes to which the teeth are attached
as shown in the cut. WTien the
Harrow is at work the strain comes
directly against the side of the bolt,
lessening the liability of breakage.
The tooth is held securely in position
by a malleable friction clamp which
also prevents the loosening of the
nut. The slotted hole allows an ad-
justment of 4 inches at the point of the tooth.
The teeth are made of oil-tempered spring-steel
and so shaped that the pitch and depth may be
regulated by means of the levers.
Iron City Steel -Frame
Lever Harrow
Pittsburgh Combination
Harrow
The Iron City Spring-Tooth Steel-frame Lever Harrow
showm here, represents one of the most popular types of
this class of Harrows.
The Iron City has angle steel frame, runner style, and
the front of the Harrow is constructed with a \dew to
prevent the gathering of trash.
Renewable steel shoes are bolted to the underside of all
frame angles, and can be replaced at moderate expense.
The tooth bars are steel pipe, to which the teeth are
bolted and held securely wdth the assistance of spanner
clips.
All teeth are carefully tested before shipment and are
guaranteed against defects. Tw'o-section, with 15 teeth,
$28.50; two-section , wnth 17 teeth, $30.75. Prices on
Three- or Four-section Harrows will be quoted on request.
The illustration tells the story — a strong, simple, and
efficient Harrow.
Beams. The under side of the Pittsburgh Combination
Harrow is constructed of high carbon angle steel beams,
and the upper side of best oak beams, so there is no wear
against the wood parts.
Teeth. Best spring steel, formed so that the
pitch can be changed to suit the operator. They
fasten on top of the frame and the bolt heads are
protected so they will not wear off. This Har-
row is taking the place of the Perry Wood-
Frame Spring-Tooth Harrow.
Stump guards (or braces) placed to protect
the frame and make it perfectly rigid. With 16
teeth, $21.25; with 18 teeth, $23.75.
72 IMPLEMENTS
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
WOOD-FRAME STEEL LINED HARROW
Eureka Combination
Harrow
The “Eureka” Combination Harrow has a
construction which is far superior to the usual
wood-frame Harrow, and has as long a life
as an all-steel Harrow.
It is made with channel steel tooth bars and
wood cross bars. All parts that are subject to
any wear are steel or malleable iron.
The tooth clips are malleable. The legs of
the channel bars hold the clips in perfect
alignment and prevent wear of the clips and
heads of bolts. Neither the clips nor teeth come in contact with the wood cross bars.
Fenders or guards are attached to each frame to brace the frames and prevent
bars catching on fences or obstructions.
Price, with i6 teeth S21.25; with 18 teeth, S23.75.
Pittsburgh Perry Wood
Frame Harrow
The Cyclone Pulverizer and Roller
Is especially adapted for crushing lumps and pulverizing the soil; rolling wheat
ground after sowing; rolling oats after coming up; packing the soil in a solid bed;
rolling corn ground after planting; rolling
meadows in spring of year; breaking cornstalks 1*°^
in spring before plowing.
The only steel frame which will not twist or
work at corners. The only steel bracket with
necessary weight and strength.
The rolls or drums are made In one solid cast-
No. 3. 5 sections,
ft. long, 1,000 pounds,
$65 ; doubletrees and
neck yoke, $3 extra.
Roller-Bearing Hanger
ing and of a superior grade of iron
which will not bend or break. Each
section is 18 inches long and 18
inches in diameter.
The Best Wood-Frame Harrow on the market. Beams
full 3 inches; linings No. 12 gauge steel; bolts inch; teeth are full
length and weight, tempered in oil and fully warranted; our tooth
fasteners are channel steel. Steel Braces support and strengthen the
outer end of the Harrow.
These Harrows are well made of best oak and hinged properly so
that they will not buckle in the middle, but ride evenly, pulling all
teeth in the ground at about an even depth.
Price, with 16 teeth, $23.50; with 18 teeth, $25.75.
Pittsburgh Steel Land Roller
Drums or rolls are made of heaw, 12-gauge high carbon steel,
with pressed steel ends, and will not dent.
Axles are inches in diameter; angles 23^ x 25^x % inches.
Hangers are of 2 x ^ inches high carbon steel, with heavy cast
tops, and regularly furnished with oil-soaked wood boxings.
Roller-bearings will be furnished at a small advance.
The frame is constructed so that it may be used as a weight-
box should additional weight be required.
Pole sets on top of frame, thus enabling us to use shorter and
more rigid hangers. The hitch is underneath the tongue, reduc-
ing the draft and neck weight to a minimum. 8-foot 3 section, 24-
inches in diameter. Weight 585 pounds. $57. 7-foot, 3 section,
24-inches in diameter. Weight 540 pounds. S50. Doubletrees and
neck yoke, S3 extra.
The 7-foot Roller has a 3-foot section on each end and a i-
foot section in the center which can be removed when rolling
corn and other row crops.
Lined, Guarded, Protected Bolt Heads,
Perfect Tooth Seat, Adjustable Hitch
THE BEST OF THE “WOOD FRAMES”
The /. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
IMPLEMENTS 73
Gang Disc Culti-
Dunham Double Gang Disc Culti-Packer
This tool has two gangs of iron discs which
crush and cut lumps, pack out all air-spaces, and
level the surface of the field, all in one operation.
The discs of the back gang come between those
of the front gang so that no lumps are missed.
(See illustration.) This Culti-Packer, with a har-
row for bringing up the lumps to the top will
a perfect seed-bed in any soil. Note the
features of this Culti-Packer described below, also
quick detachable discs, which can be removed in
two minutes’ time for straddling corn rows.
Here are some of the things that can be done with the
Packer on the farm. It is used all the season.
1. Crush all lumps and pack out air-spaces.
2. Firm earth about seed after sowing.
3. Cultivate and break up crusts on growing wheat, oats, etc.
4. Straddle corn till it is one foot high.
5. Roll winter wheat in spring to close up frost cracks and crevices.
6. Stir surface for a mulch to keep moisture.
7. Run at right angles to wind to stop soil blowing.
Comfortable Seat Balances the Tongue. The seat has a wide steel spring heavily
reinforced which makes the Roller easy riding. This seat is so placed that it balances
the tongue, taking its weight from the horses’ necks.
One-Piece Discs. All discs except the quick detachable are cast solid in one piece,
without rivets or bolts which are apt to wear out, loosen, or rust.
Stiff Steel Frames. The frames are stiff carbon steel and will not bend out of shape.
Quick Detachable Discs. The Culti-Packer has several detachable discs at the
ends of the gang which can be detached in two minutes by simply loosening the
bolts. Discs can then be spread apart for straddling corn rows. We furnish four
collars to keep discs apart.
PRICES
7 ft. — front discs 15 in. diam., rear 12 in.; weight 925 lbs .$93 00
Showing How Gangs Mismatch 8 ft. — front discs 15 in. diam., rear 12 in.; weight 1,050 lbs 100 00
The discs of the front gang build up a set of ridges 9 ft.— front discs 15 in. diam., rear 12 in.; weight 1,175 lbs 112 00
and the back gang coming half way between splits and Fore carriage instead of long pole, extra 8 50
works these ridges over, thus stirring the soil. Doubletrees and Neckyoke, extra 3 50
The length of this machine as given above is the length of the frame. This is the standard method of listing double-gang machines.
It actually disturbs 8 inches less than the listed length.
The Curtis Easy-Pull Manure-Spreader
Spreader with wide spread attachment. The
high wheel low-down spreader. No pulverizer to
prevent loading over the rear end. When spreading,
end-gate is raised and acts as a pulverizer.
Drive Wheels Under the Load. The axle and rear
wheels of this Spreader are well under the load and
wheels are 50 inches high. The “Curtis Easy-Pull’’
is the only high wheel low-down spreader with the
axle under the load.
End Gate. The importance of an end gate in a
Manure Spreader cannot be overestimated, for by
this the manure is held away from the beater, and
the beater is given a free and easy start out of reach
of the manure. The beater attains full speed before
the manure comes against it. This insures a good,
even spread at the beginning and prevents a large
bunch being thrown over at the start. It saves strain
on the machine, and this end-gate also makes the
box of the spreader tight. The manure is not scattered along the road in going to the field. u- j t>
The end-gate of the “Easy-Pull” is jointed and moves away from the manure as it raises, so that it can never bind. Positive gear
EASY FOR THE HORSES. EASY TO LOAD
feed that cannot slip. r i. u j •
Floor Feed. The positive floor feed of the “Curtis Easy-Pull” always spreads exactly the amount of manure that the driver se^ lu
This gearing is simple; two pairs of strong gears incased so as to be protected from dirt, and a worm and worm wheel running in a bath
of oil.
PRICES
C-H I. 40- to 50-bus. Capacity, Two-Horse Hitch
C-H 2. 50- to 60-bus. Capacity, Two-Horse Hitch
C-H 3. 70- to 80-bus. Capacity, Double Pole, Three-Horse Hitch
Brake, $8 extra
The above prices include the Wide Spread Attachment. If not wanted deduct $y.
Write for Special Circular.
$260 00
265 00
275 00
Above Spreaders are equipped with wood wheels.
74 IMPLEMENTS
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Excelsior Force Feed Lime and Fertilizer Sower
The most accurate and scientific machine on the market, embody-
ing every' desirable feature required for the broadcasting of hydrated
lime, carbonate of lime, dry commercial fertilizers, wood ashes, marl
and nitrate of soda as well as calcium chloride.
The Excelsior Sower is a machine well built and substantial. A
wide range of quantities is possible with all fertilizers. The capacity
of the machine is large, the draft light — as a result the work is rapid
and well done.
The agitation of the material resulting in a force feed is entirely
different from any other machine on the market. The direction of
agitation is at right angles with the combined movements and vibra-
tions of the box and material in the machine when in motion. Free
and even sowing is the result.
All feed openings at the bottom of the box are at all times curved whether small
or large feed is being used. This does away with clogging trouble by small hard
particles that would stick in a square opening, but will readily pass
through a round or oblong hole.
This illustration gives you an excellent view of the
arrangement of the double lid, removable screen, large
hopper, force feeds and opening or outlets for materials
being sown as well as the scattering board.
No. 1, 8-i.
Actual width of sowing, 8 ft., 3 id-
Capacity of hopper, lo bushels.
Range of quantity, 350 pounds to
3 tons.
Throws out of gear from either
wheel
Double lid on every sower.
All hoppers supplied with remov-
able screen.
Low 30-inch steel wheels with wide
4-inch tires.
No. 1. Capacity 10 bus., sows 8 i
and Neckyoke, $3.50 extra.
>t Machine
Adjustable scattering board.
No bolts. No gears. No cogs.
Rust-resisting iron in each sower.
Feeds instantly shut off or opened
to any desired amount.
Steel braces for hoppers.
Automatic agitator for damp
materials.
Metal sowing dial with patented
lever stop.
t 3 inches wide, $65. Doubletrees
Stevens Lime
and Fertilizer Sower
A Perfect
Machine for
Sowing Lime
and
Fertilizer
The adjustment
for sowing from 200
to 6,000 pounds per
acre (depending up-
on the dryness and
different qualities of
the fertilizers) is
made by a lever
operated with the
right hand, so sim-
ple that a boy can
run it.
Combining Simplicity, Strength, and Durability
It is admitted by all that the Stevens has the simplest and most reliable feed
of any machine on the market.
It is low down and easy to fill. The axle extends the entire width of machine.
Each machine is furnished with combined pole and shafts.
It is light draft, even in soft land, as the wheels have tires 4 inches wide,
also a ratchet hub, which allows the turning of corners or completely around,
while in motion, or to back, without throwing out of gear.
The Stevens Fertilizer Sower has a reel which runs the full length of the
hopper and keeps the fertilizer in motion so that it is forced through the open-
ings in the bottom plates. This kind of opening, it has been found, is the only
pattern that will sow successfully all kinds of commercial fertilizers in large or
small quantities.
The Row Plate, as shown in illustration, is used for distributing the fertilizer
in rows and is sent out with both the 5 foot lo-inch and 8 foot 3-inch sizes
without additional charge. We furnish at small cost a third plate attachment
which is used to advantage when sowing small quantities. The latter can also
be used to shut off the fertilizer at any time without making changes in the
adjustment.
Combined Shafts with pole iron forming a pole, as shown in cut, is sent
with each Sower, together with whiffietrees and
neckyoke. We furnish a solid pole with neckyoke,
evener and whiffietrees in place of combined pole
when desired.
Dropping Board is now furnished with all Sowers,
which is not shown in the above illustration.
PRICES
5-foot 10-inch size, hopper holds 6 bushels.. .$81 00
8-foot 3-inch size, hopper holds 9 bushels ... 91 00
Thomasville Ground Limestone
Thomasville Ground Limestone is the best on
the market, on account of its unusual softness
which makes it very soluble. Also because it runs
uniform, never falling below 97 per cent carbonates
of lime. Write for sample.
Carload — ^30 tons, or upward, in bulk, per ton, f .o.b.
quarry, $2.25. See page 52 for further particulars.
IMPLEMENTS 75
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Monitor Double Disc Drill
**The Drill That Pays for Itself
PRICES WITH
GRASS SEED
FERTILIZER AND
ATTACHMENT
The Monitor Double Disc Drill, we claim, pays
for itself — requires less seed — increases the yield
— raises the grade.
The Monitor Double Disc was the first and
only successful Double Disc Drill invented.
The seed falls in front of the axle, with the
downward turn of the disc.
The only fluted force feed with a two-speed
gear.
The method of depositing the seed in the
ground is one of the most important, if not the
most vital, of all the features of a Drill.
In the Monitor we have a device which cannot
be approached by any other style furrow-opener
in existence.
Bigger Profits from Grain Crops. You are not
making near all the money you can from your
grain crops — if you are not using the Monitor
Double Disc Drill. For example — with wheat it
saves one='flfth the seed and increases the yield 3
to 7 bushels per acre, The increase with other
grains is in the same proportion. Can you afford to lose that much on every acre every year?
Deposits Seed at an Even Depth. The Monitor sows in front of the bearing. Other drills sow behind the bearing.
This particular feature of the Monitor gives it a very great advantage. The downward turn of the discs carries the
grain into the ground and deposits it at the bottom of a clean, wide furrow, in two rows, one inch apart. Every
grain is covered uniformly with moist soil.
Every Grain Grows. None of the seed is dragged to the surface to shrivel in the sun, or be eaten by the
birds. Every seed germinates. Sow one-fifth less and still get a better stand than with the old style drills.
All Come up at the Same Time. The proper placing of seed and uniform covering with moist soil causes
the grain to come up and ripen evenly — increases the yield and improves the grade.
Made in Double Disc, Single Disc, Pin and Spring Hoe, with or without Grass Seeder and Fertilizer
Attachment. Special Circulars mailed on request.
8 in. apart.
. .$170
00
7 in. apart.
. . 180
00
7 in. apart.
. . 190
00
7 in. apart.
• • 205
00
7 in. apart.
. . . 225
00
Thompson’s Royal
14 Feet Long
This Grass Seeder has won for itself
first place among all kinds of grass
seeders. Most accurate and economical
machine for sowing Clover, Timothy,
Alfalfa, and other small seeds broad-
cast. Runs easily, and sows evenly in
windy weather. The quantity of seed
sown is accurately governed by the
Sows all small seeds
like Clover, Timothy
and Alfalfa. Price $10.
Chain Feed Grass Seeder
32-inch Wheel
wheel, which moves correspondingly slow or
fast as the machine is run over the ground. It
is instantly thrown out of gear, and the amount
of seed sown is quickly governed by changing
the pin in the index plate as thereon indicated.
Does not injure or bunch the seed, but evenly
distributes it the full length of the hopper.
Ihy--
“The Cahoon” Seeder
The most accurate and durable Hand Broadcast Seed Sower.
Sows all kinds of grain and grass seed. Is accepted everywhere
as the world’s standard. It is made of steel, iron and brass and
lasts a lifetime. Every machine warranted. $6.25; postpaid
I6.75.
The Cyclone Seed Sower
The Cyclone is a great labor- and seed-saver. Its construc-
that tion is veiy simple and it is easily operated; even a boy can gear
Evatt work it. frame
It will sow any kind of grain or seed and any desired amount malleable
per acre and one man can sow from 30 to 60 acres per day. Complete instructions are given iron discharger
with each machine. The manufacturers of this machine have had more than forty years’
experience making Seed-Sowers, and understand how to build them to do perfect work. Every farmer who reads our catalogue has an
opportunity to procure one of these valuable machines at a low price. This Sower is guaranteed to do satisfactory work and you will
be pleased with it. $3.; postpaid $3.25.
TWO
GATES
WIRE BOUND
STEEL
hopper
76 IMPLEMENTS
The L W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Hoosier Grain Drill
Hoosier Two-Row Corn Planter
We do not consider it necessary to devote space or time
introducing the Hoosier Line of corn-planting tools. They are
well known to the farmers in every corn-growing locality of
the United States. Their reputation is well established.
Every year marks a large increase in the number sold, and to-
day the word “Hoosier” on corn tools is accepted as indicating
the standard of excellence in accuracy of planting and mechan-
ical construction. The Hoosier Two-Horse Corn Planters are
furnished with or without Fertilizer Attachment, with or with-
out Check Rower. With this Planter, corn may be hilled or
drilled and fertilizer ma^' be drilled in rows or bunched in hills.
No. lo Planter, without Fertilizer Attachment,
No. 10 Planter, with Fertilizer
Attachment, $89.
Check Rower Attachment for either of
the above, extra, $14.50.
Doubletrees and Neckyoke,
extra, $3.50.
Hoosier Two-Row Corn Planter
Hoosier One-Row Corn Drill
Hoosier One-Row Corn Drill
Our One-Horse Hoe Corn-Drill is the most popular tool of
the kind made, and is noted for its ex-
cellence and general good qualities. It
is now made entirely of steel and iron, with the excep-
tion of the handles, and the material is distributed in
such a way as to give the greatest strength
and- the least weight possible. It is, there-
fore, strong and light. All wearing parts,
the hoes,coulters, shoes and covering shares,
are made from high-grade steel that insures
the greatest possible amount of wear.
Without Fertilizer Attachment. . . .$22 00
With Fertilizer Attachment 25 00
The Eclipse All-Steel Rotary
Hand Com Planter
Has a positive feed and four plates for
planting one, two or three grains at a time,
and an extra plate for smaller seeds. Price,
$3: postpaid, $3.25.
The Wiard Corn Planter
The success of a Grain Drill depends prima-
rily on the feed, the furrow openers, and the
frame. The feed must accurately measure the
quantity of grain wanted. The furrow openers
must deposit the seed evenly and at a proper
depth of germination. The frame must serve
as the foundation for a drill and guarantee
stability to the machine as a whole.
Hoosier Drills are equipped with the Hoosier
Fluted Feed, the most accurate device for the
measuring of all small grain like wheat, oats,
barley, rice, flax, etc. Stock peas, navy beans,
beet seed, alsike, alfalfa, millet, broom corn,
kaffir corn, sorghum, and ensilage can be drilled.
Light weight oats and similar seed are handled
by using an agitator and high-speed sprocket.
Accuracy on the Hoosier is a foregone con-
clusion. With every revolution of the ground
wheels, the shaft will make a certain turn. The
fluted rolls, being pinned to this shaft and
being the same distance in their cups, will
measure an equal and certain amount per cup and the correct amount per acre. The flutes constitute a positive force feed that is
unaffected by hilly ground. It should be noted, furthermore, that a beveled deflector in the feed cup causes an even flow of seed.
Made in all sizes either in Pin Hoe, Spring Hoe, Single or Double Disc, 6, 7, or
8 inches apart, with or without Grass Seeder and Fertilizer Attachment.
Prices with Fertilizer and Grass Seed Attachment
In this planter the seed is delivered from the dropper to the receptacle at the bottom,
which, when opened by pressing over on the foot, leaves it at once at the depth required,
avoiding the trouble found with all hand planters that deliver the seed direct from the dropper
to the soil. Price, $3; postpaid, $3.25. Eclipse Planter
Wiaxd Planter
9x7 Spring Hoe $166 00
10 x 7 Spring Hoe 177 00
11x7 Spring Hoe 188 00
9x7 Double Disc.
10 X 7 Double Disc.
11x7 Double Disc.
Other Sizes and Styles Quoted on Request
$179 00
191 00
203 00
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
IMPLEMENTS 77
Gale One-Horse Edge
Drop Corn Drill
This cut illustrates the Edge Drop Drill with fertilizer
attachment. It will drill corn, peas, and beans from 5 inches
to 30 inches apart and, being equipped with Edge Drop
plates, it will plant as accurately as can be done by hand.
The fertilizer attachment is furnished with three different sized cups
and will sow all kinds of commercial fertilizer at the rate of 60 to 240
pounds to the acre. It is the only machine of its kind on the market.
The bevel gear which actuates the seed plates is driven by a pitman strap
attached to a crank arm on the covering wheel. The covering wheel has
a wide concave tire and is 18 inches in diameter. An automatic scraper
keeps it clean at all times, so the dirt will not stick to it.
The seed-hopper is large and furnished with a swinging lid held in
place with a thumb-nut, allowing the seed plates to be changed without
removing the seed from the hopper.
The plate is the vital part of this drill. The Edge Drop plate is the
most perfect yet constructed. The most important feature is the beveled
portion whereby the kernels have to turn on edge when falling into the cells. There is no plate yet made which handles the seed so
gently as the Gale. No bruised or cracked seed can occur, and as a practical farmer you know that this means insurance of even
stand and a saving of seed. The Edge Drop Drills are recommended by all the state agricultural colleges.
Price, complete, with Fertilizer Attachment, $22
Perfection Corn Grader
A Seed Corn Grader has become a necessity in getting a uniform stand of com. No
planter will drop uniformly unless the seed is graded. Graded seed insures perfect dropping,
stronger plants and increases the yield 5 to 15 bushels per acre.
There are 4 grades of com on every ear. (i) The small kernels; (2) The large odd-shaped
kernels; (3) The broad kernels too thin for good seed; (4) The even-sized perfect kernels.
This Grader sorts them out in one simple operation. It has a special lower screen con-
_ 1. struction by which it gets four grades of corn. It has a guard on the lower screen to prevent
Capacity^^ to ^10 bus_hel^^per hour. spilling of the corn while grading, and to enable all of the screen to act on the corn at
Price, $1.S0; postpaid, $1.65 once, thus making rapid work.
The Eureka Potato Planter
Uniform Depth. Instead of being 2 feet or more ahead of the main
axle, our furrow-opening plow is placed directly under the axle.
Light Draft. All users enthuse regarding the light draft of the Eureka,
as compared with other makes. Our No. ll and No. 14
are equipped with strong steel wheels, 40-inch diameter,
with 3>^-inch tire. These unusually large wheels de-
crease draft, carry the machines more steadily over
rough and uneven fields, and prevent sinking into the soft earth of
the fields. Both wheels drive.
Easily Operated. The driver clearly sees the operation of the
seed-pickers and fertilizer distributor and does not have to guess as
to the accuracy of the machine. All working parts are in plain view
and all adjustments are easily and quickly made. The machine is
automatic and requires only one man.
Accuracy. The dropping mechanism of the Eureka is very simple,
with a positive movement, and is unusually accurate. Frequent tests
have shown it to be more than
95 per cent correct. Many users
report 97 to 99 per cent. A
Planter with this high average
satisfies growers and entirely offsets the old-time argument made to sell planters which
require a driver and an extra man to watch the seed-dropper and supply the skips. iThe
Eureka, with one man, will equal, if not surpass, the results obtained from any other style. The
seed-hoppers and pits hold 3 bushels of cut seed. Each fertilizer hopper holds 150 pounds.
No. 11. One Row, 2-Horse Planter with Double Tube Fertilizer Attachment $140 00
No. 14. Two Row, 2-Horse, One Man Planter with Fertilizer Attachment 225 00
Prices Without Fertilizer Attachment Quoted on Request
If interested in Potato Planters write for special catalogue giving descriptions of the above machines
Eureka Potato Cutter
Its Purpose. The Eureka Potato Cutter is the only machine made which will save the potato
grower a large amount of labor and eliminate so much of the unpleasantness and drudgery of
cutting seed. It meets the requirements of the most exacting by cutting the seed uniformly in
size and shape, saving the waste occasioned by the irregularity of hand cutting.
The Operation. By operating with the foot, both hands are free for feeding. Three knives
are placed crosswise, and one lengthwise, with spring pressure guides on both sides, making a
pocket into which the potato is easily placed in the position desired. Price, $15.
78 IMPLEMENTS
The L W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Eureka Potato-Digger
The No. 65 Eureka has large capacity and ample power for proper separation in
heavy or light conditions. The frame is 22 inches wide and 6 feet long, the elevator being
5 feet long. Large ground wheels and main gears, by direct and uniform drive on each
side of the machine, supply an unusual amount of traction and power. The rear shaker
has an original vertical motion in addition to the oscillating movement. Stone shields
^ fitted to the idlers back of the
shovel. Draw beams have wide
spacing and unusual clearance above
preventing weeds, etc..
shovel,
bunching and dragging.
Long Life. Malleable iron and steel are largely used throughout the machine,
making neat and strong construction, increasing the usual length of Digger life
■ ’ ’ ■ ' ■ 1. There
If you are inter-
ested in potato
machinery, write
for special Cata-
logue giving de-
tailed description
of the above ma-
chine.
and reducing delays in the field and repair cost to a minimum,
are no complicated parts. Each part is warranted to give proper
ser^fice. This guarantee is based upon the
result of twenty years’ Potato- Digger ex-
perience. 6-foot Size, with 4-Horse
Hitch, $150.
Pittsburgh Potato-Digger
This Potato-Digger has been in successful use for many years,
equal to any ordinary requirements that may be made upon it.
Ask for special circular
of this Cultivator ^ving
detailed description
A The beam is made heavy enough to
stand all ordinary strain. The handles
can be adjusted up or down. Price, Sio.
Rambler Ball Bearing
uH Riding Cultivator
■ ■H A general purpose Cultivator which
I will do equally satisfactory work on the
I hillside as on level land.
I The shifting mechanism is carried on
I ball bearings, which largely eliminates
friction and makes ease of operation.
It will cultivate rows planted from 3 to
4 feet apart.
Has dust-proof wheels — wide tire;
cone bearings take up all wear.
Gangs are controlled and shifted
I I laterally through direct connection with
I pivotal wheels and seat bar. The entire
[ gangs are shifted parallel, thus keeping
f the shovels in proper relation to the row
and at the same time gi^^ng the great-
1 est dodge in cultivating crooked corn.
I Any desired penetration is secured
1 by the well known draw-in hitch, in
connection with levers.
1^9 The shovels are double-pointed and
can be reversed, giving twice as much
service as single-pointed shovels furnish.
No. 94R. 6-Shovel, Pin Break $67 00
No. q8R. 8-Shovel, Pin Break 69 00
No. 94XR. 6-Shovel, Spring Trip 75 00
No. 98XR. 8-Shovel, Spring Trip 80 00
Prices Include Shields, Hillers, Bull Tongues
Showing Cultivator equipped with 6-Shovel
Pin Break Gangs
1
The L TV. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
IMPLEMENTS 79
Little John Riding Cultivator
The Little John Cultivator is the most up-to-date and satisfactory implement
of its class on the market today. It will be found especially satisfactory in localities
where narrow row crops are planted — potatoes, beans and tobacco. It can be
narrowed down to cultivate successfully crops planted as
close together as 28 inches.
We have incorporated in the Little John the thoroughly
tested pivot axle construction, in use for several years on
our Pivot Axle Cultivators. We use the well-known drawn-
in hitch feature, whereby the draft of the
team draws the gangs into the ground, assur-
ing an even depth of cultivation.
The gangs are pivoted to the front on cone couplings,
and are controlled by the shifter bar attached to the pivoted
standards and are governed entirely by the feet. With the
center lever the operator can instantly and without stop-
ping bring the gangs together or set them out. A device on
the shifter bar enables the operator to lock
the frame, making it rigid. The pole is equip-
ped with the patent pole adjustment whereby
the frame of the Cultivator is kept level, re-
gardless of the size of the team. The extension
gangs are made of two bars of high carbon steel,
the shovel standards are attached between the
bars and the holes therein make it possible to
set them as close together as may be desired.
The shovels are double pointed and can be
reversed, giving twice as much service as the
shovels usually furnished. The wheels are low
and very strong, equipped with dust-proof hubs
6-Shovel, Pin Trip.
.$63
PRICES
6-Shovel, Spring Trip.
8-Shovel, Pin Trip 65 00 | 8-Shovel, Spring Trip.
Above Prices Include Shields, Hillers, and Bull Tongues. Disc Hilling Attachment, Extra, $5
.$69 00
. 76 00
PITTSBURGH CULTIVATORS
Pittsburgh 5 -Tooth
with Hand-Wheel
Adjustment
The Pittsburgh Cultivators are made of round-edge steel, and are highly finished. The
outside stay braces hold the frame solid to any width it may be set.
Extra care is taken in the “setting” of the shovels to see that they “face” the work
properly, have correct “pitch” and are evenly spaced so that they will cut all the ground.
Pittsburgh 5-Tooth
with Adjusting
Lever
Pittsburgh 5-Tooth Cultivator
With Hand- Wheel Adjustment $7 5®
With Adjusting Lever 82
Wheel Extra I 00
Horse Hoes Extra i 75
Pittsbtirgh 7-Tooth
Cultivator
Horse Hoes for 5- and 7-Tooth Cultivators
Wheel for
Pittsburgh
Cultivators
Pittsburgh 7-Tooth
Cultivator
By the use of this Cultivator
the ground is more thoroughly
cultivated and the surface is left
smooth and level.
With Hand- Wheel Adjustment $8 75
With Adjusting Lever 9 50
Wheel Extra i 00
Horse Hoes Extra . i 75
80 IMPLEMENTS
Ihe I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Pittsburgh 14-Tooth Cultivators
The teeth can be adjusted to different
angles. They are made of the very best
“hard steel,” with one end shaped for
cultivating, while by reversing them
the tool can be used as a Harrow.
With Hand-Wheel for Ad justing Width of Frame. Price, $8
With Lever for Adjusting Width of Frame. Price, $8.75
PITTSBURGH SHOVEL PLOWS
Pittsburgh Steel-Beam
Double-Shovel Plow
Shovels have proper pitch
for entering ground right, and
making steady running Plow.
Beams made of solid steel
rolled, tapering at point.
Pittsburgh Steel-Beam Triple-Shovel Plow
The Triple- Shovel Plow is an excellent
tool for cultivation of com and potatoes, or
amThing that is planted in rows, and is
adapted to the wants of both the
farmer and gardener. By its use the
entire surface of the ground
is plowed and still left
smooth and level.
Price, $7
Adjustable Clevis,
Adjustable Handle Braces
Pittsburgh Steel-Beam Single Shovel Plow
PRICES
With l2-inch Shovel S5 25
With 14-inch Shovel 5 50
A WeU-Finished and Highly
Satisfactory Tool
Pittsburgh Wing Shovel Plow
For hilling potatoes and other similar work, this tool will be found
highly satisfactory'. The wings are adjustable by means of the punched
straps or braces that sup|x>rt them, and they can be set to any desired
angle. Width of main shovel is 12 inches, and with wings extended to
limit, it makes a total width of 26 inches.
Price, $6
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
IMPLEMENTS 81
Eureka Mulcher and Seeder
Eureka Walking Weeder
FLAT TEETH — ROUND POINTS — SEVEN AND
ONE-HALF FEET WIDE
The Eureka Walking Weeder is equipped with 39 flat teeth,
I inch wide, with round points. Every tooth is guaranteed.
The frame or head of Weeder is angle steel, to which the teeth
are bolted. Teeth can be removed from any part of the frame,
as may be desired, to work only between rows. The thills and
handles are adjustable to various heights of horse or man.
The Eureka Weeder can be used advantageously during the
entire growing season, on corn, potatoes, oats, wheat, rye, etc.,
and will prove a thoroughly profitable investment, by protecting the crop and increasing the yield.
Weeds germinate near the top of soil and can be easily destroyed without injury to the crop if the Weeder is used before the
weeds become deeply rooted. The use of a Weeder conserves moisture by keeping the crust of the soil broken up and forming a dust
blanket to prevent the ground baking and cracking. As a surface cultivator the Eureka excels other styles of tools, because the soil
is worked on the row and between the plants, as well as between rows. It can also be run any direction across the field.
A prominent farmer says: “One day’s use of the Weeder at the right time will do more good than can be done by the cultivator
in a week, if the early cultivation has been neglected.” Price $17.
A Smoothing Harrow,
A Cultivator, A Weeder,
A Seed-Sower
PRICES
With Grass-Seeder Attachment
8-foot $46 00
10-foot 52 00
Without Grass-Seeder Attachment
8-foot $41 00
10-foot ,. . . 45 00
Grain-Seeder Attachment, Extra, $10
The Sulky being ahead of the teeth, insures
no wheel marks, a handy spring tension lever
raises the Cultivator head from the ground,
also controls the depth of cut of teeth. For
leveling the ground, pulverising the soil, and
preparing a good seed-bed, the Eureka Flat
Tooth Cultivator has no equal. This Culti-
vator is far superior to the Spike-tooth Smooth-
ing Harrow, as it cuts wider, it cuts the ground
more closely, and is easier draft; the depth of cut. is under the control of the operator, the head can be raised to clear the teeth
of trash and the driver rides.
As a Weeder, the Eureka is very efficient. The frequent use of the Eureka during the growing season will give a large increase
in the yield of corn, potatoes, and other crops.
The Seeder Box can be quickly attached or detached. Adjustments can be made to sow a variety of quantities. The teeth cover
the seed thoroughly, either shallow or deep. Will sow from 2 to 20 quarts of grass seed per acre.
If used on old meadows, new seed can be applied at the same time the old grass is
thoroughly cultivated, insuring a large increase in yield.
The Three-foot Size
The 3-foot, one-horse size is for cultivating and seeding between rows. Teeth cover
the seed and level the field same as the larger sizes.
The practice of seeding cover crops between rows of corn, cotton and other crops has
been quite generally adopted in many states.
It will handle crimson, red or alsike clover, alfalfa, timothy, millet, rape, turnip, rye,
oats, buckwheat, etc., in various amounts desired.
Without Grass-Seeder Attachment $15 00
With Grass-Seeder Attachment 21 00
With Grass- and Grain-Seeder Attachment 26 50
Dust l^ulch ^ dust mulch has been used by many with great success for years. Farmers are now adopting it very gen-
• erally, because the resiilts have been very profitable. During the growing season and especially in dry periods, a crust
forms on the top soil, hardens and cracks and allows the moisture around the roots of the plants to escape, causing a failure or decreased
yield of the crop. It is, therefore, important to prevent this crust forming. It is accomplished to the best advantage by the use of the
Eureka Mulcher and Weeder which forms a blanket of loose soil, prevents baking and hardening, and conserves the moisture.
82 IMPLEMENTS
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa. '
Planet Jr. Farm and Garden Tools
Planet Jr. Tools are the greatest savers of time, labor, and money ever invented for the farm and garden. They pay for them-
selves in a single season in bigger and better crops, and last a lifetime. Fully guaranteed.
Planet Jr. Twelve-Tooth Harrow Cultivator
and Pulverizer
With the Twelve-tooth Harrow you go as deep or shallow as
you like, come up close to row without injuring plants, cut out
all weeds, stir the soil and fine it as with a garden rake. You
widen and narrow as you please between 12 and 32 inches. A
favorite mth strawberry-growers, market-gardeners, etc.
No. 8 Planet Jr. Combined Horse Hoe and
Cultivator
No other cultivating machine is so widely known as the
Planet Jr. Combined Horse Hoe and Cultivator, for it is in use
throughout the civilized world. It is so strongly built as to with-
stand incredible strain, yet it is light and easy to handle. Fifteen
other styles of Planet Jr. Cultivators — ^various prices. Come
and get a Planet Jr.; save time and money.
We have other styles of one-horse cultivators at various prices.
Fully guaranteed. Let us show you all otu: Planet Jrs.
No. 9 Planet Jr. Combined Horse Hoe and
Cultivator
This Horse Hoe is identical with No. 8, except that it has no
depth regulator and a plain wheel instead of lever wheel. It has
the high frame, patented hollow steel standards, steel wheel,
patent lever expander, and hollow steel wheel arms.
Nos. 16 and 17 wheels, frames, and handles are alike, but the
attachments sold with each vary.
The handles are adjustable in height. The frame is steel,
convenient and strong, with quick-change device by which to
exchange the tools without removing the nuts.
These wheel-hoe tools are of a special pattern, carefully
tested by practical men; no others ever offered compare with
them. All the steel parts are high carbon steel, oil-tempered,
finely formed, finished and polish^ and work to a charm.
The highest type of Single- Wheel Hoe made. Light but strong,
and can be used by man, woman, or boy. Will do all the cultivat-
ing in your garden in the easiest, quickest, and best way.
No. 1 T/z Planet Jr. Single- Wheel Hoe
Price, $9.15. Weight, 21 lbs.*
This tool is identical with No. 16, except in equipment. The
pair of 6-inch hoes, three cultivator teeth, and leaf-lifter which
go with it are all the finest of their kind.
Price, $7.50
No. 19 Planet Jr. Single-Wheel
Hoe
This combination will delight the sub-
urbanite, the growing boy, and women,
younger or older, who will find it a light-
running Wheel Hoe
that will save them
hard work and help
much to supply the
table with fine vege-
tables.
WE HAVE THE PLANET JR. YOU NEED. COME AND GET IT
New 72-page Planet Jr. Catalogue free. Describes over 70 seeding and cultivating tools. Write for it
The /. W. Scott Co,, Pittsburgh, Pa
IMPLEMENTS 83
Planet Jr, Farm and Garden Tools
Cut down work and boost your crops. Old-time farming and gardening no longer pays. These scientific tools do the work of
three to six men, give bigger yield, and save their cost in a single season. Invented and made by a practical farmer and manufacturer,
with half a century’s experience. Planet Jrs. are strong and lasting. Every tool fully guaranteed. Come and let us convince you of
their economy.
No. 3 Planet Jr. Hill and Drill
Seeder
" ' Price, $22
Holds three quarts of seed. A favor-
ite among onion-growers, mar-
ket gardeners, and seedsmen.
Sows accurately in a narrow line
making
wheel-hoe
cultiva-
tion easy.
Steel
Frame
No. 25 Planet Jr. Com-
bined Hill and Drill
Seeder, Double- and
Single - Wheel Hoe,
Cultivator, and Plow
Price, $26.50
Weight, packed, 61 lbs.
Holds 2 quarts of Seed
As a Seeder it is practically the same as the Planet Jr. No. 4,
and as a Wheel Hoe it has the same steel frames and cultivating
attachments as the Planet Jr. No. 12 Double- Wheel Hoe.
Two acres a day can easily be worked, and when it is done it
will be a better job than several men could have done in the
same time with hand hoes.
No. 31 Planet Jr. Combined
Drill Seeder and Single-
Wheel Hoe
Price, complete, $15.50
Weight, packed, 30 lbs.
No. 3 ID, as a Drill Seeder
only, $12.50
This new tool is of great value to gardeners who have never
felt able to own either a Seed Drill or a Wheel Hoe. It will sow
even a small packet of garden seed with great precision. Quickly
changed to a splendid Wheel Hoe. A special machine for the
small gardener.
No. 33 Planet Jr. Single-Wheel Hoe
(The No. 31 without Seeder) price, $8
Planet Jr. Combined Hill
Drill Seeder, Wheel Hoe,
Cultivator, and Plow
Price, complete, $23.50
Weight, 50 lbs.
As a Seeder only (No. 4D) $18.75
Holds 2V2 quarts of seed
No.
and
Plants in hills 4, 6, 8, 12 or 24 inches apart.
Soon pays for itself in the family garden as well as in the larger
acreage. Sows all garden seeds (in drills or in hills), plows, opens
furrows and covers them, hoes and cultivates quickly and easily.
No. 4D, Hill and Drill Seeder, same as above less the cultivating
attachments, $18.75
A Single- and Double- Wheel Hoe in one. Straddles crops till
20 inches high, then works between. Has steel frames and 14-
inch steel wheels. The greatest hand-cultivating tool in the world.
No. 12 Planet Jr. Double-
and Single- Wheel Hoe
Price, $15.50
Same as No. ii, but
without the rakes and one
pair of hoes.
The attachments sold with No. 12 are what gardeners use
most, and the others can be added as wanted.
You can’t afford to work without a Planet Jr. Come in and
let us prove it to you.
84 IMPLEMENTS
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Columbia Planters
8^
puil
Oani
f^u~ tj cf T<t^
and Sotrt
Di^rrrnt Qnantid^
''^‘VwA E^ef> CyitndfT.
Fted
>fQaaaj
The Columbia Seeding Machines are the product of more than 50 years’ experience in inventing, develop-
ing, and manufacturing seeding machines. They will plant any seed that grows, from the smallest flower
seed to lima beans. Thej’ are absolutely accurate, having a positive force feed that does not injure the most
tender seed, and you cannot possibly skip the planting of a single seed. You can hill or drill your seed,
plant one seed or a dozen in a hill. When the seed has been placed in the
seed-hopper, not a single seed can escape until the machine is in gear and
in motion. When you stop the machine at the end of a furrow, the seed
stops flowing instantly. A touch of the gear-lever throws the machine out
of gear and you move to the next furrow without losing a single seed. The
Columbia Planter pays for itself each season, in the saving of seed and the
labor of thinning out. All Columbia Planters are built upon the same scien-
tific and mathematical principles: the seed drops immediately into the cell
or pocket formed in the seed cylinder where nothing can disturb it until it
is carried to the ground by the revolution of the cylinder. The number of
revolutions of the seed cylinder in any given length of furrow is absolutely
controlled by the row in the disc wheel into which the sliding pinion is set.
Row No. I, next to the hub of disc wheel, is the slowest speed: each row
outwardly to the 13th at the periphery increases the speed. The slower
the speed of the seed cylinder, the greater the distance between the seeds
planted in the furrow; the faster the seed cylinder revolves the less the dis-
tance between the seeds planted. We have still further control of the dis-
tance between the seed planting in the furrow by increasing or decreasing
the number of cells in the seed cylinder.
You can plant any seed any desired distance apart with mathematical
precision. You can hill or drill your seed; you can plant one seed in a hill or you can plant a dozen seeds. We send
seven cylinders with each machine. These cylinders comprehend the planting of about all kinds of seeds for the average
market gardener’s requirements. We make cylinders for every known seed.
No. II Planter, with Fertilizer Attachment $24 00
No. II Planter, without Fertilizer Attachment 21 00
Pirn. , .
n Kaisint DioJ Ptate
Cen if Moved r-
Any Rov of
- Rtuater
EtAef cam k
No. 11 Planter with Fertilizer Attachment
The Eureka Garden and Hot-Bed Seed-Drill
It will sow all kinds of garden seeds such as beets, cabbage, carrots, celery, lettuce, onions,
radishes, turnips, etc., with the greatest regularity, making the row, dropping and covering in
one operation. It puts the seed just exactly where it ought to be, makes the row, drops and covers
the seed, all in one operation. And does this just as rapidly as it can be pushed across the garden
or hot-bed.
The operator can stand in an upright position and plant his garden merely by walking across it.
Every foot of your garden or hot-bed can be made use of. It sows the seeds evenly and regu-
larly, and will enable the owner to plant close up to the fence of the garden or the side of the hot-bed.
OEENlHa PLQvi> The seeds are dropped by means of a force and gravity feed, and there is absolutely no chance
of missing.
The Drill will sow perfectly with either a large amount or a very little seed. Price $1.50; postpaid, $1.65. Handle not furnished.
The Star
5-Prong Attachment
Barker Weeder, Mulcher and Cultivator
Should be in everyone’s garden. Easy to operate. Self-adjusting. A time-saver. One
man with a “Barker” can do more work, do better work than ten men with hoes. It culti-
vates and pulverizes the soil, forming a soil-mulch, which prevents evaporation, thus con-
serving the moisture, holding it in the soil for the use of the growing plants. The construc-
tion of this little machine is very simple. There is nothing to get out of order, nothing
complicated about it. It has a revolving reel, holding eight spring steel blades securely
fastened at the ends in cast-iron heads. Below this reel is a steel knife with ends turned
up and connecting with the axle outside the heads. This lower knife passes below the sur-
face of the ground, where it cuts off all the weed roots, while the revolving reel working in
combination with it cuts up the soil, separates the dirt from the
weed roots and forms a perfect soil mulch.
No. 8V^D. The standard-size machine; will weed
and mulch or cultivate a strip inches wide. . .|ll 00
No. lOD. Will weed and mulch a strip 10 in. wide. . 12 OO
Ask for Special Descriptive Circular
Garden Cultivator AN
It is noted for its light draft and the great amount of
work it will do. Built of steel throughout, except the
handles, which are of selected hardwood. With at-
tachments shown in cut. $4.25.
5-Prong Attachment
By means of this attachment you are able to cul-
tivate the soil in proper manner and the weeds will
have absolutely no chance to sprout. The middle
prong is often removed and rows straddled. No gar-
den plow is complete without this attachment. $i;
postpaid, $1.10. The Star Garden Cultivator
I
The /. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
GARDEN TOOLS 85
Pull-Easy Hand Cultivator
Use a Pull-Easy and your garden will never lose its charm.
There’s no garden tool so easy to handle, and none that does the
work so well. It thoroughly stirs up the soil and quickly prepares
it for seeding. For cultivating, it’s the ideal tool — and without a
rival. From seed time to maturity it’s the only garden tool you
need. It can be instantly adjusted to any width, from 7 to 18
inches. No trouble cultivating the narrow rows and no danger of
injuring the plants. Middle tooth can be removed for cultivating
two rows at once. Light, strong and well balanced. Has unbreak-
able teeth. $1.50; postpaid, $1.65.
Norcross Garden Cultivator - Hoe and Weeder
Five-prong Cultivator-
Hoe. Prongs are >^-inch
square spring steel, bent
cornerwise for strength,
and attached to malle-
able head with four bolts,
standard size. Works be-
tween rows, or center
shovel can be removed
and row straddled. 4-foot handle. Weight 4 pounds. ^1.25.
Universal connection to attach to Iron Age, Planet Jr. and
other implements, extra, 25 cts. Weight, i pound.
Three-prong Cultivator-Hoe is a modification of the five-
prong tool. Weight 3 pounds. 4-foot handle. Light size, 85 cts.
Midget Weeder. This little Weeder is constructed along the
same lines as the Norcross three- and five-prong Cultivator-Hoes.
It has a 9-inch handle and is designed for use in flowers, small
shrubbery, etc., or for cultivating small vegetables, where a long-
handled tool would be less practical. Weight 2 pounds. 50 cts.
Reichard’s Combination Spring-Tooth Magic
Weeder Hoes
LIGHT IN WEIGHT, STRONG IN CONSTRUCTION
The tines are formed to enter the ground on the order of a
plow, lifting and pulverizing the soil, loosening and rendering
it friable, thus conserving moisture, so essential to the rapid growth
of young plants. They are formed of the very best steel that can
be obtained for the purpose and are provided with an oblique
coil near the shank, thus acting independently of the others and
making it work very easily, obviating all danger of clogging and
breaking. The handles, which are thoroughly selected, strong,
straight-grained stock, are guaranteed not to loosen from the
twisted shank, which thoroughly grips the handle
like a vise.
Style
Length of
handle
Length
over all
Blade
Price
A
No Blade
$0 15
B
16"
20"
No Blade
25
C
10"
No Blade
35
D
6"
iiK"
With Blade
45
E
6"
“V” Blade
45
F
42"
50"
No Blade
75
G
48"
57"
No Blade
I 00
H
48"
56"
With Blade
I 25
K
48"
56"
“V” Blade
I 25
average care.
HAZELTINE WEEDER.
One of the best little im-
plements ever used in a
garden. Made from spe-
cial high-grade steel and
will last a lifetime if given
Price 35 cts. ; postpaid 40 cts.
ASPARAGUS KNIFE, No. 2500. Used also as a weeder and
dandelion digger. 35 cts.; postpaid, 45 cts.
DIBBLES. 218. Wood
handle, usual size
219. Wood handle, small
size
2180. Wood handle, brass
points
220. All iron
Weight, each, 2 pounds.
“Troweed” Trowel
A Trowel,
J Weeder, and Trans-
planter in One. The
sharp point, the
saw-tooth edge, the V shape, make it a combination garden tool
of great value at the price of an ordinary trowel. 60 cts. ; post-
paid, 70 'Cts.
No. 217
No. 211 No. 215
GARDEN TROWELS. 21 1. Forged steel. Weight i lb. 5-in.
60 cts., 6-in. 65 cts., 7-in. 70c.
217. Transplanting. ^Weight i
lb. 6-in. 20 cts., 7-in. 25 cts.,
8-in. 30 cts.
215. English Pattern. Weight i lb.
6-in. 20 cts.
217-A. Transplanting Hoe. Weight
2 lbs. 7-in. 50 cts.
GARDEN RAKES.
Steel, with 14 teeth $0 90
Steel, with 16 teeth i 00
Steel, with 18 teeth i 10
Steel Road Rake i 40
SPADING FORKS.
4-tine, wood, D-handle, Diamond back i 75
4- tine, malleable, D-handle, Diamond back i 60
5- tine, wood, D-handle, Diamond back 2 00
5-tine, malleable, D-handle, Diamond back. ... i 85
SPADES.
2412. D-handle, solid, plain back, 7X x 12 inches i 60
2312. D-handle, solid, plain back, 7J<^ x 12 inches l 75
86 SPRAYERS
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Iiqy
BS
ro
‘Jpr
iFeF
xyer
'55'
No. 1909 Hayes High-Pressure Walking Beam Power Sprayer
This 1,100-pound Power Sprayer com-
bines every' feature of mechanical perfec-
tion with unusually compact and low-down
construction. It will exactly suit the re-
quirements of the grower with medium or
small acreage. It is specially adapted for
one-man operation or on hilly land. No
man with 200 or more trees can afford to
be without it. Increased profits from high
pressure and from time, work, and solution
saved, will justify its purchase for even
very* small orchards.
The cylinder base, waterways, and
air-chamber of the pump are cast integral,
giN-ing the greatest strength with least
weight and fewest parts. The large-capacity
air-chamber maintains uniform pressure.
All working parts are bronze and all joints
are bronze to iron, so that no part of the pump is subject to corrosion
by the spray chemicals. Cast phosphor bronze plungers work in
perfect alignment in hard, seamless brass cylinders with bronze
lubricating rings. Large bronze ball valves, separate, and instantly accessible, are proof against pressure losses and valve trouble.
The Hayes Automatic Pump Governor gives accurate and dependable pressure control, relieving the entire outfit from all
load the instant the nozzles are turned off, thus effecting a big sa\'ing in fuel and unnecessary wear on the pump and engine.
A constant actual working pressure of 300 pounds is guaranteed, producing a superfine spray best described as “Fruit-Fog.”
Two 3-blade propellers chum the solution in the tank and maintain a constantly uniform distribution of the active chemicals.
The pump is direct gear-driven by the famous horse-power Fairbanks- Morse engine, which for economy, simplicity,
light weight, strength and ability' to do the work continuously under all weather conditions, cannot be duplicated. The con-
struction throughout the entire outfit is steel excepting only the tank which is made of heaw first grade cypress.
SPECIFICATIONS
Engine. Fairbanks-Morse, kerosene, I K"horse-power.
Magneto. Bosch High Tension.
Pump. Hayes Walking Beam No. 90, geared.
Pump Governor. Hayes Automatic.
Agitator. RevoKdng with two 3-blade propellers.
Tank, no- and 150-gallon, lyf-mch cj-press with manhole.
Cab. Folding, full length level platform, roll curtains.
Frame. Engine, pump and tank bolted directly to channel steel
frame.
Suction Hose. Wire-inserted smooth bore, with strainer.
Discharge. Two Hayes Leakless Stop Cocks, Fig. 116.
Dimensions. Height 4 feet.
Prices — F. O
Accessories. 500-pound pressure-gauge, oU-can, oil, spanner and
wrenches.
Truck. Hayes steel truck, channel steel axles, standard tread,
24-inch wheels, 4-mch grooved tires, tongueless doubletrees and
neckyoke.
Regular Equipment. Two 25-foot sections Hayes 7-ply K-inch
spray hose, and fittings; two lo-foot bamboo rods with leakless
stop cocks and drip shiHds; two Hayes large disc angle nozzles.
Fig. lOl.
Optional Equipment. One 50-foot section Hayes 7-ply K-mch
spray hose, and fittings; one Hayes Fruit-Fog Gun.
B. Factory
No. 1909 Power Sprayer, complete $464 70
No. 1909 Power Sprayer, less only steel tmck • 402 20
No. 418 Power Sprayer, less engine. (See Special Catalogue) 245 00
No. 1217 Sprayer, complete
as below $78.
With 25-foot hose instead of
12y2-foot, add $2.40.
No. 1217 Hays Platform Duplex Hand Sprayer
The Hayes Duplex Sprayer is suitable for small orchards where it is not thought
adt'isable to purchase a power outfit. With the addition of a spray boom it is a practical
pump or complete field rig for spraying potatoes and row crops. In addition this pump
is recommended for cold-water painting and whitewashing and is used in mills, factories,
poultry farms, etc., where large surfaces are to be coated.
SPECIFICATIONS
Pump. Hayes Duplex Hand, Nos. 121, 122,
and 123.
Tank. 50-galIon barrel with large filling hop-
I)er, or loo-gallon tank at additional charge.
Platform. Pump and barrel moimted on
frame ■with platform and skids.
Suction, i-inch galvanized pipe
with strainer and union for easy
removal.
A^tator. Mechanical paddle.
Dimensions. Length, 6 feet; height 2 feet,
6 inches; width 2 feet, 10 inches.
Accessories. 300-pound pressure-g a u g e ,
spanner, valve and specia’ wrench.
Equipment. One i2y^-foot section Hayes 5-ply
^-inch spray hose and fittings; one lo-foot
steel extension with leakless stop cock and
Hayes large disc angle nozzle. Fig. loi.
Hayes Fruit-Fog Gun
The Hayes Fruit-Fog Gun is speed equipment. With it
one man handles the entire capacity of the sprayer and will
do the work of three men ■with rods and nozzles. Many
growers have entirely discarded the rods in its preference.
Less than one-half turn of the handle sets it for wide, medium,
or long-distance sprays, and a reverse shuts off the spray
entirely. Price $12.
SPRAYERS 87
The
I, W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
Auto-Spray No. 24
ORCHARD SPRAYER
This is our most popular Barrel Spray Pump, and is recom-
mended to those who require a Sprayer of exceptional capacity
and durability. A constant high pressure can be maintained with
little or no exertion, and one man
can operate this pump without
fatigue.
The working parts and valves are
made of brass throughout and fully
exposed. The agitator
and small drip-cock for
cleaning out the pump
cylinder are the only parts
located in the barrel.
The plunger is made of
brass, 2 inches in diam-
eter, with slightly over a
4-inch stroke. The pump
is fitted with what is
called outside packing
(graphite) which can be
adjusted or replaced by
simply unscrewing two
nuts. The pump cylinder,
base and air-chamber are
cast in one solid piece, giving perfect alignment. The air-cham-
ber is large, and insures a steady, constant pressure.
Mounted on new barrel, with one 20-foot lead of ^-inch
discharge hose, one 9-foot bamboo, brass-lined extension,
brass Non-Clog Atomic Nozzle $52 00
Four-row potato attachment, complete with nozzles 15 00
The Binks No. 21 Sprayer
Our No. 21 machine is the latest
general-purpose spraying machine on
the market today. Strongly made of
the best possible materials that are as
light as is consistent with
strength, and, owing to its
portability, will suggest itself
for many uses. The ma-
L chine is specially adapted
jfor use of the orchardist,
'dairyman, etc. The ma-
chine, being but 15 inches
wide at the widest point,
can pass through narrow
passageways. Tank is made
of galvanized steel and holds
twelve gallons of liquid. Mechanical agitator operates at each
stroke of the pump and at the same time prevents sediment from
clogging the strainer.
Equipment. Wire wheels, 10 feet of “Star Special” 5^-inch
discharge hose and couplings, spray pipe complete, with
cock, one “Star” nozzle. $21.
The Bihks No. 22 Universal
Sprayer
We guarantee this Sprayer, to be
made of heavier metal, better material,
and to operate at a higher pressure than
any similar type made. It consists qf a
well-made galvanized steel tank, 20
inches high, 7 inches in diameter, hav-
ing a capacity of four gallons, and a
strong, self-contained all-brass air-pump.
After the machine is filled within 3 or 4
inches from the top with spraying fluid,
simply pump thirty or forty long strokes
with the pump and you are ready for
spraying. F urnished complete in galvanized
steel with 3 feet of discharge hose, spray-
nozzle and shut-off cock, with shoulder-
strap for carrying. $8.50; postpaid $8.75.
Auto-Spray No. 1
The Auto-Spray No. i is one of
the best compressed-air Sprayers
made. The pump is locked air-tight
to the tank by a simple sliding cam.
There is no screw connection to wear
out or become leaky. Ever>’^ part is
immediately accessible and easily
replaced. Each machine is fitted
with 2 feet of >^-inch hose, fine
spray nozzle, solid-stream cap and
either stop-cock or our popular
automatic shut-off, as ordered.
No. I-B, brass tank. Postpaid
with Auto- Pop. .. .$11 50 $12 00
No. i-D, galvanized
tank with Auto-
Pop 8 00 8 50
Brass extension. 2 ft. 60 70
Brass strainer i 50 i 60
The No. 296 Pneumatic Compressed
Air Sprayer
With Self-Locking D-Handle and Screw Top
With Adjustable Long Distance Spray Nozzle
Pneumatic
sprayer
^■C.|ViyeRS
’'^SHUND.O.U.S-^'
yiltl?.:'':
It is made of heavy galvanized
iron with i^-inch brass tube
cylinder attached to the can by
means of a heavy brass screw
nut. The small diameter cylinder
operates easier than larger sizes.
The nut is operated by lugs on
the lower part of the handle,
which engage in opening at the
top of the nut. By means of these
lugs and handle the nut can be
screwed tightly to the top of the
tank, and at the same time lock
the plunger in position which also
permits of the tank being carried
by the handle when desired. We
have done away with the large
butterfly nuts as used on others,
which are very objectionable
features owing to the fact that it
is not only difficult to screw the
cap perfectly tight but also very
injurious to the hands in pump-
ing. The handle is D-shaped in
form, and large enough to be
operated by anyone with perfect
comfort. The nozzle is one of the
special features of this Sprayer.
By means of the small lever the spray can be adjusted from a
broad fine spray, covering the ordinary distance into a complete
long-distance spray throwing water 25 feet, by means of which the
tops of any ordinary fruit tree can be reached. Complete, with
long-distance nozzle $9.50; postpaid $10,
Farm Uses for Hand Sprayers
A Hand Sprayer saves its cost many times over on the
farm. Today Sprayers are used wherever there is a surface
to cover with solution, paint or water. Farmers use a
Sprayer for applying all kinds of solutions to fruit, garden
and field crops. They use it for applying solutions to all the
animals on their farms, disinfecting and finally for white-
washing and cold water painting and scores of other time-
saving uses. Not only is spraying cheaper, quicker and
better for whitewashing buildings and fences, but it reaches
crevices impossible to cover with a brush.
88 SPRAYERS
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Acme Compressed-Air Sprayer
This is truly “the acme of per-
fection,” in Compressed-Air Spray-
ers. Well adapted for the farmer,
stockman, fruit-grower, poultry-
man, and florist. Has a strong steel
or brass tank tested to 6o pounds air-
pressure and a brass pump seat with
bronze ball check valve, easily re-
moved for cleaning. Seamless brass
cylinder i ^ inches in diameter, cop-
pered plunger rod, quick-acting,
efficient plunger 14 inches long.
Nozzle solid brass, with spring of
phosphor-bronze which will not cor-
rode. Absolutely non-clogging, as
the spiral point cleans out the cap
at eveiy' operation. By this special
feature the spray takes a whirling
motion, thus forming a very fine
spray, atomizing it thoroughly.
Spray covers evenly, leaving no blank space in the center,
as is the case with other Sprayers. Sprayer is under perfect
automatic control and, due to the exceptionally fine spray,
saves time and material. Nozzle interchangeable, and can be
taken apart and reassembled in a few seconds. Convenient shoul-
der strap attached to the tank with snaps. Postpaid
With galvanized steel tank $8 00 §8 50
With brass tank 1 1 00 II 50
2-foot brass extension pipe extra l 25 i 40
Little Giant Sprayer
This Spray Pump is constructed
entirely of brass. It is so arranged
that the labor of pumping is all n
done on the downward stroke of the g
piston and nothing on the up. The j
effect of this operation while pump-
ing is to hold the pump down. The
foot-rest steadies the pump, holding
it in proper position- |
It is provided with a large air-
chamber, and has brass ball valves
and detachable hose. The nozzle ’
throws a continuous spray and is not i 1
affected by the movement of the S |
plunger. Will cariy a pressure on i
the nozzle of from 50 to 100 pounds ^ i
with very ordinary exertion. For > (
spraying, it is arranged to discharge ^
a fine jet in the bottom of the bucket m ;
to keep the solution thoroughly ;
mixed and agitated, a feature peculiar j
to this pump only, and a very nec-
essary' feature to a Spray Pump.
Little Giant Brass Spray Pump,
with agitator, complete with hose
and Imperial combination fine- and
coarse-spray and solid-stream nozzle,
with malleable foot-rest, $6; post-
paid, $6.25.
Spraying and Whitewashing Machines
A Whitewashing Machine is one of the best investments for a farmer or poultry- BP/^53 BALL VALVES
man. The various classes of work to which the machine can be applied are almost un-
limited, and it will prove astonishing the amount of work which can be performed in a day by ordinary unskilled
labor, while the expense of brushes, pails, ladders and other tools of the painter’s kit are entirely dispensed with.
Our “Little Wonder” Machine is made of hea\y' galvanized iron with all joints well riveted and soldered, and a
powerful self-contained all brass air-pump is furnished. They will be found invaluable for small classes of work, as
around residences, barns, dairies, poultry-yards, greenhouses, gardens, etc., and will
suggest themselves for a variety of uses other than that for whicdi they are sold. They
are provided with a bail handle and are very portable. Capacity of tank, 3 gallons
of liquid.
We furnish 10 feet of ^-inch discharge hose, spray-cock and spray-nozzle with
each machine. Price $11.50; postpaid $12.
Star, Style D
In general use by some of the largest industries of the country. Recommended
Style H for those having a considerable amount of work to do. Capacity equal to work of
ten men with brushes.
Equipment. Spray-pipe complete with )4-inch cock and spray-nozzle, one extra
spray-tip, 200-pound pressure-gauge, special galvanized sieve, follower wTench, one
length of i-inch suction hose, and 10 feet of j^-inch “Star Special” discharge hose.
Price $28.
Star, Style J
This is a very valuable machine, being strong and well built. The working parts
are made of brass and will not corrode from the use of any liquids. One man can
operate this machine alone and from 70 to 80 pounds pressure can easily be carried. Style D
Machine complete, as shown in the illustration (without
pail for holding liquid — anything can be used for this
purpose), with spray-pipe, spray-nozzle and cock, 10
feet of our “Star Special” i^-inch discharge hose, S12.50;
postpaid $13.
Ideal Knapsack Spray Pump
The Ideal Spray Pump is constructed entirely of brass.
Style J with brass ball valves and wood hand-holds. The plunger and
all parts can be instantly removed for repairs or cleaning.
It is a vast improvement over any Pump of this class. When desired, the Pump
can be detached from the Knapsack and used in connection with an ordinary
pail or attached to a 50-foot length of garden hose, the opposite end of which
is placed in a barrel of water or cistern. Complete, with Knapsack, Si 3;
postpaid, $13.50.
Little Wonder, Style H
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
SPRAYERS 89
The Standard Sprayer
The Standard Sprayer is in reality simply a very carefully
designed and accurately made squirt-gun, provided with a proper
outfit of nozzles.
Its plan of operation is slightly different from other types of
spraying apparatus, since the hose is used on the suction end
instead of the discharge end. This makes it
possible to use the pump with a bucket, barrel,
tank or knapsack, depending upon the nqmber
of trees or the kind of spraying to be done.
For bucket use, a 3^-foot length of hose
is supplied. To use it with barrel or tank
a large orchard, a
longer hose up to
^5 .to, .30 feet is ^ Standard Sprayer with Potato Extension
and No, 3 Nozzle, Attached to Einapsack
desirable.
For spraying
young or scattered trees or truck crops, such as potatoes, tobacco,
etc., the knapsack and short extension are used. With these
attachments the Standard will spray potatoes one row at a time
at the rate of an acre an hour or better.
The Standard is made entirely of brass; no leather packings; no
iron casting to rust or decay; nothing to get out of order. Postpaid
With 3y^-foot hose and full set of three nozzles .. .$6 00 30
Knapsack, with attachments for above 5 00 5 30
Extension, 19 inches long l 00
Extra hose, per foot 30
No. 5 Auto-Spray Pump
.^^5, Double
I 10
This Pump is the ideal all-purpose hand-sprayer. Its field is
practically unlimited, as it may be used for spraying trees, vines,
garden truck, potatoes, and any field crops, and for handling
whitewash and disinfectants.
It is made entirely of brass, doing away with all danger of
corrosion.
The Pump is double acting. This feature makes the spray
continuous.
In an actual test this Pump generated a pressure of 180 pounds
per square inch, with ordinary effort.
The Pump itself is so constructed that it can be taken apart
instantly.
We furnish with this Pump 35^ feet of ^-inch suction hose and
a heavy strainer that keeps the hose from working out of a bucket
or tank.
PRICES Postpaid
Pump, hose, nozzle, and strainer complete $6 00 $6 30
Extension 60
With galvanized reservoir (for use on potatoes or
field crons) 9 50
70
9 80
Lowell Grand Sprayer
Tin, 75 cts.; brass, $1.40.
Postage, 10 cts.
Lowell Grand Sprayer
It has an air-chamber in the end of the pump-tube that pre-
vents any moisture being drawn back on the valves. Strong,
durable and satisfactory; will spray up as W'ell as down.
Auto-Spray No. 6, Bucket
Sprayer
Sprays perfectly on both the up and
down strokes, and requires only about one-
half the energy required to operate an ordi-
nary Pump. Produces a continuous spray.
Equipped with a brass suction strainer as
well as the strainer in the nozzle, making a
double protection against clogging. Pump
and valves made entirely of brass and
equipped with 3 feet of extra quality hose
and two nozzles, one for solid stream, the
other for a fine mist spray. $6; ppd., $6.35.
Auto-Spray No. 25
Continuous Sprayer. Will handle all solutions
SypHoft TuSi
SHemovahlQ
Tiller
^£smngl
mu
Wooden Plug can be
removed without}
iahing out screws
Capacity one quart
The entire front is removable by unscrewing the front cap,
permitting the siphon tube to be withdrawn should it become
clogged. Fitted with 2 spray caps, one straight, the other at an
angle for reaching the under side of broad leaves. Will spray
with tank at any angle. Solution does not come in contact with
pump cylinder. Postpaid
No. 25- A. Tin reservoir $i 25 $i 35
No. 25-B. Galvanized reservoir 150 i 60
No. 25-C. Brass reservoir i 75 ^ ^5
No. 25-D. Galvanized 2-quart reservoir i 75 ^95
The Robertson Compressed-
Air Sprayer
The Original Compressed-Air Sprayer
It is easy to operate and does not require half the labor that
it takes to work an ordinary Sprayer. It gives a continuous spray,
reduces the liquid to a fine mist-like vapor and throws it with
great force, so that it is driven into the smallest cracks and
crevices. By means of the Universal nozzle the spray can be
thrown on the under side of the leaves of plants and shrubs, the
under side of beds and other furniture, into corners, behind doors,
on top of mouldings, window casings, behind steam pipes, and
other difficult places inaccessible with the ordinary Sprayers.
Capacity one quart.
(i) Straight nozzle; (2) Universal nozzle detached; (3) Uni-
versal nozzle as attached to holder for safe keeping when not in
use. To use the Universal nozzle it is substituted for the straight
nozzle No. l on the end of the tube. Postpaid
Tin. I quart $i 25 $1 40
Brass, i quart 2 00 2 15
Lowell Continuous Sprayer
The Lowell Continuous Sprayer, as the name implies, is so
constructed that it not only sprays on the downward stroke of
plunger, but also when it is drawn back, thus causing a continuous
mist-like spray. You can get into the cracks with this Sprayer.
Capacity, one quart. Tin, weight, packed, 2 pounds, $1;
brass, $1.60. Postage, 10 cts.
90 SPRAYERS
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
This Sprayer is fitted with a brass ball check valve which is
positive in its action and practically indestructible. No delicate
adjustments to maintain. Spray is produced on both in and out
stroke of the plunger, doing twice the work with the same effort.
Well made of hea^y charcoal tin. Capacity, one quart. Si;
postpaid. Si. 1 5.
Acme Cyclone Atomizer
A special feature of this Sprayer is the
funnel mouth on air-tube for directing
the spray, a desirable feature in spraying fly-repellent on horses,
cattle, etc. Made of hea\'y bright tin plate. Capacity, five pints.
65 cts.; postpaid, 75 cts.
Made of good hea\'y tin plate; gives a fine dense spray and
fills the demand for a, strong, substantially constructed Sprayer.
Capacity, one quart. 60 cts.; postpaid, 70 cts.
Acme Midget Atomizer
A small, compact, substantial, and very efficient Sprayer.
Throws a fine, dense, uniform spray, and is an indispensable aid
to the florist and housewife. iNIade of charcoal tin plate. Capa-
city, I pint. 40 cts.; postpaid, 50 cts.
Non -Clog Atomic
Nozzle
It is fitted with stand-
ard ^-inch pipe thread
and will fit all connec-
tions of standard make.
It cannot clog; fitted
with a removable wire
screen. By a simple ad-
justment the nozzle may
be altered to give every
graduation of spray.
PR I C£S Postxmid
No. 398. Brass, straight $i 50 $i 55
No. 398. Brass, 45 degree l 50 l 55
I SPRAYER ATTACHMENTS
No. 265
No. 366
No. 223
No. 223. Stop-Cock. Made entirely of brass.
75 cts.; postpaid, 80 cts.
No. 366. Brass Strainer for Auto Spray.
No. I. $1.50; postpaid. Si. 60.
No. 265. Brass Elbow. 45-degree, standard >^-inch
threads. 30 cts.; postpaid, 35 cts.
No. 460. Auto-Pop No. 1 is automatic
and entirely of brass. By a pressure
of the fingers on the handle, the spray
is turned on; by releasing the pres-
sure the spray automatically shuts
off; unlike most shut-offs, it only
takes one hand to manipulate it. Si. 75; postpaid, $1.85. Com-
plete with hose and fittings, $2.25; postpaid, $2.35.
No. 318
i No. 318. Extension Pipe. Brass; 2-foot lengths. For tree work
two or three lengths are commonly used. The extensions screw
into one another and connect direct to the shut-off. The
nozzle goes on the far end of the extension. 60 cts.; postpaid,
75 cts.
Price
No. 287 J. Brass “U.” >^-inch pipe So 80
Postpaid
So 85
No. 288A. Brass Lever Stop Cock, ^-inch hose
and }i-inch pipe thread
75
80
No. 288D. Hose Coupling, Male. Long tail-piece,
for >^-inch hose
30
35
No. 288E. Hose Coupling, Female. Long tail-
piece, for ^-inch hose
30
35
No. 288G. Bent Nipple. }4-mch pipe, thread both
ends
30
35
No. 288H. Tee Handle Stop Cock. Long tail-
piece, >^-inch hose, >i-inch pipe, thread
75
80
No. 288 J. Brass Elbow. 90°, >^-inch pipe, thread
both ends
30
35
No. 288K. Leakless Lever Shutoff. }4-inch female
pipe thread i
50
I 60
'he I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
SPRAYERS 91
DUSTERS
The Beetle Duster
This Duster dusts four rows of potato vines as fast
as a horse walks and is adjustable for wide or narrow
rows. It is used by successful potato-growers every-
where. Will distribute any dry powder such as paris
green, arsenate of lead, calcium arsenate, etc. Reser-
voir holds about 50 pounds of paris green. Tubes and
nozzles may be raised and lowered from driver’s seat,
and the flow of material is regulated by a gauge at
the same place. By going over a plot of known acre-
age the amount of poison being applied per acre may
readily be determined. Duster, ready to ship, weighs
about 430 pounds. All parts are carefully adjusted
assuring a most perfect and reliable machine, simple
in construction and easy to set up. $150.
Ask for Special Circular
The increased demand for Dusters or Dry Sprayers
. during the past few years is sufficient evidence that
the merits of the DRY METHOD of spraying is ap-
proved by the growers as a most efficient method.
Champion Duster
(The machine that made “DUSTING” popular)
Leggett's
Champion
INSECTICIDE
DUSTER
Easy to operate. Fill reservoir with dry powder,
such as paris green, hellebore, powdered arsenate of
lead, etc. Size of spray regulated by operation of [plunger. Elbow reversible,
enabling operator to spray up or down. Pump cylinder i ^ inches diameter,
14 inches long. Len^h over all, 2i}4 inches. Reservoir, one pint Mason
fruit-jar. 90 cts.; postpaid, $1.05.
Woodason’s Powder and Liquid Spraying Apparatus
For the destruction of insects, rust, smut, mildew, blight, rot, etc., in houses, gardens, orchards ;
or fields.
Single-cone Insect Powder Bellows. Will last a lifetime; never fails completely to destroy bed-
bugs, roaches, moths, mosquitos, flies, fleas on dogs, lice on birds, animals, plants, etc. Being strong,
it blows the powder well behind the woodwork and into the cracks where the insects breed in houses,
hotels, camps, henneries, greenhouses, hospitals, schools, jails, police stations, asylums, poorhouses,
etc. Single-cone Powder Bellows, small size, $3; large size, $4.25. Liquid-spraying Bellows, small
size, $3.75; large size, $4.25; postage 25 cts.
WORLD’S FAIR
HIGHEST AWARDS
This implement has proved itself Champion, being far ahead of any other machine in its
capacity to distribute a uniform and almost imperceptible quantity of paris green or other
powder, doing effective work without injuring the foliage when used properly.
Will do as much work in a day as a horse-power sprayer.
Will “green” two rows of potatoes at once as fast as a man walks.
Adjustable to any width of row. Length of machine is such that the poison is kept at a safe
distance from the operator.
Weighs about 6 pounds. Without tubes is 27 inches long. Each machine is packed in a case
complete, comprising 4 tubes, 6 nozzles, and 2 straps. The reservoir holds over a quart of powder
or about 4 pounds of paris green. $15.
No. 131 Lowell Powder Duster
Acme Single Powder Gun
Consists of a tight, valveless bellows equipped with a distributing
tube, or nozzle, a funnel, a spreader for diffusing the spray, and an elbow
for placing the spray on the under side of the leaves. Handles of con-
venient length; bellows of fine russet leather. A practical, efficient
method of applying the principles of dry spraying by hand, at a reason-
able price. $1.50; postpaid, $1.75.
The Bug Death Duster
This Sifter is for applying any quantity or variety of dry insecticide on potatoes, melons, cucumbers, cabbages,
cauliflower, etc., such as land plaster, or lime mixed with paris green or arsenate of lead, or any of the numerous
manufactured varieties. It is conceded by all who have knowledge of the Sifter, to be the fastest, easiest, cheapest,
and only implement made that will cover large vines, using any of the
dry mixtures, as fast as a man can walk. 85 cts. ; postpaid, $i .
Dickey Duster
For use in applying dry insecticides to small flower- or vegetable-
gardens. 55 cts. ; postpaid, 60 cts.
92 LAWN SPRINKLERS
The 1. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
LAWN SPRINKLERS
Even-Spread Lawn Sprinkler
At last! The Sprinkler that every lawn-owner has been looking
for — the product of a famous inventor — a. sensational success.
Sprays the water over greater radius than any other; throws an
equal amount on each square foot within the immense circle,
just like rain; elevates it only 3 to 4 feet above ground, prevent-
ing the wind blowing it to one side, and yet does not cut it into
a fine mist to be lost in the air.
A Shower from the Clouds Can Do No More
With its wonderful little spreader, spinning like a top, produc-
ing the most beautiful spray ever seen on a lawn, and yet so
simply and sturdily built that it will last a lifetime — the Even-
Spread is the delight of every lawn owner. $2.50; postpaid, $2.65.
The “ Half-Circle ” Fountain
The “ Original ” Fountain
Known the country over. $1.25; post-
paid, $1.30.
The Fountain
“ Shower ”
Hose nozzle with
Q mist-hke spray.
25 cts.; ppd., 30 cts.
It sprinkles a semi-circle in-
stead of a full circle. 60 cts.;
postpaid, 65 cts
The “Baby” Foimtain
It sprinkles square. 75 cts. ;
postpaid, 80 cts.
Chicago Sprayer
The Chicago Sprayer is designed
to take the place of the common
copper sprinkler for attaching to
the end of the hose for watering
purposes. The nozzle is all alu-
minum and equipped with two brass plates,
one fine and one coarse. The fact that
these plates are interchangeable and can
be removed for cleaning, is a special feature
absolutely found in no other nozzle. $2.75;
postpaid, $2.90.
Rando Sprinkler
Made with a good lo-ounce
tough red rubber bulb, guaran-
teed for one year against cracking or breaking. Neck
and perforated top are of black hard rubber. $1.50;
postpaid, $1.60.
Boston Spray Nozzle
Built to last. It gives the utmost satisfaction. None better
made. Your garden hose line is incomplete without it. 75 cts.;
postpaid, 80 cts.
Garden Hose
Good Luck. This 5^-inch 6-ply Garden Hose is the biggest value
on the market. Nothing approaching its quality has ever
been offered at the price. This Hose is constructed similar to
Bull Dog and is “built to stay alive.” Here is real value for the
customer who can afford only a moderate price. 25- and 50-foot
lengths, couplings included, 17 cts. per ft.
Bull Dog. This 5^-inch 7-ply Garden Hose is the most famous
brand on the market. It is the recognized standard and is well
known as “the kind that lasts longest.” Letters come to us
frequently, telling of lengths in service of fourteen to fifteen
years. Money cannot buy a better Garden Hose than Bull
Dog. 25- and 50-foot lengths, couplings included, 22 cts. per ft.
Bull Dog Spray Hose. This was thoroughly tested with numerous
mixtures of blue stone, mineral oil, and arsenate solutions
before being put on the market. A strictly first-class Hose for
power sprayers. K-inch, 7-ply, 25 cts. per ft.
Detachable Hose Reel “ saves your hose >•
The special faucet
forms a hollow axle
upon which the reel
revolves. The joint
is made water tight
by means of a fibre
gasket and thumb-
screw. The reel,
with hose attached,
can be instantly de-
tached from the fau-
cet and hung up out
of the way when not
in use.
The hose pulls off
in any direction, is
easily drained, and,
as it is impossible to
kink and twist the
hose, its life is greatly increased. The water can be turned on
and as much or as little of the hose unreeled as desired, while
the water is running. Diameter, 20 inches; width, 8^ inches;
holds 100 feet of %-inch hose.
Detachable Hose Reel, including faucet $7 00
Extra faucets, each 2 50
Write for Full Descriptive Circular
i
i
i
K
J
i
s
The L W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
PRUNING TOOLS 93
PRUNING TOOLS
Searight Extension Tree-Trimmer
Has a compound lever head and is made with a hook and side lever. It is calculated for hea\'y work and
will cut a limb up to iX inches in diameter. Instead of running the rod connecting the knife lever along
one side the pole to a handle lever, we have placed the handle lever on the opposite side, which allows the
rod to cross the pole. As a result one-half the strain is thrown on one side of the pole and one-half on the
other, which gives about double strength, and instead of the pole warping and bending, it has a tendency
to remain straight and stiff.
The strength, durability, and easy cutting qualities of these Trimmers will appeal to both the merchant
who handles them, and the man who may have the pleasure to use them. Each Trimmer is fully warranted.
With i2-foot solid pole $4 25
With 12-foot jointed pole, 3 sections 4 75
With 16-foot jointed pole, 4 sections 5 00
With 8-foot solid pole $3 75
With 8-foot jointed pole, 2 sections 4 50
With lo-foot solid pole 4 00
No. 777. Searight Two Hand Pruner
Drop forged with 26-inch handle
The 777 is designed on scientific prin-
ciples and is the result of several months’
study and experimental work.
The blade positively will not cut or
dig into the hook nor push the branch from between it and the hook.
This is a tool of class, with more desirable features and easier cutting qualities
than have ever before been combined in a single tool. Has 26-inch handle.
Price $2.50; postpaid $2.65
Tiffany’s All Steel Tree-Pniner
Made on honor from start to finish. This entire tool is forged from bars of fine
crucible steel carefully tempered in oil and fitted with short hardwood hand-grips which
cannot come off, split, or pinch the fingers.
The jaws of this Pruner open ver^^ quickly without spreading the handles too far
apart, slip onto limbs easily and work into narrow' places. They are so designed that
large limbs are held close to the joint, which gives great leverage, and as the blade
works on the draw-cut principle, w^e have a very smooth and easy cutting Pruner.
trees. }4-
postpaid
lb. pkg
45 cts.
Grafting Tool
25 cts., postpaid 30 cts. ; lb. pkg. 40 cts..
Grafting Tool
Tiffany forged steel oil-tempered Grafting Tool. Light,
strong, handy, and efficient. $1; postpaid, §1.05.
GRAFTING WAX. For grafting or for cuts and bruises on
Single cut, length 24
in. $3!50 ; postpaid, $3.65 ;
double cut, length 24 in.,
$4; postpaid, $4.10.
DISSTON’S PRUNING
SAWS
Disston’s Handy Kit No. 107
This Kit consists of one 20-inch cross-cut
blade, one 14-inch compass blade, one 16-inch pruning blade, and
handle, all contained in a neat canvas case. $4.50; postpaid, $4.65.
Disston’s No. 2 Nest of Saws
This Nest of Saws consists of one 16-inch pruning-blade with Cham-
pion Cleaner Tooth, one 14-inch compass blade, and handle. $1.50;
postpaid, $1.60. One additional 12-inch keyhole blade will be included
in this kit for 30 cents additional.
No. 17 Triangle Pruning Saw
Oval steel back, straight tapered point, beech
handle, varnished edges, three brass screws.
Handle has extra-large grip for use with gloved
hand. Blued steel blade. Length of blade
18 inches center to center of holes. $1.75: post-
paid, $1.90.
No. 40 Duplex Pruning Saw
An extremely handy tool for pruning. The well-
tempered blade combines two cutting edges — a
fine tooth edge for dry pruning and a coarser edge
for green pruning. The blade is secured to the
beech handle by three brass screws. 16-inch Si;
postpaid, $1.15; 20-inch, Si.io; postpaid, Si. 25.
No. 17
94 PRUNING TOOLS
The I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Little Giant Pruning Hook and Saw
Little Giant Pnming
Hook and Saw
No. 18 Hand Pruning Saw
In order to make our line of Pruners complete, we have added a bracket
Hand Pruning Saw, with a blade so arranged as to be turned instantly
to any angle. $2.25; postpaid, $2.40.
This Pruner fills a long felt need, as it combines two
useful tools in one. Can be used with or without pole.
The saw is detached when its use is not required on large
limbs. Length of saw 12 inches. Hook will cut any
branch ^inch diameter. Hook and Saw (without
pole), $3; postpaid, $3.15.
No. 18 Hand Pruning Saw
PEXTO PRUNING
Nos. 50 and R55
California Pattern, with adjusting nut and regulating ratchet;
polished tool steel blades, tempered; volute spring.
Postpaid
No. 50. 9-inch $i .00 $i 10
No. R55. 9-inch, full polished i 50 i 60
SHEARS
Nos. R70 and R170
With adjusting nut and regulating ratchet; straw-colored tool S
steel blades of extra quality, tempered; volute spring. I
Postpaid ?
No. R 70. 9-inch 75 $1 85 j
No. R170. 9-inch, full polished and nickel-plated . . 2 30 2 40 |
Swiss Pattern. Full polished, best quality crucible steel blades,
tempered, ground convex; adjusting nut and regulating ratchet;
longitudinal double brass spring; removable handle-clip. Each
Shear individually boxed, with an extra blade, which practically
doubles the life of the shear. 9-inch, $2.75; postpaid, $2.85.
Nos. R60 and R65
California Pattern, with adjusting nut and regulating ratchet;
jxjlished tool steel blades of extra quality, tempered; longitudinal
double bx-ass spring. Postpaid
No. R60. 9-inch $i 35 $i 45
No. R65. 9-inch, full polished 2 00 2 10
No. 999 Secateur drop forged
This hand Pruner is made of high-grade steel, the blade being stamped from
crucible tool steel and the handles drop forged from open hearth steel. Special
screws and bolts have been made so as to conform with the general appearance
and quality of the shears and the hook, which acts as a guide to the blade when
cutting, is hardened. This Secateur is a tool without comparison and we guaran-
tee satisfaction. $3.25; postpaid, $3.35.
No. 999
No. 217. Grass Shears.
No. 218. Grass Shears.
No. 3761. Sheep Shears.
HEDGE AND GRASS SHEARS
No. 101. Hedge Shears. Genuine cast Per
steel, polished. Notched, polished
steel ferrules. The blade is notched
near nut to hold and cut large branches.
Made in two sizes: 9-inch. $2 25
Hedge Shears ^ 50
Ladies’ or Garden Shears. Smaller than
No. 1 01. 5-inch i 50
No. 16A. Grass Shears. Solid steel, extra heavy. 5^-inch - 40
No. 1263. Grass Shears. Solid steel, half polished. 5>2-inch ^
No. 1269. Grass Shears. Highly polished. 5^-inch i 10
Trowel shank, half polished. 5>^-inch 75
Trowel shank, full polished. 5i^-inch i 10
Full polished, double bow. 5>^-inch i 50
Post-
paid
$2 40
2 65
1 60
50
70
I 20
85
I 20
I 60
The L W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
MISCELLANEOUS 95
Tilley’s Ladders
They are the most convenient orchard
ladders ever produced for trimming trees
and picking fruit. Made very light and
strong. The best that can be produced.
Single Ladders
OPEN TOP
$3 6o
4 32
5 04
7 6o
8 8o
9 6o
II 96
lo-foot.
12-foot.
14-foot,
i^foot.
18-foot.
20-foot.
22-foot.
24-foot.
26-foot.
POINTED TOP
13-foot 4 68
15-foot 5 40
17-foot 6 46
19-foot 7 22
2 1 -foot 8 40
Point included in above measurement.
Extension Ladders
OPEN TOP
24-foot, extends to 21 feet $12 00
26-foot, extends to 23 feet 13 00
28-foot, extends to 25 feet 14 00
30-foot, extends to 27 feet 15 00
32-foot, extends to 29 feet 16 00
34-foot, extends to 31 feet 17 00
EXTENSION LADDERS, continued
POINTED TOP
23-foot, extends to 20 feet $ii 50
25-foot, extends to 22 feet 12 50
27-foot, extends to 24 feet 13 50
29-foot, extends to 26 feet ^4 5®
31-foot, extends to 28 feet 15 5®
33-foot, extends to 30 feet 16 50
35-foot, extends to 32 feet 17 5°
Omega Tripod Step-
Ladder
Particularly adapted for fruit-picking and
for use on uneven ground. Light, strong,
rigid, broad-based. Easy to stand on;
easy to move; folds up snug.
6- foot S3 90
7- foot 4 55
8- foot 5 20
lo-foot 6 50
12-foot 7 80
A first-class, well-made
article. All flat steps. The
two lower are supported by
and rest on rounds which
tie, support and thoroughly
brace the main ladder.
Tilley Ladders are neither
painted nor stained and the
purchasers can see just what
they are buying.
FRUIT PACKAGES
We make a specialty of Fruit Packages,
all kinds and sizes to suit the gardening
and fruit-growing trade in western Penn-
sylvania, among which are the following:
Berry Baskets, Diamond Market Baskets, Grape Baskets,
Stave Baskets, and Hand-made Baskets. When you are in
the market for Baskets, please ask us for prices.
Cummer Folding Fruit and Vegetable Crate
Made of heavy slats for constant use as a field or storage crate. They are light, strong and durable, simple and easily folded. No
nails, screws, or tools required. Size of crate (outside) ii^ inches wide, 20^ inches long, 13^^ inches high. Size o _ ® ^ ®
^ X xf inch, with corners rounded. Capacity 2,350 cubic inches. 70 cts. each; postpaid, 80 cts. ; $7-5^ P^r doz., S30 for 50. ^59
100. We will deliver these Crates at your railroad station in lots of 50 or 100 at the above prices, direct from factory.
We carry many lines of goods in stock that are not listed in this catalogue, and for this reason invite correspondence regarding th
wants of our customers. If we cannot furnish the article inquired for we will endeavor to inform the inquirer where it can be naa. n
large orders, consisting of a number of tools or aggregating a large amount, special cash discounts will be quoted on request.
96 MISCELLANEOUS
The /. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
McKim Patent All-Steel Measures
IMade in five sizes, and we guarantee them
U. S. Government Standard Capacity, or they
may be returned at our expense. "The sides
and bottoms are made of heavy gauge steel
sheets, and they are admittedly the most sub-
stantial steel measures on the market. The
bottoms of the half-bushel and peck sizes are corrugated, and all bottoms are made of No. 22 gauge steel sheets. Every farmer and
gardener should have a full set of these measures. Per set (5 measures) I2.25.
“STYLE B,”
LOW SHAPE
■Capacity
Diam.
Depth
Each Postpaid Doz.
Capacity Diam.
Depth
Each
Postpaid
Doz.
I qt.
SA in.
3 in...
$0 30 $0 35 ^3 00
8 qts. II in.
in
. . . -$0 55
$0 65
$5 50
2 qts.
6^ in.
in.. .
35 40 3 50
16 qts. 13 39-40 in. 7 1-24 in
. . . . 90
I 05
8 25
4 qts.
%y2 in.
4^ in.. .
40 50 4 25
Standard Dry Tin Measures
Price
Postpaid
Price Postpaid
Price
Postpaid
Xpint . .
§0 45
^0 55
Pint
$0 75 §0 85
2 Quarts
i . . -
.$I 00
$I 10
>^pint . .
65
Quart
85 95
SAVO
ALL-YEAR-ROUND
Flower- and Plant -Box
MADE OF HEAVY GALVANIZED STEEL
Self ^Watering ^ Sub ~ Irrigating
\
Waters the growing plants from the bottom, making longer roots and better plants, leaving top-soil
mealy and loose. No surface watering.
Plants are kept healthy and fresh the year around by absorbing the exact amount of water they require
from below and allowing a perfect circulation of air to pass up through the soil, causing it to be mealy and
loose. Blooms w'ill be larger and foliage heavier than in any surface watered device.
The small holes near each corner at the top of the box are for inserting small wires or chains for hanging
the box in parlors, libraries, porches, etc. These Savo Boxes are also used extensively in cemeteries, keeping
plants in constant bloom. Pour water into the tube once a week. Perfect air circulation and drainage
ALL-YEAR-ROUND FLOWER-BOX
Leak-proof and rust-proof. No transplanting — you can move Savo boxes indoors or out and have
beautiful flowers and plants the year round.
For Windows, Porches, Sun-Parlors
SIX SIZES. ARTISTIC IN DESIGN AND BEAUTIFULLY FINISHED IN ALUMINUM OR DARK GREEN
PRICE-LIST
Each
$5 00
3 50
4 00
These are outside measurements, including the f^-inch roll rim. Special sizes made to order when required.
Model
Height
Width
Length
Each
Model
Hei ght
Width
Length
A
8 in.
in.
23 in
$3 50
D
8 in.
9)4 in.
41 in..
B
8 in.
9P2 in.
29 in
E
8 in.
12 in.
12 in.
C
8 in.
9}4 in.
35 in
4 50
F
12 in.
12 in.
12 in.
The L W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh^ Pa
HOTBED SUPPLIES 97
Metropolitan Single-Light Hotbed Sash
Four rows, single-layer putty Sash; either 6x8or8xio glass
can be used. These Sash are 3 feet 2 inches by 7 feet long,
made of best cypress, with crossbar in center, and with horns.
Prices f. o. b. Pittsburgh
Unpainted, without glass, i to 5 sash $4 25
Unpainted, without glass, 5 to 10 sash 4 15
Unpainted, without glass, 10 to 20 sash 4 00
For 4 X 6 foot, add 50 cts. per sash to above prices.
Special prices on larger quantities.
Sunlight Double-Glass Hotbed Sash
Here is a Sash You Do Not Have to Cover. The Two Layers
of Glass Do All the Work
They inclose an air-space ^inch thick, thus forming a trans-
parent blanket. This keeps out the cold air at night better than
single glass and boards or mats and it saves all the labor and ex-
pense of covering and uncovering. At the same time it lets in all
the light all the time. Every gardener knows how valuable this is.
The Sash are furnished fully equipped with locking strips,
etc., for glazing both the upper and under sides. The strips fit
back into the grooves above the glass and cannot get out of
shape. They are easily removed to admit new glass to repair
breaks. No putty is needed, but it may be used as explained in
directions sent with all shipments. The strips are far better than
putty and will last as long as the Sash, which is a lifetime or more.
For the amateur as well as the professional gardener these
Sash are a great improvement.
Prices, f. o. b. cars Pittsburgh, 3- by 6-foot size
Painted with two coats of white paint
Each Each
Without Glass With Glass
to 5 sash $8 75
to I o sash 865
to 20 sash 8
to 40 sash 8 45
Glass for Hotbed Sash
B Single Strength.
6x 8, 150 lights •
8x10, 90 lights 8 00
10 X 12, 60 lights 8 60
8 X 10, A Single Strength 8 50
10 boxes and upward, lo cts. per box less than above prices.
^8 75
$14 25
8 65
14 15
8 55
14 05
8 45
h
13 95
Per box
Hotbed Thermometer
No. 960L. With brass point. $2.25; postpaid, $2.35.
Mastica
Mastica is elastic and tenacious. In a few hours after use, a
skin or film is formed, preventing the evaporation of the oils and
leaving it pliable for years. On account of this quality, it admits
of the expansion and contraction which is continual in the wood-
work of a greenhouse from moisture and heat. One gallon will
cover about 290 running feet, one side. Postoaid
Qt. can (weight 5 pounds) $085 $0 95
Gal. can (weight 15 pounds). 2 75
MASTICA GLAZING MACHINE. For applying Mastica.
$3; postpaid, I3.25.
Peerless Glazing
Points
Used by all practical
florists and market-gar-
deners for glazing hotbed
sash. No. I. For small
single-thick glass. No. 2.
For large, single - thick
glass. Both sizes, 75 cts.
per 1,000; postpaid, 85 cts.
“PEERLESS” GI-AZrNG POINT.
(Improved Van Beyper.)
Dirt Bands and Paper Pots
You cannot get all of the money out of early vegetables with-
out the use of Dirt Bands or Paper Pots. Melons, sweet corn,
lima beans, and cucumbers may be started in Paper Pots or Dirt
Bands under glass and will be ready for market three to four
weeks earlier. Dirt Bands are simply Paper Pots without bot-
toms; seeds or plants are put into them, and, by the time they
are ready to -set out, the plants are put into the ground without
taking out of the band, and there is no check in their growth.
Miller’s Improved Lock-Process Dirt Pots
Miller’s Pots are made
of high - grade water -
finished board. Briefly,
our Pots when locked stay
locked; there is no occa-
sion for the sides or bot-
toms of our Pots to be-
come loose, and they con-
tain no glue to loosen up
or become sour, thus
Patent Pending. Note the solid bottom
attracting insects and fungous diseases.
SIZES AND PRICES 500
2X2X2 $i 50
2Kx2^X2 I 75
3x3x3 2 75
4x4x3^^ 3 25
Special prices on large quantities
1,000
$2 50
3 25
5 00
6 25
Miller’s Improved Lock Process Dirt Bands
These Bands are far
superior to the flimsy
paper kind. Each Band
is creased to the exact
shape, just fold on
creased lines, and then
tuck the slits in each
other. This makes each
plant ^tand as a unit.
You can shift in them
the same as you can in a clay pot.
SIZES AND PRICES 500
2X2X2 75
2>^X2>^X2 85
2^2 X2>^ X2>^ I 10
3x3x3 I 75
4 x ,4 X 3 2 00
1,000
$I 25
I 45
I 90
3 25
3 75
Special prices on large quantities
98 GARDEN AND LAWN SUPPLIES
The J. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
What Users Think of this Tying Machine
A word in regard to the Saxmayer Vegetable Tyer purchased from you last season. The Saxmaj^er is a
great machine to save time. With it we can tie as fast as two men can handle the bunches, or as fast as four
men can tie in the ordinary way. This is a saving of three men. We can tie about 120 dozen in an hour with
the motor power which we use; We are very much pleased with the Tyer, and should not like to do ^vithout
it. — Andrew Ne\\xand & Bros., Millvale, Pa.
We cannot praise the Vegetable Tying Machine any too highly. We think the Saxmayer Tyer is a wonderful
machine for, besides doing the work in less time, it saves a vast amount of labor. It is no trouble to tie 60 to
80 dozen bunches of beets, carrots and onions per hour. We think the machine paid for itself in less than two
weeks. We run the machine by power, and when it is in operation the work is done very quickly as its speed
is unlimited. We intend getting another Tyer when the season opens this spring. — Geo. W. Beckert & Co.,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
In regard to your Saxmayer Tyer I will say, after having made use of it all summer, that for all it was a
little complicated at the first trial, it has proved a success in my business and proved the best hired man at
bunching time. — C. Reutzel, R. F. D. No. 5, Ewalt Station, Pittsburgh, Pa.
We consider this one of the best labor-saving machines we have in our garden. It has given entire satis-
faction. We have bunched 85 dozen bunches of carrots per -hour, 55 dozen bunches of beets, and 65 dozen
bunches of rhubarb, tying rhubarb at both ends. This work was done by two men making the bunches with
one man working the machine. We use one-eighth-horse-power water motor to run the machine. — Dickson
Bros., Gardeners, Neville Island, Pa.
I \vish to say a few words in regard to the Saxmayer Vegetable Tyer purchased from you last season. I
very much pleased with it. It saves me the wages of one hired man and is always there to do its work when Small Tver
needed. During the biggest rush I can get the bunching done in good time without working half the night. ^
The machine has more than paid for itself during the past season in saving of time and labor. — John F. Bott, Elm Grove, W. Va.
Price, $125. Small size with same mechanism as the large size, but without table, $55
Large Tyer
The Saxmayer Vegetable Tyer
PATENTS PENDING
The Saxmayer Vegetable Tyer is no longer an experiment, as is testi-
fied by hundreds of satisfied customers, but is an essential part of every
successful market-gardener’s equipment. It will save the labor of from
three to six persons per day, or a money saving of from $4 to $8 per day.
The machine will pay for itself in a very few weeks.
The machine somewhat resembles, and is but little larger than a sew-
ing machine, requires less power to run, and may be operated by treadle
or driven by belt with a motor or gas engine. It may be kept in constant
motion and automatically ties and releases each bundle only when it is
placed in position for tying. It works so easily that a child can do
more work with it than a number of grown persons could do by hand
in the same time. The operator sits comfortably at the machine and
does his work in perfect ease.
The machine ties any kind of bunch vegetables except the large
dozen-bunches of celery. It uses either a four-ply cord or, by changing
the knotter bill, a No. 13 tape.
It takes an expert to tie by hand. If you let a green person do it,
you pay big in lost efficiency and poor work.
Mark This One Big Point. In these days of high wages, scarcity of
labor, cost of twine, and labor troubles, no bunch gardener can afford
to stick to the old methods of bygone days. The advent of the “Sax-
mayer” Tying Machines leaves no more excuse for tying by hand than
there would be to .stick to the old tallow candle, ox-cart, or a thousand
and one other things which long ago have been thrown into the discard.
Remember that money paid out for hand t^dng is gone forever, but
money paid out for a Tying Machine is with you, serving you day after
day, year after year.
Its perfection gives it a tremendous advantage over hand tying as
with it an inexperienced boy or girl can do more work and do it better
than a number of experts.
Easy Emptying Grass Catchers
With Handle and Hook Brackets. Quickly Attached and Detached
Simple, Practical, Durable
No. lOG. Galvanized; fits 12- to i8-in. mower $2 25
No. 12G. Galvanized; fits 16- to 22-in. mower 2 50
Galvanized sheet steel bottom. Round back, hea\’y" duck sides.
Projections on the bottom prevent grass from slipping forward
while moving. Attached to mower by means of brackets.
No. 26G. Galvanized; fits 12- to i6-in. mower . . .$i 7
No. 27G. Galvanized; fits iG to 20-in. mower ... i 90
Has a central handle which gives a balanced grip and
permits of the Catcher being carried with one hand when
filled with grass. Galvanized bottom. Attached to
mower by means of brackets.
aOTTOMS
No. lOG
No. 26G
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
LAWN MOWERS 99
MOTO-MOWER
Heretofore designers and builders of power lawn mowers have constructed heavy, cumber-
some machines requiring excessive horse-power to propel them over the lawns, while the
power required for operating the cutting bar, the real essential, is less than one-fourth horse-
power.
In the Moto-Mower less than one horse-power is required to operate both the cutting
bar and propel the machine, due to elimination of unnecessary parts and excessive weights.
Requires very little attention — few parts — no gears and no exposed
parts to accumulate oil and grit — no oil-holes to clog — few adjustments.
Has automatic release between motor and reel.
Weighs 150 pounds — moves easily — and will cut over ground too soft
for heavy power or horse-drawn mower.
Strongly built of best material — carefully machined and put together.
Guaranteed against all defects in material and workmanship.
Saves time and worry. Low in first cost — lower in upkeep. Burns one-
eighth gallon of gas per hour.
Easily operated and perfect control — will cut your lawns, around trees
and shrubs, in nooks and corners; also terraces; in fact any place the
ordinary hand mower can be used.
Unlike any other power mower, there are no gears or clutches used in
the Moto-Mower. The power from the engine is transmitted direct to the
cutting reel through chain and sprockets. The friction driving rollers on the ends of the reel shaft are brought gently into engagement
with the flange on the inner side of the wheels by simply rotating the handle bar. This permits the machine to be started or stopped
without shock or jar and allows you to turn to right or left or stop instantly — thus you have at all times a perfect control over the
machine when it is running over the ground under its own power. You also have the very great advantage of being able to run the
Moto-Mower over the ground by hand when it is necessary to cut in restricted places. Ask for special circular.
Patents pending
27-inch cut
SPECIFICATIONS
The Genuine Philadelphia Lawn-Mower
Four blades, lO-inch wheel, 6^-inch cylinder, train of three gears, double ratchet.
Style “A” All Steel. This is the lightest draft Lawn Mower made, and, being made entirely of steel, it is
by far the most durable. It has no competitor. 15-in., $24; 17-in.,
$26.50; 19-in., $29.25; 2i-in., $32.
Blue Grass Lawn-Mower
The Blue Grass Lawn-Mower has 8-inch drive wheel, shaft L^inch
diameter in adjustable plain bearing box, and three tempered tool-steel
knives on reel. In the Blue Grass Lawn Mo^er we have the best value
that has ever been offered in a low-price machine. 12-in., $8 ; 14-in., $8.25 ;
1 6-in., $8.75; 1 8-in., $9.
Weight. 160 pounds.
Cut. 27 inches.
Power. I horse-power, 2-cycle, air-cooled
Gasoline Motor, reversible.
Ignition. Jump-spark, Ford unit-coil and
four dry cells.
Radiation. Air-cooled.
Speed. 2 or 3 miles per hour, controlled by
governor.
Control. Handlebar.
Lubrication. Motor-Mower special oil in
motor, cup grease in all other bearings.
Price of Moto-Mower $275
Drive. Sprocket and chain to reel. Fiber
friction rollers on end of reel shaft to side
wheels, automatic release.
Friction Release. Between motor and reel.
Bearings. Timken Roller and Bound Brook
bronze and graphite, oil-less bearings.
Wizard Ball-Bearing Lawn-Mower
In the Wizard we offer a high-grade Lawn-Mower at a low price.
It is equipped with 9-inch drive wheels, four tempered tool-steel blades
with crucible tool-steel under-knife, hardened and tempered. The patent
cone adjustment has overcome what here-
tofore has proved a serious objection to all
ball-bearing Mowers. 14-in., $11; i6-in.,
$11.50;
lo-in
Blue Grass Lawn-Mower
Wizard Ball-Bearing Lawn-Mower
Genuine Philadelphia Lawn-Mower
100 GRINDSTONES
The L W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa, 4
The “Bike” Grindstone
of solid cold
stone, 50 to
-rolled
60 lbs.
All-steel frame with malleable trimmings, double-pedal, roller bearing, spring seat, easy running; operator has
three times the power of a single pedal. One man can easily do the work of two. It is rigid, strong, and non-
destructible. The stone contains the best grit for grinding scythes, knives, axes, etc.
No. I Stone, weight 65 to 80 lbs Sii 50
No. 2 Stone, weight 80 to no lbs 12 00
The Sterling Grindstone
(BALL-BEARING)
A steel tubular frame, mounted Grind-
stone. Ball-bearing throughout. Absolutely
the best mounted
Grindstone on the
market.
A double - treadle
frame embracing the
bicycle features of our bi-treadle.
All rods and bolts are threaded;
there are no cotter pins and no
loose parts. Permanent rigidity
is insured. Provided with a large
comfortable seat and clothes
protector.
Fitted on crank and
shaft with improved
ball bearings — en-
cased— consisting of
a hea^^ steel ball cas-
ing and a cone or
sleeve, turned out
steel shafting, balls cannot work loose or drop out. Weight of
Price, S10.50.
Samson Mounted Grindstone Specially Selected Stone
The frame is made of the best seasoned hardwood. The legs are securely framed into the side-
bars and fastened by a bolt. The ends of the sidebars are neatly turned to serv'e as handles.
No. 150 Stone, weighs 100 to no lbs., usual thickness to 2^ inches S8 OO
155 Stone, weighs 70 to 80 lbs., usual thickness to 2^ inches 7 5^
No. 160 Stone, weighs 40 to 50 lbs., usual thickness 1% to 2^4 inches 7
Empire Power Grindstone
Samson Mounted Grindstone
Improved Ball-Bearing Family Grindstone
The Empire Ball-bearing Power Grindstone is designed to meet the needs of the farmer who
desires a grindstone to be operated by a gasoline engine. The Empire not only pos^sses the needed
strength and staunchness to withstand the strenuous service of everyday use, but is of hght weight
and easily handled. The Empire is equipped with genuine Berea Stone, 24 inches in diameter and
2 inches to inches thick. This is the most efficient and
the best grit produced for general use and
especially for farm tools. Weight, complete,
about 225 lbs. Price, complete, with pulley and
crank handle, $29.50.
Improved Ball-Bearing
Family Grindstone
The best family Grindstone made, without ex-
ception. Supplied with a fine specially selected
Berea Grindstone, turned and rubbed smooth,
mounted on a steel shaft and steel ball
bearings. Prices no higher than for the
ordinar\' style.
PRICES Postpaid
8-inch $3 OO $3 25
lo-inch 3 50 3 75
12-inch 4 00 4 25
No kitchen equipment is complete
without one of these grindstones. Will
last a lifetime.
Empire Power Grindstone
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
FARM IMPLEMENTS 101
POST-HOLE DIGGERS
Standard Earth Augers
Standard Earth Augers are “standard” because they will do the most work in the shortest
time with the least labor, and are made of the highest grade material. It is the only Auger made
having movable blades which open to discharge contents. Will dump sticky clay with ease.
Can be instantly adjusted to bore many different-sized holes. In fact, it has no equal for any
kind of earth-boring. It bores seven different-sized holes — 8, g, lo, 1 1, 12, i.^,
and 14 inches in diameter and 3K feet deep. The stem can be fitted with
^ ■ pipe extension to bore extra-deep holes or wells. $5.75 each.
Universal
It has cast steel blade of best quality, strong, durable and easily operated. Works in all
kinds of soil, clay, sand, gravel, shale, etc. $3 each.
'Lock Lever
The best implement ever put into the ground for the purpose of digging holes. It is
easily operated. A boy can work with it. A trial will convince anyone that it will save its
cost in a few days’ use. The cast steel blade is fitted with automatic self-lock which locks
the blade at right angles so that both hands may be used in lifting the ground out of the
hole. Works equally well in any kind of soil from muck to stones. $2.75 each.
Open
Universal
Closed
Tamping Head Steel Digger
Lock-
lever
All-steel, long and wide cutting blade with large tamping head made of l-inch round steel; length over all S feet, q inches,
$2.50 each.
Wood-Chopper’s Wedges
No. 136. Square head; axe finish; weight 3, 4, and 5 lbs. ii cts. per lb.
No. 137. Round head; Truckee Pattern; weight 3, 4, and 5 lbs. 12 cts. per lb.
Truckee Pattern
Wood Plow Doubletrees
No. 2-A. Doubletree 3M x 38 inches, singletrees 2^ x 34
inches, end hook ^inch. The above set made from second-
growth oak, hickory, and ash, painted red. Complete $4.
Wood Plow and Cultivator
Singletree
Harvester Doubletrees and Yoke
WITH HOOK IN CENTER
26-inch $i 10
28-inch I 20
30-inch I 30
32-inch I 40
Harvester Doubletrees and Yoke
No. 46A. Complete hitch for land-rollers, hay rakes, tedders, mowing machines or
any implement where flat doubletree is used. Painted red. Complete, including
doubletree, singletrees and yoke, $2.50.
Team Neck Yokes Ironed
No. 31 A. Made from second-growth oak, hickory, or ash. 3-inch; 42 inches or 48
inches long; ring ^^inch thick, 3^ inches diameter. $1.75 each.
No. 36-A. I M- or 2-inch ; 24 inches long . $i
No. 41-A. Snap with band around cen-
ter, l%- or 2-inch; 24 inches long. . i
Neck- and Breast- Yokes painted red.
25
25
102 FENCES
The /. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa. H
American
Farm Fence
There are many imitations
of American Fence, but only one
original and genuine. It has been
the standard for more than twenty years,
standing up under every test of changing
weather, unruly stock, and other adverse condi-
tions. A mechanical “Hinge Joint,” correct design,
full-size wires and perfect galvanizing, make it the
most economical and durable fence on the market.
The wire used in American Fence is just right for fence pur-
poses— not too hard or too soft. It is tough and strong, having
just enough spring to give it the “life” required in a woven wire
fence, and can be spliced in the field with ordinary fence tools.
It is galvanized by a superior galvanizing process.
When you buy American Fence you get full weight, full-gauge
wires, full-length rolls, and the heaviest and smoothest galvanizing.
Each stay in American Fence is a separate and distinct wire,
making what is known as a “Hinge Joint” Fence. By the use of
this “Hinge Joint,” should severe or unusual pressure be brought
against the Fence, when this pressure is removed the fence will
resume its original position.
It also has the tension curve which provides for the expansion
and contraction during warm and cold weather, enabling the
Fence to retain its normal position under these varying conditions.
PRICES PER ROD
Styli
e A. Top
No.
832.
32
No.
939.
39
No.
1047.
47
No.
1155.
55
wires No. 11
Put up in 20-rod rolls.
high.
8 bars, 6-in. stays, weight 1 1 lbs. . . J
9 bars, l2-in. stays, weight lbs.
Per rod
77
65
72
81
In 10-rod rolls 25 cts. per roll extra
Style D. All wires including stays No. 9
Put up in 20-rod rolls.
No. 832.
No. 1047.
No. 1155.
Staples.
32 in. high, 8 bars, 6-in. stays, weight 17 lbs. .
47 in. high, 10 bars, 12-in. stays, weight r6 lbs. . .
55 in. high, ii bars, 12-in. stays, weight 18 lbs. . .
In 10-rod rolls 25 cts. per roll extra
Ij^-inch. 10 cts. per lb.
Per rod
13
04
17
We have listed above the most popular sizes and styles which
we carry in stock at Pittsburgh. We will send on request a com-
plete catalogue of American Fences, any of which can be shipped
direct from factory.
Other Sizes and Styles
We have listed above the most popular sizes and styles of
Fences and Gates which we carry in stock at Pittsburgh. We
will send, on request, a complete catalogue of Lawn Fences and
Gates, any of which can be shipped direct from factory.
American Lawn Fence
The American Lawn Fence belongs to the class of woven wire
fences where grace of fabric is linked with usefulness, strength,
and lasting qualities. As such it is largely used around lawns, for
the fencing of front yards, for flower-beds, for division fences
between residences and in many ways where utility and beauty
are to be combined.
The American Lawn Fence is made of stiff steel wire pickets
of all No. 9 wire, firmly bound together with lateral cables made
up of two strands of No. 12 tough steel wire — all thoroughly
galvanized to be proof against weather conditions.
This fence is of the greatest durability and strength, and holds
its shape admirably when stretched taut and firmly fastened as
all fences should be.
The crimp in the pickets increases the strength and beauty of
the fabric.
The close spacing between the pickets not only makes it un-
climbable, but keeps out smaller animals.
PRICES per roll of 150 feet
Style B. Pickets 1 inches apart
Height 42 in.; weight per roll, 286 lbs., per roll $24 00
Height 51 in.; weight per roll, 333 lbs., per roll 30 00
American Lawn Walk Gate
Filled with a heavily galvanized ornamental fabric. Pickets 1 H
inches apart
American
Lawn Walk
Gates are hand-
some, strong,
and durable.
They are espec-
ially designed for
residences and
when combined
with American
Lawn Fence
make a most
pleasing and at-
tractive appear-
ance.
Pickets in the
filler are made of
heavily galvan-
ized No. 9 crimp-
. iltt&u'fcia*
edwire. Horizontal cables are made up of No. 12 galvanized wires.
PRICES
For 3-foot opening, 42 in. high; weight 22 lbs $6 25
For 3-foot opening, 51 in. high; weight 25 lbs 6 50
Above prices include fixtures for wood posts and are f.o.b. mill
if not in stock.
The L W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
POULTRY AND GARDEN FENCES 103
Blue Ribbon Poultry
Fence
Top and Bottom Wires No. 15. All Other
Wires, including Stays, No. 17
STANDARD SPACING
Strength — Durability — Protection — Beauty —
Economy — Ease of Handling
These are the features of the ideal Poultry
Fence sought for by all buyers. In fact,
these are practically all the good points any
fence-user could wish for, and they make Blue Ribbon truly a
“blue ribbon” Poultry Fence.
The ease of handling Blue Ribbon Fence is a joy to the average
busy man, be he farmer or poultryman. With well-braced end
posts, the entire length of the fence is stretched at one operation,
is easily nailed to the posts — and the job is done. No top railing
or bottom board is necessary — no laborious stretching between
posts — no baggy, ungainly fence after all is completed.
The strength of Blue Ribbon Poultry Fence is established by
its heavy wires just twice the size of the wires used in ordinary
2-inch poultry netting — also by its superior weave. Everything
considered — material, labor, and wire — Blue Ribbon Fence costs
only one-half the cost of netting and lasts several times as long.
The one-piece stay (up and down wire) gives the fence greater
rigidity — makes it self-supporting without the top rail and bottom
board used in netting. The famous Square Deal Knot never slips.
Protection to growing chicks is only obtained by a strong, well-
stretched fence with line wires close enough together so the
chicks cannot possibly crawl out and stray away. Blue Ribbon
line wires at the bottom of the fence are only one inch apart.
The first four spaces of Standard Blue Ribbon Fence, between
strand wires, commencing at the bottom, are i inch, then i pi in-
ches, I'j/i inches, lyi inches, inches, 2 inches, 2yi inches,
2^ inches, 3^ inches, and above this 4 inches. The stay wires (up
and down wires) are only 4 inches apart.
Prices per 10-Rod Roll, Standard Spacing
No. 1424. 24 inches high, 14 strands $4 25
No. 1736. 36 inches high, 17 strands 5 50
No. 2048. 48 inches high, 20 strands 6 50
No. 2360. 60 inches high, 23 strands 7 50
No. 2672. 72 inches high, 26 strands 8 50
OISTIHCE
BETWEEN
21 BARS 58 INCH
American Poultry and Garden Fence
There are many imitations of American Fence, but only one original and genuine. It
has stood the test of twenty years.
The wire used in American Fence is just right for fence purposes — not too hard nor too
soft. It is tough and strong, having just enough spring to give it the “life” required in a
woven wire fence, and can be spliced in the field with ordinary fence tools. It is galvanized
by a superior galvanizing process. When you buy American Fence you get full weight, full
gauge wires, full-length rolls, and the heaviest and smoothest galvanizing. Each stay in
American Fence is a separate and distinct wire, making what is known as a “hinge joint”
fepce. By the use of this “hinge joint,” should severe or unusual pressure be brought against
the fence, when this pressure is removed the fence will resume its original position.
It also has the tension curve which provides for the expansion and contraction during
warm and cold weather, enabling the fence to retain its normal position under these vary-
ing conditions.
Spacing between bars from bottom to top in inches: i^, i^, lyi, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2^,
2K 3, 3K, 4, 4, 4K, 4K, 5, 5- .,,1 • • , m
Top and bottom wires are No. ii gauge. All other wires, including stays. No. 14;
stay wires 6 inches apart.
Prices per 165-Foot Roll
No. 1324. 24 inches high, 13 bars $5 75
No. 1635. 35 inches high, 16 bars 7 25
No. 1843. -43 inches high, 18 bars 8 25
No. 1948. 48 inches high, 19 bars 8 75
No. 2053. 53 inches high, 20 bars 9 25
No. 2158. 58 inches high, 21 bars 9 75
Staples for above, 12 cts. per lb.
Picket Fence
This popular Fence for gardens, yards, vacant lots,
etc., is made of good oak pickets inches wide, ^
inch thick, and 4 feet long, woven together, 2^ inches
apart, with five cables of No. 12 galvanized wire. No
rail is required. We make this Fence to order in
quantities to suit the purchaser.
PRICES
Less than 75 feet, per foot $0 12
75 feet and upwards, per foot 11
Union Lock Poultry- Yard Gates
6 feet high, 3 feet wide $5 00
7 feet high, 3 feet wide 5 50
104 POULTRY AND GARDEN FENCES
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Diamond Mesh Poultry
Netting
Made from No. 20 gauge wire and galvanized after
weaving.
Put up in 50-
and 150-foot
2-inch mesh
I-
Height
50 ft.
150 ft.
50
I foot
So 70
Si 50
Si
1 ^2 feet
2 10
2 feet
I 10
2 60
2
2)4 feet
3 10
3 feet
I 50
3 60
3
4 feet
2 00
4 75
4
5 feet
2 50
6 00
6 feet
3 00
7 00
Staples 12 cts.
per lb.
/ 0
6o
75
150 ft.
>3 40
4 75
6 00
7 25
8 25
II 00
American Poultry-Yard Gates
American Steel Gates, always efficient and well designed, have been improved
both in structure, finish and operation. The tubular steel frames combine great
strength, durability, and beauty. Gates and fittings are thoroughly galvanized.
American frames are covered or filled with a 2-inch mesh fabric of truss form,
which not only proves a barrier to the smallest animals while lending bridge-like
rigidity and strength, but also makes the gates unclimbable. The combination
of the frame and the truss filling produces the highest type of fence gate, answer-
ing every requirement of good engineering practice.
PRICES
For 3-foot opening, 42 inches high; weight 19 lbs S5 25
For 3-foot opening, 50 inches high; weight 21 lbs 5 50
For 3-foot opening, 58 inches high; weight 23 lbs 5 75
Above prices include fixtures for wood posts.
rnniMmmhwiWmm
t.jlWiriifiWififififlWjMifili!
uwrnihmmiWmhWkhm^^
Above prices include fixtures for wood posts and are f.o.b. factory if not in stock,
American Single Drive Gates
With galvanized tubular steel frame, filled with a 2-in.
diamond mesh galvanized fabric which is unclimbable
A strong, non-climbable, and economical farm
Gate. Universally recognized for its simplicity and
durability. In addition to upright tubular brace the
frame is supported by a diagonal brace rod which
keeps it firm and prevents sagging.
PRICES
For lo-ft. opening, 42 in. high; weight 56 lbs.
For lo-ft. opening, 50 in. high: weight 61 lbs.
For lo-ft. opening, 58 in. high; weight 67 lbs.
For i2-ft. opening, 42 in. high; weight 65 lbs.
For i2-ft. opening, 50 in. high; weight 71 lbs.
For i2-ft. opening, 58 in. high; weight 77 lbs.
MI 50
12 00
12 50
12 75
13 25
13 75
‘‘Can’t-Sag” Gates
-Aituilvw.
“Can’t Sag” Gate 52 inches high made of five 6-inch boards
spaced as follows from bottom to top: 2^, 4^, 7T4, and
inches apart.
“Can’t Sag” Gates are neither all wood nor all steel but a 7
happy combination of the two. They retain all good features ’7
of wood Gates and the advantages of steel Gates, but have
none of the drawbacks of either. They last longer than anyj:_
other Gate you can build or buy. They weigh only half as
much as ordinary all-wood Gates and are far stronger than '
any steel, wire, or gas pipe Gate made. They “Can’t-Sag” even a quarter of an inch. Your stock can see them plainly and can’t
injure themselves by running into or crowding against them.
If a board breaks it doesn’t let the Gate sag or fall down, you simply slip out the broken board and replace it with a new one and
in five minutes you have another perfect “Can’t-Sag” Gate as good as new and repaired at the cost of one board and a few minutes’
spare time. “Can’t-Sag” Gates are the neatest, trimmest looking Gate ever put up. 12 feet long, 52 inches high. Sio.
“Can4 Sag’’ Gate Steels
For the farmer who prefers to furnish his own lumber and make his own Gate we furnish all irons necessarv' to build the Gate as
shown abov'e — eveiything except the boards. This includes 4 pairs of Angle Steel Uprights, Double Truss Braces, Hook Lag Screws,
Hinges, Bolts, Washers, Lightning Socket Wrench, directions, etc. Price of set complete, S4.50.
FENCE MATERIALS 105
The I. W, Scott
Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
American G alvanized
Steel Fence Posts
“The Post Without a Fault"*
The New American Galvanized Post surpasses
all others in Strength — Durability — Economy.
The cylindrical shape gives greater resist-
ance at the ground line and makes it easier to
drive the post. The line posts are 14^ gauge
and all parts are hot galvanized inside and
out. Posts are galvanized after being formed
and punched, all parts being protected by gal-
vanizing. Line Posts when driven open auto-
matically, providing self-anchorage.
Twenty years of actual service is convinc-
ing proof of the lasting quality of the Ameri-
can Post, Nothing adds more to the appear-
ance of a farm than fence stretched on neat,
uniform, and sightly steel posts.
For woven-wire fence, barb wire, and plain
wire.
Line Posts
Each
5- foot; weight 7 lbs $0 70
6- foot; weight 8.4 lbs 75
6)4-loot; weight 9.1 lbs 80
7- foot; weight 9.8 lbs 85
7>^-foot; weight 10.5 lbs 90
8- foot; weight 11.2 lbs i 00
Sizes carried in stock 6^- 7-, and 7^-foot.
Q Special prices on lots of 25 posts and upward.
S
End and Corner Posts
For Setting in the Ground
End Posts. 7‘foot; weight 76 lbs $7 25
7>^-foot; weight 83 lbs 8 00
8-foot; weight 88 lbs 8 50
Comer Posts. 7-foot; weight 125 lbs 12 00
7^-foot; weight 128 lbs 12 25
8-foot; weight 133 lbs 12 75
For Setting in Concrete Each
End Posts. 7-foot; weight 51.8 lbs $4 50
‘j}44oot; weight 55.3 lbs 4 75
8-foot; weight 59.3 lbs 5 00
Comer Posts. 7-foot; weight 72.9 lbs 6 60
7>^-foot; weight 77^7 lbs 6 85
8-foot; weight 83.4 lbs 7 10
All End Posts are equipped with one brace, Corner Posts with
two braces. Shipped complete with all fittings ready to set in
ground or concrete. All End and Corner Posts shipped direct
from factory.
Extras
Ornamental Tops. For Line Posts So 25
For End Posts 40
Driving Caps. For Line Posts . . . 40
Special Barb Wire
Our Special Barb Wire is made of No. 14 galvanized, strong
steel wire, and has a breaking strength of 1,000 pounds. The
barbs are short and humane. so-rod reel
Two-Point Cattle. Barbs about 5 inches apart $2 90
Two-Point Hog. Barbs about 3 inches apart 3 10
Regular Barb Wire
Made from No. 12 galvanized wire. We can furnish in different
styles as follows: go-rod reel
Two-Point Cattle. Barbs about 5 inches apart $4 00
Two-Point Hog. Barbs about 3 inches apart. . . . 4 25
Fotir-Point Cattle. Barbs about 5 inches apart 4 30
Four-Point Hog. Barbs about 3 inches apart 4 65
If preferred we can furnish above in regular reels weighing from
100 to 120 pounds at $5.00 per 100 pounds.
Galvanized Plain Wire loo-lb. roll
No. 9 $4 80
No. 10 4 85
No. 11 4 90
No. 12 4 95
Galvanized Coil Spring Wire
No. 9. Price per 100 lbs. (rolls weigh from 145 to 160 lbs.) $4.90.
Galvanized Staples
1- or 1 5^-inch. Price per lb. 10 cts.
I- or 1^4-inch. Price per lOO-lb. keg $5.25.
Wire Nails
20d Common Nails $4 10
lOd Common Nails 4 30
8d Common Nails 4 40
9d Common Nails 4 40
Prices on other sizes quoted on request. Prices subject to
change without notice.
Special prices will be quoted on any of the above wire in ton or
half -ton lots
No. 1900. Fence Tool
A genuine Fence Tool
that drives staples, pulls
staples, cuts wire, and
saves time. $1.50; post-
paid, 1 1. 60.
“Red DeviP^ Improved Haven Clamp
This Improved Haven
Clamp is made from a forg-
ing, very simple, strong,
and durable; the best 1
Clamp for barb or smooth
wire. Takes )j *L
No. 8 wire and a ~
smaller. $2.25;
postpaid, $2.40.
American Single Wire Stretcher
Little Giant Wire Stretcher
The Little Giant Wire Stretcher is the best crank stretcher
made. It is constructed entirely of malleable iron. $1.25; post-
paid, $1.40.
American Single Wire Stretcher
Made of malleable iron. Absolutely the best Single Wire
Stretcher in the world. It is just what you want for stretching
barbed and plain wire. $1.25; postpaid, $1.40.
106 HARVESTING MACHINES
The /. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
HARVESTING MACHINERY
We have space to describe but a few of our harvesting tools. If you are in the market for a Binder, Mower, Rake, Tedder, or
any other harvesting machinery’, write us for special catalogue and prices. Our line is complete and our machines are guaranteed.
Moline Binders and Mowers
We have sold the Moline Binders and Mowers for the past thirty years and do not
hesitate to recommend them as equal to, and, in many respects, superior
to all other makes.
Investigate before buying and you wall have but one choice — Moline
Binder. Considered by those who know, to be the surest tying
and the simplest knotter made — no toggles or delicate parts to
get out of order. Any boy can adjust a Moline
knotter. Only one set screw to tighten or loosen
as the case may be.
Binder is driven direct from gear shaft. Chain
has nothing to do but drive the binding parts.
No extra strain on the elevator chain, which
means no chain trouble.
Rollers have self-aligning boxes which always
run free no matter what position.
Moline No. 7 Binder
Made in 6-, 7-, and 8-foot cut and
is the simplest and most up-to-date
Binder. Also made in larger sizes for
tractor use. Special illustrated catalogue
and prices mailed on request.
Moline No. 7 Binder
Moline No. 8 Two-Horse Mower
!Made in 5-, 6-, and 8-foot cut. Thfe
Spring hitch relieves the jar on the horses;
crank shaft has bronze bearings; knife always
in line; steel bearing plates for knife; no
broken knife-heads. The Moline Mower is of
lighter draft, and will do cleaner and better
work than other Mowers. Special catalogue
and on request.
Moline No. 10 One-Horse Mower
Made in 3^- and 4-foot cut. The one-horse Mowers are
much used on golf-courses and large lawns, cutting closely
the short, soft grass and gi\dng in such work the same satis-
faction that they give in the hayfield.
Moline Harvesting Machines give the best service for
the longest time at the least expense. They are the sim-
plest and best proportioned, the lightest in draft. Write for
special catalogue and prices.
Price $114.
The Lancaster Side
Delivery Rake
I n the construction of the ‘ ‘Lancaster’’
Side Delivery Rake, which is com-
paratively new, we have combined all
ithe good points, and avoided all the
[faults of those that have gone before.
It is simple, durable, well made, easily
operated, and perfectly satisfactory' in
its work. It gathers up the hay, free
from dust and dirt, into a continuous,
loose and fluffy windrow, through which
the air freely passes. In capacity, it is
equal to any Rake of the kind made,
and greater than most of them.
HARVESTING MACHINES 107
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
Hocking Valley Steel Tedder
The Wheels are very heavy and have abundant strength to
stand in any territory.
The Draft Frame and the tedder frame are connected by two
steel springs, one on each side, which act as a sort of cushion to
the tedder frame, counteracting the jar and motion caused by the
rapid action of the forks. The machine is thrown in and out of
gear, even while at work, by means of an upright lever within
easy reach of the driver. The Six-fork Tedder is furnished with
combination pole and shafts, and the Eight-fork Tedder with pole,
doubletrees, and neckyoke.
Six-Fork Tedder, with combined pole and shafts $67 00
Eight-Fork Tedder, with pole, doubletrees, and neckj^oke. 74 00
Hocking Valley Steel Champion Rake
The Hocking Valley Steel Champion Rake has been designed,
constructed and finished with a view of making it the best sulky
rake offered to the trade.
It is a self-dump Rake in which the labor of discharging, as well
as gathering the load, is done by the horse. The shafts can be
changed into a pole for two horses easily and quickly. There are
no springs of any kind on it to become weak and get out of order.
It produces no jar in dumping.
The vibrating cleaner rods lie on top of the windrow, and by
their weight keep it compact, and enable the Rake to gather the
hay by pushing it along, not rolling it. Thus, when the dump is
made, the hay is turned bottom side up and the damp part ex-
posed to the vfind and sun.
PRICES
8- foot, with 20 teeth S43 00
9- foot, with 24 teeth 45 00
lo-loot, with 26 teeth 47 00
The Huber Revolving Hay-Rake
Hocking Valley Hay Loader
The Hocking Valley Hay Loader is carefully and thoroughly
constructed from the very best selected material and is guaranteed
to do its work.
It is so nicely balanced on the axle that it is neither top-heavy,
nor do the teeth drag on the ground with unnecessary weight.
It is acknowledged to be the lightest of draft of any Loader made.
It is intended principally as a swath Loader, but will work with
equal satisfaction in windrows that are not excessively large. In
fact where the hay is light it is better to rake it in
small windrows first.
It is furnished with wood wheels made of the best
seasoned hickory, and they are as strong and durable
as wagon wheels.
Wherever the name Hocking Valley is known, that
is sufficient guarantee of the qualities of the Loader,
and that in construction, material, and finish ,
it is without a rival. We make but one size,
8 feet wide. $125.
It is the most practical Rake in use, and is made of the best
selected hardwood timber thoroughly seasoned. The teeth are
square and are framed in the heads perfectly solid, thus giving
them more strength and making them less liable to come loose
and break, and enabling them to gather the hay better than a
round-tooth Rake. Leaves the hay in better shape for pitching
and building than any other style of Rake.
PRICES
8- foot, 14 teeth $15 00
9- foot, 16 teeth 16 00
The Standard Hay-Rack
Capacity, 2 tons. (Patented)
With reasonable care will last a lifetime. No cross-pieces above
the floor. Wagon can turn short, front wheels turning under the
rack. Ladders fold down when not in use, front ladder making
a spring seat. Material, clear red elm, securely bolted,
|-inch steel bolts being used in its construction.
Shipped “knocked down.” Can be set up in thirty
minutes, the only tool required being a
wrench.
16 feet long, 38-inch bolster. . . .$26 00
16 feet long, 42-inch bolster. ... 27 00
Furnished at the above price to fit
either 38- or 42-inch bolsters. In order-
ing be careful to state width of bolsters
J"
108 HARVEST GOODS
The L W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Myers Clover Leaf Unloader
Swivel and Reversible 16-inch Truck
for Double Steel Track
The jMyers Clover Leaf L^nloader is
built of malleable iron throughout. It is
hea\y and substantially made. Trucks
are i6 inches long. Track wheels are
large and revolve on ^-inch turned steel
axles. Lock is composed of three parts
and has no springs. This Unloader has
wide-open mouth to receive fork pulley
when swinging at any angle. Rope
sheaves have longer hub than other Un-
loaders. Knocker and end stop fur-
nished with each Unloader.
PRICES
No. 114. Unloader. Complete
as described aboye Si i 50
No. 824. Double Steel Track, as
illustrated. Per foot 31
No. 301. Steel Rafter Brackets,
as illustrated. Each 09
No. 302. Steel Track Hanging
Hooks, as illustrated. Each . . 20
No. 266. ^-inch Floor Hooks.
Each 20
MYERS HAY TOOLS
Myers Hay Forks
No. 268. Myers Double
Harpoon Fork is con-
structed of heavy ma-
terial. It is well riveted
and has 25-inch steel
tines, nicely sharp-
ened. $3.25 each.
No. 773. Nellis Fork is
constructed of extra-
quality material
throughout. This Fork
is nicely finished. Point
is sharp as shown in
illustration. $5.75 ea.
Myers Pulleys
No. 1120. Has 6-inch
w^ood sheave, i-inch
loose pin, swdvel eye.
Frame is made in two
halves, riveted together. Axle is i inches. 8oc. ea.
No. 1267. Has cast frame, 6-inch wood sheave, l}i-
inch pin. Neat design. Different from the ordinary
plain Pulley . 65 cts. each.
No. 692. All Cast Iron Pulley. Sheave is 5^^ inches
with solid axle. 65 cts. each.
No. 434. Reed Wood Frame Pulley. Has i in. loose pin. No. 773
self-lubricating wood sheave, with steel hook. 65c. ea.
No. 466. Not illustrated. Same as No. 434, with Swivel Eye. $0.65.
No. 1124. Has malleable iron frame extending around the
entire surface of the sheave. Frame is made in two separate
pieces riveted together at the swivel eye; has malleable
iron clevis and steel bolt; has iron sheave. Is especially
designed for rough usage. Si. 85 each.
No. 824
No. 302
Mowing Scythes and Snaths
The following have been selected from the products of the
leading manufacturers of this class of tools. They will be found
exceptionally free from the defects caused by poor material and
workmanship so often found in this class of goods.
No. 00 Patent Snath Si 75
No. 100 Brush Snath, with Ring i 90
European Snath 2 00
European Scythe 3 50
Village Blacksmith Scythe 2 00
Blood’s Champion Weed Scythe 2 00
Blood’s Champion Brush Scythe 2 00
No. 1120
No. 1267
No. 692
No. 434
Grain Cradles
Westmoreland. The Westmoreland
is a hand-made Cradle well
known all over western Penn-
sylvania for the past twenty-five
years. There is none better on<
the market. $9.
Schwoh Champion. The Schwob Champion is a machine-made
Cradle, well known throughout the middle and southern states.
Although cheaper than the hand-made Cradle, it does excellent
work, and is strong and durable. $6. £3^,}^
Extra Fingers for the above, hand-made So 40
Extra Fingers for the above, oil-sprung 20
The /. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
HARVEST GOODS 109
Carborundum Grinder
This machine is especially adapted to work on the farm. It is equipped
with a simple, practical device for sharpening mower-section knives, a double
bevel carborundum wheel for this work, a special tool wheel and a tool-rest.
Each wheel is mounted on a special iron center. The machine is strong, dur-
able, and most convenient for sharpening all edged farm tools. The Grinder
is converted into a tool-grinding machine by simply attaching the special tool
wheel to the end of the shaft. The double bevel carborundum wheel is 2)^2
inches in diameter and 3H inches wide. The carborundum tool wheel is 4
inches in diameter by 1 34 inches thick. Price, $10.
Caurbonindum Scythe Stones
Carborundum Scythe Stones must
not be classed with the ordinary
Scythe Stones. The old style stones
are merely sandstone. They simply
rub the edge on. Carborundum cuts it — fast and clean. 10 in. 35c., 12 in. 40c.,
10 in. (heavy) 40c.
Binder Twine
We have always made a specialty of furnishing our customers
with high-grade Binder Twine. We will not handle Twine about
which there is the least suspicion of shortage in length, poor m.a-
terial, or workmanship. We furnish the following:
Sisal. 500 feet to the pound.
Standard. 500 feet to the pound.
Manila. 600 feet to the pound.
Pure Manila. 650 feet to the pound.
Write for prices specifying quantity wanted.
Rope
We handle the best grades of Manila and Sisal Rope; especially
adapted for hay fork outfits and other hard w^ork where a strong,
serviceable rope is required.
SIZES AND PRICES PER FOOT
JS<4-in. H-in. yi-in. f^-in. yi-ia.. >^-in. i-in.
Manila. $0 02 $0 0234 |o 04 $0 06 $0 07 $0 10 $0 12
Sisal 0134 02 03 04 05 08 10
INTERNATIONAL
Durability
Service
Reliability
HARVESTER
THE I. H. C. LINE
HAYING MACHINES
CORN MACHINES
TRACTORS
PLANTING AND SEEDING MACHINES
GRAIN-HARVESTING MACHINES
TILLAGE IMPLEMENTS
DAIRY EQUIPMENT
POWER MACHINES
ENGINES
COMPANY
OF AMERICA, Inc-
PITTSBURGH PENNSYLVANIA
We are the Pittsburgh agents for The International Harvester Co. and are prepared to furnish anything in the
I. H. C. line. If you cannot buy International goods in your neighborhood, write us for catalogue and prices, naming the
particular machine in which you are interested. Repair orders will receive prompt attention. THE 1. W. SCOTT CO.
110 HAY PRESSES— SILO FILLERS
The I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
ANN ARBOR HAY-PRESSES
For Steam or Gasoline Engine — 6 to 15 H. P. — Makes 140 to
175-pound bales
The all-round heavy service
champion
You can do an>i;hing with the Columbia that you would
ever ask any Hay-Press to do. It is a double-geared machine
designed for general-purpose baling and is generally used
where the Hay-Press is to be driven by steam power.
The Columbia is the machine that made our
reputation years ago. The best features of Ann
Arbor construction are in it. It has always been
our leader — the Columbia Presses that we sold
fifteen and twenty years ago are still giHng good
service today.
WTere greater baling capacity is required, with
weight in the bales, this double-geared Press is
bj' far the most desirable. Careful tests made by
our experimental department have proved that in hard baling
the double-geared Press stands 33 per cent more work than the
single-geared Presses of other manufacture. Illustrated catalogue
and prices on request.
Hay Bale Ties
The Ann Arbor “Columbia”
Hocking Valley Silo Filler and
Fodder Cutter
Made with 9-, 11-, 13- and 15-inch throat, Self -feed Table and
Single-Loop
We make a specialty of furnishing Steel Wire Hay Bale Ties for
baling hay, straw, waste paper, etc., to suit all the different sizes
and styles of balers. We carry' in stock at Pittsburgh for qGick
shipment the leading sizes of cross- head and single-loop ties and
can also make prompt shipments direct from factory’. Prices will
be quoted on request.
Climax Silo Filler
The Climax is a Pneumatic Ensilage Cutter or Blower. Both
the cutting and elevating are done by' a large wheel which carries
the knives on one side and the elevating fans on the other. Both
the cutting and elevating, therefore, are done at one operation,
in a much simpler manner and with the expenditure of much less
power than in those machines where the elevating deHce is a fan
attachment added to the cutter.
The ease with which such great quantities of ensilage can be
placed in the highest silos by' our machines is not due alone to the
wind force of the blower, as in the cylinder cutters, but principally'
to the impelling power of the hea\’y wheel which answers the
combined purpose of cutter, blower, and balance wheel. This
wheel weighs from 190 to 375 pounds, according to capacity. The
cut material falls from each knife blade ^
to the corresponding fan and is thrown
up with such force that the air drawn
in and compressed completes the de-
livery with the least expenditure of
power. Ask for special circular and
prices.
Silage Deflector, mounted and unmounted
Special Circular and
Prices on Request
This Blower is so compact, so simple in construction and so free
from machinery and complicated parts that its merits are recog-
nized on sight. Excepting the ground sill it is made entirely' of
metal. It consists simply' of a heax'y' iron disc or balance wheel
to which are attached the knives and fan blades, and these are
enclosed in a circular iron drum or case. These with the feed-
rollers and main ^haft on which the balance wheel revolves, con-
stitute practically the whole machine.
The manner of attaching the knives to the balance wheel calls
for special attention. They do not shear, as in other similar
cutters, from the inner end toward the outer end of the shear bar.
On the contrary, the knives are so set that they first meet the
shear bar at its outer end, where the momentum is greatest and
where the work is hardest and shear toward the inner end, as
the momentum diminishes and the work decreases. The im-
portance of this construction in saHng of power cannot be over-
estimated. We furnish two knives regularly, but four may be
used at an extra cost of the two knives.
The knives are adjusted, accurately, and in the simplest and
easiest manner possible, by a special patent device of our own.
In addition to the knives, we furnish splitters, when desired,
so the material may be shredded as well as cut. They are extra,
but are sometimes wanted when it is intended to mix the material
with mill feed.
We call particular attention to the I-beam base, which adds
special strength and rigidity to the frame.
Threshers — Corn-Huskers
Saw-Mills — Steam-Engines
We do not have space to illustrate and describe these lines.
Special catalogue and prices will be furnished on application
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
ENSILAGE AND FEED CUTTERS 111
Silver’s “Ohio” Monarch Blower
Silo Rllers
With 15-, 17- and IQ-inch throats
and knives
The three sizes of Silver’s “Ohio” Monarch Blower
Silo Fillers are equal to any demand that may be
made on them for individual silo filling, community
or jobbing work. They are built strong of the best
of materials for heaty duty and long service. The
direct drive construction with pulley, fan, and knives
all on one shaft but all separate is one of the secrets
for the “Ohio’s” easy running, large capacity and
the extra-fine quality of silage they produce. Before
deciding on any silo-filling outfit send for attractive
illustrated catalogue showing these machines. Prices
quoted on request.
Puts ensilage where fyou want it. Every silo owner
needs one.
You will have better ensilage if you use an Economy
Conveyor in filling your silo. It assures a better pack.
Leaves, moisture, and heavier parts are uniformly
mixed, air is excluded and even settling results.
The exclusive construction of the Economy Con-
veyor makes it almost as flexible as a rubber tube.
The flow can therefore be directed to the outer edge
of the silo as is desirable to secure even distribution,
the pressure always forcing the ensilage toward the
center.
The Economy Conveyor consists of a series of
26-gauge galvanized steel conical cylinders, 36 inches
long, 10 inches across at the top and 8 inches across
at the bottom. These are coupled by short chains
on opposite sides. The top section, made of 24-gauge
iron, is about 2 feet long, 18 inches across at the top
and 9 inches across at bottom. The flaring top is
placed close under the end of the hood on the blow-
pipe. The other end is controlled at will by the
operator, who can place the ensilage wherever desired.
One man and an Economy Conveyor can do the
work of three or four and do it better and more
quickly. It works automatically — requires only to be guided. It
will improve the packing and quality of your ensilage.
This Distributor can be used with any style blower. The sec-
tional construction permits convenient adjustment to the de-
creasing space of the silo as it fills. The tube is thus kept always
at the required length. The chains are steel and the hooks to
which the chains fasten are of galvanized iron.
Economy Ensilage Conveyor
SPECIFICATIONS
6 joints and I top section for silos 24 feet high.
8 joints and i top section for silos 30 feet high.
10 joints and i top section for silos 36 feet high.
Other heights in proportion
PRICES
Top Section, with flaring top, each S2 75
Other Sections, complete, each 2 00
Silver’s “Ohio” Light-Draft Suction
Blowers
These Light - Draft
Suction Blowers are
made in two sizes with
II- and 13-inch knives
and throats. They
were designed for light
gas engines of from
6 to 10 horse-power and
are especially adapted
for individual or com-
munity silo filling, us-
ing the regular farm
help or exchanging labor with neighbors. They are built on the
same basic “lawnmower cut,” direct drive principle as our famous
Ohio Monarchs and are guaranteed to be exacth^ as specified in
every respect. Send for complete illustrated catalogue showing
these machines in actual colors and givfing complete data.
Nos. 60 and 90
The Geneva Feed-Cutter
The Geneva Feed-Cutter has been added to our already quite
extensive line of feed-cutting machines for the purpose of accom-
modating those who prefer one with the knives on the balance
wheel. The knives are straight and flat, and of the best quality,
easily adjustable to the shear bar, and can be removed, ground
and replaced with the utmost ease. It has our patent triangular
frame, giving it a firm foundation on any surface.
No. 6. Has two 9-inch knives and is intended for hand use
only. It cuts five different lengths, pi, pi, i, and ipi inches,
and the change can be made in a moment. $43 ; Splitters S5 extra.
No. 8. Has two lo-inch knives and is also intended for hand
use only. It cuts five different lengths, same as Xo. 6. It is a
vety desirable hand machine. S46; Splitters S5.50 extra.
No. 10. Has two lo-inch knives and is intended for both hand
and power. It cuts five different lengths, same as X'o. 6 and Xo. 8.
The gearing is covered to prevent accidents, and is provided with
a lever, which not only throws it in and out of gear but reverses
the motion of the rollers, when desired. With crank attachment
and pulley, S54: Splitters S5.50 extra.
No. 12. Has two 13-inch knives and is intended for both hand
and power. It cuts six different lengths, pi, l> ^nd
ipi inches. It has its gearing protected, and also has a lever for
controlling the rollers, by means of which they can be stopped,
or made to be revolved forward or backward at will. With crank
attachment and pulley, S66; Splitters S6.50 extra.
If we reduce prices named in this catalogue during the season, the
purchaser will receive the full benefit of the prices in effect at the time
his order is received and adjustment will be made accordingly.
112 FODDER AND ROOT-CUTTERS
The L W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
The “Ohio” No. SV2 Feed-Cutter
The No. S}4 is an excellent Cutter for anyone needing a small,
easy-running machine for cutting all kinds of dry or green food
for one or a few head of stock. It is well
built and reasonably priced. The feed
box is 38 inches long and has 25-inch
diameter pulley. The framework is of
good hardwood, mortised, tenoned, and
pinned. Has high carbon steel knives,
mounted on knife heads with sliding
block for quick, accurate adjustment.
The cutter bar is chilled iron and the
patented feeding gears and rolls work
automatically whether one stalk or an
armful is being fed.
Capacity. Cuts one bushel of hay
in thirty" to forty seconds.
Length of Cut. Cuts 3^-, }4-, and i-inch lengths with two
knives or double these ien^hs with one knife.
Pulley for Power. Choice of 8- or 10 x 3-inch pulley can be
supplied.
Weight, 175 pounds. With 2 knives, $41.25: Pulley $2.50 extra.
Other sizes quoted on request.
The Kokosing Feed-Cutter
It has been designed and constructed to meet a general and
long-felt want for a hand machine that is cheap, strong, durable,
well finished, and at the same
time one that has good capacity
and does its work rapidly and
with ease. A Cutter that will fill
all these requirements has never
been offered before.
It has an ii-inch knife, an auto-
matic feed, and can be
changed in a moment to
cut various lengths.
It is made entirely of
hard wood, finished in
the natural color, is as
handsome as a piece of
furniture and is the most
durable Cutter of the
kind ever made. All things considered, it is the cheapest
hand Feed-Cutter ever offered to the trade. S31; with belt
wheel, $33.50.
Thompson's Banner Root-Cutters
No. 20 . No. 16 No. 10 No. 30
No. 20. The popular Cutter for all ordinary requirements where hand pow'er is used. Capacity' 30 to 50 bushels per hour;
weight, about 125 pounds. $18.50; extra knives $2.50 per set.
No. 16 is supplied with balance wheel, pulley, and crank, so it can be used by power or hand as desired. It is considerably
larger than the No. 20; weight about 150 pounds. Complete, pulley and crank, $25; extra knives $2.50 per set.
No. 10. Exclusively for power, capacity 4 to 6 bushels per minute. Just the machine for large feeders who drive machinery by
pow’er. This is a large, strong machine; weight about 300 lbs. Complete, for power use, $37; extra knives $3.25 per set.
No. 30. New Banner Root Cutter. Turns easily by hand. At 60 revolutions, the knives hit and cut the roots 1,800 times,
the result being at a low estimate to 2 bushels per minute of cut feed. Cut feed left in long, half-round slices that has
made the Banner Root-Cutter a popular machine for this work for twenty years. A glance at the cut of this new' Root-Cutter
shows the large capacity of the hopper — 39 inches long, 18 inches wade, and 18 inches deep at the low'er or cutting end; the
long drum wath thirty knives attached; the gravity slant of the inside of hopper; the open bottom with iron rods and open cutting
grate to allow dirt to escape without mixing with cut feed, and the fact that the largest mangels or sugar beets, turnips, pota-
toes, carrots, and any other roots that are fed to stock can all be handled wath this machine and left in the best possible shape
for feeding at so fast a rate that the results are surprising. For best results this machine should be run from 60 to 75 revolu-
tions. It works best if run slow. Weight 175 to 180 pounds. Complete, wath 10 extra knives and pulley, $37; knives, per
set of 30, $3.25. (jgscription and prices of “ Banner Root-Cutters for Poultry” see page 149
Ypsilanti Kraut Cutters
The simplest, cleanest, and most perfect Cutters
on the market. Made of extra-quality sugar maple.
Best quality woodwork, red enamel, heavy knives,
perfect construction. Each knife adjusted separately.
Price Postpaid
No. 9B. 2 knives; 9 x 26 inches $2 00 $2 25
No. 55. 3 knives; 9 x 26 inches 2 50 2 75
No. 65. 3 knives; ii x 30 inches 3 25 3 50
No. 80. 4 knives; 133^ x 40 inches. . . 6 50 6 75
GRINDING MILLS 113
I
The L W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
BOWSHER GRINDING MILLS
WRITE FOR SPECIAL
CATALOGUE
These machines represent the highest achievement in practical feed mill construction. Their convenience and
simplicity of operation, wide range of usefulness, durability of construction, and beauty of design place them
preeminently in a class by themselves. Nothing has been spared in the construction of Bowsher’s “Combination”
mills to make them thoroughly efficient “general purpose” grinders.
Aside from the high class of workmanship characterized throughout the Mills, the feature that makes them
unique among grinders is the peculiar type of cone-shaped grinding plates employed, which secure for the Mill
many advantages in the way of light running qualities, large capacity, and economy of operation. The “Combina-
tion” Mills are manufactured in eleven sizes, for use with from 2 to 25 horse-power, and are fully described in a
special circular which will be mailed on request. Suitable “sacking” or “wagon-box” elevators furnished
for all sizes when desired.
Size No. 8. The No. 8, shown here with elevator, incorporates all the advantages peculiar to the
“Combination” line: The cone-shaped grinders, which present a larger grinding surface close to the
center of the shaft and run empty without injuring themselves; the wooden relief lever, by which the
grinders may be instantly thrown wide apart to prevent choke-up or eliminate foreign substance;. perfect
lubrication of all bearings; positive feed for ear corn; and the divided hopper which handles ear corn,
I with or without the shuck, and any kind of small grain at the
|j same time, crushing, grinding and mixing the two together
rr perfectly in any proportion desired. Power required, 10 to 15
horse-power. Without elevator, $157; with 4-in. elevator, $195.
Size No. 4. This Mill is constructed on practically the same
principle as the No. 8, the size representing the chief difference.
It is equipped with the cone-shaped grinders, the wooden relief
lever has positive feed for ear corn, divided
hopper, etc. This machine will handle success-
fully ear corn, with or without the shuck, and
all kinds of small grain. Has perfect regulation
for coarse or fine grinding, and the burrs may
be allowed to run empty without injury.
Power required, 6 to 10 horse-power, Without
elevator, $110; with 4-in. elevator, $136.
Size No. 0. This is the smallest hlill in the
“Combination” line, but presents a high type
of workmanship and construction rarely to be
found in Mills suitable for very small powers.
It will feed itself on ear corn and handle any
kind of small grain satisfactorily. The hopper
is all in one, but is sufficiently wide and long
that ear corn may be shoveled into it. It is equipped with the cone-shaped grinders, the
wooden relief lever, and many other advantages of the larger sizes. Power required,
2 to 4 horse-power. Without elevator, $50; with 3-in. short elevator, $72.
For description and prices of smaller Mills, see page 151
TLo. Hariri Needs no introduction to the trade in general, having been on the
1 ne ivionitor nana market and the standard for the past thirty years
Uses. The uses to which these Carts are adapted are unlimited. They
will pay for themselves in a short time in any manufacturing or mercan-
tile business, and are indispensable to grocers, bakers, laundries, farmers,
dairx'men, gardeners, and for general family use. ^^'here the Monitor
has once been used there is no more use for the wheelbarrow or any
other cart.
Construction. The frames of bodies are made of special carbon steel,
riveted together with best Norway rivets. It is light and very strong,
with durable first quality basswood box inside, and has fine oil tempered
half elliptical springs (two- and three-leaf as required), and the wheels,
nicely painted.
No. 33. Drop End Board. Size inside of body, 39 x 24 inches; depth 10
inches; wheels 26 inches side, 14 inches front. Capacity, 350 pounds.
Price, with Three Steel Wheels, $20; with Wood Wheels, $24.50.
No. 53. Drop End Board. Size of body, 40 x 26 inches; depth, 10 inches; wheels
30 inches side, 18 inches front. Capacity, 400 pounds. Price, with Three
Steel Wheels, $21.50; with Wood Wheels, $26.
Pittsburgh Garden Barrows
These Barrows are made of thoroughly seasoned
wood, have double frames, firmly bolted together
and iron braced. They are neatly finished and
very strong.
No. 1. Large. Body 30x24 in.; sideboards
12 X 30 in.; wheels x 20 in. $10.
No. 2. Medium. Body 28x20 in.; sideboards
12 X 28 in.; wheels x 20 in. $8.
No. 3. Small, Body 28x19 in.; sideboards
12 X 28 in. ; wheels x 20 in. $7.50.
No. 4. Boys’. Body 22x18 in.; sideboards
9x i8 in.; wheels 15)^ ffi-
114 CORN SHELLERS
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Hocking Valley Corn Sheller
ONE-HOLE SHELLER
The Hocking V^alley One-Hole Sheller is the standard Sheller
with which all others are compared. It fully deser\'es all its pop-
ularity. It is carefully made of the best material that can be
gotten, and is always perfectly satisfactory^ in its working. It is
furnished either with or without fan, feed table, and pulley, and
has a capacity of from 20 to 25 bushels an hour.
PRICES
With fan S20 50 I Feed-table, extra $i 40
Without fan .. .• 18 25 j Belt- wheel, extra i 80
Black Hawk Sheller
The Black Hawk Corn Sheller has en-
closed hopper and separator. This pre-
vents scattering of the shelled corn. A
wonderfully fast and easy running
Sheller. Instantly fastened to barrel
or box by tw-o large strong clamps with
wing nuts. §3.
Red Chief Sheller
Red Chief
Sheller
Has patent oval-
shaped teeth, shelling
corn without cracking
the grains. Shells clean,
taking off less chaff than
any other Sheller. Clamps on barrel or tub
as well as on box. Requires no wrench.
Tension directly on cob, not on hopper,
which makes Sheller run very" easy, no force
being required to expand a hopper. $2.75.
Do not overlook the section of this
catalogue devoted to Poixltry Supplies,
pages 139 to 176.
Hocking Valley Two-Hole Sheller
The Hocking
Valley Two-Hole
Sheller is intended
to be used either
by hand or with
power. It is a hand-feed
Sheller with a capacity of
about 35 to 40 bushels an
hour, and is always furnished
with crank, fan, feed-table,
and pulley. All the qualities
which make our One-Hole
Sheller such a favorite are em-
bodied in it. The proper
speed of the Sheller is about
100 revolutions of the crank
shaft, or 300 revolutions of
the balance wheel shaft
a minute. As ordinarily
sent out, it is furnished
with an 8-inch pulley,
and both shafts are ex-
tended.
\\’ith crank, belt wheel, fan and feed table, $44.
Hocking Valley Cider Mills
In Hocking Valley Cider
Mills we adapt the principle of
large hydraulic presses to a
hand mill. The grinding device
consists of a hardwood cylinder,
revohdng rapidly, with serrated
steel knives running lengthwise,
which break down the juice
cells and make a pomace that
yields under the press every
particle of juice in the fruit. A
quart of water will clean
it after using. An import-
ant feature of the Mills is
the absence of metal of
any kind to rust and im-
pair the quality of the
cider. W' e guarantee them
to be entirely satisfactory
in every respect, in exe-
cution, ease of operation, capacity, in durability and finish. They
are made in the following sizes:
Bantam Mill, i tub. . .$23 00 Senior Mill. 2 tubs S52 00
Junior Mill. 2 tubs. . . . 31 00 Power Pulley, e.xtra ... . 2 50
Medium Mill. 2 tubs. . 40 00
Power pulley can be furnished for all ^Mills except the Bantam.
The Hocking Valley Wine-Press
Is constructed of strictly high-grade
hardwood lumber, is thoroughly well
made and handsomely finished.
No. 1. This has a i-inch screw, and the
crate or tub is 10 inches high and 8J4
inches in diameter. Its capacity of course
is limited, but evidently sufficient to meet
the wants of a good many, as we have a
generous trade on it. $9.
No. 2. This size has a i X-i^ch screw,
and'the crate or tub is 12 inches high and
lo}4 inches in diameter. This .is the size
preferred for general family use and most
in demand. S12.
No. 3. This size has a i J^-inch screw,
and the crate or tub is 15 inches high and
I5J4 inches in diameter. It is used where
greater capacity is wanted. 5i3-50-
The L W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
FARM EQUIPMENT 115
The Renfrew Truck Scale
Clipper Grain and Seed Cleaner
Will weigh a 1-pound chicken or a 2,000-pound bull
Better and cheaper than platform scales
The Renfrew Portable Weighing-Machine consists of a sturdy
two-wheeled truck into which is built a heavy-duty scale, having
a weighing capacity from i to 2,000 pounds. The Renfrew is
guaranteed to be the equal in capacity and accuracy of any farm
Scale made, regardless of price.
Nearly everything that leaves your farm to be sold is paid for
on the basis of weight. The Renfrew allows you to do your own
weighing before you sell, thus assuring maximum profits.
Most of the things you buy in town are bought by weight.
Check up your purchases with the Renfrew when you get home
and make sure you got all that was coming to you.
The Renfrew tells you when your stock is gaining or losing in
weight on certain feeding rations.
The Renfrew tells you how much milk each cow in your herd
is producing — ^which cows are the producers and which are
merely boarders.
It is a mistake to guess at weights — it means loss and leakage.
A Renfrew Portable Weighing Machine is a profit-paying propo-
sition on any farm. It is so made that it can be used as a truck
for carrying heavy loads, and at the same time weighing any
load up to 2,000 pounds.
The Renfrew thus does double duty — It carries the load and
weighs it. It shows the exact weight of every article you buy or
sell. It will save its cost in one month. Can be used for weigh-
ing live-stock or the smallest article you need to weigh.
When the Renfrew is not in use, stand it up against the wall
in any out-of-the-way corner. No valuable floor space is occu-
pied as is the case with the ordinary platform Scale.
Almost all platform scales require a perfectly level floor in
order to record accurate weights. The Renfrew is a self-adjusting
Scale — weighs accurately^anywhere — a feature that makes it the
ideal farm Scale.
Sold in large numbers to farmers in many countries, who con-
sider it a most practical machine. It is the only machine of its
kind on the market. It is shipped complete with weights ready
for instant service. $53.
ASK FOR DESCRIPTIVE CIRCULAR
The No. 1-B Clipper Seed Cleaner
The Clipper has no worthy competitor. It is used by seedsmen
almost exclusively. No other Cleaner cleans so clean — none
other sells so cheap. The Clipper is well made, nicely finished,
light running. It will last a lifetime and earn its cost every year
it is used on a well conducted farm.
The Clipper screen outfit is very complete for the work re-
quired and contains screens for wheat, oats, barley, rye, red and
alsike clovers, alfalfa, sweet clover, timothy, millet, flax, peas,
beans, cowpeas, soy beans, grading seed corn, cleaning clover
containing buckhorn, plantain or ripple, cleaning timothy seed
containing pepper grass and sorrel; also cane seed, milo maize,
kaffir corn and separating corn from oats.
The vertical air blast of the Clipper is a feature that no other
Cleaner has, and it makes possible the most difficult separations
that can be made in no other way. For instance, in cleaning seed
grain, if the belt is properly adjusted on the pulleys, so as to get
the correct speed of the fan and if the turning is regular, you can
remove the light grains from the heavy, to the extent that the
weight of the grain being cleaned can be raised from 3 to 5 pounds
per bushel. Clipper Cleaners are used by the agricultural colleges,
experiment stations, seed-breeders, and seedsmen generally in
the United States, Canada, Europe, Australia, South America,
and New Zealand, in fact, all over the world.
No. I-B Clipper is a farm-size hand-mill that will clean 20 bushels
of seed wheat per hour, or 10 bushels of clover or timothy seed per
hour. Dimensions: Length, 4 feet 8 inches; width, 2 feet 2 in-
ches; height, 3 feet 8 inches; weight, crated, 185 pounds.
Twelve screens, 19 inches wide and 22}^ Inches long, go with
the No. i-B Mill, an outfit suitable for cleaning seed wheat, rye,
oats, corn, barley, peas, beans, clover, timothy seed, other grass
seed, garden and vegetable seeds.
Plain directions for separating go with each Mill. These are
so easily understood that anyone can learn in a few minutes how
to make the most delicate separations. $4.0.
The No. 2-B Clipper does exactly the same work as the No. i-B.
Its capacity per hour is 25 bushels grain and 15 bushels of grass
seed. The screens (12 in number) are 6 inches wider than the
No. I-B screens. Dimensions of No. 2-B are 4 feet 8 inches long,
2 feet 8 inches wide, 3 feet 8 inches high; crated weight, 210 pounds.
No. 2-B can be run easily by hand for cleaning grass seed, but for
cleaning grain some kind of power should be applied — ^ horse-
power is sufficient. $4.8.
CLEANING SEED GRAIN. There is no more important duty
- associated with farm work and
farm management than the securing of perfectly pure seed — seed
all of its own kind, that is free from foreign substance, dirt,
weed seed, other grain seeds and all imperfections. There is
no occasion in these times of seed-cleaners and seed-graders to
sow, in seeding for any crop, anything but the best quality of
seed. Every farm should be supplied with an up-to-date Cleaner
and Grader. There is no greater money-saver on the farm.
116 GAS ENGINES AND PUMPS
The I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
International Type Engines
IV2-, 3-, 6- and lO-horse-power
This Engine is backed by a manufacturing experience of at least
sixty-nine years. No guesswork as to quality, good working, and lowest
consumption of fuel; operates on common kerosene, distillate, and other
low-priced fuels. Satisfaction guaranteed. Farmers like the International
Type “M” because it is simple and easy to operate. All working parts
are enclosed and protected from dust and dirt, insuring a long life and
the greatest amount of service. Shipping weight Net
pounc
1^2 Horse-Power on Skids 341
3 Horse-Power on Skids 494
6 Horse-Power on Skids
10 Horse-Power on Skids 2171
Atlas Pump Jack 79
Horse Truck for 6 H. P. Engine 391
Brake for Horse Truck 37
Reducing Gear for H. P. Engine 26
Reducing Gear for 3 H. P. Engine 31
4- Wheel Hand Truck for i H.P. Engine. .
4- Wheel Hand Truck for 3 H. P. Engine. .
Horse Truck for 10 H. P. Engine
Brake for Horse Truck 50
F. O. B. Pittsburgh
REGULAR EQUIPMENT. One plain pulley, galvanized fuel
tank, magneto, oil can, can of lubricating oil, muffler, necessary
tools, and substantial wooden skids.
Ask for catalogue and prices of larger International Engines
pounds
Price
341
$90
00
494
130
00
869
220
00
2171
410
00
79
9
00
391
65
00
37
8
00
26
6
00
31
7
00
56
8
50
65
9
00
965
105
00
50
17
00
Hafa-Hors Engine
FOR THE LITTLE JOBS
The Halfa-Hors Engine delivers half a horse-power at normal
speed. It is just the right size and power for running cream sepa-
rators, washing machines, churns, ice cream freezers, grindstones,
pumps, water-supply systems, sprayers, bone-grinders, corn-
shellers, fanning mills, and all the little jobs at t& house or the
barn.
It weighs only 62 pounds, and being so handy and so light in
weight, the Halfa-Hors Engine is really a woman’s Engine, al-
though it does all the little jobs for the men, too. Easy to move
around the house or barn, or to attach to any special machinery
as a portable power drive.
It costs less than 3 cents an hour to run. The speed is adjusted
by turning the thumbscrew while running, to suit the require-
ments of any job. All moving parts safely enclosed, so there is no
danger whatever to anyone. It is convenient, safe, and reliable.
The automobile starter makes the Halfa-Hors Engine practically
as convenient as an electric motor. It is always ready to run.
Just step on the pedal and it starts instantly. Could anything be
simpler. It is convenient, safe and reliable. Ask for special
circular. $6^.
Iron Pumps
Rex Deep-Well Lift Pump
This is our new pattern anti-freezing, constant-
flowing Deep-Well Pump, fitted with reversible
handle and improved compound handle rest.
While the Pump is designed for deep wells, yet
it can be used in cisterns or wells as deep as
200 feet. Furnished with either 2^4- or
3 X lo-inch cylinders at the following prices:
With iron cylin-
der $10 50
With brass-lined
cylinder I4 50
With brass-body
cylinder 18 00
If wanted complete
with I J^-inch galvanized
pipe and ^-inch galvan-
ized steel rod add to
above prices 33 cents per
foot for depth of well.
Rex
New Fountain Double
Acting Force and Lift
Pump
The New Fountain is the
simplest and most efficient deep-
well pump on the market. It has a
double air-chamber, which en-
ables the pump to throw an
absolutely solid stream, just
like a hydrant. Has smooth
bore cylinder and brass valve
seat; made to face the front
or side by simply loosening set screw at top.
It will go in hole as small as 4^ inches.
The upper cylinder is brass lined. Anti-
freezing.
Furnished with either 2}4- or 3 x lo-inch
cylinders at the following prices:
With brass-lined cylinder $22 50
With brass body cylinder 25 00
If wanted complete with i J^-inch galvanized
pipe and ^-inch galvanized steel rod, add to
above prices 33 cents per foot for depth of well.
If Three-Way is desired, add $3.50 to above
prices. If Wind Mill Top is desired, add
$•2.50 to above prices.
New Fountain
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
PUMPS, JACKS, MAIL-BOXES 117
Size
6 X 6 in.
6 X 6 in.
6 X 6 in.
6 X 6 in.
Wood Pumps
Porcelain
Length Cylinder Unlined Lined
6 ft. SM in $850 $1050
7 ft. in 9 25 II 25
8 ft. 2)^2 in 10 00 12 00
10 ft. in II 50 13 50
Tubing for above pumps, 4x4 in., in 8-, 10-, and
12-foot lengths, 30 cts. per ft.
Couplings with bands for 4 x 4-in. tubing. 90 cts. ea.
In ordering give depth from top of platform to
bottom of well. Prices on other sizes Wood Pumps
quoted on request.
Giant Low-Down Double-
Acting Force Pump
Has brass valve seats and metal valves
faced with rubber. SxS-inch cylinder.
Capacity 2,000 gallons per hour
This is a fine Pump for filling thresher tanks,
washing out boilers, irrigation purposes, pump- 1
ing water from trenches, shallow wells, cellars,
barnyards, etc. It is very
compact and strong for its
size and weight and has
large and direct waterways
and ample valve capacity.
It is easy of operation, the
Pump throwing an abund-
ance of water with the
Wood Pump least pumping labor. The
cog gear head is reversible
and can be used on either end of Pump.
No. R479. With hose nipple, hose-band, and strainer, $18.
Suction Hose
Per foot
“Granger Brand.” Wire lined, in 15- and 20-foot lengths.
2-inch $0 60
“Cowan Brand.” Wire lined, in 15- and 20-foot lengths.
2-inch 88
“Tiger Brand.” Hard rubber, ^-inch 28
i-inch 31
I Ji-inch 49
Pitcher Spout
Pump
Has smooth-bore cylinder
and brass valve seat, with re-
volving top, allowing lever to
be placed at any desired posi-
tion, and may be used suc-
cessfully in cisterns or wells
as deep as 25 feet.
PRICES
No. 2. 3-inch cylinder, pol-
ished iron, $4.75: brass
lined, I7.25.
No. 3. 3j^-mch cylinder,
polished iron, $5.25; brass
lined, $8.
Galvanized Pipe for above.
I Ji(-inch, cut to length
and threaded, 25 cts. per ft.
If you do not find what
you want in this cat-
alogue write us about it.
Barth Jacks
Barth Jacks are favorably known the country over. They are
well made of the best material with a view to securing the greatest
strength and durability with the lightest weight.
The No. 2 i-ton Jack is intended for wagons
and automobiles; the No. 4 3-ton Jack for trucks,
threshers, and hay balers; the No. 5 6-ton Jack
is intended for traction engines and other heavy
work.
No. 2. I -ton capacity $3 75
No. 4. 3-ton capacity 9 00
No. 5. 6-ton capacity 1 1 50
Eureka Wagon Jack
This Jack is light
in weight but strong
lifting capacity;
small in size but will
easily raise a loaded
wagon. It has double-acting dogs — what one raises
the other holds and is positive and quick in its
action. It is 16 inches in height when lowered
and raises any height desired, to 27 inches. It is
lowered by the same handle that raises it. It is
constructed of steel and mal-
leable iron and is the most
durable and efficient Jack
manufactured. $2 ; ppd. ,$2.20.
R. F. D. and Parcel Post Mail-Boxes
R. F. D. and Parcel Post Mail-Boxes open on end, with door
hinged at bottom and equipped with automatic steel hasp, keep-
ing it tightly closed and yet easily operated by carrier or patron.
Door is so constructed as to be absolutely sleet-proof, as shown
in cut. Box is fitted with easily operated right-angle signal visible
at a great distance. This box possesses the highest standard of
workmanship and excellence of finish. Substantial and operates
perfectly. It is absolutely proof against all weather. Made of
20-gauge galvanized sheet steel, and finished in weather-proof
aluminum bronze. Approved by Postmaster-General. Postpaid
No. 1. R. F. D. Size. i8}4 x 7)4 x inches $i 50 $i 65
No. 2. Parcel Post Size. 2334 x 14 x ii inches 4 00 4 25
118 WASHING MACHINES
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
THE SUBMARINE WASHING MACHINES
General Description
WASHING MACHINE
The tub furnished is of extra-large size and thickness, and
is corrugated on sides and bottom. The drain spout is attached
to the bottom so that it is not necessary to tilt the tub to
drain it. The cover is made of selected cypress and opens
freely, as there is no mechanism on it.
The tub mechanism is controlled by a lever at the side of
the machine and may be stopped and started at will.
The standard in the center of the tub is hot galvanized and
will not rust. On this standard is mounted the disc and dolly
support, which is also galvanized. This standard is held in
place by four galvanized bolts, which run through the bottom
of the tub and fasten to a plate i8 inches long underneath the
tub. This makes it possible, by tightening the bolts to insure
a watertight joint and also keeps the standard in a vertical
position in the center of the tub.
Some prefer a flat disc type Washer and others a peg type;
both have their merits. All Submarine Washers are furnished
with both disc and dolly so that the operator can use either
the disc or the dolly in the same washing as preferred on the
different kinds of clothes.
SWINGING WRINGER
One of the important and attractive features about this
machine is the four-position swinging reversible Wringer, as it
enables the operator to do all the wringing by power with one
Wringer. The clothes may be wrung from a soaking tub into
the washer, from there into the rinse tub, then into the bluing
tub and from there into the basket. The wringer can be used
for the last two operations while the machine is washing another
tubful of clothes.
This wringer may be used in connection with stationary
tubs, as it is high enough to swing over tubs of this kind.
THE WRINGER
The Wringer is mounted on an iron and steel standard which
swings and locks into four different positions. It is the very
best grade wood frame, best enclosed cog type, with highest
grade rolls, having a safety release on top, which with slight
pressure will release the rolls instantly, also having a double-
jointed lower wringer shaft roll which will eliminate all shaft
breakage which might occur. Full shaft driven. Extra-large
reversible waterboard. It may be operated either forward or
reverse or stopped instantly, by a controlling lever conveniently
placed at the top and left of the wringer.
FRAME CONSTRUCTION
The frame which supports the tub and wringer mechanism
is constructed of angle steel securely braced, and is light,
strong, and rigid. The frame is 24 inches wide and 43 inches
long, and provides a space for the rinse tub. It is equipped
with a detachable angle steel extension rack the full length of
the frame, which provides a space for the bluing tub and the
basket and which may be folded up out of the way when not
in use.
DRIVING MECHANISM
The iron frame which holds the mechanism for driving the
tub and wringer has all the bearings cast in one piece, so there
is no chance for them to get out of alignment and cause wear.
This iron frame is securely bolted to the steel frame of the
machine. The machine is back geared 4 to i, and a lo-inch
drive pulley is furnished, which should be operated about
200 revolutions per minute, but not faster. This is important.
We can furnish 8-, 10-, 12-, 14-, or 15-inch pulleys on special
order.
All gears on the machines are enclosed in injury-proof cases,
and the machine is full shaft driven. There are no chains nor
belts on the wringer. All driving mechanism is on the opposite
side from where the operator stands when using the machine.
ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT
The motor furnished with electric machines is of the very
highest grade, and is designed expressly for the purpose. It is
yi horse-power and is powerful enough to operate the Washer
and wringer at the same time under full load. Motor is
mounted on an insulated block which is bolted to the steel
frame of the machine, The drive shaft is fitted with a grooved
pulley which is driven by a belt from the motor. Ten feet of
waterproof reinforced, cord with plug to attach to electric light
socket is furnished.
COST OF OPERATING ELECTRIC WASHER
Is about 2 cents per hour. For a family of six people this
will amount to about 3 cents a week for current to operate
both Washer and wringer.
In ordering Electric Washers, it is necessary to state
whether it is to be used with direct or alternating current,
also voltage.
All Submarine Washers are equipped with both disc and
dolly and have no gearing on the lid.
No. D-1
No. D-1 Submarine Power Washer
With swinging reversible wringer and interchange-
able disc and dolly. $65.
No. D-2 Submarine Electric Washer
This machine is equipped with motor,
castors, and everything complete to make
it one of the highest grade long-bench
electric machines on the market. With
34 H. P. Motor, swinging reversible
wringer, disc and dolly complete, all ready
to run, $105.
A Power Washer puts an end to
wash-day drudgery.
No. D-2
The I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
WASHING MACHINES 119
No. D5 Submarine Twin-Tub
Power Washer
With Swinging Reversible Wringer and
Interchangeable Disc and Dolly
A twin-tub power Washing Machine
allows one to do the washing in just one-
half the time. Two dollies and one disc
are furnished with each machine. $85.
No. D6 Submarine Twin-Tub
Electric Washer
With Swinging Reversible Wringer and
Interchangeable Disc and Dolly
This twin-tub electric Washing Machine
allows one to operate two tubs at the same
time or independently of each other, with
or without the operation of the wringer.
Two dollies and one disc are furnished with
each machine. $125.
No. El Submarine
With Swinging Reversible Wringer v |
The Ei and E2 Submarine Power
Washers have been designed to meet the ' jj
demand for a machine that requires less
floor-space than the bench type Washer,
but which has all the labor-saving advan- * i.'i 1
tages of the large machine. It is simple
in construction yet built to stand hard use ’ ,* * - ^
and will give satisfactory service. It is
moderate in price and has many points of ' '
merit not found in other machines of this ' -
type. ^60. No. Ei
No. E2 Submarine Electric Washer
With Swinging Reversible Wringer. Price, $100
Submarine Hand Washer
This high speed hand Washer is one of the easiest running Washing Machines on
the market today. The handle is constructed with a foot pedal at the bottom so that
it may be run by the foot in connection with the good-sized handle at the top, or
each separately. The fly-wheel and mechanism are all placed underneath the tub,
out of the operator’s way, which makes it injury-proof. Placing this mechanism
underneath the tub on two strong braces, instead of on the top or side, insures a
double-lived hand Washing Machine. It is [impossible to get this machine on dead
center as a small spring underneath prevents the fly-wheel from stopping on this
point. For an easy-running, quick washing, long-lived hand machine you cannot buy
a better machine than the Submarine.
This machine is equipped with both dolly ‘and disc. Both have their merits, but
with this machine the operator may use either the disc or the dolly in the same wash-
ing, as preferred, on the different kinds of clothes. $24.
The Submarine Hand Washer
No. 2 Sandusky Washer
(FORMERLY THE ONE MINUTE)
The Improved Sandusky Washer is all that can be desired in a hand power Washing Machine.
The most modern method in machine construction has been adopted and incorporated in this Washer.
Years have demonstrated that the process of stirring the clothes, or agitating them back and
forth in the water by means of a dolly, which oscillates rapidly, is the best method of removing the dirt.
The lever has a fulcrum on the side of the tub and in the upper end of the lever is placed a handle
for the operator, and at the lower end it is attached to a double joint fastened on to a pitman, which
again is fastened to a crank, that with every stroke of the lever turns a machine cut gear-wheel.
This gear-wheel is enclosed in a gear case and is imbedded in hard oil and mounted on ball bearings
and in turn drives a machine-cut pinion enclosed in the same case and mounted on ball bearings.
The tub is made from selected Virginia cedar, kiln dried and free from flaws and imperfections.
It is finished in one coat of liquid filler and two coats of high grade varnish. With Dolly only, $22.
120 SUNDRIES
The I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
No. 3 Sandusky Combination Power and
Hand-Power Washer
In presenting to the public our new
Sandusky Combination Power and
Hand Washer, we feel we are fill-
ing a long-felt want in the Washing
Machine line. There has always been a
good demand for a machine of this
character — a machine which can be
operated by an engine, or in
case of necessity one which
can be operated just as easily
by hand-power as any ordinary
hand-power machine. We have
solved the problem and are
now ready to offer you the
above type of machine.
Here is a machine
which not only fills the
above requirement, but
one which also is simple
in construction, easy to
operate, and being self-
lubricating requires no
attention along those
lines.
The gears of this ma-
chine are all cut gears,
same as used on the
Ko. 2 and practically noiseless. Price, $25.
The Goodyeeur Load Binder
^ The Goodyear binds equally successfully, lumber, ties, logs,
timbers, mixed lumber, boilers, pipe, poles, in fact, any load which
requires binding with a chain and fits any chain, from ^ to K inch,
OPEN ^ ^ is easily applied, and is the
greatest time-
saver for the
teamster ever
invented.
Saves its cost
many times
in a year, with absolutely no danger of accident,
postpaid, $3-95-
CLOSED
Miniature Farm Wagon
The most perfect reproduction in miniature of the full-sized
farm wagon on the market. Not a toy wagon. We can assure
you it is the strongest and handsomest Miniature Wagon on the
market. The dimensions are as follows:
Body, 18x36 inches, with oak frame. The sides and ends can
be taken off, leaving bed with stakes, or the entire body may be
removed, leaving gear in shape to be used in numberless ways.
The gearing is made exactly like a farm wagon, having bent
hound and adjustable reach.
Has seat, and a hand tongue. Can furnish shafts for dog or
goat at an additional cost. Price, with tongue Si 2, shafts extra $1.
^3-75 each;
Price per set 42-inch
1 .000 lbs S5 00
1,500 lbs 6 00
2.000 lbs 7 00
\ ou must be interested in anything that will add to your com-
fort and save you money. This is just what a pair of our Bolster
Springs will do for you. They will change your farm wagon into
a spring wagon. They relieve the jars, jolts, strains and noise of
a springless wagon. They make it run easier, smoother, and
quieter.
Price per set — Always give capacity and length wanted
Width and
No. of
leaves
Capacity
For 36-
or 38-in.
bolster
For 40-
or 42-in.
bolster
For 44-
in.
bolster
1^x3..
. . 1 ,000
S9
00
S9
50
$10
00
1^x4..
• ■ 1,500
00
II
00
II
50
1^x4..
. . 2,000
00
13
00
14
00
iK'x5. .
■ -2,500
13
25
14
25
15
25
2 X 5. .
. . 3,000
15
50
16
50
17
50
2 X 6. .
. . 4,000
17
50
19
50
20
50
2 x7. .
. -5,000
75
22
00
23
00
2>^ X 6. .
. . 6,000
00
24
50
25
50
2>^ X 8. .
. . 8,000
50
28
75
29
75
X 10.
. 10.000
75
33
00
34
00
Columbus Steel Drag Scraper
Absolutely seamless throughout
The most economical tool made for making and mending roads.
The bails are of steel and of improved pattern, with strong and
perfectly working swivels.
No. 1. Carries 7 feet of earth. Used for long haul or down grade.
Size of bowl: Top of back to cutting edge, 34 inches; width,
33 inches; depth, 10 inches; weight, 105 pounds. With run-
ners, $15. _
No. 2. Carries 5 feet of earth. For all ordinary’^ grading, farm,
road or township work. Size of bowl: Top of back to cutting
edge, 31 inches; width, 2g}4 inches; depth, inches;
weight, 97 pounds. With runners, $14.75.
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
WAGONS 121
The Oil King Two-Horse Wagon
The Oil King Wagons are made from the very best material obtainable, are well ironed and specially adapted for general farm
purposes and heavy hauling. We now furnish them with low front wheels turning under body to the coupling pole. When made this
way and equipped with bolster springs the Oil King makes an ideal market wagon. We furnish them with any width of tire desired,
with steel or cast skeins, stiff tongue and tongue chains, or drop tongue and neckyoke. Write for special catalogue and prices, specify-
ing style and size of wagon in which you are interested.
The Brown One-Horse Wagon is made extra heavy and well ironed. It will outwear two ordinary one-horse Wagons. Made with
either cast or steel skeins, top gear or swinging brake; with falling tongue and neckyoke for two horses when desired.
Furnished in three sizes from 2^ x 8 inches to 3 x 9 inches, weighing from 800 to 1,000 pounds, with a capacity from 1,500 to
3,000 pounds. Regular tire 'x. ^2 inches, but other widths and thicknesses can be furnished. Special catalogue and prices on request.
Steel Wheel Farm Trucks
We do not have space to show these here but will send special circular and prices on request.
122 WAGONS AND SLEDS
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
The Ohio One-Horse Wagon
No. 19 Ohio. lyi's.'J Skein
This Wagon is designed to meet the demand for a
moderate-priced Wagon for light work. ^Made in two
sizes, Xo. 1 8, x 7 skein, and Xo. 19, 2^3x7 skein.
Xothing but the best material is used in their con-
struction: Hickor\' axles, second-growth oak and
hickory- spokes, white oak reaches, with best yellow
poplar in the boxes.
Furnished with top gear brake, box brake, or without
brake.
Dimensions of lower bed: Depth, 10 inches; length
inside measure, 81^ feet; width between standards,
38 inches; top box, 4 inches high; wheels, regular height,
3 feet 6 inches front, 4 feet rear; tire, i^x ^ inches.
Special catalogue and prices furnished on request.
The Eagle Dump Wagon
It has made a place for itself during the last fifteen years
that is seldom attained by a like product. Its growth of
popularity has not only been rapid but constant, until it is
today the most ■widely used bottom Dump Wagon in the
United States. It is the favorite of the large user of Dumpers
who places his orders in carload lots, and it is just as popular
with the user who tias but one team, for the wagon is well
made, of high-grade material and workmanship, and is
equipped with the most up-to-date and practical de\'ices and
appliances that go to make a usable and seix'iceable Dump
Wagon. Its draft is easy and its service is long. We ask your
consideration when you are in the market for Dump Wagons
or Dump Boxes. Ask for catalogue and prices
BOB-SLEDS
Our Bob-Sleds are made to order out of selected hardwood lumber, painted red, striped in black and white, nicely varnished.
No. 2. Snow King — One-Horse Three-Kn^ Bob-Sled
Full iron circle; straight
heel shaft with combina-
tion shift bar for either
center or side draft; run-
ners 1^4x2 inches; cast
shoe I inch on the face,
33 inches on the run; beam inches;
raves 1x6 inches; height from ground to top of
bolster 21 inches; track 37 inches, center to cen-
ter, bolsters either 38 or 42 inches.
No. 8. Snow King — Two-Horse Three-Knee Bob-Sled
Full iron circle; runners x
3 inches; raves i}4xy inches;
height of sled from ground to top
of bolster 22 inches; benches and
raves bolted together with 24
bolts, which makes a veiy^ strongly
constructed sled; track 37 inches
from center to center, bolsters
38, 39, 40, or 42 inches; supplied
regularly with drop pole, can also
be supplied with coach pole "ftath
chain ends.
The /. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
BOB-SLEDS 123
No. 34. Mandt Patent Steel
Knee, Oscillating Bob-Sled
with Hounds and Swivel Reach
Runners 2x4 inches; cast
shoe inches on the face, 40
inches on the run; beams and
bolsters x 4!^ inches; track
37 inches from center to center;
bolsters 38 or 42 inches.
Prices will be quoted on request
No. 18 Snow King Bob-Sled, Maine Pattern
Runners 2^x5 inches; cast
shoes 2^/2 inches on the face,
54 inches on the run; beams
4>^ X inches; bolsters 3>^ x
4>^ inches; height of sled from
ground to top of bolster 22
inches: track 37 inches from
center to center.
No. 30 Oscillating Bob-Sled
Runners 2x4 inches; cast shoe full width of runner 4 feet long with flange i inch deep in center; bunks and bolsters 4x5 inches;
track 38 inches from center to center, supplied with either single or double reach; bolsters 38 or 42 inches.
No. 31 Oscillating Bob-Sled
Same as No. 30, excepting runners are 5 inches wide and bunks and bolsters
are 4x6 inches and the knuckles are heavier.
PRICES WILL BE QUOTED ON REQUEST
The Wyeth Runner Attachment
Attaches by clamps to square part of axle, relieving spindles, to
which stays are attached, thoroughly bracing the runner. Adjustable
to different width track by changing bolt in upper end of
braces to different holes in lugs under box. For carriages,
buggies, grocers’ wagons, hacks, laundry wagons, surreys,
dairy wagons, hearses, and all kinds of low-down vehicles.
Made in all sizes to suit axle ]/i to inche
inches. Nicely painted in red.
Per set
No. 2. For J/i- or i-inch axle
No. 4. For i>4^-inch axle. . . .
No. 6. For i^-inch axle. . . .
No. 7. For i>^-inch axle. . . .
|8 00
9 25
10 00
10 00
Clark Heaters
No. 5. 12 inches long. Weight 4 pounds. Not covered; white metal ends $i 25
No. 3D. 14 inches long. Weight 7 pounds. Covered with brussels carpet; white
metal ends 2 00
No. 1. 14 inches long. Weight 10. pounds. Covered with royal velvet carpet; has
nickel- plated end 3 00
COAL. For Clark Heaters, i dozen cakes (7>^x2^xi>^ inches). Weight
9 pounds. Packed in cases of i, 6, 12, and 18 dozen i 00
Postpaid
$I 35
2 20
3 20
I 15
124 DAIRY SUPPLIES
The L
W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh,
Pa
No. 1-H.P. Minnetonna. Can be belted to
your gasoline engine or electric motor
The Minnetonna Home Butter Maker is, in working principle, really a miniature of the won-
derfully efficient butter-making machines used in big creameries — so simplified and perfected in
construction, so modified in size and price that it is placed within reach of the average farmer.
Your churning is done in fifteen minutes or less with the Minnetonna. It takes about ten
minutes to work and finish it into the finest creamery butter you ever saw. The secret is all in
the basket and rolls. In churning, the cream is vigorously dashed against and through this basket.
It is so thoroughly agitated that the butter “comes” in one-half to one-fifth the time required
to churn in any ordinary barrel or dasher churn.
This thorough agitation also breaks all the butter fat particles away from the curd, so
they all go to make butter instead of leaving some of it in the buttermilk.
The glass peep hole in one end of the drum is always milk wet during churning. The
first time the glass clears entirely, you know the butter has “come.”
When the churning is done you simply open the faucet at the bottom of the barrel and
draw off the buttermilk. This faucet connects with a strainer tube made of perforated metal
which prevents the loss of any butter fat particles, which will soon go a long way to pay-
ing for it. Next close the faucet and pour in some clean cold water for washing the butter
fat globules.
In the Minnetonna the butter comes in flaky
granules of even size which are easily cleansed of all
the buttermilk by a few turns of the barrel. This is
very essential if you are to have an extra fine grade
of creamery butter, which will be of good flavor and
good keeping quality. Wffien you have drawn off
the wash-water the butter is ready to work. Work
in moisture, add salt — and work in salt, all done
within five minutes.
The Minnetonna process greatly shortens the
time and reduces the labor of working the butter,
produces the correct texture of body in the butter
and incorporates the proper amount of moisture and
salt, distributing the moisture evenly throughout
the butter, preventing water pockets and makes
a dry appearing, firm body, perfect texture and
maximum overrun.
With old-style churns when you take the
butter out of the barrel it is in a soft mass, the
buttermilk has not been washed out thoroughly,
the butter has not been worked, it has not been
salted, and the operation is not in any way com-
plete. It takes a long time with the ordinary farm
churn to finish the job after the churning is done,
and then the butter is almost sure to be only a fair quality. There is no exposure to air with the Minnetonna and no chance for flies
to get into the butter while working it — ^you home buttermakers know this is a distinct advantage.
Cross-section view, showing how the butter
is worked between two rolls
No. 2-H. P. Minnetonna, with part of
side and one end cut away to show the
position of basket and working roll inside
of all Minnetonna models.
Minnetonna Home Butter Maker
A combined chum and butter worker for the farm home
Factory
Capacity drum
Butter-working
Shipping
With electric
No.
half full
capacity
weight
Style
Price
motor
I-H.
12 gal.
3 to 20 lbs.
195 lbs.
Hand Operated only
$50 00
i-H.P.
12 gal.
3 to 20 lbs.
210 lbs.
Hand and Power
5h 00
$115 00
2-H.P.
20 gal.
5 to 40 lbs.
250 lbs.
Hand and Power
60 00
120 00
3-P.
40 gal.
10 to 100 lbs.
BEFORE
375 lbs. Power
YOU BUY ANOTHER CHURN WRITE FOR SPECIAL
130 00 305 00
CATALOGUE OF THE MINNETONNA
The Lightning Glass Churn
It is the first and only device of its kind that meets all the requirements of the exacting and up-to-date
housewife. As a Churn it enables her to keep her family supplied with fresh butter which she knows to
be pure, sweet and wholesome, or she can make it as necessity demands. She can do this, too, at a cost
little or no greater than she is paying for an inferior article from her dealer, and with no great
exertion on her part. ‘
As a mixer this little device is indispensable to every household. For making a perfect salad
dressing it has no equal. Here especially the sanitary metal dasher will be appreciated by every housewife.
The oil cannot be absorbed as in one made of wood. For whipping cream or beating eggs, and, in fact,
for any number of operations that will occur to every woman, it is equally valuable. It does the work
better and takes less time and effort to do it. Made in I-, 2-, 3-, and 4-quart sizes.
PRICES
1 - quart
2- quart 2
3- quart 2
4- quart 3
Thousands of these small churns have been sold in the last few years and they have the unqualified ap-
proval of every housewife who has used them.
Postpaid
50
$1 65
. 2
00
2 20
. 2
50
2 70
• 3
00
3 25
'he /. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
DAIRY SUPPLIES 125
Standard Barrel
Churn
This Churn is no experi-
ment. Thousands are in use
in every state in the Union,
and in foreign countries, giv-
ing universal satisfaction. It
is made of the best kiln-dried
white ash, the staves being
tongued and grooved. The
frame is of hard wood and
neatly made. There are no
paddles or dashers inside to
cut the grain in the butter —
no friction to make black
streaks — is easily cleaned and
operated. It is guaranteed to
make better butter and more
of it than any paddle Churn
on the market. Instructions
for making gilt-edge butter accompany each Churn.
SIZES
No.
Gals. Holds
Gals. Churns
Price
0. . .
■ ■ • 5
3
$8 00
I . . .
• • • 9
5
9 00
2 . . .
■ • 13
7
10 00
3. . .
. . .18
10
II 00
4- • •
. . .21
12
14 00
5- • ■
. . .26
15
19 00
6. . .
• • 40
25
22 00
All of above Churns are furnished with stands.
Proper speed, 60 to 70 R. P. M.
Power
Pulleys
Double Pulley
With the shaft
like illustration, for
any of the above
churns. Can be at-
tached by removing three bolts
and three screws and put on in
place of crank shaft. Are furnished
as follows:
1 2-inch diam., l>^-inch face. .$4. 50
14-inch diam., 2-inch face. ... 5 25
Double Pulley
with shaft
Friction Clutch Pulley
14-inch diam., 2-inch face. .. .$7 00
12-inch Single Pulley with
hand crank attached
Single Pulley
We can also furnish a Single Pulley
to attach to crank shaft of any of the above churns as follows:-
12-inch diameter, i>^-inch face $2 50
14-inch diameter, 2-inch face .3 00
The 12-inch Single Pulley is fitted with a detachable hand
crank so when it is fitted to a churn it can be used by hand or
power.
Bottle-Fillers • Bottle- Washers
Wash Sinks
In making up our catalogue we found that oiir limited
space prohibited showing these articles. Special circulars
and prices will be furnished on request.
Anti-Bent Wood Churn
A high-grade, reasonably priced Churn that, with
little labor, rapidly makes good clean butter that com-
mands the highest market prices. It is constructed so
that the grain of the wood in the body runs with that
of the ends, allowing all parts to swell and shrink to-
gether, which prevents splitting.
No. Gals. Churns Price
1 5 $8 50
2 7 9 00
3 10 9 25
4 12 9 50
Power Pulley, 113^ x lyi inches, with detach-
able crank instead of hand- wheel .$1.25 extra.
Double Power Pulley, 6x13^ inches. $5 extra.
Standard Dash Churn
Our Sunken Lid Dash Churn is made of
select hardwood which emits neither odor nor
taste. All staves grooved and tongued, and all
uniform, keeping Churn in perfect shape.
Sunken lid prevents cream running down
sides. Our Dash Churns are “turned out” in-
side by machinery after Churn is set up, mak-
ing inside and outside perfectly smooth and
easier to keep clean.
No. 00. Churns 3 gallons $2 00
No. 0. Churns 4 gallons 2 25
No. 1. Churns 5 gallons
No. 2. Churns 7 gallons
No. 3. Churns 10 gallons
No. 4. Churns 12 gallons
$2 50
2 75
3 00
3 25
Pittsburgh
Butter Worker
It is very simple
in its construction,
very light and eas-
ily handled and the
best of the deep
flange, non-adjust-
able roll, crank
workers. It is
made of the best
material and
workmanship and the castings
No.
Size
Inches
Depth inside
Inches
Capacity
Lbs.
Weight
Lbs.
Price
1. . . .
. .14x23. .
2>^....
. . . . 10. . .
. . .20
. . . .$11 00
2
. . 17 X 26. .
2>^...
. . . 20 . . .
. . .25
. . . . 12 00
3
. . 20 X 30 . .
2>^
. . . .30. . .
. . .30
. . . . 13 25
4. . . .
. .23 X 36. .
2^. ...
. . . .50. . .
. . .45
. . . . 15 50
We have other styles of Butter Workers not shown in this cata-
logue. Special circular and prices will be sent on request.
126 DAIRY SUPPLIES
The I, W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa, \
Star Cream Separator
Easiest, Cleanest, Simplest Cream
Separator of its Kind on the Market.
Reversible Strainer,].Cover and Aerator
— Inclined Bottom.
Made of the best material to be found
on the market, with the most perfectly
constructed bottom, allowing ever>’ par-
ticle of cream and milk to be drawn, with-
out disturbing the can, thereby prevent-
ing all liability of remixing cream and
milk after being separated.
Directions. Place the Separator on
a bench or box in any convenient place,
with the front projecting over a little so
that a pail can be placed under the faucet,
without disturbing the can when drawing
off the milk and cream.
Place cover, inside up, on Separator
and pour your milk through the strainer
into the Separator. In warm weather
dilute with same amount of water that
you have of milk; in cold weather, or if water is more than or-
dinarily cold, a less amount has been found to be sufficient; then
replace cover after changing strainer to outside of cover and allow
to stand.
Price List — With Cover
Capacity
Quarts
. . 2±
$4
75
75
No. 1. I to 2 COWS.
48
5
No. 2. 3 to 4 cows .
. . . 88
6
25
No. 3. 6 to 8 cows .
. . .118
7
25
No. 4. 8 to 10 cows.
..130
8
00
RENFREW CREAM
SEPARATOR
A Separator that is different
! advantage of all the good things found in other makes, and several
practical ideas that are to be found only in the Renfrew.
The Renfrew is built from start to finish with such careful
attention to details that we feel it is as nearly mechanically perfect
as human ingenuity can make it. All these things combine to
make it durable, trouble-proof and easy to run.
But after all the most important thing about a Cream Separator
is how well it separates the cream from the whole milk. In this ,
respect the Renfrew has no superior, as any dairyman or farmer
who owns one will tell you.
The Renfrew gets 99.99 per cent of the butter-fat. It will put
your dair^’ On a profit-paying basis and stop all butter-fat loss.
Capacity
No.
per hour
Price
2. . .
350 lbs
S85 00
4. . .
. . . 450 lbs
95 00
6. . .
. . . 650 lbs
105 00
8. . .
. . . 800 lbs
120 00
10. . .
. . . 1,000 lbs
130 00
Before you buy a cream separator, call and see the Renfrew or
send for descriptive catalogue
The Separator that is easy to turn
The Renfrew Cream Separator has a reputation as the easiest
running Separator on the market; in fact, the weight of the handle
will start the gearing. This is because of the simplified gearing,
chain-drive, and self-oiling system which reduces friction and
wear and tear on all moving parts.
The Renfrew Cream Separator has achiev^ed remarkable suc-
cess in the eight years it has been on the market. This is due
entirely to the splendid work it does and the unqualified endorse-
ment of the man who owns one and tells his neighbors about it.
In other words, satisfied customers are our greatest asset, and
the more Separators we sell the more influence the Renfrew exerts
in the trade.
This success is due largely to features of the Renfrew which are
exclusive — not possessed by any other Separator. Chief among
these are the curved wing bowl, the style of neck bearing, the
absolute self-oiling system, interchangeable capacity, and the
clutch attached to the spindle and in the base of the machine.
To these exclusive features add the high crank, low supply tank,
chain drive and steel discs, and remember the Renfrew has the
The Facile Jr. Babcock Milk
Tester
An exceedingly simple, light, com-
pact, and carefully designed apparatus,
especially adapted to the use of the
dairy, and also, on account of its light
weight, to the traveling daiiy^ inspector.
The working parts consist of but two
cut gears, namely, a steel spiral gear
and steel spindle with worm thread, entirely enclosed in handsome
cast iron case. It is fitted with deep seamless brass swinging
pockets and malleable iron tinned head; absolutely safe. Hot
water may be put in pockets to keep fat melted. Turns very
easily without vibration or jar, and can be readily attached for
operation to any table or bench.
Complete with full set of glassware, consisting of test bottles,
pipette, and acid measure, also test bottle brush and bottle of
acid, with full directions for use.
2-bottle Machine, with milk-test bottle $7 00
2-bottle Machine, with 2 milk- and 2 cream-test bottles. . . 8 00
4-bottle Machine, with milk-test bottles 8 00
4-bottle Machine, with 2 milk- and 2 cream-test bottles. . . 8 50
DAIRY SUPPLIES 127
The /.
W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Improved Champion Milk Cooler
It is a perfect aerator, removing all
flavors arising from excessive cabbage,
turnip, or silo rations.
It is a thorough cooler, reducing the
temperature of the milk instantly nearly
to the temperature of the cooling
medium.
It is low down, combining greatest
cooling surface with least height.
It is as simple in construction and easily
cleaned as a pail — no joints or seams for
the harboring of impurities and no
crooked pipes to rust.
Its cost is small — compared to the sav-
ing effected it is nothing.
It saves times and labor in handling of milk for any purpose.
It is a complete deodorizer, removing the animal heat or cowy
taste and all odors arising from the absorption by the milk of
stable or other unpleasant gases.
It is equally well adapted to the use of any cooling medium.
either running water, ice water, or if a very low temperature is
not required, ordinary well or spring water.
Fast Cooling Important. It is but the work of a moment to fill
the Improved Champion with cold or ice water, or attach a
^-inch stream of flowing spring water. If the agitator is used it
keeps the medium circulating near the cooling surface. The milk
flows over the cooling surface through machine-punched holes
scientifically calebrated so that milk film is even and cooling is
sure and certain.
The following sizes of the Champion are gauged as nearly as
possible to take care of the milk as fast as drawn from various
sized dairies with the average number of milkers. Be sure to get
one large enough, as best cooling results are obtained with low
pressure of milk in the receiver.
Prices Include Double Cheese Cloth Strainer and Spring Pins
Capacity milk receiver Size of dairy Takes care of Price
I to 25 COWS. . . .3 milkers. . . .$11 50
25 to 50 cows. . . .5 milkers. ... 13 50
50 to 100 cows. . . .8 milkers. ... 16 00
Special circular and prices will be sent on request
No.
No. 2 18 qts
No. 3 34 qts
No. 4 52 qts
We have other styles of Milk Coolers and Aerators, not shown in this catalogue.
Improved Decimal Milk Scale
This spring balance is intended especially for use in con-
nection with the Babcock Test for keeping records of the
quantity of milk from individual cows, together with the
per cent of fat, so as to calculate the butter-yield. The
Scale is provided with a loose pointer which, by means of
a thumb-screw, may be set anywhere on the dial to offset
the weight of the milk pail, so this does not have to be
deducted from the reading. The reading being in pounds
and tenths of pounds makes the calculation very much
simpler than when pounds and ounces are given, as on the
ordinary Scale. We recommend this Scale highly for
dairymen’s use. Price Postpaid
30-lb. Scale. Weighs by 1-20 lb $5 25 $5 50
60-lb. Scale. Weighs by or 1-20 lb 6 50 6 75
120-lb. Scale. Weighs by or 1-20 lb 10 00 lo 30
These same Scales can be furnished to weigh by ounces
at the same prices.
Common Sense Milk Bottles
All bottles and capacity guaranteed to conform
with state laws
These extra-heavy Milk Bottles are made in different
shapes. We recommend the style S which shows deep
cream line. Doz. K gross Gross
Quarts $i 25 $6 75 $12 50
Pints I 15 5 75 10 50
Half-pints i 00 5 00 9 00
Quarter-pints i 00 5 00 9 00
Ten gross lots 25c. per gross less than above prices; 25 gross lots 50c. cheaper.
Name Plates $2.50 for each size. Plates free on orders for 25 gross of one size.
Orders for lettered Bottles must be for one gross or more of each size. All lettered
Bottles f. o. b. factory. Freight allowed on orders of 10 gross or more. Plain
Bottles f. o. b. cars, Pittsburgh.
Sanitary Wire Bottom Bottle Cases
The No. 12, 12-quart Case is spaced three bottles wide and four
bottles long. Is well made with corner irons, with all wires riveted,
making a good, substantial, durable, as well as sanitary Crate at a
reasonable price. The ends and sides are of hardwood with neat
hand holes. The No. 20 Case holds twenty pint bottles, four bottles
wide by five long. The width and length of this Case are the same
as the No. 12 quart Case and will stack one on the other, each Case
being held in proper position by the corner irons.
C12. Quart Case. 12 bottles; depth io}4 inches, width 14^ in-
ches, length 18^ inches $2 50
C20. Pint Case. 20 bottles; depth 8}i inches, width 14^^ in-
ches, length i8}4 inches • - 5®
A16. Pint Case. 16 bottles; depth 8}4 inches, width 14!^ in-
ches, length i8)'4 inches 2 60
Special Prices on Large Quantities
128 DAIRY SUPPLIES
The L W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Perfection Milk Bottle Basket
Perfection Baskets are made up of plain annealed bands. They
have extra-hea\y top and handle, made to last a lifetime.
Each Doz.
6-pint $i 25 $13 00
8-pint I 35 15 00
6-quart i 25 13 50
8-quart i 35 I5 5®
Plug Milk Bottle Caps
These Caps are made from the very best grade of 35-point
spruce-sulphite pulp board and are odorless and tasteless. A
pure white paraffine is used for water-proofing them. The ink
used for printing these Caps is especially manufactured for this
purpose and will not spread or fade if bottles are submerged in
water. ,
Printed in Red, Blue, Green, Black, or Brown. No charge
made for special printing in one color in quantities of 50,000 or
over.
If some special design or trademark is wanted a small charge
will be made for the engraving. This expense, however, is charged
on the first order only, and the design can be used by the pur-
chaser on all future orders. We will furnish samples showing the
different sytles of printing on request.
PRICES Postpaid
No. 2 Caps. 525 in tube So 50 $0 60
No. 2 Caps. 1,000 in pkg 75 85
No. 2 Caps. 5,000 in box 3 25 3 50
No. 2 Caps. 50,000 in barrel, f. o. b. factory 28 00
No. 3 Caps. 5,000 in box 3 75 4 00
Special prices will be quoted on large quantities of tube Caps
for use in capping machines. Tube Caps are made from 40-point
board.
Owing to the frequent changes in prices of raw m.aterials from
which these Caps are manufactured the above prices are subject
to change without notice.
The Certified Milk Bottle Caps
The best pull Cap on the
market. Made of 35-point
board. Per tube (450 Caps),
65 cts., postpaid 75 cts.;
5.000 Caps $4.75, ppd., $5;
50.000 Caps in barrel, f.o.b.
factory, $43. Add 3 cts. per
1.000 to above prices for
40-point board.
Printing
All lots of 50,000 or
more, will be printed
in one color, either
Red, Blue, Green,
Black, or Purple, free
of charge. Two colors,
2 cts. per 1,000 extra.
All lots under 50,000
(for which we do not
hold an electro) will
cost $1.50 for the elec-
tro. No charge on re-
peat orders from these same electros, in any quantity.
Perfection Pull Caps
Made of 40-point board, well
paraffined. Postpaid
5,000 in box $4 00 $4 25
50,000 in barrel, f. o. b.
factory 31 00
All lots of 50,000 or more will be
printed in one color, either Red,
Blue, Green, Black, or Brown, free
of charge. Printed in two colors,
2 cts. per 1,000 extra. No charge
' made for special printing in quanti-
ties of 50,000 or over.
Prices on Milk Bottle Caps axe subject to frequent
changes, higher or lower. If prices are higher at date
order is received, customer will be notified before
shipping; if lower, difference will be reftmded.
Anti -Rust Dairy Pails
Complying with Sanitary Dairy Laws of Various Stater. |
P42. 14-qt. Steel-clad XX Charcoal plate, plain bail $i 85 j
P52. 14-qt. Ironclad XX Charcoal plate, plain bail i 25 '
P142. 14-qt. Plain XX Charcoal plate, wood bail i 85
P84. 14-qt. Fishmouth XX Charcoal plate, plain bail. ... 2 50 j
DAIRY SUPPLIES 129
The /. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Brushes for the Dairy
Hand Brush
No. 86. Pure bristle; large size; ^-inch diameter, maple handle,
lo inches long. 50 cts., postpaid, 55 cts.; doz. $5.50.
No. 100. Center Brush for cleaning outside of bottles. $1.25;
postpaid, $1.35. , , . '
No. 101. Outside Brush for cleaning inside of bottles. 65 cts.;
postpaid, 70 cts.
Complete Set of 3 Brushes, $2.50; postpaid, $2.65
Separator Spout Brushes
No. 27. Russian bristle; brush part 5 inches long; length over all
16 inches; plain end; diameter inches. 25c.; postpaid, 30c.
No. 116. Air Tube Brush. Suitable for almost any style filling
machine; black hair; brush part ^ inch diameter, 3 inches long,
length over all 24 inches. 20 cts. ; postpaid, 25 cts.
Palmetto Milk Can
Brush
No. 08. Palmetto fibre; solid
block 6^ inches long; face
9}4 X inches. Made of
an excellent grade of dur-
able fibre, very full, with
flaring wings. Unquestionably the best Milk-Can Brush on the
market. 65 cts., postpaid, 70 cts. ; doz. $7.
Genuine African Bass Stable Broom
No. 0286. Solid block; length of stock, 5X inches clear; four rows,
14 inches long, complete with handle. $1.25; postpaid, $1.50.
No. 500 Stable Broom
No. 500. Similar to No. 0286, with five rows instead of four; com-
plete with handle $1.50; postpaid, $1.75.
Pittsburgh Butter Mould
It is a very convenient shape and
makes a nice-looking print, desirable
for the market, and is being adopted
in other sections of the country by
butter-makers and packers for ship-
ping purposes.
PRICES
>^-pound $2 25 $2 35
1- pound 2 25 2 40
2- pound 3 75 3 9®
No. 1 No. 2
Round Butter Moulds
These Moulds are made of the finest selected sugar maple,
thoroughly seasoned, hand carved, and are a strictly first-class
Mould. Made in i -pound size.
No. 1. Sheaf Design. 60 cts.; postpaid, 70 cts.
No. 2. Cow Design. Our new “Jersey Cow” Mould is- a very
handsome design and is an artistic piece of carving. 60 cts.;
postpaid, 70 cts.
Maple Butter Bowls
Paraffine wax finish. Extra deep;
heavy rimmed; nicely polished. 15-in.
diam. |i, 17-in. $1.75, 19-in. $2, 21-in.
$2.25.
Churn Thermometer
No. 2103. Glass cylinder; mercury filled tube; accurate, within
one division of the scale; 7^4 inches long. $1; postpaid, $i.i5-
130 DAIRY SUPPLIES
The I, W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
“Pioneer’^ Brand Parchment Paper
This genuine \’egetable Parchment Paper is guaranteed to contain no oil, grease, paraffine, or wax. It
makes the best package in which to deliver butter, cheese, lard, smoked, salt or fresh meats, fish and other
products. Postpaid
1,000 sheets, 8 x ii inches $2 25 $2 40
1,000 sheets, 9x12 inches a 75 2 90
Special prices on larger quantities
Dandelion Brand Butter Color
Have your butter uniform in color in June and in January. Give butter the “high price” shade uniformly — ^the year round. Prac-
tically ever^’^ large creamery in the countr^'^ uses Dandelion Brand Butter Color, which proves it is kept up to the highest standard
of quality. Dandelion Brand Butter Color gives to butter that pleasing tinge of yellow which so closely resembles the natural June
shade of butter, and enables the buttermaker to find a ready market at top prices. It is purely vegetable and meets the full require-
ments of all food laws. State and National. Postpaid
Small Size $<>35 $0 40
Medium Size 65 70
Large Size i 00 i 10
Butter and Egg Ccurriers for Parcel Post
For description and prices on these see page 158
Cream City and O. M. Milk Cans
CREAM CITY
Extra-hea\^ seamless steel
heavily coated with pure tin.
Each
5-gallon $4 50
lo-gallon 6 00
bottom,
Doz.
$51 50
68 00
O. M. PITTSBURGH
Lower and wider than Cream City Can.
iK-inch steel bottom; hoops firmly riveted
to the lower edge of body. 5-gal. $4.50 each,
$51.50 per doz.
Name-Plates for Milk Cans
Plates mth name and address extra — less than dozen, 25 cts. each; dozen and up-
wards, $2.75 per doz. Half-dozen cans at dozen rate.
O. M. RAILROAD
Heavy hoop style; made in four sizes.
Each Doz.
3^-gallon $I 00 $II 00
1 - gallon I 50 16 75
2- gallon 2 00 22 00
3- gallon 2 75 30 25
A-2308 A-2312
A-2408 A-2412
Lisk Anti-Rust Milk Cans
Made from finest charcoal plate; seamless cover and neck. Bot-
tom reinforced with steel pin. Heavy steel bail. Sanitary soldered.
Full capacity. Each Doz.
No. A-2308. Capacity 2 gallons $2 65 $27 25
No. A-2312. Capacity 3 gallons 3 35 34 00
No. A-2408. Capacity 2 gallons 3 00 3i 25 '
No. A-2412. Capacity 3 gallons 3 75 39 00 .-
Half-Dozen Cans at Dozen Rate
Milk Strainers
No. A-1934. Anti-rust; seamless;
sanitary soldered with adjustable
steel band for cloth. $1.35; post-
paid, $1.50.
Pittsburgh. Same style as A-1934. Fitted
with hoop for cloth. For Pittsburgh and
Cream City Pattern Cans; heavy bright
tin. Size loX-inch top, 4^-inch
bottom, height 7)4 inches. 85 cts.; post-
paid, $1.
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
DAIRY SUPPLIES 131
The Cattle Comfort Steel Stanchion
These Stanchions are made entirely of spring steel, the uprights
being of smooth tubing, easy for the cows’ shoulders and neck
and the horizontal pieces of superior rolled angle steel driven to
the tubing by strong rivets. They are hung at the top and bottom
by hea\'y chains, which allow stanchions to swing, giving cattle
perfect freedom and are quickly adapted to old stables as they
are standard size and fit the same space occupied by the rigid
Stanchions. Cattle can turn their heads, lick their sides, and,
being more comfortable, they will give more milk. The Stanchions
open and close quickly with one hand only, will not bend or
break and are always in working order. They are sanitary as
there is not an ounce of wood to absorb odors and moisture.
They keep the cows clean, as wooden Stanchions do not.
PRICES F. O. B. PITTSBURGH
Less than l dozen, each $4 50
I dozen and upward, each 4 25
Prices on complete stalls including stanchions, arched par-
titions and all fittings necessary to set up and install will be
quoted on request.
“Kant Suk” Calf and
Cow Weaner
Being made with a hinge joint,
it swings out of the way when the
calf eats or drinks, but effectually
prevents sucking. It is heavily
tinned, sanitary, and humane.
Postpaid
No. 1055. Calf size. .$0 50 $0 60
No. 1056. Cow size. . 60 70
Common-Sense Calf-Feeder
The Common - Sense
Calf-Feeder is a simple,
practical device which
every calf-owner will ap-
preciate and the value of
which can be seen at a
glance. The calf sucks
his food in a natural
manner, and the milk is
taken into the stomach
without having it form
a solid, cheese-like, indigestible lump, which is frequently the
case where the calf drinks directly from the pail. Postpaid
Single Feeder $2 25 $2 35
Double Feeder 3 00 3 10
Pilling Teat Opener
The Pilling Teat Opener differs from the Bistoury inasmuch as
the Opener is simply used as a reamer or dilator to pass the ob-
struction. It does not cut the obstruction as the Bistoury does.
$1; postpaid, $1.05.
Pilling Hard-Rubber Teat Plug
The Pilling Hard-Rubber Teat Plug
is especially designed to prevent drop-
ping of milk in cows where there is a
relaxation of the little muscle at the
end of the teat and consequent leakage of milk as soon as enough
pressure accumulates in the udder; also to dilate the canal of the
teat above the muscle in cases where hard milking is due to con-
traction of this part of the canal. 65 cts. ; postpaid, 70 cts.
Pilling Teat Expander
The Pilling Teat Expander,
of metal, nickel plated, is in-
tended to expand and enlarge the
opening of hard-milking teats. _
It also expands the milk canal at the same time,
use. 60 cts. ; postpaid, 65 cts.
e,P,PiU-WG&SOU UO.PH\\.K*
Pilling Milking Tubes
For Sore and Obstructed Teats and Hard-Milking Cows
Can be made any length by moving the adjustable slide; can
also be used for a probe to pass the obstruction.
PRICES
Postpaid
Postpaid
2^-inch $0 65 $0 70
2^-inch 80 85
3K-inch $0 95 $i 00
3^-inch I 10 I 15
4X-inch I 25 I 30
Prices quoted on other Pilling Cattle Instruments on request.
Send for booklet.
“Pierceasy** Bronze Bull
Ring
This is “the Ring with a point.”
It cuts a clean hole and is made in
three sizes.
Postpaid
No. 1. 2^Xj^in. ..$1 50 $155
No. 2. 2>^x>^in. . . I 75 I 80
No. 3. 3K X in. . . 2 00 2 05
“Bullchane” Pacifier
If you own a bull that’s at all hard to
handle, you need Wagner’s “Bullchane”
Pacifier. Subdues most vicious animal with-
out any harmful effects whatsoever. The
animal in stepping on the loose end of the
chain will divert its attention. Bull can be
turned out to graze — and be safely ap-
proached when wanted.
“Bullchane” Pacifier is scientifically con-
structed— specially prepared for its purpose.
Cannot twist because it has swivels every
2 feet. Snaps in nose ring and makes finest
kind of “hitch” or leader. Strong and long-
wearing — and just heavy enough to effectually “tame” the ugliest
animal. A boon to stock raisers. $1.75; postpaid, $1.85.
Dairy Feeds
We make a specialty of supplying our customers with high-
grade stock feeds and concentrates of which the following is a
partial list:
Buffalo Gluten Feed
Digester Tankage
Oil Meal, Old Process
Cotton Seed Meal
Flaxseed Meal
Whole Flaxseed
Alfalfa Meal
Special price-list sent on request
Dried Beet Pulp
Unicorn Dairy Ration
Triangle Dairy Feed
Blatchford’s Calf Meal
Blatchford’s Pig Meal
Blatchford’s Lamb Meal
132 DAIRY SUPPLIES
The L
W, Scott
Company,
Pittsburgh,
Pa.
The Improved Keystone Dehorner
The Improved Keystone Dehorner is the latest and most
efficient dehorning knife on the market today. It has been altered
and improved in several important points of construction, until
its strength, cutting service and durability have been greatly
increased.
The illustration shows these points. Note that the rack has
been made tapering and handles have correspondingly eccentric
gears. This gives the knives their greatest cutting power at the
beginning of the stroke, when it is needed, to drive through the
hard outer coating of the horn. This feature alone makes the
Keystone Improved far superior to all other Dehorners.
Note also that the outer edge of the cutting knife is pointed
and its surfaces are parallel to those of the cutting edge. This
makes the knife stronger and less liable to crack. Other Dehorners
have straight knives that break easily under great strain.
The entire instrument is lighter, stronger, and better propor-
tioned than former Dehorning knives. We guarantee it to be a
first-class device in every way, and should any part break dur-
ing the first year of use, we will furnish repairs free of charge.
Complete with leader, rope, extra set of blades and screws, $i8;
postpaid, $18.50.
Special Circtilar Sent on Request
The Profit Farm Boiler
It is a simple furnace with a caldron which dumps. The con-
tents can be emptied in one minute, doing away with the slow
and disagreeable task of dipping it out. It is thoroughly con-
structed of the best cast iron. The kettle is cast very smooth and
has an extra thick bottom.
PRICES
No. 25. 25 gal.; weight 275 lbs.; for coal $46 00
No. 250. 25 gal.; weight 275 lbs.; for wood 46 00
No. 48. 48 gal.; weight 410 lbs.; for coal -. 68 00
No. 480. 48 gal.; weight 410 lbs.; for wood 68 00
Solon Steel Boiler
This furnace and caldron is designed to meet the wants of far-
mers, butchers, contractors, and others who want something good,
as well as low priced. It is, nevertheless, a good practical appa-
ratus. It is supplied with our regular caldrons, which are un-
rivaled for fine finish and durability. The jacket or shell is made
from heavy sheet steel, with edges banded, and has no bottom,
as the stove is intended to be used on the earth, or to be filled
with brick or clay up to the bottom of the feed door. It is pro-
vided with double doors so that it can be conveniently used as a
coal burner when supplied with coal fixtures.
Three sizes, heavy steel shells, large double doors, Sperry’s
Perfect Caldrons. Capacity guaranteed. Don’t confound this
boiler with those of similar construction made from stov'e-pipe
metal.
PRICES
With With
Wood Coal
Fixtures Fixtures
No. 1. 25 gal.; weight 165 lbs $24 00 $31 00
No. 2. 33-gal.; weight 190 lbs 28 00 35 00
No. 3. 40-gal.; weight 225 lbs 30 00 37 00
Sugar or Wash Kettle
Our Sugar Kettles are full measure, with bails, milled and
painted, holding the exact amount they are rated. Many sugar
kettles and caldrons are sold by copying our list and giving fic-
titious measurements. When you compare prices, see that
capacity is as represented.
PRICES
Actual Inside
Measure Diam Depth
10^2 gals. . . i8-in 12 in . . ,
15 gals 20^-in. . .13M in.
i8t^ gals. . .22-in 13M in.
2iy2 gals.. .23-in 14% in.
Usual
Rating
Weight
Price
13 gals.. .
. .32 lbs. . .
. . .$6 00
1 8 gals. . .
. .40 lbs. . .
• • • 7 75
20 gals. . .
. .56 lbs. . .
. . . 10 00
25 gals. . .
. .60 lbs. . .
. . . II 00
DAIRY SUPPLIES 133
The /.
W,
Scott
Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Disinfectant for Live-stock, Poultry and Barns
(NOT A POISON)
B-K stands in a class by itself as a powerful, safe, inexpensive farm disinfectant and antiseptic. It has all the strength necessary
to kill germs and protect animals against diseases. It has over ten times the germ-killing strength of carbolic acid and contains no
acid, oil, coal-tar, or color. It is used by the leading breeders and dairymen and was awarded blue ribbon and gold medal at the
Panama Exposition.
Reasons Why B-K is Protection Against
Animal Diseases
Powerful Germ-Killer. Tested by the U. S. Hygienic Labora-
tory Method of testing disinfectants, B-K is possessed of many
times the germ-killing strength of most disinfectants ordinarily
used. It has ten times the germ-killing power of undiluted car-
bolic acid; also many times that of the ordinary coal-tar dips,
such as cresol and the various combinations of cresylic acids, most
of which are poisons and are irritating.
Safe for Internal Use. B-K contains no poison, acid, or oil —
may be safely used internally according to directions. B-K is fed
in the drinking-tank. Makes prevention of disease much more
effective.
B-K Ideal for Vaginal and Uterine Injection. The vagina and
uterus contain quantities of mucus and slime of the nature of
albumin. Germs develop and thrive in this albuminous matter.
B-K promptly dissolves all this matter, gets right at the germs,
destroys and dissolves them; also dissolves and removes any
diseased tissues with which it comes in contact, leaving the liv-
ing tissues clean and inducing prompt healing of lacerations. It
does not cause straining.
Clean to Use. B-K is clean as water, is an active cleanser,
keeps hair and skin of animals clean and bright, removes stains
from the hair, is cleansing and beneficial for the hands of work-
men, healing and soothing to the flesh.
Leaves no Odor After Use. B-K purifies the air and all sur-
roundings— destroys odors, leaves everything fresh and inviting.
B-K is Cheap to Use. One gallon of B-K makes from 128 to 256
gallons of solution for disinfecting and douching cows.
For Cattle. Use B-K for all disinfecting and for treatment of
Abortion, Retained After-birth, After Calving, Sterility, Calf
Scours, Ringworm, Cuts and Sores, Thrush, Pinkeye, and Scab.
For Poultry. Use B-K for disinfecting coops, incubators and
brooders and for cases of Roup, Canker, Catarrh, Lice and Nits.
Deodorizes foul-smelling coops.
PRICES
Quart. Farm Package . . $i 25
Gallon . 3 00
5 Gallons 12 50
SEND FOR THESE FREE BULLETINS
No. II, “General Disinfecting;” No. 237, “B-K on the Farm;” No. 147, “Hog Sanitation;” No. 52, “Contagious Abortion;”
No. 136, “Calf Scours;” No. 213, “Good News for Poultry Raisers.”
Wyandotte Cleaner and Cleanser
Wyandotte Dairyman’s Cleaner and Cleanser is used in all
dairy countries of the world, and in the United States and
Canada 85 per cent of the butter- and cheese-makers use it daily.
To this large number can be added the thousands of farmers,
dairymen, and milk dealers who are steady patrons.
It contains no soapy grease, makes no soapy suds, nor resembles
soap agents in any way. It is a sanitary cleaner made purposely
to do the work of cleaning milk utensils and containers.
PRICES
S-lb. sack $0 50
80-lb. keg (bulk) 5 70
280-lb. bbl. (bulk) 17 10
Postpaid
$0 65
Conkey’s Fly Knocker
Every stockman, every dairyman needs Fly Knocker. Don’t
let flies torment your horses; don’t let them worry your cows.
Cows give more milk and butter-fat and horses work easier when
you save their energy by keeping off those winged pests.
Postpaid
Quart
2 quarts
REei§TEREO_«JRAOE MARK'
4
4
Shoo-Fly is an insec-
ticide, germicide, anti-
septic and disinfectant,
being a liquid com -
pound (free of water or
gummy substances) ab-
solutely harmless to
man or beast and ex-
ceedingly obnoxious to
flies and insect-pests.
Not objectionable to
man. Cures all sores
from bottom, without
much scab. Kiils all lice
and mites in poultry-
house or wherever sprayed. No flies, warbles, mosquitos, Buffalo
gnats, ticks or vermin on horse or cow, and one-third more milk
where Shoo-Fly is sprayed. Thousands of testimonials. Postpaid
Quart can $0 55 $0 65
Gallon I 50
5-gallon can 7 00
ANIMALS’
.'KRiEND
Gallon $2 00
5 gallons 9 50
Sal-Vet
(MEDICATED SALT)
This is composed of sulphate
of iron, sulphur, quassia, gentian, carbonized peat, charcoal,
epsom salts, and tobacco coated on grains of salt, by a special
process. Salt provides the “voluntary feeding prin-
ciples.” Farmers should salt their stock with Sal- Vet,
thus giving them the medication to keep out worms,
strengthen digestion, and make more profit out of their
feed. It is sold on a positive guarantee. A hundred
testimonials right from his own neighborhood will be
mailed to any farmer on his application.
Postpaid
5 lbs.
SO 75
15 lbs I 65
Cows* Relief
Cows’ Relief is one
of the greatest remedies
ever compounded for
cattle and is worth its
weight in gold to the
farmer or dairyman, as
it is a specific remedy
for all bag and teat
troubles.
PRICES
Small size. 75 cts.;
postpaid, 80 cts.
Large size. $1.50; post-
paid, $1.60.
85
90
40 lbs $3 60
100-lb. keg 7 50
rH
134 DAIRY SUPPLIES
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Kow-Kure
The great cow medicine for abortion, barren-
ness, scouring, bunches on the udder, red water,
and “off feed.” Kow-Kure assists nature, makes
pure blood, corrects stomach disorders, improves
appetite, and being a safe and powerful tonic,
makes a larger flow of milk.
PRICES Postpaid
Small Size So 70 So 80
Large Size i 40 i 50
Half-doz. Large Size for $7.50
Corona Horn Preventive
For applying to horn nubbins on calves before
ten days old.
V^oz. bottle
1-oz. bottle
nhe Cow's Health- First qTAlF
' To think of the milk yield first and the cow’s health afterward is putting
the cart before the horse. Many “poor milkers” only need to have their
systems working properly to become good producers.
KOW-KURE, the great cow medicine, makes coT?fe healthy and keeps them
healthy. Working on the digestive and genital organs, it is a prompt, sure
remedy for Abortion, Barrenness, Retained Afterbirth, Scouring, Lost Appe-
tite and Bunches. Try KOW-KURE; druggists and feed dealers sell it —
55c and $1.10 packages.
Write for **The Home Cow Doctor” free.
DAIRY ASSOCIATION CO.,
a Lyndonville, Vt.
Postpaid
.So 60 So 65
. I 20 I 2.S
Dr. Hess Stock Tonic
Blackman’s Medicated Salt Brick
The Best and Most Convenient Stock
Remedy Known
WHAT IT DOES
Aids digestion; removes worms; purifies the
blood; cures skin diseases, kidney, stomach
and bowel trouble; prevents colic, blind stag-
gers, heaves, Texas fever, lampers, murrain;
creates a healthy appetite; tones up the sys-
tem; removes old coat of hair and brings out
the new.
WHAT IT DOESN’T DO
2-lb. pkg..
4-lb. pkg..
1 2-lb. pkg..
25-lb. bag.
lOO-lb. bag
Postpaid
So 30 So 35
60 70
1 25 I 50
2 50
8 50
International Stock Tonic
Postpaid
4-lb. pkg So 50 So 55
6-lb. pkg I 00 I 25
25-lb. bag 3 00
Retsof Rock Salt
Doesn't get old and wormy; doesn’t lose strength with age;
doesn’t get eaten up by mice and rats; doesn’t have to be hunted
up and dosed out at feeding time (often in the dark) as do other
remedies, for after being placed in the feed-box or holder it is
always where stock can get it as they need it.
BETTER AND CHEAPER THAN STOCK POWDERS
Blackman’s Medicated Salt Brick contains absolutely nothing i
but dairy* salt mixed with sulphur for a blood purifier, copp>eras ■
for worms and the bowels, saltpeter for the kidneys, and nux
vomica, one of the best known tonics.
25 cts. per Brick, postpaid 30 cts.; doz. Bricks $2.75, 2 doz.
Bricks SS.25
Bag Balm
We recommend Bag Balm for all diseases of udder and teats,
caked bag, sore teats, bunches, chapping, cuts, inflammation, etc.
It makes easy milkers of hard ones and keeps all the parts in a
sanitary', healthful condition. 65 cts.; postpaid 75 cts.
Calves’ Cordial
One of the best remedies ever prepared for the treatment of
scours in cah'es and cows, also a valuable remedy for stomach and
bowel disorders. It acts an an astringent up>on the digestive tract,
soothing the inflamed tissues and removing the fey'ered condition.
Large size 75 cts.; postpaid, 80 cts.
Corona Wool Fat
It will positiy'ely cure scratches, swollen tendons, relieve in-
flammation, and will grow a neys' and perfect hoof.
PRICEIS Postpaid
12-oz. box So 60 So 65
26-oz. box I 20 I 25
; The genuine Retsof Rock Salt in lumps weighing from 5 to
i 15 pounds each. 50 lbs. Si. 35, 100 lbs. S2.25, 280 lbs. (barrel)
i 54-
Star Medium Dairy Salt
50 lbs. Si. 35, 100 lbs. S2.25, 280 lbs. (barrel), S4.
Feeds
\Mien you are in the market for
Cottonseed Meal Dried Beet Pulp
Gluten Meal Flax Seed Meal
Oil Meal — Old Process Tankage
\^'rite for our monthly Feed Price-List.
Get Rid of Your Rats
Rat
Corn
THIS IS A RAT MUMMIFIED
It is not an experiment. On the contrary, it is a thoroughly
tried and proved destroyer of rats and mice. Its action on rats
and mice is a rather peculiar one. Almost immediately after
eating it they become stupefied, and they remain in this stupor
until they die. Death occurs about ten hours after they have
eaten the Rat Corn. Ey-ery' rat that eats Rat Corn must die, and
almost as soon as it dies, it becomes hard and dry* — much like
leather — and no matter how long it stays there will be no odor.
It is Sure Death to Rats and Mice, ^t Com is not a deadly
p>oison and therefore can be used without danger to human beings.
Price per can, 25 cts., 50 cts., and $1, postpaid.
The /. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
PRATTS REMEDIES 135
Pratts.
Animal Regulator and
Remedies
More work out of your horses, more
milk from your cows, fatter hogs —
these are a few of the benefits which
will come from using
Always sold on a guarantee
that it will satisfy or money back.
25-lb. pail $4.10, i2-lb. pail $2.55,
postpaid $2.80. Pkg. $1.20, post-
paid $1.40; 60c., postpaid 70c.;
30 cts., postpaid 35 cts. Get
prices on 50-lb. and lOO-lb.
sacks.
Horse and Cattle Conditioner
This is the original and pioneer Stock Regulator
of America. It keeps horses well and strong, im-
proves their wind, and makes their coat sleek
and glossy.
Cows give more and richer milk, the percent-
age of butter-fat being increased, and their
calves are strong and healthy. Steers fatten in
half the time.
Hogs are raised and fattened quickly and
kept free from disease. Sheep are kept healthy,
and their meat and wool improved by its use.
Test it on our guarantee to do the work or money refunded.
Pkg. 65 cts., postpaid 80 cts.; 12-lb. pailJSl.SO, postpaid $1.75; 25-
lb. pad, $2.75; 100-lb. bag, $7
Pratts Veterinary Colic Remedy
It is a positive remedy in all cases of flatulent
colic (sometimes called bloat), spasmodic colic, gas
colic, kidney colic, and acute indigestion. Its action
is quick, and a cure certain.
Extra-large bottle $1.50, postpaid $1.60; small size
75 cts., postpaid 80 cts.
Pratts Fly Chaser
Give comfort to horses, cows and other
live-stock in fly time by spraying them with
Pratt’s Fly Chaser. It is guaranteed to be
unequaled as a fly repellant. It has long
efficiency, will not blister, remove the hair
or damage the hide. Insures comfort at
milking-time for the cow and safety for the
milker. Does not taint the milk or gum the
hair.
V2gal.$1.10, postpaid $1.25; gal. $1.75; 5 gals.
$7.25; 10 gals. $13.50.
Pratts Heave and Cough Remedy
60 cts.; postpaid 70 cts.
Pratts Worm Remedy
60 cts.; postpaid 70 cts.
- Pratts Dip and Disinfectant
Has received the U. S. Government rating for
sheep scab (i part Dip to 70 parts water). Cures
sheep of ticks, foot-rot and other diseases; cures
cattle of mange, ringworm, scabies, ticks, screw
worms, warbles, etc. ; cures horses of mange, ticks,
lice, ringworm, thrush, galls, sores, cuts, wounds,
etc.; cures hogs of cholera, mange, lice, eczema,
fly, and maggot; cures dogs of fleas, lice, mange,
cuts, ulcers, etc.
Qt. 70 cts., postpaid 80 cts.; V^gal. $1.25, postpaid $1.40; gal.
$2.; 5 gals. $8. Are you paying more for an inferior Dip?
Pratts Cow Remedy
Keep your cows healthy while forcing
milk production, without increased cost
for feeding or care by giving them Cow*
Remedy. It insures healthy appetite, good
digestion, increased vigor, greater milk
production. Prevents and cures contagious
abortion and other profit - destroying
diseases.
65 cts. and $1.30, postpaid 75 cts. and
$1.45. Also sold in 12-lb. tins at $3, post-
paid $3.10; 25-lb. tins at $5.50.
Pratts Healing Powder
Sores, cuts, wounds, scratches, burns, scalds, barb
wire cuts as well as skin eruptions, eczema and itch-
ing are quickly cured. Corns, harness and saddle
galls disappear in short order. You should have this
in the house or in the stable at all times.
30 cts., postpaid 35 cts.
Pratts Healing Ointment
Injuries of any kind are healed naturally
and permanently, and pain quickly relieved
by applying Pratt’s Healing Ointment.
35 cts., postpaid 40 cts.
Pratts Linament
For man or beast
Acts both as a counter-irritant, drawing out the
inflammation, and also as a penetrant. Can be used
either to blister or without blistering, by regulating
the application.
Cures rheumatism, lameness, sprains, bruises, con-
tracted muscles, shoulder or stifle lameness, thrush
or canker, cockle joints, sweeny, kicks, sore throat,
quinsy, curb, splint, capped hocks, shoe boils, pneumonia, and
inflammation of the lungs.
Bottles 35 cts., postpaid 40 cts. ; 70 cts., postpaid 80 cts. ;
$1.40, postpaid $1.50
There is a Pratt Remedy for nearly every curable Stock disease — Guaranteed to satisfy or your money back
136 HOG FEEDS
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
1 w
1 ifiSu
Semi-Solid Buttermilk
For Hogs, Calves and Poultry
THE HOGS HEALTHY AND MAKES THEM GROW FAST
Buttermilk is Nature’s cheapest and most valuable feed because of
its high content of proteins, carbohydrates, lactic acid, butterfat, and
mineral salts. These are the elements recognized by all authorities on
feeding and proved, through long experience, by hog-raisers, to be the
most valuable in increasing weight quickly.
Semi-Solid Buttermilk is pure, rich buttermilk with the water taken
away. Raw buttermilk by analysis is about 93 per cent water. Semi-
Solid Buttermilk, as the name implies, is a semi-solid concentrated or
condensed buttermilk. In other words, it is fresh, wholesome butter-
milk containing about 6 per cent lactic acid with all the feeding values
that the richest buttermilk contains — with the water content taken
away to save bulky handling and freight expense.
Semi-Solid Buttermilk is pure, fresh buttermilk direct from the cream-
eries. Our patented process takes out the water and concentrates the
high feeding values. It is sterilized, pasteurized, and boiled at low tem-
perature. All bacterial growi;hs are destroyed. A single barrel of Semi-
Solid Buttermilk is equal in feeding value to a whole wagon load of raw
buttermilk. It contains no fiber whatsoever and is 100 per cent digestible.
No other hog-feed approaches Semi- Solid Buttermilk in feeding value
as the actual analysis, given below, will prove. It materially aids the
digestion of your other feeds.
APPROXIMATE ANALYSIS*
Per cent
Ash and Calcium Salts 4.29
Protein 13.53
Butter-fat 3.45
*The above analysis was made July 27, 1918, by the Kansas City Testing Laboratorj’
Per cent
Acid (lactic) 5.93
Carbohydrates 9.97
500-pound barrel makes 1,000 gallons. Prices subject to change
500-pound barrel $26 OO
250-pound barrel I4 75
lOO-pound keg 7 25
For details regarding Semi- Solid Buttermilk as a poultry food see page 168. Ask for special circular and testimonials.
!
i
t
\
\
Blatchford’s Pig Meal
THE PERFECT MILK SUBSTITUTE FOR YOUNG PIGS
Easily takes care of the weaning stage — the time when those
little fellows need good care and the proper gruel to tide them
over from the mother milk to coarser grain feed. Blatchford’s
Pig jMeal is inexpensive, and a pound makes a gallon of gruel.
Blatchford’s Pig Meal is composed of the following ingredients;
Standard Middlings, Corn Oil Cake Meal, Soy-Bean Meal, Barley
Meal, Fish Meal, Tankage, Oil-Pressed Linseed Meal, Ground
Beans and Peas, Hominy Feed, Dried Milk, Corn Meal, Wheat
Flour, Cocoa-Shell Meal, Rice Polish, Limestone and Salt. You
will note that each of these materials is universally recognized as
important and valuable in the growing of swine.
PRICES — Subject to change
25-lb. bag $i 50
50-lb. bag 2 75
loo-lb. bag 5 OO
Bicorn Hog Feed
Bicorn is made out of standard Hog Feeds properly combined
so as to save tankage and grain. It contains no roughage or low-
grade products, hence its high efficiency, and is a complete feed
for growdng pigs.
For larger hogs (175 pounds and up), feed it with corn, hominy,
or barley. Its ingredients are tankage, corn germ meal, wheat
middlings, flour from wheat, corn rice and bucl^heat, corn meal,
oats, linseed meal, bone meal, gluten feed, and salt — nothing else.
Analysis: 17.5 per cent protein, 4 per cent fat, 6 per cent fiber.
Prices subject to change. 100 lbs. $3.55, 500 lbs. $17.25.
See our Feed Price-List for prices on larger quantities.
“Hog Bon”
A Substitute for Tankage without Its Odor and at
Half the Cost
Feeding Directions. — Mix thoroughly 5 pounds Hog Bon with
95 pounds of ground grains. Feed wet (slopped) or dry in feeders.
Hog Bon builds strong, big hogs, with large bone-frames,
carrying lots of meat. It keeps hogs healthy and free of worms.
More phosphorus and less Protein is needed.
The better results obtained from feeding tankages to hogs are
not due (as so many supposed) to the little extra protein supplied
by tankage, but is due to the phosphates all tankages contain.
Hog Bon contains these all-important phosphates in just the
right quality and in the proper porportion to better utilize the
protein furnished by the grain-rations. Hence, additional protein
means additional waste. Analysis of hog manure shows a great
waste of protein; hence, why add to this waste by feeding costly
tankage? Hog Bon supplies these phosphates; also supplies the
pulverized charcoal, so wholesome for hogs; and the carbonate of
potash, an important green-food element.
Give Hog Bon a fair trial, at our expense. We are authorized
by the manufacturers to refund your money, if results are not
satisfactory. 1 00-lb. bag $3.
Darling’s 60 Per Cent Protein
Digester Tankage
Darling’s Digester Tankage builds bone and muscle on young
pigs, and matures a hog for market from two to three months
earlier than corn alone. Hogs that are fed with it are better
proportioned — more lean and less fat. They are sound, and ship
well with surprisingly small shrinkage. Prices subject to change.
lOO-lb. bag $5. Write for prices on larger quantities.
DAIRY FEEDS 137
The I.
W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
Unicorn Dairy Ration
A QUALITY FEED AT THE RIGHT PRICE
WHAT IT IS
1. A complete grain ration suitable for any kind or breed of
dairy cow.
2. A high-protein feed with a never-varying digestible analysis.
Can be mixed and fed with corn, oats or hominy.
ITS INGREDIENTS
Cottonseed meal, linseed meal, corn gluten meal, corn gluten
feed, corn-oil meal, brewers’ grains, wheat bran, hominy meal,
and salt.
ITS CRUDE ANALYSIS Per cent
Protein 24
Fat (average) 4.5 to 6
Fiber (nearly all digestible) 9 to 10
Carbohydrates 50
DIGESTIBLE ANALYSIS
As stated in report (1911) made by Massachusetts Experiment
Station, it contains 21 per cent digestible protein, the highest
of any ready ration ever tested by any experiment station.
CONTAINS NO FILLERS
Unicorn contains no fillers, either added directly or as part of
the ingredients used. Eleven years’ success has rewarded this
policy.
WHY IT IS LOW-PRICED
Because — It is so concentrated; 6 lbs. of Unicorn will do the
work of 8 to 10 lbs. of other feeds.
Because — It increases the yearly yield of a good cow by enabling
her to produce at her maximum capacity for a longer period.
PURITY
We believe it is the highest-grade ration made in the United
States today. Used and endorsed by a large number of experi-
ment stations and agricultural colleges since 1908.
‘‘BEST IS ALWAYS THE CHEAPEST”
Cheap feeding does not mean cheap feeds; it means the best
and highest-priced feeds added to your own low-priced grain and
roughage. You pay more for Unicorn, but you get back much
more in milk and butterfat than you do with the low-priced
feeds. For prices, see our monthly Feed Price-List.
Triangle Dairy Feed
A complete, well-balanced dairy feed. If your roughage is
largely legume hay, you may, if you wish, feed Triangle with say,
one-fourth home grain to three-fourths Triangle.
ANALYSIS Per cent
Protein 21
Fat 4
Fiber 12
Carbohydrates 50
Triangle Dairy Feed is made of brewers’ grains, cottonseed
meal, linseed meal, gluten feed, corn germ meal, cocoanut meal,
hominy meal, barley meal, ground oats, wheat bran and salt.
These ingredients are thoroughly compounded in our mills, and
constitute a wholesome, well-balanced ration. Its low price is
due to the fact that it contains 3 per cent less protein than Uni-
corn. For prices see our monthly Feed Price-List.
Blatchford’s Calf Meal
Blatchford’s Calf Meal is absolutely the only milk-substitute
which contains all the elements the calf requires for rapid and
healthy growth.
It is the only calf meal that is thoroughly cooked and prepared
for digestion.
It is easy to feed. Calves relish it.
It is more economical to feed than milk.
Its use effects an actual money-saving of more than one-half.
It supplies in easily assimilated form all the food elements
necessary for rapid growth, early maturity, thrift and health.
It is strictly a quality product. Only the very best materials
are used in its manufacture.
FIRST ON THE MARKET— FIRST IN QUALITY-
FIRST IN RESULTS
Blatchford’s Calf Meal is the Original Calf Meal. It was the first
on the market. For practically forty years it has been consistently
used in the United States by a constantly increasing number of
farmers and dairymen.
PRICES — Subject to change Postpaid
25 lbs $i 65 $2 00
50 lbs 3 00
100 lbs 5 50
Blatchford’s Lamb Meal
PROFITS IN EARLY LAMBS
Blatchford’s Lamb Meal contains, besides all the ingredients
of Blatchford’s Calf Meal, an extra quantity of sweet honey-
locust bean, which is particularly attractive to young lambs.
When about ten days or two weeks old, lambs will be found
nibbling at the feed-trough and should be encouraged.
Feed a ration composed of one-third Blatchford’s Lamb Meal,
one-third corn meal and one-third ground oats, in such quantities
as will be eaten up clean at each feeding. If there is any over
when the next allowance is due, clean it up and feed it to the pjgs.
Lambs are dainty feeders and the meal should be fresh each
time fed.
Blatchford’s Lamb Meal matures lambs quickly, prevents
scours and setbacks and is a complete equal for the ewe’s milk.
PRICES — Subject to change Postpaid
25-lb. bag 65 $2 00
50-lb. bag 3 00
1 00-lb. bag 5 50
Write for special circular.
138 POULTRY SUPPLIES
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa. i
Our Poultry Supply Department
|N PRESENTING our 1921 Poultry- Supply Catalogue we extend to the poultry-men of
Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Virginia our heartiest thanks for the largely increased
business of the past year in this department.
We assure you that your patronage is appreciated and we will do our utmost to
merit a continuance of your trade.
Inventive genius has been busy during the year and many new articles of merit for
the poultry-man have appeared on the market. This is evidenced by a larger catalogue.
Our supplies are the best the market affords. We do not believe our customers will be dis-
appointed in any article ordered from this catalogue.
Our new store, centrally located in the downtown business section, is equipped throughout
with modern fixtures and conveniences. We are prepared, as never before, to give our customers
prompt and efficient service.
As heretofore, our “latch-string” is always out and we invite you to make our store your head-
quarters when in the city.
OUR MONTHLY FEED PRICE-LIST. Owing to the fluctuations in the prices of grains and
feeds we do not give prices on feeds in our catalogue. Our Monthly Feed Price-List, copy of which
accompanies this catalogue, is revised on the first of each month, and will be sent free on request.
Mil
9
fs'S'
Our Poultry Supply Storeroom
The production of poultry and eggs has proved so profitable during the past few years that there is a greater interest
manifested in the industry- than has ever existed before. In many sections the price of eggs has reached a height exceeding any-
thing ever thought of by the poultry raiser. The Poultry Division of the United States Department of Agriculture reports an
increased interest on the part of the farmer in poultry and egg-production, and this report from our National Department is
verified by the State Extension Bureaus throughout the country.
There is no one in a better position to “Make Poultry Pay” than the farmer. Producing his own feed, larger acreage for free
range, plenty of fresh water and many other conditions give him a distinct advantage over the regular poultryman.
«
I
t
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
INCUBATORS AND BROODERS 139
Incubators and Brooders
THE NEW PRAIRIE STATE CATALOGUE, which will he
sent free on request, explains fully the principles of construction
and tells all about the different sizes of Incubators and Brooders.
The Incubators and Brooders offered in the following pages have been selected for their proved efficiency as hatchers and
chick-raisers. They are the products of the oldest and most successful manufacturers — ^the pioneers who blazed the way and by
their untiring efforts have made artificial incubating and brooding the great success they are today.
We have space for but meager descriptions in this catalogue but will mail a complete catalogue of any particular line on
request.
The Prairie State Sand -Tray Diffusion
Incubators
Prairie State Incubators were the first uniformly successful
Incubators on the American market. They are of the hot-air
type and have incorporated in their design the three essential
principles which originally distinguished them in the first year of
their construction (i88i) — top-radiant heat, down-draft ventila-
tion, and applied moisture.
Prairie State Sand-Tray Diffusion Incubators, having for
eleven years been the criterion of modern incubator construction,
the 1921 models are presented unchanged in principle, more per-
fect in minor details than ever before, fully warranted as to
materials and construction, and prepared to maintain the Prairie
State lead in unexcelled hatching efficiency.
Description. The case is double, consisting of outer case, built
of cypress — the most durable wood known under all conditions
of climate and atmosphere — and an inner case, or egg-chamber,
of soft tongued and grooved lumber. The space between is
entirely filled with cotton batting, making perfect insulation, and
saving oil consumption by retaining heat. Outer case is twice
sanded and shellacked, finished with high-luster varnish, and in
appearance the Incubator may stand beside high-grade house-
hold furniture. ■ '
The heater is of new design, regularly examined and labelled
under supervision of Underwriters’ Laboratories. Every Prairie
State Incubator is insurable. The lamp-case is integral with the
heater, the whole in one piece, and has conical bottom, making
lamp self-centering. Lamp is of galvanized steel, with Miller
Sun Hinge burner, guide-ring, and self-centering metal chimney.
Entire heater is strong, gas-tight, and fool-proof.
The Prairie State Eddy-Current Distributor, patented, located
at top of egg-chamber, breaks up the heated air-current as it
enters the machine, and distributes heat to all parts by eddy-
current. Distribution is automatic and self-evening, insuring uni-
form heat under wider ranges of outside temperature than under
any other system. No sloping or bagged egg-trays necessary.
No faulty distribution or hot centers.
The regulator consists of zinc and steel thermostat, strong and
sensitive, operating by positive thrust the lever-bar on incubator
top which raises and lowers the heater exhaust valve. Tempera-
ture is controlled within a fraction of one degree. Thermostat is
located above egg-level, and upon its center line absolutely uni-
form temperature is maintained, regardless of outside weather.
Ventilation is positive and free, effected by combining heating
and ventilating currents, by which pure, fresh, warmed air from
outside, through the heater, is constantly forced through egg-
chamber — a distinctive Prairie State method.
Moisture automatically supplied throughout hatching period
by famous Prairie State Sand-Tray. The sand-tray is a galvanized
steel pan located on floor of egg-chamber and kept filled with wet
sand. Thus moisture is supplied by evaporation underneath the
eggs, so preventing evaporation from the eggs themselves and
instituting conditions approaching those in a natural nest stolen
upon the ground. Relative humidity in egg-chamber approxi-
mates 60 per cent, as under the hen.
The nursery, the floor of which is the egg-chamber bottom, is
deep enough to allow ample headroom for chicks or ducklings.
Floor is smooth, and dust and filth cannot collect.
Egg-trays are of light basswood with galvanized wire-cloth
bottoms, strong and durable. Front ends have removable drops
for chicks to pass into nursery. A burlap mat rests on nursery
floor to receive chicks after removal of sand-tray at close of hatch.
Entire Incubator is built of highest grade materials, lumber,
steel and cast iron. Nothing to rust out or deteriorate. Double
glass in non-warping doors.
The operation is sanitary. No cloths, felts, or screens to collect
dust and effluvia. All such accumulation, with down or other
dirt, is removed with the sand-tray at close of hatch.
A Prairie State Incubator Is a Permanent
Profitable Investment
No. 0, 100 eggs, weight crated, approx. 128 lbs $40 00
No. 1, 150 eggs, weight crated, approx. 165 lbs 50 00
No. 2, 240 eggs, weight crated, approx. 245 lbs 70 00
No. 3, 390 eggs, weight crated, approx. 300 lbs 90 00
140 INCUBATORS AND BROODERS
The /. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
‘‘Buckeye” Incubators — The Perfect Hatchers
Are Guaranteed to Hatch MORE Chicks and BETTER Chicks Than Any Other Incubator
WHY THE BUCKJEYE SUCCEEDS. The unprecedented success which has followed the Buckeye for twenty-five years is primarily
due to the invention of the Buckeye hot-water system.
BUCKEYE GUARANTEE. This Buckeye Incubator is guaranteed to hatch every hatchable egg, and we further guarantee the
perfect working of all its mechanical parts.
HATCH MORE AND STRONGER CHICKS. The Buckeye will hatch more chicks and stronger chicks than any other make of
Incubator. It requires no artificial moisture, will operate satisfactorily in any climate, and requires no attention to the regulator
from the time a hatch is started until it is finished. Any Buckeye Incubator, regardless of size or style, can be heated to 103 degrees
inside of an hour. The average Incubator requires from twelve to twenty-four hours to reach this degree of heat.
NO PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE NECESSARY. It is not necessary to have any previous experience to operate a Buckeye. The
entire Buckeye system is so simple that a boy or girl can operate it as satisfactorily as an experienced operator.
Style E Buckeye Incubator
All Style E Incubators have single walls and are equipped with galvanized rust-resisting heaters.
No. 14 Style E is especially adapted for use by the
small raiser. It has all the important features of the
larger machines, such as visible thermometer, and the
Buckeye heating and ventilating systems. The tem-
perature is easily regulated and the consumption of
oil is low.
No. 16, Style E. Capacity 120 eggs; weight, crated
for shipment, 85 pounds. This machine is the same as
No. 14, except that it has a greater egg capacity and
long legs instead of short ones. Price $31.
No. 17, Style E. Capacity 200 eggs; weight, crated
for shipment, 125 pounds. Same as No. 16, except
that it has greater egg capacity. Price $42.25.
No. 14. Style E
Weight, crated for shipment, 55 lbs.
Capacity, 60 eggs. Price $18.50
Buckeye Standard Incubators
The Buckeye Standard is an improved Buckeye, It is fire-proof and fool-proof. It is equipped with every desirable device that
could possibly add to the efficiency of an incubator. Only the best of material is used throughout, and a Standard should last a life-
time. In addition to being the most satisfactory hatcher on the market, the Standard Buckeye is fire-proof, and, therefore, insurable.
Each machine is inspected by the National Board of Insurance Underwriters before it is put on the market.
No. 1 Standard has a capacity
of 120 hen eggs, or 85 duck eggs.
It is complete in every detail, and
is ready for immediate use. The
weight, crated for shipment, is
100 pounds. This Incubator is in-
surable and bears the Underwriters’
label. An improved feature of all
Standard Incubators is the en-
closed lamp. Equipped with oil-
or gas-heater.
No. 2 Standard has a capacity of 175 hen eggs or 140 duck
eggs, is equipped with oil- or gas-heater, and is complete and
ready for use. Weight, crated for shipment, 135 pounds. This
machine is insurable, and bears the Underwriters’ label.
Price $51.50.
No. 3 Standard has a capacity of 250 hen eggs or 200 duck
eggs, is equipped with oil- or gas-heater, and is complete and
ready for use. Weight, crated for shipment, 200 pounds. This
machine is insurable, and bears the Underwriters’ label.
Price $65.
No. 4 Standard has a capacity of 350 hen eggs or 280 duck
eggs. Equipped with oil- or gas-heater, and is ready for use.
Weight, crated for shipment, 23D pounds. Insurable, and bears
Underwriters’ label. This machine is very convenient for the
commercial raiser. Price $77.50.
No. 5 Standard (Mammoth Standard). Capacity, 600 hen eggs
or 480 duck eggs.
Outside dimensions,
54 inches square, 36
inches high.
Equipped with four
egg-trays, holding
I 50 eggs each.
Double doors on front
and back; oil- or gas-
heater. Complete and
ready for use. Bears
Underwriters’ label.
Weight, crated for
shipment, 325 lbs.
Price $120.
Approved by the National Board of Insurance Underwriters. Anybody Can Hatch
Chickens with a “Buckeye.*'
ASK FOR A BIG “BUCKEYE” CATALOGUE
Baby Grand Incubator 5o-Egg capacity— au Metai
Unique and superior in its construction; beautiful in its appearance; excellent in its
hatching qualities; and the most reliable and easiest operated small Incubator ever
offered to the trade. It has a glass window in top so thermometer and chickens can be
seen without opening machine. It has a positive heat and moisture regulation, and is
equipped with a moisture receptacle for applying additional moisture when needed.
Has double top, well insulated and packed; double side walls, with a free circulation of
hot air between the walls all the time, making an equal distribution of heat through the
machine. The ventilation is perfect, supplying warjn, fresh air to all parts of egg-
chamber at all times.
Price $9; postpaid, $9.30
INCUBATORS AND BROODERS 141
I
The 1. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
Reliable “Standard” Incubator
RELIABLE BECAUSE RIGHT
They are made of high-grade, thoroughly seasoned lumber; double
walls, space between walls carefully insulated with the best non-con-
ductors of heat; the top above tank is heavily insulated with several
thicknesses of insulation, each layer separated by sheets of heavy non-
conducting cardboard; two separate doors, made extra thick with extra-
heavy glass which permits an easy observation of all parts of the egg-
chamber without opening doors of the machine; double heating system,
a feature which gives a decided advantage in economy of operation.
Perfect moisture is assured, heated air throughout the machine com-
ing in contact with air from ventilator. Has nursery beneath egg-tray.
The Reliable Standard Incubators are made in both the hot-air
system and the hot-water system.
The hot-air system consists of two tubes, one running entirely through
the Incubator and the other open at the inner end, supplying fresh air
and at the same time radiating heat.
The hot- water system consists of two tanks, a hot-air tank and a copper
hot- water tank. The hot-air tank heats the fresh air supply before conducting
it into the egg-chamber; also radiates the heat from its own surface.
No.
49a
50a
82a
84a
Capacity
lOO Eggs
140 Eggs
240 Eggs
350 Eggs
450 Eggs
100 Eggs
140 Eggs
240 Eggs
350 Eggs
450 Eggs
70 Eggs
140 Eggs
Kind
Hot Air
Hot Air
Hot Air
Hot Air
Hot Air.
Hot Water
Hot Water
Hot Water
Hot Water
Hot Water
Hot Water
Hot Water
Size
12 X 23 X 29 in.
17 X 32 X 26 in.
17x35x44 in.
1 7 X 36 X 72 in.
17x44x53 in.
17 X 23 X 29 in.
17 x 32 X 26 in.
17x35x44 in.
17 X 36 X 72 in.
17 X 44 X 53 in.
20 X 24 X 9>^ in.
35 X 24 X 9K in.
Has been on
the market for
39 years.
Prices
Weight
70 lbs $23 70
no lbs 32 70
155 lbs 45 00
200 lbs 52 80
215 lbs 61 80
75 lbs 29 70
115 lbs 39 00
175 lbs 54 00
215 lbs 66 00
225 lbs 78 00
40 lbs. Special, see Catalogue. 15 40
72 lbs. Special, see Catalogue. 23 10
The Oakes Electric Hen
Write for Complete Catalogue Giving Detailed Description
The Oakes “Electric Hen” Incubator and Brooder
The expression “you can do it better with electricity,” can not be more fittingly used than
in connection with artificial incubation. The electric current as applied through the heater
in our machines, furnishes the ideal heat for an Incubator. You “push the button” and the
heat is there, mild and constant; always the same, perfectly safe and under absolute control
within a fraction of a degree. No other kind of Incubator can be made so completely automatic
as an electric machine.
The Oakes Electric Incubator is light and compact, and occupies small space. It is metal
throughout except the insulation, which is porcelain, asbestos, and fibre. The case is
double walled and packed with wool felt to hold the heat.
The Regulator. The heat is controlled by a regulator, operated by a very sensi-
tive thermostat, and having a dial with an index point, making it convenient and
easy to adjust it to any desired degree. WTien the thermometer rises above the degree
to which the regulator is set, the expansion of the thermostat instantly separates the
platinum contact points and the current is shut off, stopping the heat completely.
The Oakes Electric Hen consumes about as much electric current as one 2 5- watt
lamp, and in a room of ordinary temperature the current is on only one-quarter of
the time.
THE HOVER
A set of legs and a double brooder curtain are furnished as a part of the equip-
ment with each Electric Hen.
It requires only about five minutes to remove the lid from the Incubator and
attach the legs and curtain, making a most perfect Hover, as here shown.
These machines are furnished for either 32-volt or 1 10- volt currents.
60-Egg, complete with thermometer, hover-curtain, and legs $21 00
100-Egg, complete with thermometer, hover-curtain, and legs 30 00
Newtown Oil-Burning Colony Brooder (Blue Flame, Wickiess)
Broods Like a Coal Burner. Wickless burner; burns coal oil (kerosene) The Hover
with a steady blue flame. There is no smoke, no odor, and it is noiseless.
The Blue Flame Wickless Burner. It burns coal oil (kerosene) with a steady blue flame.
Combustion is so perfect that it gives off no smoke or odor and is perfectly noiseless in opera-
tion. The burner is surrounded by a safety jacket and when the deflector is in position the
heat radiator also surrounds the burner, thus entirely and safely enclosing it.
Air Always Fresh and Pure. It is as impossible to keep foul air under the
Newtown hover as it is to keep a rock from sinking in water.
No. 118. 36-inch Hover, 18-mch Radiator $20 00
No. 125. 52-mch Hover, 22-inch Radiator 27 50
Write for Special Circular
142 INCUBATORS AND BROODERS
The J. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
The Newtown Giant Incubator
Prairie State Stove Brooders
The Newtown Giant Stands
Supreme Among Incubators
Hatches the Most Chicks, the Best Chicks
with the Least Labor and at Lowest Cost
An Incubator of large capacity costs considerable money and
should represent a long-time investment — one which will regu-
larly pay big annual dividends in cash, satisfaction and peace of
mind. A poor Incubator is a constant source of loss, worry, and
annoyance. Invest your Incubator money wisely. The success of
your poultry operations depends largely upon this.
Buy the Newtown Giant — the choice of the most experienced
and successful practical poultry men — the Incubator which is
scientifically constructed and leaves nothing to chance — eliminates
labor, worry and uncertainty — hatches more and better chicks
than any other Incubator made. Equipped with the
only reliable Automatic Egg-Turner.
Incubator catalogue and
prices on all sizes of Giants,
from 600 eggs up to 24,000
eggs, sent upon request.
Newtown Semi-
Giant Incubators
Capacity, 60,- 150- and
300-Egg
Aside from their superior
hatching qualities, New-
town Semi-Giant incuba-
tors are the most econom-
ical because the capacity
of the 150- and 300-egg
sizes can be increased by
adding additional 150- or
300-egg sections at any
time.
PRICES
60-Egg Incubator, complete $15 00
150-Egg Incubator, complete 35 00
300-Egg Incubator, complete 60 00
Additional 150-egg section complete, without lamp 35 00
Additional 300-egg section complete, without lamp 60 00
A larger lamp is required for Semi-Giants of 600-egg capacity
and larger. Price of this lamp is $5. Coal-Heaters are supplied
wdth Semi-Giants of i ,200-egg capacity and larger.
These modern Brooders, first designed in 1913, were presented
for consideration of poultrymen producing on a scale sufficient
to demand Brooders capable of caring for flocks of 250 to 1,000
or more birds, at expenditure for fuel and labor which should be
a minimum.
The Prairie State has from the first incorporated distinctive
principles of design and original features common to all Prairie
State models. Notably, there is the flat steel hover canopy, hinged
and reinforced in center, permitting raising of front half for free
access to all parts of Brooder for cleaning, fuel-charging, and ash-
removing. Flat construction insures saving of heat by slow .
radiation, uniform temperature distribution, and downward
deflection of heating-ventilating currents over backs of chicks.
No magazine is used which often causes trouble by belching
smoke and gas into Brooder-room. Ample fire-pot capacity in-
sures carrying fire eighteen to twenty-four hours, and since no
stove burns more coal than the amount of admitted fresh air will
permit, a magazine is not a necessity and, as a probable nuisance,
is better omitted.
The stove is all cast
iron, resting solidly on
base without legs, afford-
ing no hot place for
chicks to reach, and im-
possible to knock over
accidentally. Ash-base is
big enough to prevent
overheating. Base door
fits snugly and need be
opened only when remov-
ing ashes. Fire-pot extra
hea\’y to insure long life
under hot fire. Capacity
to carry fire eighteen to
twenty-four hours. Grate
of shaker type with one-
inch space above, per-
mitting clinkers to be
raked out and fire kept
bright and clean. Burns
chestnut size anthracite q « junior ” Canopy Raised
best, but will burn bitu- Showing Design
minous coal. Regulator
exclusive Prairie State triple control design, regulating in one
movement air-inlet on grate-level, top and chimney drafts.
The No. 0
“Junior” Stove
Brooder
The No. 1 “Junior” Stove Brooder
Stove, 23K inches
high. Diameter fire-pot,
9 inches. Diameter grate,
9 inches. Diameter stove
at base, 15 inches. Diam-
eter canopy, 52 inches.
Weight complete, 116
pounds. Furnished with
shaker, ash-pan, coal-
funnel, and thermometer.
Has a capacity of from
50 to 1,000 chicks.
Price $40
No. 1 “Junior” Showing Working Parts Stove, 21 inches high.
Diameter fire-pot, 9 in-
ches. Grate, 9 inches diameter. Canopy, 46 inches. Weight,
complete, about 80 pounds. Chick capacity up to 700. Price $30.
D ADV prices before placing your order. All leading breeds from high-bred stock. Beginning early in March
GillGIvo. \yiii furnish chicks until the end of the season late in June.
The /. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
INCUBATORS AND BROODERS 143
Makes Three
Chickens Grow
Where One
Grew
Before
Guaranteed
to Raise More
Chicks and
Better Chicks
NUMBER 19 STANDARD COLONY BROODER
Height of stove, 22}4 inches; diameter of stove, I2 inches;
diameter of base, inches. Fire-proof base, 7 inches high,
with corrugated asbestos pad attached to lower plate and
I -inch air-space between asbestos pad and floor.
Grates. Rocker furnace type made of solid casting, outside
clearance, free-burning, self-cleaning, and anti-clog. Diam-
eter, 9 inches.
Hover. Galvanized steel, 52 inches in diameter, re-
movable, mounted on a substantial ring casting that rests
on the top of the stove, moulded to fit and cannot be
displaced. Furnished complete with rope and pulleys for
quick attachment.
Capacity, any number of newly hatched chicks up to
1,000. Shipping weight, 94 pounds.
Price $31.50
Newtown Coal-Burning Colony
Brooder
The Standard Colony Brooder
(Patented July 4, 1916; April 24, 1917; May 8, 1917)
Coal Burning — The Most Remarkable Brooder Ever
Invented
SELF-FEEDING SELF-REGULATING EVERLASTING
Cuts the Cost of Equipment and Operation to Less Than Half —
Reduces the Time and Labor to Less Than a Fourth. Nothing to
Break. Nothing to Wear Out. The Simplest, Safest and Most
Economical Brooder Ever Invented.
Buckeye Brooder Stoves will do anything any other Brooder
will do, regardless of price — and do it better. It matters not
whether you have ten or ten hundred chicks under a Standard
Colony Brooder, the results are the same. You can remove part
of the chicks or increase the number at any time.
Air Always Pure and Fresh,. No dampers or valves of any kind
between the smoke-pipe and the fire, the draft being controlled
automatically, an exclusive feature of the Standard Colony
Brooder and the only coal-burning brooder that is absolutely free
from gases under the hover.
Operated Anywhere. No room is too large or too small for a
Standard Colony Brooder. Whether it is operated in the largest
barn or the smallest colony house, the results will be the same.
Bums Any Fuel. Hard or soft coal, charcoal, coke, briquettes,
or gas. Hard coal is best simply because it is cleaner. All fuel
should be nut size.
Regulator. Two double-disc thermostats (tandem hitched)
supported on substantial casting that is bolted solidly to stove.
Lower arm movable and attached to check valve by substantial
iron rod. Chick-proof, accurate, and positive.
Standard Colony Brooder is fire-proof, simple and requires little
attention; has but one adjusting nut, which you need never
touch more than once in a season. Requires absolutely no more
attention than filling with coal once a day, shaking down the
ashes into the pan twice.
The First Cost is the Only Cost. Nothing to Wear Out. Nothing
to break, being made of cast iron just like a kitchen range, and
the hover is of galvanized steel built to last a lifetime.
Made in Two Sizes
NUMBER 18
Height of stove, 204^ inches; diameter of stove, 104^ inches;
diameter of base, 1 1 ^ inches. Fire-proof base, 7 inches high with
corrugated asbestos pad attached to lower plate and i-inch air-
space between asbestos pad and floor.
Grates. Rocker furnace type made of solid casting, outside
clearance, free burning, self-cleaning, and anti-clog. Diameter
"jyi inches.
Hover. Galvanized steel, 42 inches in diameter, removable,
mounted on a substantial ring casting that rests on the top of the
Btove, moulded to fit and cannot be displaced. Furnished com-
plete with rope and pulleys for quick attachment.
Capacity, any number of newly hatched chicks up to 500.
Shipping weight, 75 lbs.
Price $25.50
COAL-BURNING SELF-FEEDING SELF-REGULATING
Raise the Most Chicks, the Best Chicks, with Least Labor and Cost
You should have Brooders which will raise good chicks and
lots of them — which are not expensive to buy — which do not
demand costly buildings — which are economical of labor and
fuel — which will give continuously satisfactory service for many
years.
The Newtown Coal-burning Colony Brooder meets these
specifications. It was the first successful brooder of the colony
type offered to American poultrymen, and thousands are now in
use in every state of the Union and liine foreign countries.
The Newtown Colony Brooder is coal-burning, self-feeding,
self-regulating, freely ventilated, safe, and durable. It will satisfy
your most exacting demands. It is made in sizes to fit your
building and for any number up to 1,200 chicks. Get the size
you need, but be sure it’s a genuine Newtown. There’s none
“just as good.”
PRICES
Size of Brooder Based on Floor-Space Used in Coldest
Weather
No. 6 for up to 120 square feet $22 50
No. 7 for up to 120 square feet 27 50
No. 11 for up to 240 square feet 35 00
No. 12 for up to 400 square feet 42 50
Nos. 6 and 7 better adapted to single-room colony houses.
The No. 6 is not equipped with a coal magazine and will re-
quire coaling morning and evening.
A Newtown Colony Brooder can be furnished with an attach-
ment for burning soft coal at $1.50 additional, or gas burners can
be furnished for $3 additional charge. Gas Regulators, $3 addi-
tional.
See them set up at our store and you will be convinced. We
can make immediate deliveries. Complete Brooder Catalogue
sent upon request.
144 INCUBATORS AND BROODERS
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
• QUjwy ■
Showing how canopy is raised to clean out
The Reliable Standard Coal-Burning Colony
Brooder
The Reliable Standard Coal-Buming Brooder is one of
the most durably constructed Brooders made, and wath
ordinary' care will last a lifetime. It is guaranteed to be
the equal of any coal-buming Brooder on the market,
and to give absolute satisfaction.
The Heater is built of heavy gray cast iron. All parts
are strongly bolted together. The base is fireproof, it
being 7 inches high with an asbestos pad attached to
low^er plate, with a i-inch air-space between it and floor.
We have all the latest improvements: Automatic Regu-
lator to control the Check Valve. This insures a steady
heat at all times and saves fuel. The Grate is of the
rocker furnace type, self-cleaning and will not clog.
The Ash-Pan is removable through opening in
canopy, making it easy to remove and dump ashes.
The Canopy is constructed to throw the
heat evenly to all parts, is self- ventilating
and built to give service. A small Pulley
and Rope is furnished for lifting the
canopy up out of the way for cleaning.
Hard chestnut coal is recommended
on account of being cleaner, but it will
burn soft chestnut coal or coke. The cost
of operating is as low as any, running from
10 to 25 cents per day, according to fuel
Showing our Standard Coal-Burning Brooder
in operation
used. These Brooders can be operated in any kind of a building or room, in any kind of weather.
Height Diam. of Stove Diaxa. of Base Height of Base Canopy Price
No. 9 20^ inches 10^ inches li>^ inches 7 inches 42 inches $25 50
No. 10 22% inches 12 inches 11% inches 7 inches 52 inches 31 00
No-Cold Oil-Buming Brooder Stove
We call it the No-Cold Brooder Stove because you will never go to the brooder house in the morning and find it cold.
An Automatic Valve with Damper That Holds the Temperature as Accurate as an Incubator
PRICES
If you have used an oil-burning stove with gravity feed valve
you have found that the weak point in this type of stove was in
keeping up sufficient heat during the night, the heat lowering
just at the time it should increase. There is a reason. Why?
As the temperature lowers the body of kerosene becomes
hea\’ier, consequently flows slower, not a great change as in
heavier oils but enough to slacken the flow. This change
in the oil, together with the lowering of temperature in
the room makes a very wide variation, so much that no
needle valve regulated by hand or by water alone can
be depended on as the hand valve stays where it is
set and the automatic valve with wafer alone can-
not be set to take care of this change because the
burner and wafer cannot be made to work in
perfect harmony with each other. The automatic
damper working in connection with the needle
valve makes the valve and burner work in
perfect harmony, holding up the heat during
the night and still hold the temperature
down during the heat of the day, making
the No-Cold reliable as an incubator as it
holds an even temperature.
The originator of the No-Cold Brooder Stove
made the first Blue-Flame Oil-Burning Stove.
No man in America has spent more time and
experimental work on this type of stove. If you
buy a stove with a valve depending on hand or wafer
regulator alone and it does not hold up the heat, remem-
ber than the man who originated the Blue-Flame Stove
found this weakness long ago and has also found a per-
fect way to overcome it — the automatic valve and damper
found only on the No-Cold Brooder Stove.
Large stove with 50-mch canopy, capacity 100 to 600
chicks, complete, ready to operate $23 00
Small stove with 36-inch canopy, capacity 100 to 300
chicks, complete, ready to operate 18 00
A
i
]
]
i
i
i
3
t
j
<
The L W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
INCUBATORS AND BROODERS 145
^‘Buckeye” Blue-Flame Colony Brooders
Here is a Colony Brooder heated by an extremely efficient “Blue-Flame” burner that can be used to good advantage by breeders
/ho are unable to secure hard coal.
These Brooders are equipped with a wickless type of “Blue-Flame” burner that will furnish an abundance of heat at a very low
ost of operation. There is nothing complicated about their operation, and since we know them to be the most highly efficient' Brooder
f this type on the market, we have no hesitation about recommending them to our trade.
All these Brooders, regardless of size, are equipped with a self-feeding oil container, holding one gallon of oil, which never requires
iling more than once in twenty-four hours.
The flame in the burner is controlled by a finely adjusted valve which requires very little attention.
The hovers are substantially built of galvanized steel and are supported by four cast-iron legs.
PRICES
lo. 10. Diameter 34 inches, 200 chicks
fo. 11. Diameter 42 inches, 350 chicks
fo. 12. Diameter 52 inches, 500 chicks
PREVENTION versus CURE
“An ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure”
applies to poultry diseases.
A liberal use of Carbola and “B-K” will keep away
the lice and mites, as well as contagious diseases.
USE CARBOLA INSTEAD OF WHITE WASH
** Buckeye” Lamp- Heated Brooders
Nothing about it but metal — excepting the curtain — and thaCs interchangeable
There Is No Waste of Heat. The dead air-space keeps all the heat in and all the cold out. This construction insures the highest
egree of efficiency, and we guarantee the satisfactory heating of every Brooder in any inside temperature down to freezing.
The “Buckeye” Lamp is Not Enclosed. This feature of the “Buckeye” Brooder is in itself one of the most valuable
nprovements ever made to an oil-burning Brooder. It is, in fact, the improvement that makes the oil-burner just as safe
s a coal-burning stove.
Fresh Air. The constant current of fresh air over the lamp-bowl prevents all possibility of overheating the oil, and absolute safety
3 the result. This improvement is just as good as an insurance policy. It’s the fresh air that makes the chicks grow.
The Outside Shell is made of 28-gauge galvanized steel — the inside shell is 28-gauge black iron — with a one-inch dead air-space
letween.
The Brooder Body is supported by three Cast-Iron Legs that are rigidly secured to the sides by a set-nut, which makes them easily
etachable.
The Lamp Support is free from the floor and is welded to the plate above. The door to the lamp-chamber is of galvanized steel with
large peep-hole for the ready observation of the lamp.
The Lamp-Bowl is made of seamless galvanized steel— the burner is a “Miller” — ^all the fittings are of heavy brass and the chimney
3 made of sturdy black iron.
The Thermometer is mounted on a hardwood turning which is dropped through the top of the brooder, and brings the bulb of the
iistrument right down to the level of the chicks. Each Brooder is equipped with a thermometer.
PRICES — Made !n Three Sizes
To. 20. Diameter 19 inches, 60 chicks 30
To. 21. Diameter 22 inches, 100 chicks 17 00
To. 22. Diameter 30 inches, 150 chicks 21 50
146 INCUBATORS AND BROODERS
t!
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
RAISE ALL YOUR CHICKS WITH
The Reliable Blue Flame Wickless Oil-
Heated Colony Hover
“THE MODERN HOVER”
This Hover represents the 30-inch, 42-inch,
and 52-inch sizes.
Burns the gas generated from coal oil.
Steady blue flame.
Comfortable and easy to operate.
Economy of operation.
Simple in construction.
The flow of oil is regulated automatically.
No wick to trim.
Abundance of heat.
No oil-fumes.
Visible oil-feed.
Convenient and safe.
No coal, smoke, or gas.
We furnish a one-gallon self-feeder glass oil-container with our
30-, 42-, and 52-inch Hovers, and a ^-gallon galvanized steel
oil-can with our 1 8-inch Hovers, so that you need have no fear
of light going out, for it is simple and requires very little attention.
It is equipped with a safety valve, so oil is dropped, to heater as
needed. After the valve is once properly adjusted according to
directions you need not pay any more attention, only to feed
and water the chicks, for they are always happy and comfortable
with plenty of pure, fresh, warm air at all times.
Our Ventilator in top of cone of Hover leaves out all foul air
made by the chicks. This is all done automatically without any
bother to the operator and which insures steady and healthy
growth of the chicks placed in its care.
These Hovers are made of galvanized steel, have steel legs
and have a capacity, with our 18-inch Hover, of 100 chicks
or less; 30-inch Hover, 350 chicks or less; with our 42-inch
Hover of 500 chicks or less; with our 52-inch Hover, 1,000 chicks
or less.
If you have a coal-burning brooder and desire to change to our
oil-burning Hover it will only be necessary for you to purchase
our Blue-Flame Oil-Heater Complete, to be used instead of stove.
These Heaters listed below. Complete instructions for making
change sent with each outfit.
PRICES
No.
Size
Weight
Complete
Hover
Heater
Only
00
18 inch
20 lbs
.$10 00
$7 60
0
30 inch
50 lbs
18 15
11 50
1
42 inch
58 lbs
20 35
13 50
2
52 inch
65 lbs
24 20
14 85
The Economy Brooder Hover
All Steel, Light, Strong and Durable
The Economy Hover can be used anywhere with perfect safety and only
a very small flame is required to keep up the temperature, as the lamp is
inside, and no heat is lost.
It is compact, light, and all in one piece, so that it can be conveniently
lifted by the two handles and moved from one place to another without
disturbing the lamp.
Seifety, Convenience, and Economy
The lamp, lamp-slide and lamp-box form a very convenient combination,
and one which is doubly safe as the lamp has an O. K. Safety Burner, and
the lamp-box is fireproof.
The wire cage on the Economy Hover, if closed at night, prevents the possibility of any losses
by rats or other vermin.
The cage is also a great convenience in preventing the chicks from going too far from the Hover during the first two or three days.
The two halves of the cage are hinged to the lamp-box, and can be opened up during the day to allow the chicks to run out and in.
Hover without Cage
Economy Hover with Cage
PRICES
With Cage Without Cage
No. 1 Economy Hover. Heating Drum, 18 inches in diameter; cage, 26 inches in diameter $9 00 $6 50
No. 2 Hover. 22-uich drum; 30-inch cage 12 50 10 00
The Oakes Electric Hover
The Oakes Electric Hover is made on the same general principles and of the
same high grade material as the Oakes Electric Incubator and has a very sensi-
tive and accurate regulator equipped with platinum contact points. It has a heavy
double curtain attached with large eyelets and hooks.
The Oakes Electric Hover will give you the best results with the least possible
care and trouble.
The Hover is made in the 32 voltage and no voltage.
PRICES
No. 1. 18-inch Hover, with cage $15 00
No. 2, 22-inch Hover, with cage 20 00
Om Monthly Feed Price-List, a copy of which accompanies this catalogue, is revised the first of each month, and will be sent on request
A
The i. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
INCUBATORS AND BROODERS 147
Prairie State “Junior” Portable Hover
The “Junior” Portable Hover is another departure from
*rairie State policy in that, in offering more Brooder value for
less money than any
corresponding type of
equipment ever pro-
duced, the price has
been set at less than the
Brooder is worth for
the one purpose of meet-
ing competitors’ prices.
No more marked bar-
gain has ever come
from the Prairie State
factories. Weigh-
ing but 36 lbs.,
it is easily car-
ried by a woman
or even a child.
All galvanized
steel, 23 inches
diameter, with
chick capacity
p to 100. Adjustable cotton duck curtain. Adaptable to any
/pe of brooder house, and suits requirements of beginners or
xperts who desire to rear vigorous foundation stock in small
ocks. Lamp rests on a cone-shaped pan with semi-circular
;eel shield which shuts it off from hovering space. This shield
; attached to Hover rim, entire outfit being lifted without ex-
nguishing flame. Hinged steel door closes over half of lamp,
rotecting burner and chimney from drafts and leaving half of
imp exposed to keep oil cool.
Price, boxed, complete with Regulator, $14
'‘Junior” Jrortaoie, door closed over lamp
Prairie State Universal Hover
The Prairie State Universal Hover, first in the market and
lore extensively imitated than any other Brooder, has a universal
phere of usefulness. It is adaptable to any form of permanent
utdoor Brooder house, or any colony house, and may be moved
"om one house to another as the flocks pass the brooding stage,
t is the only Hover ventilated by actual outside fresh air.
Top of tongued and grooved lumber, two thicknesses, insulated
etween layers. Diameter 22 inches, for 65 to 100 chicks. Cotton
uck curtain hangs from steel rim attached to top. Top sanded
nd varnished. Hover high, round, and dark. Hollow steel
idiator receives all lamp fumes, discharging them to open air.
Radiator distributes temperature uniformly and deflects fresh
ir currents from separate wooden lamp box downward over
acks of chicks. Positively free ventilation. Lamp inches
iameter, metal chimney. No. 2 burner.
PRICES
•utdoor Hover, with lamp-case and regulator $14 00
•utdoor Hover, with lamp-case, no regulator 12 00
idoor Hover, no lamp-case, with regulator 13 00
adoor Hover, no lamp-case, no regulator 11 00
The Home Hover
The Home Hover was designed to meet the requirements of
those who raise small flocks of chicks around the home or the
farm. It will accommodate any number up to fifty chicks. It is
substantially built, of fireproof construction through-
out, being made of heavy galvanized iron, no wood
used. This assures the customer
of a Hover that is everlasting
because there is nothing to
wear out. The heat passes
through a specially con-
structed drum under the top
of the Hover and thence to
the outside air, thus eliminat-
the possibility of any
getting into the Hover,
is nothing for the
chicks to brush against and
get burned, and no corners where they can be crushed. Raisers
of small flocks cannot afford to be without a Home Hover.
Price $7 ; postpaid, $7.40
Prairie State Combination Colony Brooder
This Brooder is so designed as to be used for both a Brooder
and a colony house. It is neat in design, factory built, and
correct in principle. It is constructed of tongued and grooved
lumber with heavy, tin-covered roof. The house is nicely finished
in gray paint and the tin roof with red paint. The house is
60 inches by 30 inches, equipped at one end with the Universal
Hover, the other end comprising the scratch-room or sun-parlor.
It is converted into a permanent colony house by removing the
Hover. The floor is 8 inches from the ground, leaving sufficient
room for the lamp, and gives an assurance of dryness and warmth
to the small chicks. The house is well lighted and ventilated, thus
making an ideal colony house. Shipped knocked down to save
freight, and is easily assembled.
Price complete, less Regulator, $45. Regulator Extra, $2
Prairie State Hot Water Brooder Stoves
and Pipe Systems
Used in continuous type brooder houses, either in wall coil
form for general heating in connection with lamp hovers, or direct
in the brooder alley for actual brooding purposes. The oldest,
yet best method known for intensive rearing of large flocks dur-
ing severe weather. Made to order from specifications of your
house. Heaters in three sizes. Write for Information and Prices.
Day -Old Chicks
We make a specialty of furnishing our
customers with Day-Old Chicks of all leading
breeds, from high-bred stock. Beginning
early in March, we will receive from nearby
hatcheries from one to three shipments per
week. To secure the breeds desired and the
choicest stock we suggest that orders be
placed at least a week or ten days before the
chicks are wanted. Prices quoted on request.
148 GRAIN SPROUTERS
The I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
CLOSE-TO-NATURE GRAIN SPROUTERS
Feed Sprouted Oats for Eggs
To get eggs in winter, feed sprouted oats. For prolific egg-production any season, there
is no feed better nor cheaper than the sprouted grains. When properly sprouted they
afford not only the green forage the hens so much need, but they contain the valuable
diastase, also the grape sugar, the “vegetable milk,” and other easily digested and highly
nutritious elements so essential in egg-production. It matters not on what ration the hens
are fed, an increased egg-yield always results when sprouted oats are added.
WHEN AND HOW MUCH TO FEED
Best results are had when sprouts are 2 to 4 inches long. If hens are simply to be kept
in good condition during winter for heavy spring laying, feed very sparingly. But for
eggs, feed the hens every day all the sprouts they will eat. See that your Sprouter has a
capacity of i bushel, or 32 quarts, for every 100 hens. By running a i-bushel size at full
capacity, putting in a few quarts each day of fresh oats as the sprouts are fed, a flock of
100 hens may be fed sufficient sprouts to produce eggs.
Double Quick Sprouters
MAY BE USED IN ZERO TEMPERATURES
Outside cypress wall insulated with rosin board and asbestos to retain heat. Inside
galvanized steel grain chamber. Lamp heat passes up between the metal and the wood
walls. Utilizes all the heat. Takes but little oil in lowest temperatures. The water- pan
above the lamp creates the vapor that bathes the grain in warm moisture, thus producing
the highly edible vapor-bath sprouts. Fitted with drain tube for water overflow, a venti-
lation system to keep down mold, glass doors to stimulate growth and produce chlorophyll
in the sprouts, removable top, etc. The entire machine is made of first-class material, is
finished in the natural colors of the cypress, makes a nice piece of furniture, and is without
doubt the most economical and efficient Sprouter now manufactured. Nos. 5 and 6 have
double sets of trays so that no tray when full of green oats is so heavy but that it can be
handled by a woman. All sizes pass endways through ordinary doors.
PRICES OF DOUBLE QUICK SPROUTERS
No. 1. '}4hus.y 25 to 40 hens $12 00
No. 2. J^bus., SO to 75 hens 18 00
No. 3. 1 bus., 100 to 150 hens 24 00
No. 4. 2 bus., 200 to 300 hens $32 00
No. 5. 4 bus., 400 to 600 hens 48 00
No. 6. 8 bus., 800 to 1,200 hens 72 00
Fxxmished with lamp, thermometer and directions
New Lamp less Sprouter
No Lampless Sprouter should be called a Sprouter for It has none of the p*'operties of a Sprouter. It cannot
produce vapor-bath sprouts nor create an excess of diastase which a vapor-bath does by its forcing process. It is
simply a convenience. The Close-To-Nature is very convenient in that any tray may be taken out for sprinkling,
and the drip-pan has a drain-tube. Must be used in warm room. Serves only about half as many hens as a vapor-
bath of same capacity and with sprouts of less succulency and food efficiency.
PRICES OF LAMPLESS SPROUTER
LVz* Holds V2 bushel $6 00 I L2. Holds 2 bushels $12 00
LI. Holds 1 bushel 9 00 | L4. Holds 4 bushels 18 00
NOTE. — All Close-To-Nature Sprouters are fitted with trays made of one piece of galvanized sheet steel
without rivets or solder and have perforated bottoms for drainage and aeration of roots.
Premium Metal Sectional Sprouters
The Premium Is constructed of galvanized sheet steel strengthened by an outside cypress framework.
The metal will last for many years while the cypress is the “wood eternal.” The Premium incorporates
all the essentials of a vapor-bath Sprouter, such as a heater, vapor-pan, glass doors, ventilation, remov-
able top, overflow tube, etc., and produces the vapor- bath sprouts. To be used in basement, cave,
kitchen, or where the temperature does not run much below freezing.
The Premium is built on the sectional plan — buy what you now need and afterward add sections.
Sections fit with telescope joint and stay on. Two base sizes are provided, the Small Base holding
bushel and each of its sections X bushel. The Large Base holds i bushel and each of its sections
I bushel.
PRICES OF PREMIUM SPROUTERS
Small Base. Vihus. (8 qts.); 25 hens or more $10 00
Small Base and 1 Section. Vzhus. ; 50 hens or more 13 50
Small Base and 2 Sections. Xhus. ; 75 hens or more 17 00
Large Base. 1 bus. (32 qts.) ; 100 hens or more 18 00
Large Base and 1 Section. 2 bus. ; 200 hens or more .' 25 00
Large Base and 2 Sections. 3 bus.; 300 hens or more $32 00
Large Base and 3 Sections. 4 bus. ; 400 hens or more 39 00
Each base furnished with lamp, thermometer, and directions
The L W. Scott Company Pittsburgh, Pa
GRAIN SPROUTERS AND MACHINERY 149
“ Successful” Grain- Sprouter
The feeding of sprouted oats is highly endorsed by the poultry experts of the agricultural experi-
ment stations, because grain fed in a sprouted condition is easily digested, goes three times as far,
and is therefore much cheaper and better than when fed in a diy^ condition.
You can meike your hens lay 40 to 50 per cent more eggs. You can reduce the cost
of feeding 25 to 30 per cent by giving them SPROUTED OATS easily and quickly pro-
duced in the <<o r 199 ^ *0 l
successful Gram -Sprouter
Made in Sections — Double Steel Walls — ^Fireproof — Safe to Use Anyrrhere in the House.
The most profitable appliance for poultiy-raising since the invention of the incubator.
Manufactures for you in a week’s time the best green egg-making feed at 15 to 18 cts. per bushel.
Takes but 15 minutes a day to attend to.
Costs but one-half cent per day for kerosene.
This succulent, nutritious, green feed will turn your hens from idle feed consumers into indus-
trious egg-producers at a time when it takes but one dozen of eggs to bring as much money as two
or three dozen in spring or summer.
All our Sprouters have a hinged top, permitting the operator to sprinkle the grain from above in
one operation. The water percolates through all the trays. This is a great labor-sa\’ing deHce and
practically eliminates any kind of a muss-up.
PRICES AND CAPACITIES
No. 1. Base and 1 section; 2 trays; holds 8 to 10 quarts dry grain. (For 30 to 60 hens) $12 50
No. 2. Base and 2 sections; 4 trays; holds 16 to 20 quarts dry grain. (For 75 to 100 hens) 15 75
No. 3. Base and 3 sections; 6 trays ; holds 24 to 30 quarts dry grain. (For 130 to 200 hens) 20 00
No. 4. Base and 4 sections; 8 trays; holds 32 to 36 quarts dry grain. (For 250 to 350 hens) 24 00
No. 5. Base and 5 sections; 10 trays; holds 40 to 50 quarts dry grain. (For 400 to 600 hens) 28 00
Each additional section and two galvanized aU-steel trays 5 75
If you want more eggs during the fall and winter months, provide spring
conditions in the feeding system for your hens and they will respond promptly
with a good supply of eggs, and do this at a time when one dozen of eggs
brings as much money as two or three dozen in the spring.
Banner Root Cutters for Poultry
Indispensable to the Hen Man, Duck Man cind Broiler Man. Solves the problem of
an cirticle always in demand at good prices: “WINTER EGGS”
No. 7
No. 28. For Poultry, Sheep, or Lambs
Large Capacity. Hand or Power Use
The No. 28 cuts all roots and vegetables, like beets, carrots, potatoes, onions,
apples, turnips, cabbage, or anything else of the same nature, into ribbons, literally
shre&ing the material into feed cut so fine that all stock and poultry' can feed without danger of
choking. Built strong and stout to stand power use, and furnished with a crank so it can be used by
hand also. Cutter has a large capacity and is supplied with eight steel knives. It cuts fine enough
for sheep, lambs, and fowls and still has ample capacity so it can be used to cut for cattle also. Run-
ning the knives one way it shreds the roots and by reversing the knives it will cut in flat slices. The
hopper is such shape that the machine feeds itself and the roots cannot possibly get away from the
knives until they are all cut. A grate in the bottom of the hopper allows the dirt to escape before
going to the knives. This Cutter is designed more particularly for power use for the large poultry-
men and sheepmen. Weight of machine, complete, 180 pounds. Capacity of hopper, about 2 bushels.
Price, $25.50
Reduces cost of feeding, increases production, and is always a medium, right at
hand, to grive the poultry, in proper shaf>e for consumption, the most economical
winter food known — ROOTS AND VEGETABLEIS.
No. 7. Elxclusively for Poultry
It cuts fast and is easy running. Leaves the feed in fine, brittle, ribbon-like strips that
make choking impossible. Fowls large or small can safely eat the feed. The knives
are adjustable and made of the very best of steel. An iron grate in bottom of hopper
lets dirt and gravel escape before reaching the knives. In this cutter we offer the
poult^men a low-priced, high-grade, nicely finished and mechanically constructed
machine, and feel that anyone who desires to feed roots and vegetables to his flocks
can well afford to own one. Two to five minutes will cut enough feed for a large flock
Price, $6.25
No. 28
150 MACHINERY
The I. W, Scott
Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.k
Mann’s Bone-Cutters
THE LAYING HEN IS THE PAYING HEN
The poultry-raiser wants eggs, and wants them when eggs are worth the most. Green bone and raw
meat produce them. There is no doubt about that. Experience prov'es it; science shows why.
The hen will do her part if you give her a chance. The Mann’s Bone-Cutter gives you a chance to
give }ier a chance. It gives you a better chance than does any other bone-cutter.
Mann’s Green Bone-Cutters have been sold for the past twenty-five years,
and there are more of them in use today than of all other makes combined.
We have sold them for many years and have yet to find a dissatisfied customer.
Every' machine is guarantee, and must do the work. If you want to know
more about them before purchasing ask for complete catalogue.
No. 5 C
The same as the No. 5 B, wdth a crank
handle instead of a balance wheel. Ca-
pacity not quite equal to 5 B. Weight,
35 pounds. Price $12.
No. 5 B
Exactly the same as the No. 5 B. M.
except that it has no iron stand.
The capacity is the same. Weight 60
No. 5 B. M. pounds. Price $16.
No. 5 B. M.
Intended for flocks of 15 to 25
hens. Mounted on iron stand.
Weight, 85 pounds. Price $20.
No. TA Semi-
Power
A combination hand
or power Bone-Cutter.
Capacity 50 to 100
pounds p)er hour. Price
$32.
No. 7. Weight 107 pounds
Black Hawk Grist
Stover Hand Grinding Mill
In this Mill are embodied all the good features of other hand grinding !Mills to which
have been added universal burs or grinding plates that
are adjustable for grinding coarse or fine. This machine
grinds oats, barley, r>'e, corn, peas, diy bone, shells, etc.,
for feeding to poultry. It is a well-designed machine, is
strong and well
made throughout
and of excellent
finish, has a 16-inch
fly wheel and is light
running.
No. 32. Hand
Power, capacity
1 to 2 bushels per
hour, $6, post-
paid $6.50.
No. 35-B. Belt
Power, capacity
4 to 6 bushels per
hour, $11.
Stover Hand Grinding Mill
No. 35-B can also be
operated by
hand.
Price
complete,
$4.25
Postpaid,
$4.65
Mill
Weight 215 pounds
With a Black
Hawk Mill you can
crack corn or ^nd
any kind of grain to
whatever degree of
fineness will best
suit the age or con-
dition of your fowls.
Grinds corn into
meal, wheat into
graham flour, rice
or buckwheat into
flour; in fact, an all-
round household
IVIill that udll grind
fine or coarse.
Extra Grinders,
per set, 60 cts.
Intended for flocks of 40 to 100 hens. Can be profitably used for 200 hens or more.
Mounted on strong iron stand udth large table for box or pan to receive cut bone. Weight
107 pounds. Capacity one-half to one pound per minute. Price $24.
Intended for large flocks when the machine must be run by hand a portion of the time.
Weight 215 pounds. Capacity 100 pounds and upwards per hour. Price $50.
No. 12 Power Machine $65 00 i No. 18 Power Machine $200 00
No. 15 Power Machine 125 00 1
No. 7 New Model
No. 9 New Model
Intended for flocks of 100 to 300 hens. Weight 1 70 pounds,
per minute. Price $36.
No. 1 1 Model
Capacity ^ to i pounds
The Mann’s has won more than 300 first premiums at expositions, fairs, and poultry shows —
more than all other types put together
I
%
\
C
\
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
MACHINERY 151
No. 0 Wilsoi^s Family Grist Mill
To Bolt to Bench or Table
Diameter of hand wheel, 20 inches.
Capacity, i pound in two minutes.
Especially made for grinding graham
flour, rice, corn meal, coffee, spices, etc.,
for table use. Can also be adjusted in a
second for cracking the grain if desired.
The grinding surfaces are very hard
and ground off perfectly true on emery
wheels. The shaft is steel.
With this Mill in your kitchen you can have fresh graham flour
every morning for gems, and cornmeal for mush, etc., and you
know how much more delicious they both are when freshly
ground. You can also have for breakfast, the freshly cracked
wheat which is so hard to buy in stores.
Grinding Plates, when worn out, can be replaced at 90 cents
per set. Weight 29 lbs. Price $7.50.
No. 1 Wilson’s Poulterer’s Mill
Hand Power. For Grinding Dry Bone,
Shell, and Corn for Poultry
To Bolt to Bench or Table
Diameter of hand wheel, 20 inches.
Size of hopper, 2>^ x 3^^ x 4 inches.
This Mill will grind, or granulate,
dry bones, oyster and clam shells,
grit, gravel stones, old crockery',
glass, charcoal, corn, walnuts, and
all sorts of grain. Also splendid in
the house for grinding stale bread, crackers, roots, barks, etc.
The grinding surfaces are made of the hardest material, and
will last for years. Weight, 33 pounds. Price $7.50.
No. 5 Red Chief Mill
Just the Mill for small jx)ultr>' raisers.
Recent improvements make this the most satisfactory Mill on
the market. Clamps or bolts to box as desired.
The only Mill that can be cleaned and adjusted in a moment’s
time without the use of a wrench.
An ideal Mill for cracking grain of any kind for poultry and
stock. It combines all the elements of rapid work, perfect grind-
ing and requires little power.
A fine Mill for grinding dry grain, cornmeal, graham flour, and
spices.
Have extra hardened burs. Burs are self-sharpening — they
cut, do not mash.
The balance-wheel makes the Mill run steady and with the
least possible power to turn it.
Capacity, 2 to 4 bushels per hour.
PRICES
No. 5, with Balance Wheel $8 00
No. 10, with Balance Wheel and Stand 9 75
No. 2, with Crank only 5 75
No. 20 Red Chief
Power Mill
For grinding cornmeal, graham
flour, stock feed, etc.
An ideal Mill for grinding
mixed feed.
With a speed of 300 to 450 revo-
lutions per minute, will grind
10 to 20 bushels feed per hour;
3 to 5 bushels fine cornmeal per
hour.
Power required, l to 2 horse-
power gasoline engine or over.
A hand crank is used when
engine is not running.
A child can grind a bushel of
chicken feed by hand in 10 min-
utes.
Patent tension for regulating
size of ground material, making
change of burs unnecessary.
Tight and loose pulley, 10 inches in diameter, 2j^-inch face.
Galvanized iron hopper. Reversible belt shift. Feed regulator.
All bearings bronze bearing metal.
Height 27 inches.
No wrench or screw-driver needed in making adjustments.
Price $22; with iron base $26
Black Hawk Corn-Sheller
The Black Hawk Corn-Sheller has enclosed hopper and sep-
arator. This prevents scattering of the shelled corn. A wonder-
fully fast and easy running Sheller. Instantly fastened to barrel
or box by two large strong clamps with wing nuts. Price $3.
Red Chief Corn-Sheller
Has patent oval-shaped teeth, shelling
the corn without cracking the grains. Shells
clean, taking off less chaff than any other
Sheller.
Clamps on barrel or tub as well as on
box.
Requires no wrench. Tension directly
on cob, not on hopper, which makes Sheller
run very easy, no force being required to
expand a hopper.
Price $2.75
152 FEEDING DEVICES
The J. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
Norwich Automatic Feeder
Endorsed and recommended by the leading poultrymen, state
colleges, professors of poultry husbandry, and students of poultry
culture as the only perfect Feeder on the market. Operates with
any grain feed or mixture; never out of order, and will last a
lifetime.
In operating the Norwich Automatic
Exerciser and Feeder, it is but necessary
to fill the hopper with such grain feed
as may be desired, straight or mixed,
filling the feed-bar with either cracked
corn or wheat, and adjust the valve at
the bottom of the hopper to feed in such
quantities as desired. Fitted with ad-
justable legs, the machine may be stood
anywhere in the yard, pen, house, or on
free range, and is adjustable for baby
chicks or adult fowl. As a baby chick
Feeder it has no equal. As the birds
grow, the legs can be lengthened to
meet their requirements so that one
Feeder does for all sizes of birds.
The hopper being rain-proof, the feed
is always dry and fresh. No matter
how hard it rains, not a drop of mois-
ture can enter it. The feed-bar, being
under the deflector, is protected from
rain as if under an umbrella, and in
consequence the feed in it is always dry
and inviting.
The machine is absolutely rat- and
bird-proof, and eliminates completely
the element of waste in the poultry
plant, estimated by experts as high as 25 per cent. It reduces
the labor of feeding to filling the hopper when empty, and in-
creases egg- production as high as 1 8 per cent.
PRICES Each
No. 1. 8-quart Hopper $5 25
No. 2. 14-quart Hopper 5 75
No. 3. 20-quart Hopper 6 75
No. 4. 32-quart Hopper 7 75
The Peerless Dry
Food Hopper
This device is new. It is a self-
feeder with an unobstructed feed out-
let, simple in construction, strong and
serviceable. A great saver of feed,
time, and labor. It requires no atten-
tion except refilling when empty. Sus-
pend the Hopper from roof of pen,
using cord and pulley, or hook, as
shown in cut, always high enough
from floor of pen to compel the birds
to exert themselves to reach the food.
By this method of use it occupies no
floor or wall space, and is inaccessible
to rats or mice.
Has cone in center which
insures continuous movement
of feed.
PRICES
Size Each Postpaid
8-quart $1 75 $2 00
16-quart 2 50 2 75
32-quart 3 50
PEEHISS
5elf feeding
DhyFoodHmter
FOfi rtm'NC
simmers.
Our Monthly Feed Price-List, a copy of which accom-
panies this catalogue, is revised on the first of each
month, and will be sent on request.
The Apaco Poultry Feeder
This machine, made on the same principle
as the Norwich, is listed in response to the
demand of the small breeder, or back-yard
poultryman, for a high-grade automatic
Feeder at a low price. The machine is of the
hanging type, complete with the all-important
adjustable valve for regulating^ the feed dis-
charge from the hopper, has nine quarts ca-
pacity, and is constructed of tight coated gal-
vanized metal. With ordinary care will last a
lifetime. Thousands of these machines are
used in every part of the United States, and
they may be relied upon as the best automatic
Poultry Feeder that has ever been placed on
the market at this price.
Made in one size only, 9 quarts capacity.
Price $2 ; postpaid, $2.25
“Bar-Nun” Dry-Mash Hopper
It Saves the Feed. Holds 15 quarts
It is inaccessible to rats or mice, yet easily accessible to poultry
at all times. By its use, a constant supply of fresh, clean feed is
always kept before them.
Used suspended
by a spiral spring;
furnished with
hopper; clogging
or packing of feed
is prevented. The
mash feeds down
automatically as
the poultry pick
it away from the
trough.
Poultry cannot
perch on it or
scratch mash out
of it. Simply hang
the hopper so that
the birds have to
reach up to pick
out of the trough;
this gives a clear
floor - space and
prevents them
from picking over
the mash.
Note the in-
ward-sloping sides of the feed-pan — an exclusive feature of the
“Bar-Nun” Hopper.
Price $2.50; postpaid $2.75
Improved Handy
Hopper
The Improved Handy
Hopper is made of gal-
vanized iron through-
out. All parts are*
spot- welded together.'
It is provided with
hinged lid over both
hopper and trough,
making it rat- and mouse-proof, as well as dirt-proof.
It is provided with a swinging front, adjustable to suit any
kind of dry mash and which eliminates any possibility of clogging.
Hopper is 15 inches in height, 4^ inches in width, and made
in four lengths. PRICES
No. 1. 12 inches long $1 75
No. 2. 18 inches long 2 25
No. 3. 24 inches long 2 50
No. 4. 36 inches long 3 75
Each
Postpaid
$1
75
$2 00
2
25
2 50
2
50
2 85
3
75
The L W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
FEEDING DEVICES 153
Moe’s Dry Mash Hopper
The curved bottom of the Hopper keeps
the feed within easy reach of the birds. The
gradual enlargement from the top to base
prevents clogging. The wire grid and the
wires running from the flange through the wire
grid prevent any chance of the fowls throwing
out or wasting the feed. The sloping cover
prevents the birds from roosting on the Hop-
per, and when both covers are closed, it is rat-
and mouse-proof. A trial will con\’ince you
that it is a Hopper of the greatest merit. Manu-
factured of hea\’y galvanized iron in three sizes.
Each Postpaid
No. 35. 8V^ inches wide $1 90 $2 10
No. 36. 12 inches wide 2 50 2 75
No. 37. 24 inches wide 3 75 4 00
Sexton’s Dry Feed Hopper
EASY TO FILL— NO WASTE— RAT-PROOF— DUST-PROOF
Open Closed
Pronounced to be the best Hopper offered. Simple in construc-
tion, easily operated and absolutely rat- and mouse-proof.
The lower cover is so arranged that it is held up by locking
the top cover of Hopper over same and by raising the top cover
the lower cover will fall in place.
This Hopper is arranged to hang on the wall the desired distance
from floor and never need be removed from the wall to be refilled.
It is impossible to waste any feed as the pan at the bottom
takes any feed that may be picked out and the last crumb can
be used, therefore saving any waste. The body being covered
keeps feed dust-proof, clean, and always dry.
Body made of galvanized iron and the grating is of round
galvanized wire preventing the poultry from cutting their bills.
Each Postpaid
3-<juart 50 $1 70
12-quart . . . . 2 25 2 55
24-quart 3 50 3 90
The Prairie State Dry Mash
Hopper
The Prairie State Dry Mash Hopper is a
good size — 18 inches high, I2 inches wide, and
has a capacity of 25 pounds of dry mash. It
may be used for feeding grains, mashes, or
beef scrap. Has a new improved non- wasting
apron, 5 inches wide, that prevents the fowls
from spooning out and wasting the ma
terial. There is less waste with thi;
Hopper than any we have ever seen.
The lid is used to keep rats from steal-
ing the food or, if from any cause it is
desired to shut off the feed from the
birds for a time. Capacity, 25 pounds.
Price $3.25; postpaid $3.60
The 1—2—3
Poultry Feeder
Used for dry
mash, beef scrap,
grit, shells, or any
kind of dry feed. It
is made with a sep-
arator. When used
for one kind of feed
take out separator;
for two lands of
feed, put separator
in one end; for three
kinds put separator
in center, when you
have three feeders
in one. The fowls
cannot waste the
feed.
Price $1.60;
postpaid $1.80
Sexton Grit and
Shell Box
Made of galvanized iron with hinged
cover. The bottoms of these boxes are
rounded, which prevents the grit from
clogging. Also arranged with portable
partitions, so that they may be made
into one, two or three compartments as
desired.
Capacity] Each Postpaid
No. 1. 4 quarts $1 25 $1 45
No. 2. 6 quarts 1 50 1 75
O.K. Grit and Shell Box
Chickens should have grit,
oyster shell, and charcoal al-
ways before them; and for
this purpose, this Grit and
Shell Box is indispensable.
It is made of galvanized
steel, with three compart-
ments.
Height, 7>^ inches; width,
6 inches; depth (front to
back), 4 inches at bottom
and 2 inches at top.
Each Postpaid
Chick Size. . .$0 75 $0 85
Hen Size.... 1 25 1 40
,
The 1—2—3
Shell Grit and Charcoal
Feeder
A very convenient size for a pen
of fowls. Will serve for one, two or
three kinds of feed by using the
separator.
Price 95 cts.; postpaid $1.10
154 FEEDING DEVICES
The /. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Moe’s Round Baby Chick-Feeder
A great feed-
saver, as the
little chicks
cannot get into
it and contami-
nate the feed.
Can also be
used for water.
This is not a
novelty, but a
practical, well-
made, feeding
device that will
last for years.
Made of the
best grade of galvanized iron.
Each Postpaid
No. 11. Small. $0 25 $0 35
No. 12.
Each
Large . $0 45
Postpaid
$0 55
O. K. Chick- Feed Trough
The Trough is made on a half circle so that every bit of feed
can be easily eaten out of it.
Over the Trough is a gable shaped grate which prevents the
chicks from getting into it and wasting or fouling the feed. This
grating is a separate piece and slides on and off easily. It is
stamped into shape with dies, and is ribbed as shown in the cut,
making it strong and substantial. Each Postpaid
10-inch Trough, with Grate $0 35 $0 45
20-inch Trough, with Grate 60 75
The Junior
Chick-Feeder
One of our most poptilar
Feeders
For dry mash, hard grain, sour
milk, or water; is practical and sanitary;
will not waste feed. Chicks cannot foul it.
Price 35 cts.; postpaid 40 cts.
Apex Chick-Feeders
Apex F eeders are made for brooder pur-
poses, and are so arranged that the feed
is always directly under the holes through which the -chicks feed.
Are made with hinged top, which gives free access to fill or clean.
Made in sizes of 6 and I2 holes.
Each Postpaid Doz. I Each Postpaid Doz.
6 hole . .$0 50 $0 60 $5 50 | 12 hole..$0 90 $1 05 $10 00
The Keystone Chick-Feeder
Poultrymen swear by this Feeder for their young stock. Suit-
able for dry or wet mash. Made of heavy galvanized iron. Over
the trough is a specially constructed gable-shaped grate, which
prevents chicks wasting the contents or climbing into their feed.
Special construction of fitting top prevents sticking. Can be
easily removed and put on. Made in two sizes.
Each Postpaid
10-inch Trough, with Grate $0 40 $0 50
20-inch Trough, with Grate 60 75
Drinking
i m
mm
•
•
•
mm
m-
The Keystone Chick-Feeder
McCandlish Improved Chick- Feeder
Equipped
with adjust-
able partitions
for various
kinds of feed.
An ideal drink-
ing receptacle
also. Made of
galvanized
iron. No rough edges; waste impossible;
Feeding can’t capsize. •
Revolving rod prevents the chicks from
perching upon it, making the Feeder absolutely sanitary.
Size Each Postpaid I Each Postpaid
12-inch $0 40 $0 45 30-inch $0 75 $0 90
20-inch 50 60 J
The Norwich Chick-Feeder
For the purposes for
which it is intended,the
I Norwich Chick-Feeder
is unquestionably the
best device that has
ever been invented. It is
used for feeding mash, chick-feed,
or sour milk. The rod crossing
the top of the machine prevents the chicks from getting into the
feed and its use eliminates absolutely all waste. The machine is
made of tight coated galvanized sheeting, malleable iron ends,
securely riveted, and is the strongest and best Feeder made.
Made in two sizes: E^ch Postpaid
15-inch $0 80 $0 90
20-inch 90 1 00
Simplicity Chick-Server
Is an especially con-
structed trough for
feeding baby chicks. It
is made from galvan-
ized steel, 20 inches
long and so constructed that the chicks cannot waste the feed.
Each Postpaid 1 Each Postpaid
1 Feeder $0 40 $0 50 | 6 Feeders .... $2 00 $225
Feed- or Water-Cups for Coops
Made of galvanized iron. They are made
to hang inside of exhibition coops or cages,
and can be used for birds or small pet
animals. Each Postpaid Doz.
0 4F4 X 33^ X 2^4111. . .$0 25 $0 30 $2 50
1 5Kx3>^x2>^in. . . 30 35 3 00
Moe^s Rabbit Feeder
Made of galvanized iron.
Rolled-in top prevents wasting.
Dish held to the floor by simple
locking device easy to remove
for cleaning. Impossible for
stock t o
tip over.
Price 35 cts.; postpaid 40 cts.
Moe’s Rabbit Feed Rack
For holding roots or hay, alfalfa, clover,
etc. It prevents scattering hay and
wasting. The round trough at
the bottom catches the small
tender leaves. Feed saved soon
pays for the Rack.
Price 85 cts.; postpaid $1
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
FOUNTAINS 155
The Norwich Automatic Air-Lock Fountain
Recent tests of the Missouri State Board of Poultry Culture
have proved conclusively that unless birds are furnished a con-
tinuous supply of water their egg-pro-
duction is curtailed 50 per cent and the
loss is the same in all the varieties.
The bulletin on the subject further
states that in winter egg-production,
water is actually worth in dollars and
cents just as much as grain.
The Norwich Automatic Air-Lock
Fountain furnishes a continuous water-
supply with the chill removed, and the
birds will consume from four to ten
times the amount of water from it than
where water is furnished from an
ordinary vessel.
Eggs are 74 per cent water, and a
moment’s thought will show the vast
importance of water in egg-production.
This machine will double the pro-
duction of birds given cold water once
or twice a day. The Fountain is guar-
anteed frost-proof to 20 degrees below
zero, and has been operated in the ex-
treme north at 32, 47, and 60 degrees
below zero, and furnishes a continuous
" water-supply at just the right tem-
perature to induce the birds to drink.
It is hygienic, easily cared for, top
filled, positive in action, with no work-
ing parts and nothing to get out of order. As a summer fountain
it has no equal, as the water from it is much cooler than the sur-
rounding atmosphere. With ordinary care the Fountain will
last for years and give absolute satisfaction summer and winter.
We have sold a large number of these Fountains and cannot
speak too highly of their merits. Made in one size only, 5 gallons
capacity.
PRICES
Each
Postpaid
Complete With Burner Base
.$7 50
$7 90
Without Biuner Base
. 4 00
4 35
Burner Base Only
Write for Special Circular
. 4 00
4 35
Oakes Improved Drop-Bottom Fountain
This Fountain combines the
good qualities of all other simi-
lar Foimtains.
The pan, which forms the
trough, is hinged at the back and
fastened by a catch in front. The
flat back allows the Fountain to
be firmly placed against the wall
and the drop bottom enables the
fount to be thoroughly cleaned
and kept in a sanitary condition.
The Fountain is made in both
and double wall style. In the
Open
Closed
single wall
double wall Fountain the two cylinders form-
ing the body of the Fountain are sealed, making a dead air-space
between them. This construction is similar to the thermos
bottle and gives the very best protection from both heat and cold.
PRICES
Each
Postpaid
$1 00
$1 10
1 30
1 45
. . . . 1 6C
1 80
. .r. 2 40
2 65
.... 250
2 65
. . . . 3 00
3 20
. ... 3 50
3 75
Ideal Sanitary Fountain
The simplest, handiest, and most practical Fountain made.
Keeps water the right temperature all the year. Has no lamps
to trim, and valves to get out of order. Saves time, labor, and
worry, and costs nothing to run.
. The Fountain is made of galvanized iron,
and is similar in construction to the fireless tc
cooker, being packed with a non-conducting
material to retain the temperature of the water.
The drinking cup, which contains the only water
exposed, forms a connection between the outer
and inner can, and does not project beyond the
outer can, there being no possible chance for
droppings, the cause of much disease, to get
into the water. Keeps water cool in summer
and warm in wdnter.
PRICES
Fach
2-gallon $4 50
Each
Postpaid I 3-gallon $5 00
$4 75 I 5-gaUon 0 50
Postpaid
$5 25
Keystone Drinking Fountains
sit alone while being filled, and can be filled from bucket
or faucet. Bail handle m^es it convenient to carry.
Method of filling
These Fountains are made of black sheets and galvanized
afterv'ards. No solder is used in making them.
The construction of this Fountain has made it the favorite
and it is now considered the most practical, convenient, and one
of the best on the market.
Hangs above floor or ground so that water is always clean.
Easy to Fill — Easy to Clean. Made in Fotn Sizes
Size PRICES Postpaid
1- quart $0 55 $0 65
2- quart 75 85
1- gallon 1 00 1 20
2- gallon 1 50 1 75
The Peerless Sanitary
Drinking Fountain
The water is always pure as it
is protected from dirt and filth.
The fowls cannot injure their
combs when drinking; easy to
clean and fill ; simple in construc-
tion; durable and practical. It
is adjustable; the top and bottom ‘
can always be made to fit. Should
it work too loose, take the foun-
tain apart and pull sides out; if
too tight, press sides in.
PRICES Each Postpaid
l-quart $0 45 $0 50
5-quart 1 00 1 15
10-quart 1 35 1 60
Patented January 18, 1910
156 FOUNTAINS
The I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
The Peerless Heater
For Winter Use. Fits All Fountains
The water will never freeze or become
too warm. Easy to care for. Costs
but little to run.
The base is an oil-well holding one
pint of kerosene which will last one
week (day times). An air-space be-
tween oil-well and heat-chamber makes
it impossible for gas to form. In heat-
chamber is small burner connected to
oil-well by brass pipe. Around the
Shows Heater without Cover burner is a circular shield which protects
Patented January 18, 1910 the light and concentrates the heat to
a small space on fount; in this way it
never overheats the water. Inside, next to outside wall, is a wire
gauze that prevents an\"thing from being scratched into the
Heater. It is so ventilated that the light receives just the right
amount of ox\-gen to burn smoothly without smoke. It is im-
possible to get the outside wall of Heater warm.
Price, with Cover, $2.25; postpaid $2.50
The Boston Fountain
Easily Filled. Easily Cleaned
Nothing to Get Out of Order
This Fountain is very- pop-
ular and gives excellent satis-
faction. It is handy and very-
durable, being made of gal-
vanized iron, double-seamed
together.
Each Postpaid
1 - quart $0 60 $0 70
2- quart 75 85
4-quart 1 00 1 20
8-quart 1 50 1 75
Duplex
Fountain
The latest and most
practical sanitary
Fountain on the mar-
ket. This is a double
fount, keeping the
water clean and pure.
Easy to fill. Easy to
care for. Made in
two sizes.
Each Postpaid
4-qt. . .$1 10 $1 25
8-qt. . . 1 50 1 75
Sanitary Wall Fountain
It is now made with a bail or station-
ary- handle, as shown in cut, and may
be hung on the wall of the building or
a post at any height. A hood projects
over the water-trough and protects the
Avater from becoming soiled.
Equally serA’iceable for young chicks
or fowls, also for pigeons. Made from
best galvanized iron.
PRICES
Each Postpaid
2-quart $0 75 $0 85
1- gallon 1 00 1 20
2- gallon 1 50 1 75
OATS FOR SPROUTING
We can fvuTiish good oats for sprouting at reasonable prices.
See our Feed Price-List for prices.
Prairie State Drinking Fountains
The chicks cannot get into the basin to foul the water nor to
drown, and will not roost on the top. They are easily cleaned,
Each Postpaid Doz.
Each Postpaid Doz.
1- quart $0 35 $0 45 $4 00
2- quart 45 55 5 00
1- gallon 60 75 6 50
2- gallon 85 1 10 9 00
Moe^s Top-Fill
Fountain
FiUs from the top. Dead air-
space between cover and reser-
voir keeps water cool in the sum-
mer, and prevents freezing in
winter. There are no valves to
get out of order. It is thoroughly
sanitaiy- and as easily cleaned as
an ordinaiy- pail. It protects the
fowls from their own contamina-
tion. It does away with slopping
over when being filled. It sup-
plies just enough pure water
and no more. Manufactured
of heaAy- galvanized iron in
three sizes. Can be used
for two pens at the same
time.
PRICES Each
No. 1. 1-gallon $2 00
No. 2. 2-gallon 2 85
No. 4. 4-gall6n 3 75
Postpaid
$2 15
3 10
4 15
Moe^s Sanitary
Broodier Fountain
Baby Chicks Can’t Get Wet
Economizes on space in brooder
by being three-cornered. Placed in
a corner, it cannot be upset. If de-
sired, can be hung up by hook on
top of fountain.
Capacity, i quart each.
Price, 50 cts.; postpaid 55 cts.;
doz. $5
Oakes Two-Piece
Fountain
This Fountain consists of a cone-
shaped bucket or can and a stamp^
pan which forms the base and the trough from
which the fowls drink. Both parts are made of
galvanized sheet steel and all parts are well
soldered.
The top is pointed so as to prevent chickens
from standing or roosting on it. Made in three
sizes. Each Postpaid
1- quart $0 35 $0 40
2- quart 50 60
3- auart 65 75
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
FOUNTAINS 157
The Star Jar Fountain
and Feeder
Will fit pint, quart or one-half
gallon Mason jar
Manufactured of one-piece of non-
rusting metal. No parts to come un-
soldered. Leaking impossible. Con-
venient, cheap, and sanitary. Pro-
vides greater drinking surface than
the round fountain. Little chicks can-
not get drowned. Can be used for
feed as well as water. Manufac-
tured in one size only.
Price, without Jars, 20 cts.each;
postpaid 25 cts.; doz. $2; post-
paid $2.20.
Automatic Fountain and
Chick-Feeder
Patent applied for
This appliance for chicks feeds water, grain,
grit, etc., automatically. It is an absolutely sani-
tary fountain made to fit any half-gallon, quart,
or pint Mason jar. The pan on this fountain
is hinged to wire that supports the jar,
so that it is not necessary" to remove the
jar to refill. We do not furnish jars.
PRICES
Each.
Doz..
Each Postpaid
.$0 15 $0 20
. 1 50 1 70
Automatic Chick -Greaser
EVERY CHICK ITS OWN DOCTOR
It is the large lice which collect on the heads of young chickens
which cause them to droop and die. Formerly, the only way to
get rid of these lice was to catch each chick and rub grease on
its head, but this slow and tedious process is not necessary since
the invention of the Automatic Chick-Greaser.
The wick around the upper part of the Greaser is saturated
with oil (a mixture of two-thirds lard and one-third kerosene or
black oil) and every chick which eats out of the pan will get its
head thoroughly greased in a very few minutes.
Price $1; postpaid $1.15
Economy Chick Fount METALLIC RUST -PROOF
Diameter of pan, 5 inches. Height, 4 inches.
Holds one pint. An excellent Fountain for the
little chicks. Enough clean water all the time,
but chicks cannot get into the pan.
PRICES Each Postpaid
Each $0 20 $0 25
Doz 2 00 2 20
Stoneware Supplies for Poultry
These articles are made from fire clay, glazed and subjected to about 2,300 degrees of heat, which thoroughly vitrifies them and
renders them impeivdous to liquids or moisture.
They are therefore easily cleaned, as filth cannot be absorbed into the body so that they can be kept absolutely sanitary at all
times. Are strong and durable, and if properly taken care of muU outwear any other fountain manufactured.
Shipped by freight or express only at purchaser’s risk.
Sanitary Poultry
Fountains
Saucer detached from top
Each
*A-gallon $0 50
V^-gallon 55
1- gallon 70
2- gallon 85
Rabbit Feeder
Each
7l^-in. diam $0 35
W. R. Poultry Fountains
One Piece Each
1/2-gallon $0 50
1-gallon 75
Clay Pigeon Nest
Unglazed
Each
9-in. diam $0 30
The liberal use of Carbola and “B-K” will keep away
the lice and mites, as well as contagious diseases.
Pigeon Bath
No. 1. 16-in. diam-
eter, by 3 inches deep,
60 cts.
Day-Old Chicks
We make a specialty of furnishing otir
customers with Day-Old Chicks of all leading
breeds, from high-bred stock. Beginning
early in March, we will receive from nearby
hatcheries from one to three shipments per
week. To secure the breeds desired and the
choicest stock we suggest that orders be
placed at least a week or ten days before the
chicks are wanted. Prices quoted on request.
158 EGG CARRIERS
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Aluminized Metal Egg and Butter Carriers
FOR PARCEL
POST
No Breaks. Indestructible. Requires no Wrapping. Interchangeable Address Card Eliminates Rewriting. Return Postage
Can Be Paid in Advance. Chuck Full of Economy
The black square on the lid is for stfimps, removable with water, or stamp may be
placed on a slip of paper and placed in slots over black square.
They solve the problem of shipping eggs, butter, and other farm products by parcel post. They are made for continued use, being
strongly constructed but light in weight.
The best and most up-to-date parcel post crate ever made. Once used — always used. Thousands are working and none ever
known to wear out. Praised by every owner. Postage no more than on frail paper cartons.
Combination Crates
Anj'^ size Combination Crate desired can be supplied to carry
eggs with metal containers to hold butter, lard, sausage, honey,
cut-up chicken, country sliced ham, etc. Any of these Combina-
tion Crates will be found surprisingly satisfactory. Butter, lard
and other soft products will not melt or run in warmest weather.
Durability
The life of these Crates has not been determined. After two
years’ usage, they are in good condition for continued service.
Do not require outside wrapping for mailing. A short string
only is needed for tying “pin” which holds lid securely closed.
prices
EGGS ONLY— Each Postpaid
li/2-dozen size $0 85 $0 91
2- dozen size 1 00 1 07
3- dozen size 1 25 1 32
4- dozen size 1 50 1 57
6-dozen size 1 75 1 83
BUTTER ONLY—
7-lb. Two 3y2-lb. Containers $2 00 $2 07
lOV^-lb. Three 3 Vz-lb. Containers 2 50 2 57
14-lb. Two 7-lb. Containers 2 50 2 57
20-lb. Two 10-lb. Containers 3 75 3 83
Postage within the Second Zone or 150 Miles
Empty Filled
2- doz. size. . . .$0 07 $0 09
3- doz. size. . . . 07 11
4- doz. size . . . . 07 13
Empty Filled
8-doz. size $0 08 $0 16
3 doz. eggs, 31/2 lbs. . . 08 16
2 doz. eggs, 31/2 lbs. . . 07 14
BUTTER AND EGGS—
3V^ lbs. Butter and 1 doz. Eggs $1 50
31/2 lbs. Butter and 2 doz. Eggs 1 65
3!/^ lbs. Butter and 3 doz. Eggs 1 85
7 lbs. Butter and 2 doz. Eggs 1 75
$1 57
1 72
1 93
1 83
StlDolieS ^ complete set of supplies, consisting of Fillers, Corrugated Board, 10 Stamp Slip Papers, 100 Wrapping Papers, and 2
Address Cards for IV2-, 2-, 3-, and 4-dozen sizes, 50 cts.; postpaid, 55 cts.; 6-dozen size, 60 cts.; postpaid, 65 cts.
Droz Pull-the-String Box and Folding Egg-Tubes
Photo shows a box being pulled together from a one-piece flat, a two-egg
tube, a box open showing tubes packed, and a box ready for shipment by mail
or express. These boxes are made of double-faced corrugated paper board with
a mullen resistance test of 175 pounds to the square inch. Please note the re-
inforcement that the boxes have by the laps and flaps in the ends, sides, bottom
and lid. These boxes are so strong when packed with our tubes that they can
withstand a heavy pressure on either end, sides, top, or bottom without crushing.
PRICEIS (Knocked Down)
Each
Postpaid
Each
Postpaid
Each
Postpaid
Each
Postpaid
2-doz.
size. . .
. . .$0 40
$0 50
6-doz. size. .
. .$0 80
$0 90
12-doz. size. .
..$1 20
$1 35
50-egg size . .
. .$0 60
$0 70
3-doz.
size. . .
50
60
8-doz. size. .
. . 90
1 00
15-egg size . .
25
35
100-egg size . .
90
1 00
4-doz.
size. . .
60
70
10-doz. size. . .
.. 1 10
1 25
30-egg size . .
40
50
Combination Butter and Egg-Box
Two dozen eggs and 4 pounds butter, 70 cts. ; postpaid 80 cts.
The Eggsell Shipping Box
The unique construction of this box affords the maximum protection to the eggs. None
of them ever, come in contact with the side walls of the box and the diagonal crossing of the
divisions prevents the weight of the eggs above from crushing those. below. If your eggs
are in perfect condition when you pack them, you can rest assured they vdll arrive at desti-
nation without breaking. The Boxes are furnished complete with tape for sealing the top
and bottom. They are also printed neatly in two colors.
Each Postpaid Doz. Postpaid Each Postpaid Doz. Postpaid
1- dozen size . .$0 30 $0 35 $3 00 $3 15 I 3-dozen size . .$0 50 $0 60 $5 00 $5 30
2- dozen size . . 40 45 4 00 4 20 | 4-dozen size . . 60 70 6 00 6 35
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
EGG CARRIERS 159
Surety Wooden Egg-Case
Easier and quicker to pack than cases equipped with ordinary
fillers. Will pay for themselves in two or three shipments by
the saving in breakage.
The Surety Egg-Case is
constructed of only the
best of planed lumber. The
ends are of solid one-piece
construction with grooved
handles, and are reinforced
with strips of wood so
attached as to prevent the
sides from loosening. The
sides, top, bottom and par-
titions are of tongue-and-
groove construction. The
double-jointed link hinges
riveted on the inside allow
the cover to turn back without breaking off. It also has a snap
catch lock and a small hole cut in the cover and side for sealing
with a wire seal.
The patented Siuety Egg-Trays, inverted one above the other,
hold the eggs in double pyramid cushion pockets and prevent
the eggs from coming in contact with one another or with
the walls of the case. They also prevent the eggs from
rattling about.
Surety Egg-Cases may also be used very successfully in stor-
ing eggs for hatching, as the eggs may be turned from day to
day, requiring merely a turn of the case. This may be done
without fear of breakage, even when the cases are only
partially filled.
According to the express regulations, the standard or straight
fillers may be used but once. “Surety” trays will last about as
long as the cases without renewal.
Pronounced by the trade the safest, strongest, and neatest case
ever produced.
Ready for immediate use when delivered.
Prices and Average Weight ;
Each
Postpaid
2-dozen size.
. . . A% lbs
$1 50
$1 60
4-dozen size.
.... 6 lijs
2 00
2 15
6-dozen size.
.. . .IH lbs
2 25
2 40
8-dozen size.
. , . .8V^ lbs
2 50
2 65
10-dozen size .
. . . .91/2 lbs
2 75
2 95
12-dozen size.
lbs
3 00
3 20
16-dozen size.
. . . 12H lbs
3 50
3 75
Extra trays, 12-egg size (for the 2-dozen size cases), $6.25 per
50 sets of two trays each, shipped flat. Extra trays, 24- 25-egg
size (for all other sizes), $7.50 per 50 trays, shipped flat. On all
orders for less than 50 sets, add 10 cts. for wrapping.
Victor Folding
Egg 'Box
One dozen size — No printing
A carton with a cover made in such
form as to exclude all dirt, with
every corner reinforced, and so con-
structed as to make wrapper, string,
or any fastener unnecessary. This
box is far superior to the common
folding carton.
12 Boxes
50 Boxes
100 Boxes
250 Boxes
500 Boxes
1000 Boxes
Postpaid
$0 45
$0 50
1 40
1 50
2 50
2 70
5 50
10 25
20 00
Self -Locking Carton
It is good business to
market your fine eggs in
first-class Egg Cartons and
your service to your cus-
tomers is not complete
without Self-Locking Egg
Cartons — the Quality Car-
tons of patented con-
FJNEST QUALITY
struction, which bring
out the merits of your
eggs to the fullest ad-
vantage.
eggs and Self-Locking
The very best prices for your good
Cartons form the right combination.
Special Features
Quick, easy set-up.
Patented self-locking cover — no further wrapping or tying with
string and no seals required, although seals may be used, afford-
ing double protection.
Cartons are ventilated, allowing free circulation of air through
the box and around each egg, an important factor in assuring the
eggs reaching your customers without deterioration in quality.
Pack 30 dozen to the regulation egg-case — also suitable for use
with Humpty Dumpty crates for express or parcel post shipment.
Assures delivery without breakage loss. Your customers cannot
but be pleased with the appearance of the eggs in the cartons.
You will clinch the good will of your trade.
Read one of the many letters from users of Self-Locking Cartons :
“Replying to your letter of recent date, wish to state that we
have found the Self-Locking Carton to be very satisfactory. It’s
attractive and helps sell the eggs.
“I have no improvements to suggest as I believe that you have
the most complete and best carton that it is possible to make.”
Postpaid Postpaid
12 Boxes $0 50 $0 55 250 Boxes $6 50
50 Boxes 1 75 1 85 500 Boxes.... 12 50
100 Boxes 3 00 3 25 1000 Boxes 24 00
Security Egg Container
It has been put to the severest tests and has exceeded every
expectation, so that it is entitled to its name in every sense of
the word, and we are justified in claiming that it is the best con-
tainer for shipments by parcel post and express, now in use.
We make the Security to hold i, 2, 4, and 6 dozen of eggs. It
consists of an inner and outer shell, division pads, racks, and in-
dividual protectors, all made from corrugated paper and water-
proofed on outside. A cotton wadding pad is placed at top and
bottom and between each tier of eggs. No sealing or tying is
required. They are light in weight, so that postage is kept down
to a minimum.
The Security is put up in bundles of one dozen each, all parts
complete ready to assemble and can be set up ready for use in a
few moments. Each Postpaid Doz. Postpaid
1- dozen size $0 30 $0 35 $3 00 $3 25
2- dozen size 45 50 4 50 4 85
4-dozen size 75 85 7 50
6-dozen size 90 1 00 9 00
Special Prices on Larger Quantities Quoted on Request
160 EGG CARRIERS
The I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Successful Handy Egg-Crate
“JUST LIKE A SUIT-CASE’ »
Made of galvanized iron,
except the cover — will last
a lifetime. Light in weight;
size, 17 inches long, 8
inches wide and 13 inches
deep. Holds 15 dozen eggs;
has adjustable top that fits
into crate any depth de-
sired. This feature is very
desirable because you can
pack I dozen eggs as well
as 15 dozen, and prevent
them from rolling around
and breaking — ^adjustable
top holds them in place no
matter whether the crate
is one-fourth, one-half or
entirely full.
Particularly handy for those who go to market in a buggy,
because the Crate is small enough to set in the bed back of the
seat or in front and leave plenty of room for the feet. When the
eggs are delivered the boxes can be folded, placed in the bottom
of the crate and the crate filled with groceries or other purchases.
1 Crate Complete, with Fillers $2.25; postpaid $2.50
Fillers for above, per set 50 cts.; postpaid 60 cts.
The Sefton
Live -Chick
Box
A safe and con-
venient carrier for
shipping live chicks.
Can be used for
parcel post or ex-
press shipments.
PRICES Each Postpaid Doz.
25-Chick size. .. .13 X 7x5 in $0 35 $0 40 $3 50
50-Chick size 14 x 13 x 5 in 45 50 4 50
100-Chick size 26x14% 5 in 60 70 6 75
Humpty
Dumpty
The best, cheapest
and most con-
venient egg-carrier
in existence
No time wasted
No disputed count
No broken eggs
They are packed
in bundles, com-
plete with fillers.
Fig. 1, folded flat; Fig. 2, set up closed;
Fig. 3, set up open; Fig. 4, shows half dozen
complete, ready for shipment.
PRICES Each Postpaid Doz.
3-dozen size .$0 55 $0 65 $6 25
6-dozen size 60 70 6 60
12-dozen size 65 75 7 15
30-dozen size 1 40 13 75
Extra Fillers, 6 cts. each, 60 cts. per doz.; postpaid 65 cts.
The Eyrie
Egg-Box
The best device yet
found for shipping fancy
eggs safely by express or
parcel post.
This Egg-Box is manu-
factured mainly for ship-
ping settings of eggs. It is made from jute board, and partitioned
off with dquble-faced corrugated paper. The handle locks the
box, making it pilfer proof.
PRICES Each Postpaid Doz.
-No. 1. Holds 15 Eggs $0 40 $0 45 $3 75
No. 2. Holds 30 Eggs 55 60 5 50
BABY CHICKS
Get our prices before placing your order. All leading
breeds from high-bred stock. Beginning early in March will
furnish chicks until the end of the season late in June.
Moe’s Trap-Nest Front
This new, inexpensive and useful device meets a popular demand, and has proven
a wonderful seller. It places Trap Nests within the reach of all, for with its use an
old orange-box can be converted into a double trap nest at a cost of a dollar. They
are simple in operation with no small parts to get out of order. The front works
on hinges, making it easy to remove the birds or clean the nest. They also give
the breeder the opportunity of using the size nest best adapted to his birds with a
uniform trap feature suitable for any breed. Manufactured from galvanized iron,
II inches wide, 12 inches high.
No. 63, complete, 65 cts,, postpaid, 75 cts.
Knudson Lice-Proof Nest
This nest is made in sets of four and six nests to the set. Each in-
dividual nest measures about 12 inches each way. As the metal of which they are
constructed occupies practically no space, the nests are about as roomy as a wooden
nest 14 X 14 inches.
The nests are separated by
metal partitions, and each
individual nest is provided
with a drop door, which,
when open, forms a ledge
or perch in front of the nest.
If these doors are closed at night, they will
prevent chickens from roosting on them, and the setting hen is protected
from outside annoyance if the door is kept closed.
Ample ventilation is provided for.
No. 14. Set of 4 nests $5 00
No, 16. Set of 6 nests 6 00
The 7. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
COOPS 161
Eyrie Shipping Coop
The Eyrie Shipping-Coop is a strong, light
Coop made in three parts. The top and bot-
tom are made of wood and the body is com-
posed of corrugated paper in the form of a
tube. The bottom is
composed of a frame of
wood covered with a
sheet of hea\'>' veneer
having sufficient
strength to hold all the
weight necessary. The
top is composed of a
wooden frame with slats running across. This strong con-
struction enables the Coop to resist hard knocks, making it
practical in every way. Ventilation is supplied through the
top as the wooden slats are placed from i to 2 inches apart.
The large holes cut in the ends and used for a grip when
picking up the Coop, help to ventilate as well. Corrugated paper,
by reason of its smoothness, prevents damage of the bird’s plum-
age and the nature of its construction enables it to keep out drafts.
PRICES (Knocked Down)
No. In. Each Doz.
D 20X22X22..$! 60 $17 00
No. In. Each Doz.
A 12x16x18 $1 00 $9 25
B 12 X 18x22. . 1 20 12 00
C 12x22x22. . 1 30 13 25
E 20x24x22.. 1 75 18 00
The Pittsburgh Shipping-Coop
The most serviceable, sanitary, and durable Shipping Coop on
the market. Made of the best galvanized steel bars and wire
electrically welded
together and suffi-
ciently stayed to
make it rigid
throughout. The
bottom is made of
the best seasoned
wood and is as-
sembled by the
floor - boards being
stapled to three cross sections and reinforced with cleats on top.
Standard Size. 27 x 41 x 13 inches high $3 25
Turkey Size. 27 x 41 x 20 inches high 4 00
Eureka Oil-Cup
Perch-Support
Mites or Lice Cannot Reach
Yovir Hens at Night as they must
first swim the oil in cups, which
means certain death.
It is practicable, durable, re-
liable, convenient, cheap and per-
manent.
PRICES Postpaid
One Pair ^0 75 $0 85
Six Pairs 4 25 4 60
The Lyon Roost Insulator
Its application is best explained as follows: An
upright support, perhaps or 2 inches square and
of any desirable height, is used for each end of roosts.
Holes are bored in at the top of these supports large
enough to allow the Insulator to fit tight and deep
enough to allow bottom of Insulator bell to rest on
square top of upright.
The roost-pole is then bored to fit tight on top of
Insulator and deep enough to allow it to rest on the
small shoulder provided for that purpose.
The bell-shaped cup is then kept partially filled with kerosene
oil which either traps and destroys the vermin or turns them back
in their travels up the supports towards the roost. Postpaid
One Pair $0 20 $0 30
Six Pairs 1 00 1 20
The LAWN PARK Brood Coop
It is made entirely of galvanized materials, will not rust, and
absolutely protects chicks against rats, cats, dogs, ha\vks, vermin,
cold, storms, and all other chick enemies. The metal actually
repels lice — ^that’s important. The main part of the Coop is
made from hea\^ galvanized steel, while the Park is made from
strong galvanized wire screen, which has the edges neatly bound
and strongly reinforced with galvanized steel. The Lawn Park
is large and roomy, being 18 inches wide, 19)^ inches high, and
48 inches long, with Park extended. The Coop and the Park are
of equal length. The Park permits the chicks to have plenty of
sunshine and fresh air, and also allows them to range on grass.
Can be moved from place to place easily, thus givdng them a
fresh supply daily. Coop has removable bottom for quick and
easy cleaning. The overhead damper ventilation system keeps
the Coop cool without chilling the chicks. The chicks saved on
one brood will pay for one or more Coops. Price $5
The BABIE Chick-Feeder (patented)
Made of best grade galvanized materials, it is rust-proof and
will last a lifetime. Very' strong and durable, the ends being
made of solid sheet steel to which is securely fastened the galvan-
ized wire screen which is strongly bound on the edges with gal-
vanized steel. Has patent door arrangement which permits the
little chicks to enter but prevents the
mother hen and older fowls from going
inside. Will readily accommodate
thirty to forty chicks at once. Can
be placed am^vhere or moved from
place to place easily. The feed is
dropped through the top and the
little chicks can eat and drink in con-
tentment without being crowded or
trampled by older fowls. It is so de-
signed that it can be placed in front
of the Lawn Park Coop and securely
fastened to make an additional run-
way of 2 feet, or it can be used in con-
nection with any brood coop, as the
door of the feeder is so made that it
will fit practically any brood coop,
thus supplying a yard to the ordinary closed coop. Size 6 inches
high, 18 inches wide, and 24 inches long. Saves feed and chicks.
Price $2, postpaid $2.25
The Standard Chicken Coop
Rain-Proof, Rat-Proof, Vermin-Proof
If you wish to let out both mother
len and small chickens, the door is
simply slid far enough around the body
Df the Coop to uncover the large open-
ng.
Top 26 inches in diameter; body full
24 inches inside measurement; depth,
20 inches; large door, 10 inches; small
door, inches. Price $2.
If you have never tried “O. K.” Poultry Litter, you do not
know what you are missing.
162 MISCELLANEOUS ARTICLES
The L W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
OS)
tioae to start
Breeders' Magic Egg -Tester
None to hatch
None to hatch
The cut to the left shows the Tester minus the fine wire clamps which are attached to the bottom for
holding the egg, and which, together with the Tester, are dropped in a pail of water. The water-line
shows the exact grade. Eggs testing “o” or above are the kind to use for incubation. For
example, eggs testing from “o” to “x” hatch to the extent of 88 per cent and 70 per cent of the
chicks will be females. See cut.
This Tester requires no skill or expense to operate — ^just a pair of hands
and eyes. Will grade 400 per hour, and the greatest money-saver in the realm
of poultry supplies. Fully guaranteed. $2.50 each, postpaid.
Prairie State Egg-Tester
To use on any ordinary" hand lamp. Constructed of tin plate, with heax-y
carriage cloth. Price 60 cts., postpaid, 70 cts.
LtSlester
One of the best punches
on the market. All steel,
nickel plated, punches
clean, hole is right size,
will not bruise the foot.
Price 25 cts., postpaid.
Pettey's Perfect Poultry
Punch
Pilling Duplex Poultry Marker
Two sizes in one. Gives you two Mark-
ers for the price of one. The cutting part
is made of steel and the entire Marker
nickel plated. Price 35 cts., postpaid.
H-I Toe Marker
A high-grade tool in every particular,
narrow at the point so as to get betw(
the toes easily. It is large,
with good grip; cutting
points are made of tem-
pered steel, and a good
spring insures easy
action. It is nickel plated; a
Marker, well worth twice the price
Price 45 cts., postpaid.
Caponizers
Large profits await the raiser
of capons. Pilling’s instruments are the acknowledged leaders
in this line.
New Philadelphia
Caponizing Set
This set has many admirers.
It consists of a knife, for making
the incision; the spreader, for
holding sides open; sharp hook,
for piercing skin; the Lansdowne
Remover, for removing the
testicles. Cords with hooks are for holding the bird. Cup
forceps for removing any foreign matter. They are fine instru-
ments of the best workmanship. Prices (postpaid), in velvet-
lined case $3.50; in pasteboard box $3.
Pilling Special
Caponizing Set
The finest set in the world for
the price. It is used just the same
as other Caponizing Sets, except
that the Testicle Remover cuts,
like a pair of scissors, the cord of
the testicle clean and clear as a whistle. The instruments in this
set are put up in oak case sent postpaid with full, easy-to-use
directions on receipt of $5.
Knox Lice-Expelling Nest-Egg
A Scientific Triumph — Lice-Killer and Nest-Egg Combined in One.
Contains a powerful disinfectant which will drive all lice and
v^ermin out of the nests. Simply used by placing in nest under
nesting material. They
are also used as nest-eggs,
but care should be taken
not to let them come in
contact with the eggs for
any length of time, as the
hen’s eggs will become
tainted. For this reason
we recommend that they
be put under the nesting
material. Price : Post-
paid, 12 cts. each, 80 cts.
per doz. By express,
7 cts. each, 70 cts. per doz.
Glass Nest-Egg
Very popular, and the cleanest nest-egg used. Price 4 Cts.
each, 40 cts. per doz. ; postpaid, 50 cts. per doz.
Farmers' Caponizing Set
This set differs somewhat from the Philadelphia Caponizing
Set inasmuch as a twisting and a tearing scoop is used instead
of the canula for removing the testicles. Price, complete, with
instructions in velvet-lined case, $3.50 per set, postpaid.
Cornell Caponizing Set
Experiments in the use of various
caponizing instruments recently car-
ried on by E. W. Benjamin, Instruc-
tor of the Department of Poultry
Husbandry at Cornell University,
have resulted in the manufacture by
us of the Cornell Caponizing Set.
This set — two testicle removers,
Pilling-Farmer twisting scoop, and
Pilling-Miles remover — sells for the
reasonable price of $6, postpaid.
CORNELL
CAPONIZING SET
MApe BV ,
G.P.PILUN& &SON CO.
y PHILADELPHIA, PA.
LANSDOWNE No.E
CAPONIZING SET
G.P.PILLING &SON CO.
PHILADELPHI A,Pn.,U.S.A.
Lansdowne Caponizing Set
Lansdowne Automatic Tes-
ticle Remover is, as its name im-
plies, automatic — quick, easy to
use, and just the remover for the
beginner.
Does not have a lot of unneces-
sary springs which are liable to
get out of order. The grasping
loops are exactly same principle
as the Miles Remover, which has
been in use for fifty years, but our patent feature has made it
perfect as to simplicity of the operation and to prevent making
slips. Price $4.50, postpaid.
The L W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
MISCELLANEOUS ARTICLES 163
Incubator and Brooder Extras
■ Each
Prairie State Incubator Regulator, No. 1 $5 oo
Prairie State Incubator Regulator, Nos. 2 and 3 . . . 6 oo
Prairie State Brooder Regulator, Complete. The
compound wafer type l 35
New Wafers for Wafer Regulator. Each i oo
Argand Gas Burner for Prairie State Incubators
and all style of Hovers Jo
No. 1 Lamp. Capacity i % pints, takes No. i burner,
and >^-inch wick. Used in both sizes of Keystone
Incubators. Price, with burner and chimney. . . . 2 oo
No. 2 Incubator Lamp. Takes No. 2 burner; uses i-
inch wick; capacity 2^ pints. Used in No. i Diffu-
sion Incubator. Price, with burner and chimney . . 2 50
No. 2 Brooder Lamp. Takes No. 2 burner; capacity
3 pints. Used in all sizes colony house brooders.
Universal and Portable Hovers. Price, with
burner and chimney 2 50
No. 3 Incubator Lamp. Capacity 4 pints; takes No. 3
burner; uses il^-inch wick. For Nos. 2 and 3
Incubators. Price, with burner and chimney ... 3 00
Chimneys 60
No. 1 Sim Hinge Burner. Uses 1^-inch wick. Each .
No. 2 Sun Hinge Burner. Uses i-inch wick. Each . .
No. 3 Sun Hinge Burner. Uses 1 1^-in. wick. Each .
Nos. 1 and 2 Wicks. Dozen
No. 3 Wicks. Dozen
Wilder Moisture Gauge for Incubators
Tycos Incubator Hygrometer . .
Postpaid
$5 15
6 15
I 50
I 05
75
2 10
2 60
2 60
3 ro
65
I 00
I 25
I 50
45
I 75
I 75
No. 5 Prairie State In-
cubator Thermom-
eter. Mounted. 85c.,
postpaid, 90 cts.
No. 1 1 16 Brooder Ther-
mometer. 75 cts.,
postpaid 80 cts.
No. 1110 S-inch Brood-
er Thermometer.
Fits any brooder.
40 cts., ppd. 45 cts.
* Buckeye Incubator Thermometer. 75c., ppd. 80c.
Cyphers Incubator Thermometer. 75c., ppd. 80c.
1110
Wilder Moisture
Gauge for
Incubators
A NEW IDEA, PRACTICAL, SIMPLE, DIRECT
READING
No figuring necessary. You can tell at a glance No- 1D6
whether to increase or decrease the amount of moisture in
your machine. Detailed description and instructions for installing
and operating enclosed with each instrument or mailed upon
request. Price, complete, $1.75‘, postpaid.
Tycos
Incubator
Hygrometer
The Tycos Incubator
Hygrometer deter-
mines the relative humidity in
the egg-chamber of any and all
incubators. A practical and
satisfactory device for this pur-
pose. Direct readings are ob-
tained instantly without the
use of tables or calculations.
Price, $1.75, postpaid.
Poultry Judges’ Sticks
Telescopic Postpaid
Small $0 90 $i 00
Medium i 25 i 35
Large i 55 i 65
A Shows Large Stick closed.^
B Shows Large Stick opened. '
C Shows Medium Stick opened.
D Shows Small Stick opened.
Perfecto Celluloid Spiral Leg-
Band
KNOW YOUR HENS ON SIGHT
In ten colors — Red, Green,
I Amber, Black, White, Pink,
Yellow, Ruby, Light Blue, and
Dark Blue.
For large and small
birds, chicks, and pigeons. ^
Mark each bird for its
pen. Give each pen a dif-
ferent color. Mark old
birds and pullets differ-
ently and know what you
are doing.
Perfecto Bands have extra-long lap, mak-
ing them strong and securing them from
coming off.
SIZES
No. I. Asiatic Breeds.
No. 2. American Breeds.
No. 3. Leghorns, etc.
Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4 Postpaid
12 bands $0 20
25 bands 40
50 bands 70
100 bands 1
Spiral Leg-Band
500 bands 4
00
00
A B C D
No. 4. Bantams.
No. 5. Pigeons.
No. 6. Baby Chicks.
Nos, 5 and 6 Postpaid
12 bands $0 15
25 bands 25
50 bands 40
100 bands 75
500 bands 3 00
In Ordering Be Sure to Specify Your Breed
Leader Adjustable Leg-Bands
Latest and best adjustable Leg-Band out.
Has neatest, most compact, and smoothest
fastening of any adjustable Band on the
market. Easily attached, absolutely secure,
and has no catching points.
Are made from heavy aluminum, are
strong and substantial and will hold their shape much better
than bands made from thin, flimsy stock.
Made in two sizes: No. I for Bantams or Mediterraneans;
No. 2 for Americans to Asiatics and Turkeys. We number them
to order but space is too small for name and address on bands.
Not made in pigeon sizes.
PRICES (Postpaid)
12 Bands $0 25 I 50 Bands... $0 55 I 250 Bands. . .$2 10
25 Bands. ... 35 | 100 Bands. . . 90 [ 500 Bands. . . 3 90
Initials on Bands 5 cts. for 50 or less, 10 cts. per 100 extra
ScHinleSS Lsg-Bands (Pigeon Sizes Only)
Our Seamless Pigeon-Bands are made of pure aluminum, well
finished up, and will give satisfaction. Made in three sizes,
Nos. I, 2, and 3.
PRICES (Postpaid)
12 Bands $0 35 I 50 Bands. . .$1 20 I 250 Bands. . .$4 20
25 Bands. ... 60 | 100 Bands. . . 1 80 | 500 Bands. . . 7 80
Double Clinch
Pigeon Bands
12 Bands. . . .$0 25 I
25 Bands. ... 35 |
DOUBIf CLINCH LEG BrtNDS px®" j.«s
PRICES (Postpaid)
50 Bands. . .$0 55 I 250 Bands. . .$2 10
100 Bands. . . 90 | 500 Bands. . . 3 90
164 MISCELLANEOUS ARTICLES
The L W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
The Only Chicken-Holder
A labor- and time-saving device when getting chickens ready
or the showroom.
One person can do the work where it requires two, and in less
time, if you own a
Chicken-Holder.
Makes washing fowls
a pleasure and saves
the feathers from get-
ting broken or pulled
out as is ver>' often the
case with many a good
bird when it tries to get
away.
It Is Indispensable
When —
Washing any size
fowl all over.
Holding birds when
taking out off-colored
feathers.
\^’ashing the head
and legs.
Holding birdsto band
them.
Trimming off corns.
Holding a sick fowl
to give it medicine.
Operating on most
any part of a fowl.
Holding game birds in getting them ready for the pit.
Trimming the comb of game birds.
Holding a bird to clean out sour craw, or fix up craw-bound case.
In fact, for any purpose which requires the holding of a fowl.
Ih’ice $3.50; postpaid, $3.75
French Poultry-Killing Knife
Price 00 cts., postpaid
Safe-Edge Killing Knife
c
FRENCH SAFE-EOC5E KILLING KNAFE ©
PILLING - PMILA.
Exactly same as French Killer except cut on one side only.
Price 60 cts., postpaid.
Pilling Angular Poultry-Killer
ANGULftR POULTRY KILLER
PILLING -PHILA.
Price 60 cts., postpaid
Philadelphia Gape -Worm Extractor
Price 30
cts., postpaid
Galvanized Iron
Feed-Bins
These Bins have been made to
meet a demand for economical and
space-saving feed-containers. They
are made to hold about three
bushels, and are proof against rats
and mice. Strongly constructed
with hinged lid. lo inches wide,
21 inches long and 29 inches high.
Price $6.
If your hens are not laying
try Semi-Solid Buttermilk.
Artificial Light for Poultry
Poultry-keepers in all parts of the country, from the
Atlantic to the Pacific, have proved beyond question that the
use of artificial light in laying-houses will double and treble
the fall and eaily winter egg-yield. College authorities and
practical poultry-keepers all are agreed that this is one of the
most revolutionary discoveries in modem times. Artificial
Lighting is not a forcing process. It simply prolongs the
hen’s working day, thus giving her more natural and more
healthful conditions — and increased egg-production occurs
as a natural result.
If electric ciirrent is not available, use the Storm King
Lantern. Read the latest on this subject in the book “Use
of Artificial Light To Increase Winter Egg-Production.”
Storm King Lantern
400 CANDLE-POWER
Get more eggs byhanging a Storm King
Lantern in your poultry-house. Poultry-
men everywhere are increasing egg-pro-
duction by using them in hen-houses a few
hours each night and morning — longer
feeding hours increase the egg-yield.
The Storm King makes and burns
own gas from common motor gas-
oline, giving more light than twenty
011 lanterns and costing a little over
a cent for three hours’ use. Absolutely
safe. Burns in any position and in
any wind. Xo danger, even T tipped
over. Tested by egg-producing au-
thorities and has their unqualified
approval.
Capacity of fount, i quart — burns
12 to 15 hours on one filling. Height
13 inches, weight 4 pounds. Equip)-
ped with iMica Chimney, 1 No. lA
Rag Mantle, and all accessories.
Price $8.50.
cz
Its
Shipping weight, 5 pounds.
The Comfort Heater
FOR HOUSE OR CAMP
In city, town and country this
combination heater-cooker — this
miniature little furnace — has
been equally welcome as
an indispensable house-
hold necessity. It drives
out chill and dampness in
the bathroom, dining-
room or den; in the fruit
and vegetable cellar it
keeps out freezing tem-
perature; in poultry houses
it is invaluable in ex-
tremely cold weather; and
without adjustment it can.
be used by camper, travel-
ler, or hunter to cook the
hurried meal. Burns 8 hours on
one quart of gasoline. Saves
time, work, worry, and expense.
Height, 12 inches; weight, 4
pounds. Blued steel heat-drum;
highly polished nickel fount.
Complete shipping weight, 5
lbs. ^ice, $7.75.
The /. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
MISCELLANEOUS ARTICLES 165
‘‘Nulite” Match-Lite Lamp
This ‘"Nulite” lamp assures a pure
white unblurred light at all times.
With it in your home, you know the
joy of a faultless, flawless light. A
lamp without wick, chimney, smoke,
grease, dirt, trouble or danger. A light
that is twenty times as powerful as an
ordinary wick coal-oil lamp.
Cheapest Lamp To Operate
Produces a 400 Candle Power brilliant
white light from the same admixture of
gas and air. The operating cost is insig-
nificant compared to the comfort and
convenience of such an extraordinary
lamp as this. It burns 15 hours on one
filling — three pints of common motor
gasoline.
Lights Every Nook and Corner
Try one or more of these beautiful
lamps in your home, store or office.
See for yourself how it floods every
corner with soft white light. The “Nulite” in the home at night
is literally “bottled sunlight” always ready — always reliable.
A beautiful embossed white shade harmonizes with its general
design, casting a soft yet penetrating light to the darkest corners
of the largest rooms. Lights with a match. Price, $9.60.
“O. K.” Poultry Litter
Cleaner Hen-Houses Mean Larger Profits
Rat Corn
After Eating Rat Cora He’s
Mummified
It is not an experiment. On the
^contrary, it is a thoroughly tried
and proved destroyer of Rats and
Mice.
Poison to Rats and Mice; when dead they leave no odor, as
they are mummified. Keep away from Fowl.
It is Sure Death to Rats and Mice. Rat Corn is not a deadly
poison and therefore can be used without danger to human beings.
Price per can, 25 cts., 50 cts., and $1, postpaid
Ever-Set Sparrow
Trap
Made of ^-inch galvanized
hardware cloth. They have
been fully tried out and have
caught as high as 65 sparrows
in one day in summer, and
40 in one day in winter in a
single trap.
Size of trap 18 x 18 x 12 in-
ches, with 3 X 5 X 18-inch receiving-cage (for drowning), with com-
plete instructions.
To the Fanner and Poultryman. Fifty sparrows eat daily the
equivalent of a quart of wheat. Very likely you have many more
than 50 sparrows fattening on the high-priced feed that you in-
tended for your poultry. An Ever- Set Sparrow Trap, in the
month of June, 1919, caught 562 English sparrows in a back yard
in the city of Davenport, — 1,529 in five months (June to October.)
How much feed would these 1,529 have stolen from your poultry-
yard each day? Without stopping to figure it is clear that an
Ever-Set trap pays for itself in a very short time. Price $5.50,
postpaid $6.10.
“O. K.” Poultry Litter
keeps hen-houses in the
most favorable condition
for the raising of healthy,
vigorous birds. Absorbs
all moisture; keeps air
fresh and clean; helps pre-
vent lice; makes ideal nest
material.
With “O. K.” Poultry
Litter hen-houses need
only be cleaned once in
three to six months; as droppings are absorbed. Litter remains
clean and dry. This means a great saving in time and labor.
It does away with most of the unpleasant work of caring for
poultry.
“O. K.” is so light and springy that heavy birds do not injure
themselves when alighting on it, thereby preventing bumble foot
and lameness.
It keeps birds clean as it prevents the droppings from sticking
to them, and is very economical as it outlasts any other Litter
two or three times. There will be no unpleasant odors where
“O. K.” Poultry Litter is used.
It prevents fire, and it takes an intense heat to even make
“O. K.” Litter smoulder and it will never blaze.
It is the one Litter that combines economy and utility. Thou-
sands of poultrymen are now using it and will use no other.
Use “O. K.” Poultry Litter in Scratching Pens, also in Brooders
and on Dropping-Boards.
1 Bale (about 150 lbs.) $4 50
5 Bales or more, each 4 25
10-lb. pkg. 60 cts. ; postpaid 80 cts.
Mehler Handy Scraper
For cleaning poultry-houses and
dropping-b o a r d s ;
gets the corners.
Time is money; be
progressive; save by using Mehler
Scraper. Does the work better in one-third the time, and soon
pays for itself. Scrapes on the push or pull. 13 inches wide, 4 in-
ches high. Price $1.40.
Moe’s Scraper and Cleaner
Made of one piece of galvanized iron. No wood handle to get
loose and come off. Just the thing to get in the corners when
cleaning. 10 inches long. Price 25 cts., postpaid 35 cts.
Day -Old Chicks
We make a specialty of furnishing our
customers with Day-Old Chicks of all leading
breeds, from high-bred stock. Beginning
early in March, we will receive from nearby
hatcheries from one to three shipments per
week. To secure the breeds desired and the
choicest stock we suggest that orders be
placed at least a week or ten days before the
chicks are wanted. Prices quoted on request.
166 POULTRY FEEDS
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
0on/Q9ff^
THE ORIGINAL
BUTTERMILK STARTING FEED
Feed It for Eight Weeks and Raise Every
Chick You Hatch
What It Contains
Buttermilk, hulled oats, wheat middlings, cornmeal^ corhfeed
meal, atid bone.
Makes Chicks Husky-
Conkey’s is a ready-prepared feed containing all elements for
perfect growth of young fowls. It puts \*im and vigor into your
bab\' chicks at a time when they need it most. It makes them
strong and husky, so they can fight off the chick diseases which
kill hatches so rapidly.
Conkey’s gives your chicks buttermilk in a concentrated, sani-
tary form, not too much and not too little. Feed it dr>^ The
lactic acid is just what is needed as an aid in the prevention of
digestive and bowel troubles. With the buttermilk is a combina-
tion of clean, wholesome grains, balanced in just the right pro-
portion to help the little fellow’s over the critical first EIGHT
weeks and give them a good start toward healthy maturity.
Gu2uranteed Analysis
Crude protein, 12 per cent; crude fiber, 4 per cent; crude fat, j
per cent; nitrogen-free extract, 36 per cent; carbohydrates 60
per cent.
This starting mixture is high in nutrients and low in fiber, so
the sensitive organs of the chicks are not overtaxed by digesting
w’aste material of no food value. Avoid feeds high in fiber —
they’re dangerous.
How to Feed First Eight Weeks
Chicks should have pure drinking-water, wdth chill removed,
and fine grit from the start, but no feed for 48 hours. Then give
Conkey’s Buttermilk Starting Feed. That’s all the feed they’ll
need for the first EIGHT weeks; add greens the second week.
During the fourth week, scatter Conkey’s Chick Grains in the
litter to induce exercise. After the eighth week begin gradually
changing to Conkey’s Growing Mash.
Conkey’s Buttermilk Growing
Mash
Conkey’s Buttermilk Laying Mash
Get Winter Eggs in Abundance with this Perfectly
Balanced Ration
A Bone and Muscle Builder — Produces Layers and Broilers
Guaranteed Analysis
Crude protein, 18 per cent; crtide fiber, 5 per cent; cr'iide fat,
4 per cent; nitrogen-free extract, 50 per cent; carbohydrates,
55 per cent.
This mash takes the little fellows after they have
had a good start and supplies the necessary ma-
terials for a strong frame and solid flesh. It con-
tains no charcoal, grit, nor shell. You get what
you pay for — all pure, clean food. Remember, you
can’t make something from nothing — bone- and
muscle-building require the proper feed and plenty
of it. In addition scatter in the litter Conkey’s
Growing Grains.
Guaranteed Analysis
Crude protein, 18 per cent; crude fiber, 6 per cent; crude fat, 4
per cent; nitrogen-free extract, 44 per cent; carbohydrates, 50 per cent
This feed is wholesome grain, buttermilk, meat,
and bone in precisely the right proportion to keep
your flock in prime condition and at the same
time make readily available each component part
of the egg. Remember, properly balanced feeding
is the secret of large egg-production. If your hen
hasn’t exactly the ingredients required she simply
won’t lay. You can’t beat this — it’s a law of
nature. Conkey’s Buttermilk La\*ing Mash is the
result of years of study and tests. The hens relish
it and lay accordingly. With this mash give Conkey’s Scratch
Grains in deep litter, using about one-half as much Scratch
Grain as mash.
Conkey’s Poultry Scratch Grains
MILLED IN GRADED SIZES TO FIT SPECIAL FEEDING PERIODS
Conkey’s Chick Grains
A specially prepared cracked grain feed
to be fed to little chicks at the end of the
third or fourth week in connection with
Conkey’s Buttermilk Starting Feed.
Scatter in the litter so as to induce exercise
and prevent toe- picking.
Conkey’s Growing Grains
Made from cracked grains larger in size
than chick grains and balanced more for
growing stock. This should always be
scattered in the litter for the growing birds
so as to keep them good and busy, and is
fed in connection -with Conkey’s Butter-
milk Growing Mash.
Conkey’s Scratch Grains
This is for all grown birds, containing
the larger grains properly proportioned
and scattered in the deep litter for general
exercise. It is fed in connection with
Buttermilk Laying !Mash and rounds out
a hen’s daily ration.
Don’f Break the Conkey Chain of Feeds
For Prices on Above Feeds See Our Monthly Poultry Feed Price-List Accompanying this Catalogue
The /. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
POULTRY FEEDS 167
For Prices on above Feeds See Our Monthly Poultry Feed Price-List Accompanying This Catalogue
Miscellaneous Seeds and Grains
Cracked Com
Whole Com
Pigeon Com
Cracked Wheat
Pinhead Oatmeal
Hulled Oats
Simflower Seed
Hemp Seed Barley
Canary Seed Wheat
Rape Seed ^Buckwheat
KaflSr Com Millet
Pigeon Peas Vetches
Broken Rice Oil-Meal
Flaxseed Meal Gluten Meal
Om- stocks of the above are carefully selected and will be
found equal to any on the market.
Chamberlain’s Perfect Chick Food
THE ORIGINAL DRY FEED FOR BABY CHICKS
Pratt’s Buttermilk Baby Chick Food
The cost per chick for three weeks is about
one cent. If, by using Pratt’s Buttermilk
Baby Chick Food, you can save five more
chicks out of one hundred than you formerly
did, considering these
five chicks at three weeks
of age as worth at least
one dollar, your food has
cost you nothing and
you have five more
husky chicks.
These figures are too
conservative, as losses or-
dinarily in many cases
average from 25 to 50 per cent for the first three weeks.
The use of Pratt’s Buttermilk Baby Chick Food reduces these
losses to a minimum.
Pure millet, high-grade rape, cooked wheat, sterile bone and
shell meal, to hasten bone development and avoid leg weakness;
clean, nourishing middlings; cornmeal, plump hulled oats, and
dried buttermilk, all these insure steady and healthy growth. High
heat is applied to sterilize it.
It Analyzes as Follows:
Per cent Per cent
Protein 1 1 .50 Carbohydrates 69.00
Fat 3.50 Nitrogen-free Extract. . .62.20
Fiber 3.50
A careful analysis of the articles used in Pratt’s Buttermilk
Baby Chick Food will demonstrate its exceptional value as a
food for baby chicks.
F. P. C. Chick Manna
It is the pioneer in Special Prepared Chick Food, being brought
on the market in 1884 when specially prepared chick feeds were
unknown. Many imitations and substitutes have come on the
market since with
great claims, but
none have had the
thirty-fom years of
successful results
as F. P. C. Chick
Manna.
It is unlike and
distinctly different
from other chick
feeds and we know
of no other to equal
or compare vdth it.
It is specially pre-
pared for bringing the tender little creatures through the most
critical period of their life by regulating and strengthening their
fine and tender organs, and aiding in the prevention of these
fatal attacks of dreaded bowel trouble and other chick ailments.
Every package guaranteed to give satisfaction or money back.
For Prices see our Monthly Poultry Feed Price-List.
Contains no corn.
Prevents bowel trouble and many other diseases caused by im-
proper feed.
All food — not a pound of waste in a carload.
Costs more per potmd but less per chick — and it is the chick that
counts.
Put up by a formula as carefully as a druggist compounds a pre-
scription.
Contains all the meat, bone, charcoal, grit, oatmeal, etc.,
necessary for the successful raising of baby chicks, thus making
it unnecessary to feed them anything else. Containing everything
that is necessary in just the proper proportion, it makes it pos-
sible for the inexperienced poultry raiser to raise chickens as
successfully as those who have given special attention and years
of study to the problem.
Chamberlain’s Perfect Chick Feed has no competition as there
is no other feed manufactured like it. It is not put up for looks
but for results.
Spratt’s Chick Meal Nos. 3, 5, and 12
(A Cooked Food)
No. 3 Coarse; No. 5 Medium; No. 12 Fine
Is prepared strictly according to modem
scientific methods and is the result of care-
ful and exhaustive experiments.
It has been demonstrated and is admitted
by all experts that to rear birds successfully
and bring them to the highest state of per-
fection they must have, while very young, a
cooked food, and their corn diet must be care-
fully limited. This food should be composed
of cereals, meat, vegetable, bone, and shell in
judicious combination. Such is Spratt’s
Patent Chick Meal.
The price of our food seems high, but a
trial will prove that it is the cheapest and
most economical that can be used.
No. 3 is used as a conditioner for the show-
room and has no equal for that purpose.
168 POULTRY FEEDS
The I. W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Semi-Solid Buttermilk
For Yoixng Chicks, Laying Hens, and Fattening Milk-Fed
Poultry
Pure Rich Buttermilk with 75 Per Cent of the Water Removed
HENS THAT LAY ARE THE HENS THAT PAY
Poultry experts everywhere have long recognized the value of
buttermilk as a feed, a tonic, and a regulator for poultry. In the
past many poultry-raisers have found it very difficult to get
enough buttermilk at low prices to permit feeding it on a large
scale. Today Semi-Solid Buttermilk makes it possible for poultry-
raisers to feed the purest and richest buttermilk in any quantity
they see fit.
For feeding purposes, you need only mix one pound of Semi-
Solid Buttermilk with one gallon of water.
Semi-Solid Buttermilk is not only a highly nutritive poultiy
feed, it is, likewise, the best tonic and conditioner. The lactic
acid in buttermilk is one of the greatest foes of disease germs of
all kinds. Semi-Solid Buttermilk is a wonderful aid to the diges-
tion and eliminates worms and germs, thereby allowing your
chickens to derive full nutriment from every ounce of feed.
Little chicks need predigested nourishment. Feed them Semi-
Solid Buttermilk. It makes them mature much quicker, prevents
white diarrhea, and reduces death losses to the minimum. It
will keep your hens laying all winter and keep them healthy,
vigorous, and contented. Semi-Solid Buttenrdlk has remarkable
effect in stimulating the organs of egg-production.
Ogemaw A A Pigeon Feed
Ogemaw AA is a mixed feed, composed" exclusively of sound,
clean, wholesome grains and seeds. It contains no dirt, dust,
shell, or grit. Excepting only the cracked corn, the entire mix-
ture is whole seed, making it possible for anyone to identify every
component of the mixture. Pigeons require no other feed when
fed on Ogemaw AA, though it may be an advantage to give an
occasional feed of clear peas to breeders and young stock.
Peas are the favorite food of all Pigeons, being rich in protein
and the cheapest source of protein supply in America, taking
the place of lentils, vetches, etc., the prices of which are so high
as to render their use impracticable.
Ariston Pigeon Feed
A high-grade Pigeon Feed composed of peas, buckwheat, kaf-
fir corn, millet, wheat, round flint corn, broken rice, lentils, hemp
seed and canary seed.
Experienced pigeon raisers tell us the Ariston formula is hard
to improve on.
Alfalfa Meal — Coarse
Our Coarse Alfalfa Meal is preferred by some poultrymen to
the fine ground sort. When wet freely it has the appearance
and flavor of fresh cut grass and is eagerly eaten, stems and all,
by the poultry.
Alfalfa Meal — Fine
Many feeders prefer Alfalfa Meal to Cut Red Clover on account
of its high protein value and its powerful digestive properties.
Our Alfalfa Meal is made from choice Alfalfa ground very fine,
and is worth a great deal more than the ordinary grades.
Cut Red Clover
Cut Red Clover is one of the best green foods for winter egg-
production. The grade we offer is the purest and best to be had.
OUARAMTEEO AHU.V8IS
PROTEIN MIN. =
PAT MIN.
CWDEFIBRC MAX*
i=
=: MEAT PRODUCT
HANurACTuneo wr
^ DARLING G COMPA^^'.^
^ UmQN ROCK YARDS CHICAW ILL.
Blatchford’s Rabbit Meal
A milk substitute feed for weaning young rabbits. Aids both
growth and maturity. Excellent for nursing does and for fatten-
ing rabbits for market.
Darling’s High Protein
Meat Scraps
Made from clean, fresh trimmings
from butcher shops, thoroughly
cooked. After the cooking, every
possible bit of water and grease is
extracted in tremendous presses, and
the solid cakes of meat are evenly
broken up by special machinery. It
contains more digestible protein,
and less fat, moisture and waste,
than any other brand of meat scraps
or so-called beef scraps.
ANALYSIS
Protein 50 per cent
Fat (minimum). . . .^^ of i per cent
Fiber (maximum) 3 per cent
Furnished in two grades, regular
and fine.
Darling’s Meat Crisps
A NEW MEAT RATION
Darling’s Meat
Crisps are manufac-
tured from high-grade
fresh meat-trimmings,
carefully cooked,
pressed, dried, and uni-
formly ground. The
guaranteed analysis is:
Protein, 75 per cent;
fat, J/2 of 1 per cent;
fiber, 3 per cent maxi-
mum. This gives you
a protein content one
and a half times that
of common meat scraps ;
therefore, two pounds
of this meat food equals
three pounds of the
ordinary meat scraps.
They are absolutely
sanitary, and provide
in concentrated form
the elements that assure
the highest fertility in
the eggs and the most
vigorous chicks. They
supply the growing
chick from the begin-
ning with the elements of growth that it otherwise must go far
and work hard to find.
They shorten the moulting period, mature pullets early, and
keep the whole flock healthy.
Three Grades — Coarse, Medium and Fine
Greene’s Fish Scraps
There is an ever-increasing demand for Fish Scraps for poultry
feeding, as they have been proved a great egg-producer, and
poultry are very fond of them. They are used extensively as the
animal matter in the leading dry mashes on the market today.
Poultry seem to eat a mash with Fish Scrap more readily than
one containing beef scrap. They are made from fish meat and
bone and run from 40 to 60 per cent protein and 3 to 5 per cent fat.
A CONCENTRATED
HWI
^MADE OF SELECTED MEAp*
MANUFACTURED
Darling & Company
U.S.YARDS CHICAGO. jj
For prices see our monthly poultry feed price-list accompanying this Catalogue
The L W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
POULTRY FEEDS 169
Darling’s Blood Meal
Darling’s Blood Meal runs very high in protein (8o to 90 per
cent) and contains very little moisture and fat. It is manufactured
expressly for feeding purposes and is guaranteed to be absolutely
pure.
Granulated Poultry Bone
Made from fresh, clean green bone, from which the fat and
moisture have been extracted. The pure bone is then dried and
granulated before being sacked for shipment. Keep it before
your hens all the time.
Poultry Bone Meal
This is exactly the same product as the granulated bone, but
it is ground up fine for convenience in feeding in a mash. It is
especially valuable during growing and moulting periods and
should be used to supplement meat scraps at these times.
Belle Brand Crushed Oyster
Shells Make Poultry Pay !
Crushed Oyster Shells have long been
recognized as a most important article
for poultry yards. They should be kept
where the fowls can have easy access to
them all the year round, as experience
has demonstrated that fowls need them
in summer as well as winter. They
supply carbonate of lime in natural form, act as a grit, and pro-
duce a firm, hard shell. Belle Brand shells are dry, and, having
been carefully screened, are free from dust and dirt.
We carry two sizes in stock. Coarse and Fine, the prices of
which are the same.
Poultry Charcoal
Keeps poultry strong, healthy, and in good laying condition.
Aids digestion, corrects wrong feeding and prevents disease.
Fowls young and old should have free access to it at all times.
We carry two sizes in stock — Medium and Fine.
Red Cross
Health Grit
^100 LBS'^
E
heaM
ICRiTi
PREVENTS
Di SEASE
Since 1903
For Pigeons, Fowls^ and Cage-Birds
Positively the Best. A manufactured
mixture containing a great variety of
gritty particles and materials with tonic
properties, including charcoal, sulphur,
lime, salt, shells, etc., in proper pro-
portions.
You save all other trouble and ex-
pense^ when using Red Cross, as only water and good feed in
addition are required to keep birds in perfect health.
They Eat It Like a New-Found Luxury. All birds relish it.
Contains in condensed form the best tissue-building ingredients
for birds known to science, and the greatest variety of gritty
matter. A reconstructive tonic mixture of only pure properties.
Never use chicken grit for pigeons.
Good grain alone will not make hens lay, squabs plump, or
birds sing; they have no teeth and must have grit to grind their
food and it should be a palatable grit mixture they relish.
RED CROSS HEALTH GRIT
Makes Plump
Squabs
Whiter
Meat
Squabs Mature
Sooner
Makes Prolific
Breeders
Prevents
Disease
No More
Diarrhea
No More
Roup
Because
It Makes
Rich, Red
Blood
It is used at all leading shows, including the National, at the
largest squab and poultry plants, and by the U. S. Government.
Its iron properties make it ideal for Flying Homers.
When you order feed, order Red Cross Health Grit.
Broschkowsky’s Health Grit
For pigeons. It has a friend in every fancier who has ever
tried it.
Every ingredient entering into the composition of Brosch-
kowsky’s Health Grit is the best obtainable, clean and is pre-
pared amid sanitary surroundings. One trial will convince you
of its superior quality. It contains nothing inj urious of any nature ;
keeps your birds’ digestive organs iij prime order; provides the
proper shell material; assists the birds in the moult; raises more
and stronger youngsters; and wards off many troublesome diseases.
Hen-E-Ta
Lack of Vitality in Birds Causes 95 per cent of Poultry Failures.
More Phosphorus and Less Protein is the Remedy
WHAT HEN-E-TA IS
Hen-e-ta Bone Grits is a grit-food rich in phosphorus. It takes
the place of bone, oyster shells, beef scraps, and grit. It enables
you to cut down your grain ration at least 15 per cent, as the
phosphorus aids assimilation to such a degree that whatever
grain protein is fed will be more extensively taken up by the
fowl’s system.
Hen-e-ta is a porous grit-food which can never wear smooth.
It is, however, soluble in the gastric juices of the gizzard, and is
entirely used up by the digestive organs. It is not passed out
as is other grit when it has become worn.
Ordinary hen manure contains about ll per cent protein. By
cutting a part of the grain ration, and adding Hen-e-ta to your
bird’s diet you will cause this protein to be more fully digested
and assimilated and will make it stay in the body and in the
eggs of the fowl, where you can turn it into money.
Feed less proteids — less grain, green bone and beef scrap — and
you will have poorer manure, but much better fowls, more eggs,
and a greater profit.
In these days of food-conservation and high feeding costs,
Hen-e-ta becomes more than ever a money-saver.
The No. I Fine, is for little chicks.
The No. 2 Medium, is for the mature fowl.
The No. 3 Coarse, is for turkeys.
The No. 4 Superfine, is for use in the mash.
CnoughToMake any
Chicken tAusHi'.l
Mica Crystal Grit
Analysis proves that Mica
Crystal Grit is the only rock
known that shows the combina-
tion of mica, quartz, aluminum,
iron, and magnesium, essential
to all poultry. Winter seems
to be the natural season for its
use, but it is now used both
summer and winter. Poultry
should have free access
to it at all stages of their
growth.
We carry in stock three
sizes designated as
“Poultry,” “Pigeon,” and
“Chick,” all at the same
price.
OUR POULTRY FEEDS
Our line of poultry feeds includes everything neces-
sary to the successful rearing of poultry — feed for the
little chick, the growing fowl and the laying hen.
We aim to handle only “the best” and to give our
customers “value received for every dollar expended.”
Back of these feeds is our own reputation and that of the
responsible concerns who manufactiue or assemble them.
For prices on above feeds, see our monthly poultry feed price-list accompanying this Catalogue
170 REMEDIES AND TONICS
The I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
Have a Conkey Corner
In Your Poultry- House. Wll
Save Many Birds
Only vigorous, healthy birds can produce profits. Keep
disease out of your flock by having on hand remedies for
treating common ailments. A “Conkey Corner” is fine insurance against loss of valuable
fowls. We recommend Conkey’s Remedies because they are absolutely dependable. We
sell them on this guarantee — your money hack if you are not satisfied. Send 5 cents in stamps
for valuable Poultry Book. Check off remedies you’ll need, and order at once.
Conkey’s Poultry Tonic
Unequaled as a laying tonic, moulting
powder, chick conditioner, and poultry regu-
lator. Not a stimulant, not a bit of filler, and
no red pepper. It puts an edge to appetites,
aids digestion, and helps your birds get more
out of their feed. 1^2 lbs. 30 cts., postpaid, 35
cts.; 2>}i fbs. 60 cts., postpaid, 70 cts.; 12 lbs.
$1.60, postpaid, I1.85.
Conkey’s Roup Remedy. Is rec-
ognized all over the world as
the remedy for this deadly,
contagious disease. Always have it
ready. 30 cts., 60 cts., and $1.20; post-
paid, 35 cts., 65 cts., andli.30.
Conkey’s Roup Pills. For individual
treatment. 30 cts., 60 cts., and $1.20;
postpaid, 35 cts., 65 cts., and $1.25.
Conkey’s White Diarrhea Remedy. A
splendid preventive and remedy for this terrible,
fatal, and contagious scourge of little chicks. 30 cts.
and 60 cts. ; postpaid, 35 cts. and 65 cts.
Conkey’s Limbemeck Remedy. Relieves ptomaine poisoning,
called “Limbemeck.” 60 cts.; postpaid, 65 cts.
Conkey’s Gape Remedy. Relieves chicks of the
choking gape- worm. 30 cts. and 60 cts.; post-
paid, 35 cts. and 65 cts.
Conkey’s Canker Special. For canker and bron-
chitis; relieves and soothes. 60 cts.; postpaid,
65 cts.
Conkey’s Cholera Remedy. Stops digestive dis-
orders and so-called cholera. 30 cts. and 60 cts. ;
postpaid 35 cts. and 65 cts.
Tablets
*yt. 50« ^
Dr. Hess’ Poultry Panacea
makes poultry healthy; makes
hens lay; not a stimulant, but a
tonic, that tones up the dormant
egg organs, brings back the
scratch and cackle, and compels
each hen to put her share of eggs
in the market basket. It also
contains internal antiseptics that
counteract disease; insures a
healthy, singing poultry flock.
Cost but a trifle — a penny’s worth
enough for thirty hens per day.
Each Postpaid
lV2-lb. pkg $0 30 $0 35
5-lb. pkg 75 85
12-lb. pkg 1 50 1 70
25-lb. pail 3 00 3 35
lOO-lb. drum 10 00
Whiting’s Roupene
Whiting’s Roupene is a real remedy for roup, canker, and
diphtheritic roup. You do not have to quarantine the roupy
fowls. 50 cts. and $1 per bottle, postpaid.
"A*' —
V
HB
V
F^:
1
Conkey’s Nox-i-cide
A disinfectant, dip, lice liquid, germ-de-
stroyer, and spray. Has a hundred uses in
the home, on farm, in poultry-yard. Nox-i-
cide mixes with water, making a cheap,
effective germicide. Cleans and purifies
coops, houses, runs, brooders, incubators,
founts, and utensils. Fine for household and
sickroom. Reliable for barns and outhouses.
Pt. 50 cts., qt. 75 cts., 2 qts. $1.25, gal. $2,
5 gals. $9.50, 10 gals. $18.50, express extra.
Ask for barrel prices.
Conkey’s Chicken-Pox or Sorehead Remedy. Very effective for
this repulsive disease. 30c. and 6oc. ; postpaid, 35c. and 65c.
Conkey’s Scaly Leg Remedy destroys parasites causing this
troublesome affection. 30 cts.; postpaid, 35 cts.
Conkey’s Poultry Conditioner quickly brings back to normal after
sickness. Highly recommended for showroom use. Just good
tonic. 30 cts.; postpaid, 35 cts.
Conkey’s Lice Powder destroys body lice. They suck the energy
from your flock. Dust Conkey’s on your hens and in the dust-
bath. 15 cts., 30 cts., 60 cts., and $1.60; postpaid, 20 cts.,
35 cts., 65 cts., and $1.80.
Conkey’s Head Lice Ointment gets the big mur-
derous fellows that bore through the little chicks’
skulls. 15 cts. and 30 cts.; postpaid, 20 cts.
and 35 cts.
Conkey’s Lice Fix. An ointment, applied
easily and quickly. Three or four applica-
tions a year keep the bird practically free
from body lice. 30 cts. and 60 cts.; ppd.,
35 cts. and 65 cts.
Conkey’s Lice Liquid made especially to de-
stroy the spider-like mites that laugh at ordinary lice prepa-
rations. Qt. 60 cts., 2 qts. 90 cts.; postpaid, 70 cts. and $1.05;
gal. $1.50, 5 gals. $7. Express extra.
Blackhead Remedy. This
disease usually devel-
ops in young turkeys.
60c.; ppd. 65 cts.
Poultry Worm Remedy.
30 cts. and 60 cts.;
postpaid, 35 cts. and
65 cts.
Whiting’s
White Diarrhea
Remedy
It destroys the disease
germ, cures the chicks,
and prevents at once the
spread of the disease.
50 cts. and $1 per bottle,
postpaid.
Don’t
Worry!
Conkey
WiU Cure
Me
The I. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
REMEDIES AND TONICS 171
Pratts.
Poultry Regulator • Poultry Remedies
Buttermilk Baby Chick Food
HEALTHY BIRDS AND LOTS OF EGGS, THE TWO BIG THINGS IN POULTRY-RAISING, ARE MADE CERTAIN BY GIVING
Pratt^s Poultry Regulator
Pkgs. 30c., 60c., $1.20; 12-lb. pails, $1.80; 25-lb. pails, $3.10; 100-lb. bags, $10
It builds up vitality, insures sound digestion, sharpens appetite and prevents
disease, thus putting birds into condition for hea\'y egg-laying or winning blue
ribbons.
Given to breeding stock it insures fertile eggs, strong in vitality, that will
hatch chicks that will grow. Use it if you want big hatches of healthy chicks
that will develop into husky pullets and cockerels.
Pratt’s is the original Poultry Regulator of America and is in use by the
most successful poultry raisers everywhere. When regularly used, hens lay
throughout the year.
It will prevent chicken cholera, gapes, roup, rheumatism, expel worms, pre-
vent leg weakness and egg-eating. It will greatly improve turkeys, geese,
ducks, pigeons and guineas, insuring quick growth and keeping them free
from disease.
Roup is the alert foe of poultry. Its ravages can
be prevented and complete protection given your
flocks by using
Pratt’s Roup Remedy
Its healing properties are quickly taken into the
system, purifying the blood and killing the roup
germs. It not only cures, but tones up and restores
the birds to vigorous health. It is the one remedy
for genuine Roup as well as colds and similar diseases.
30cts., 60cts., and $1.20; ppd., 35 cts., 65c., and $1.30
When hens are not laying, look for lice. These pests cost
poultrymen many dollars.
Pratt’s Powdered Lice-Killer
sprinkled on hens, in nests, dust-baths, etc., will
quickly clean up the poultry house. Non- poisonous ;
non-irritating; non-explosive. In sifting top boxes.
An unequaled powder for killing lice on horses,
cattle, hogs, dogs, and cats. Destroys moths, in-
sects and bugs in houses, stables, and barns. Safe
and effective for killing plant-eating insects.
30 cts. and 60 cts.; postpaid, 35 cts. and 65 cts.
Keep disease away from poultry. Kill
lice and mites. Disinfect the poultry house
with
Pratt’s Poultry Disinfectant
A quick, effective germicide, insecticide,
and deodorant. As a spray around stables,
cow- and hog-lots, and for use on dogs, cats-
and pets generally, it is unsurpassed for
effectiveness. It is non-irritating and its
pleasing, clean odor makes it admirable for
household use. Qt. 70 cts., 2 qts. $1.25,
gal. $2, 10-gal. cans $14.
Start them on it their first feed and
keep them on it regularly as they grow —
you’ll see your baby chicks thrive as never
before, on
Pratt’s Buttermilk Baby
Chick Food
A scientific food that gives youngsters the
strongest kind of start. It’s Life Insurance
for Babv Chicks. Pkgs. 30 cts. and 60 cts.,
14-lb. bag $1.50, 25-lbo bag $2.50.
Other Remedies
Cholera Remedy. Special remedy for cholera. 30 cts. and 60
cts.; postpaid, 35 cts. and 65 cts.
White Diarrhea Tablets. 30 cts. and 60 cts.; postpaid, 35 cts.
and 65 cts.
Sorehead-Chicken-Pox Remedy. 35 cts. and 70 cts.; postpaid,
40 cts. and 75 cts.
Bronchitis Remedy. 30 cts. and 60 cts.; postpaid., 35 cts. and
65 cts.
Lee’s Egg-Maker
Postpaid
2-lb. pkg $0 50 $0 60 25-lb. pail..
5-lb. pkg 1 00 1 10 100-lb. drum
12-lb. pail 2 25 2 45
Lee’s Germozone
Tablets, per pkg., 25 cts., 75 cts., and $1.50; postpaid, 30 cts.,
85 cts., and $1.65
Lee’s Egg-O-Hatch
For applying to eggs during incubation to strengthen the grow-
ing chicks, to weaken the egg-shell, and to better the hatch.
50 cts. ; postpaid, 55 cts.
Postpaid
$4 25 $4 60
. ... 15 00
Roup Remedy (Tablets or Powder). 30 cts., 60 cts., and $1.20;
postpaid, 35 cts., 65 cts., and $1.30.
Condition Tablets. 30 cts. and 60 cts.; postpaid, 35 cts. and 65 cts.
Head Lice Ointment. 35 cts. ; postpaid, 40 cts.
Scaly Leg Remedy. 35 cts. and 70 cts.; ppd., 40 cts. and 75 cts.
Red Mite Exterminator. 65 cts. and $1.10; postpaid, 75 cts.
and $1.20. j Q
Gape Remedy. 35 cts. and 70 cts.; postpaid, 40 cts. and oO cts.
Lice Exterminators
LEE’S LIQUID LICE KILLER
Postpaid
1 quart
. $0 60
$0 70
2 quarts
90
1 05
1 gallon
1 50
LAMBERT’S DEATH TO LICE POWDER
15-oz. pkg
. .$0 25
$0 30
48-oz. pkg
50
60
100-oz. pkg
. . 1 00
1 20
LEE’S LOUSE POWDER
11/4-lb. pkg
. $0 30
$0 35
2y2-lb. pkg
60
70
HESS’S LOUSE KILLING
POWDER
1-lb. pkg
. .$0 30
$0 35
21/2-lb. pkg
60
70
172 POULTRY PREPARATIONS
The I, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
Rust’s Poultry Preparations
Rust’s Poultry Preparations have been used extensively by poultry raisers for the past thirty years, and are considered
by many as the best on the market. We sell them because we know they are absolutely reliable and we can recommend
them to our poultry friends.
Rust’s Egg- Producer
You can feed for eggs just as you can feed
for milk, beef, or fat pork. You can get plenty
of eggs at all seasons by feeding Rust’s Egg-
Producer. This preparation supplies just
what the hens need for producing eggs, plum-
age, growth and development, and in the exact
proportions required. It is not a stimulant
and does not exhaust the fowls; but being com-
posed of the elements which a fowl’s natur.e
requires, it keeps the poultry in first-class condition. Feed every
morning; at first, at the rate of one tablespoonful to a quart of
meat or wheat bran to each 12 or 15 fowls. Mix it thoroughly and
add sufficient water to make it of a crumbly consistency for feed-
ing. Do not wet it enough to make it sticky. After the hens
commence laying freely, give the same quantity in the same
manner once a week to keep them in good laying condition.
PRICES
Postpaid By express
1-lb. pkg $0 38 $0 30
2i/^-lb. pkg 70 60
6-lb. pkg 1 38 1 20
10-lb. pkg 2 00 1 75
25-lb. pkg 4 35 3 75
Rust’s Roup Pills
These pills are intended for individual treat-
ment of fowls and pigeons. They act directly on
the glands and mucous membranes, allay feverish
symptoms, and are believed to be one of the best
remedies known for roup, catarrh, colds, and dis-
temper in fowls, and many pigeon diseases.
PRICES Postpaid By express
50 pills in box $0 36 $0 30
112 pills in box 66 60
250 pills in box 1 28 1 20
Rust’s Lice Liquid and
Disinfectant
An excellent preparation for use in hen-houses,
barns, and stables for preventing and quickly
destroying vermin and bad odors. For poultry it
is simply used by spraying or sprinkling on the
roosts, dropping-boards, and in all the cracks and
crevices. It is perfectly safe to use as directed,
but must not be applied directly on the body of
fowls or raw places on sheep or cattle. As a dis-
infectant to destroy bad odors, pour some of the
liquid in shallow pans and place around the room or building.
Full directions on each can.
PRICES (by express only)
1- qt. can $0 50 i 1-gal can $1 40
2- qt. can 80 \ 5-gal. can 6 00
Rusts Water Glass
Put up especially for preserving eggs. Eggs put
away in this solution will keep fresh from six to
ten months. Take advantage of the low price of
eggs during the summer months and put them away
for use next winter when they are always scarce
and high. One gallon of Rust’s Water Glass will
make enough solution for about 50 dozen eggs.
1-qt. can
PRICES (by express only)
$0 40 j 1-gal. can . . .
$1 25
Rust’s Roup Powder
For roup, catarrh, colds, etc., in fowls and pigeons.
Roup is probably one of the most contagious diseases
among poultry, and every poultryman should take
precautions to safeguard his fowls against this deadly
disease. The symptoms are: First, frothiness and
watery discharge from the eyes and nostrils; then
sneezing, snuffles, and in breathing may wheeze. As
soon as noticed the fowls infected should be sepa-
rated from the rest of the flock and the premises
thoroughly disinfected by spraying with Rust’s Lice Liquid and
Disinfectant. One ounce of prevention is equal to a pound of cure.
Rust’s Roup Powder, kept regularly in the drinking-water of the
fowls during the fall and winter months, will keep your flocks
free from these dreaded diseases.
PRICES Postpaid By express
3-oz. box $0 36 $0 30
8-oz. box 66 60
18-oz. box 1 28 1 20
Rust’s Climax Condition
Powder
For Cholera, Gapes, Diarrhea and Other
Poultry Diseases. The regular use of Rust’s
Climax Condition Powder in the feed three or
four times a week (beginning soon after the
chickens are hatched) will nearly always keep
the fowls free from disease and quickly develop
their plumage and vigor. Experience shows
that Rust’s Climax Condition Powder is
equally good for horses, stock, cattle, and
hogs. This powder acts on the blood, liver, kidneys, and urinary
organs, promotes the digestion, increases the appetite and im-
proves the secretion, thereby causing a healthful condition of the
animal. Rust’s Climax Condition Powder contains no antimony,
arsenic, or anything harmful.
PRICES
8-lb.
20-lb.
pkg.,
pkg..
Rust’s Lice Powder
Postpaid By express
.$0 36
$0 30
70
60
. 1 36
1 20
. 1 97
1 75
. 4 21
3 75
This powder is used for dusting the fowls, and
as it contains no napthalene or other odorous in-
gredients, it does not affect the flavor of eggs or
injure them for hatching, when fowls and nests are
dusted with it. When Rust’s Lice Powder has been
used, fowls are healthiest, have a better appearance,
their skin is healthier and their plumage is brighter.
Lice, if numerous, make fowls unthrifty and diffi-
cult to fatten. They often cause setting hens to
leave their nests and prevent hens from laying well. Unless lice
are kept down, poultry keeping cannot be made pleasant or as
profitable as it should be. Rust’s Lice Powder kills vermin on
fowls, animals, or plants, and is very economical to use. Directions
on each box.
PRICEIS Postpaid By express
5-oz. box $0 21 $0 15
15-oz. box 36 30
48-oz. box 72 60
Rust’s Egg Record
For keeping a record of eggs (good for any twelve months).
Mailed free on request.
The /. W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
INSECTICIDES 173
INSECT EXTERMINATOR
A CHEMICALLY
1 'I PREPARED LIQUID
Jr insecticide
II II II A remarkable chemi-
# JL ^ ^1 A I preparation, harmless
1 peo.steredI trade mark L to mammals, which in-
st3iitly destroys 3.11 forms
I of insect life.
Flyosan actually kills
" Flies, Mosquitoes, Cock-
roaches, Water-bugs, Ants, Moths, Bed-bugs, Fleas, Chicken-
Lice, Hog- Lice, Cattle- Lice, Dog- Lice, etc., by the simple ex-
pedient of applying with an ordinary spray, wherever and when-
ever required. The results you obtain from a single application
will convince you that Flyosan is the most positive and efficient
product of its kind.
Flyosan disinfects and deodorizes. It is non-poisonous and
non-explosive. It hasn’t a single drawback. Even the odor is
pleasant — ^to everything except bugs. The U. S. Navy was kept
bugless because of Flyosan. The trenches abroad — ^well, you
know what they were, and they had no Flyosan there.
DO YOU OWN CHICKENS?
Keep off lice with Flyosan and prevent cholera by spraying
the hen-house every week.
PRICES Postpaid
Pint $0 75 $0 85
Quart 1 25 1 40
that brings success in poultry-raising — the man or woman who
has charge of the birds. Large capital, a big flock and complete
equipment may fail to produce profits because the owner does
not add the most important factor — constant watchfulness. The
worst blunder the poultry raiser can make is to neglect to fully
protect his flock against disease. A few hours spent applying
Carbola will Prevent Disease, Lice, Mites, etc., from Taking
Your Profits
Carbola, a white paint In powder form combined with a germi-
cide many times stronger than pure carbolic acid, does all the things
that whitewash and disinfectants together do and does them
much better. It gives you a more lasting paint. Gives you a
more dependable protection against the start and spread of
roup, white diarrhea, cholera, glanders, contagious abortion, and
other contagious diseases of hennery, stable or hog house. Kills
lice, mites, fly eggs, etc., with more sureness. And it is harmless
to the smallest chick or stock that licks a painted surface.
Carbola is mixed with water and ready to apply in less than
five minutes. No straining or waiting. Does not clog the sprayer.
Does not peel or flake. Does not spoil by standing. None of the
annoyances of whitewash. Costs but half the time, labor, and
money required by whitewash and disinfectants.
Use Carbola Instead of Whitewash and Disinfectants
in poultry-houses, stables, hog-pens, cellars, kennels, factories,
creameries, outbuildings, etc. Apply with brush or sprayer to
wood, brick, stone, cement or other surfaces, or over whitewash.
A gallon (a pound of the powder) covers 200 square feet. Unex-
celled also as a lice powder. . Used and endorsed by thousands of
farmers, large and small, and by leading agricultural colleges and
experiment stations.
Postpaid Postpaid
Trial pkg $0 35 $0 45 I 20 lbs. (20 gals.) .. $2 50 $2 85
10 lbs. (10 gals.). . 1 25 1 50 | 50 lbs. (50 gals.) . . 5 00 5 75
Good News for
Poultry Raisers
Stop Roup, Canker, Scaly
Legs, Bumblefoot, Chicken-
Pox, Blackhead in Tmkeys
and Other Contagious
Poultry Diseases.
It is now well known that all the common diseases of poultry
belong to that class described as germ diseases. These diseases
cause the big losses because of the ease with which they are spread.
The spread of disease germs can be stopped and the germs
destroyed by constant use of a powerful safe germicide as a
spray or wash. Using B-K means dollars saved — less work — and
increased profits.
B-K is clean, colorless, leaves no bad odors, and is easily used —
diluted in the proper quantity of water, it can be sprinkled or
sprayed about your chicken-house and -yards with an ordinary
sprinkling-can or a spray such as orchardists use.
B-K tested by the U. S. Government Method has a phenol
coefficient 10 -|-, which means that B-K has over 10 times greater
germ-killing strength than undiluted carbolic acid. It contains
no poison.
May be used where poisons cannot.
B-K disinfecting is more thorough and effective.
With B-K you can protect the entire flock from disease for
only a few cents per week.
Disinfecting with B-K is more effective than with other dis-
infectants because B-K is more powerful, and it is not a poison.
B-K may be used everywhere. When put into drinking-water
it kills disease germs and prevents infection.
The use of our non-poisonous disinfectant and germicide B-K
about your poultry yards means effective protection and conse-
quently a greater profit from your efforts. You cannot afford to
be without B-K. Put it to use at once.
NOTHING BETTER FOR POULTRY YARD
Have given B-K a trial and found out just what it can do with ticks on
chicks, also fleas. Nothing better for the poultry yard and houses. — N. Henry
Arnold, Savannah, Ga.
CHICKENS WERE DYING, NOW WELL
We received the two gallons of B-K in October and like it veiy much.
At the time we received it, our hens and chickens were sick and dying'
with roup and cholera, and we used B-K in the drinking-water and sprayed the
hen-house and coops with it several times. The chickens are well now, and we
have not lost any for some time. We have used B-K around the house and are
well satisfied with it. — Henry A. Taylor, Elkhom, Wis.
PRICES
1-qt. bottle $1 25 I 5-gal. bottle $12 50
l_gal. bottle 3 00 | Write for special circular
Disinfectant
Won’t Poison
Won’t
Explode
Won’t
Bum
Has a Clean,
Wholesome,
Inoffensive, and
Surest
Lice Killer
and
Disinfectant
A single quart is all that is necessary to rid 100 hens of lice,
mites, and germ filth; it cures and prevents all ordinary poultry
ailments and diseases — contains nothing that is inj urious — insures
cleanliness — ^and safeguards your poultry’s health and your own
8-oz. can, making 6 gals, of fluid $0 35 $0 40
Qt. can, making 25 gals, of fluid 75 85
Vz-gah can, making 50 gals, of fluid 1 25 1 40
1-gal. can, making 100 gals, of fluid 2 00
S-gal. Can, making 500 gals, of fluid 8 00
ZENOLEUM LICE POWDER, 1 lb 30 35
174 POULTRY FEEDS
The J, W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
DON’T FEED GREEN FOOD! STURDIER CHICKS
GET MORE EGGS BY USING
©ucculentaTablets chip® and mS
relished by all fowl.
Simply dissolve one tablet in one quart of drinlang water.
Not a drug nor a remedy, but a food — wholesome and harmless.
They make hens lay: make chicks grow: hasten the moult. A
Full Egg Basket is Assured.
100 Large Tablets by Mail $0 50
250 Large Tablets by Mail 1 00
500 Large Tablets by Mail 1 75
1000 Large Tablets by Mail 3 00
Your Money Back If Not Satisfied. No Bother
Frenches Poultry Mustard
The Original Poultry Mustard in America. Absolutely pure and
prepared to produce more excellent results. Used and recommended
by thousands of breeders, fanciers, and practical poultrymen.
For many years poultry fanciers have striven for increased
egg-production alone, with a consequent showing by actual tests
of a loss in degree of stamina and fertility. The use of mustard
has shown an actual increase in both stamina and fertility.
It stimulates. It invigorates. It rebuilds lost and wasted
tissues. It shortens the moulting period and starts the hens
laying. A fair trial will convince you of its worth.
A teaspoonful for every six hens, mixed with the wet or dry
mash, should be fed each morning.
Each
Postpaid
Each
Postpaid
10-lb. Box. .
.$2 40
$2 60
iVz-lb. Box. .$0 50
$0 60
25-lb. Box. .
. 5 50
6 00
3-lb. Box. ... 80
90
50-lb. Keg. .
.10 50
5-lb. Box 1 25
1 40
100-lb. Keg.
.20 00
Roto Pigeon Salt
Roto Pigeon Salt is compressed into bricks that are not affected
by any climatic conditions. There are two holes through the
brick, which allows it to be nailed or screwed to the side of the
building, just above a perch, where the birds can have easy access
to it without being able to foul it, and it is up out of the way.
Size of Bricks, yK x x 2 inches. Postpaid
1 Brick $0 25 $0 35
12 Bricks 2 25 2 75
Don Sung
A NEW DISCOVERY
Don Sung (Chinese for egg-lay-
ing) is a new scientific discovery
that stimulates the egg-laying or-
gans of the hen and makes her
healthy, strong, and vigorous. As a
result she lays regularly in any
season.
Don-Sung is easily given in the
feed and costs nothing to try. It
doesn’t force or hurt the hen in any
way; in fact, it makes her healthier.
It is used by thousands of successful
poultry raisers the world over.
Price, 50 cts.; large size (holds
three times the 50-ct. size), $1;
Special Size (holds six times the
$l-size), $5. All postpaid.
Oculum
Scientific Remedy and Preventive for Cholera, Roup, White
Diarrhea, and Sore Head; also Cure for Gapes
Any man who does not cure sick chickens, turkeys, and ducks
with Oculum bought of us gets his money back on request.
Give your hens Oculum and they will get heavier, their combs
will get red and stay red; they will lay much better and more
regularly, and in the fall and winter, you will get eggs while the
other fellow is vainly looking for the eggs that do not come.
Oculum hens moult quickly and keep strong and healthy while
doing so; they sit less — they will not lose their appetite and droop
around for days, but will devour their feed like hungry wolves.
Their eggs will be healthy and rich, and their chicks strong
and sprightly.
Give your chicks Oculum — they will eat greedily, grow rapidly,
and develop quickly into broilers and pullets.
PRICES (Postpaid)
Bottle $0 25
Large Bottle 50
Roto Rabbit Salt Spools
No feeder or holding device necessary as Spools are fastened
to wall by means of nail or screw through hole in center.
Size: 2 inches diameter, lys inches thick. Postpaid
1 Spool $0 10 $0 15
12 Spools 1 00 115
KILL POULTRY LICE
Bee ©Brand
WITH
BEE .^braKD
ISICTPOIMeii
INSECT POWDER
H
For the Cure &Prevention
of all Infectious Diseases
ofOucicng.Piifeons ^TurhQis
VKitc Di»rrho*o-Chol«r*.
Rood. CoMo. Conk.r.
»ro.ck.Com*-Li^ht.
Black-H««a.Etc.
price 50
BURRELLDUGGERCo.
CROUNO FBOM
^tClOSEO DALMATWirifl^
fQRUSS
A safe, harmless and effective destroyer.
Dust it in feathers, under wings, and in
nests. Its occasional use keeps poultry free
from lice and assists in heavy egg-production.
Non-poisonous and absolutely harmless to
poultry, animals, and mankind. Bee Brand
Insect Powder also kills flies, fleas, mosquitoes,
ants, roaches, bed-bugs, cooties, moths, and
many other insects. Free booklet on request.
In sifting-top tin canisters, 15 cts., 40 cts., 75 cts.,
$1.40; postpaid, 20 cts., 45 cts., 80 cts., $1.50
Manufactured by McCORMICK & CO.
BALTIMORE, MD., U. S. A.
We highly recommend Bee Brand Insect Powder for killing
poultry lice and many other insects.
Avicol
STOPS CHICKS DYING
Most people lose half of every hatch
and seem to expect it. Chicken cholera
or white diarrhea is the trouble.
Avicol is easily given in the water for
either the prevention or treatment.
The thousands of poultry-raisers who
have used Avicol are unanimous in
their praise of it.
Get a package of Avicol today. If
you don’t find that it promptly stops
your chicks dying, or is not successful
in the treatment of white diarrhea and
all other bowel diseases of poultry, your
money will be refunded.
Price, postpaid, 50 cts.; large size (holds two and one-half
times 50-ct. size), $1
'TALCIMIZEJS Fluoride
^ A-"- Sodium Fluoride is recommended
by the U. S. Department of Agri-
culture to kill all lice quickly and
effectively. Safe, easy to use, and
inexpensive.
Talcimized Sodium Fluoride is made especially for poultry,
and carries the Government’s directions for applying. Kills
both young and old lice.
Price 35 cts., postpaid
The L W. Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa
DOG FOODS AND REMEDIES 175
Spratt’s Dog Foods and Medicines
Spratt’s Meat Fibrine Vegetable Dog Cakes. The standard dog food. Used at the leading kennels and dog shows throughout the
world. A staple and constant food for all breeds of dogs. Cartons, 40 cts. and 75 cts., postpaid, 50 cts. and 90 cts. ; 25 lbs. $3.05,
postpaid, $3.50; 100 lbs. $11.65.
Postpaid
Spratt’s Puppy Biscuits. The standard puppy food. A per-
fect and whole food for puppies of all breeds. Cartons,
40 cts. and 75 cts., postpaid, 50 cts. and 90x:ts.; 25 lbs.
$3.20, postpaid, $3.65; 100 lbs. $12.15.
Spratt’s Fibo. Carton, 40 cts., postpaid, 50 cts.; 25 lbs.
$3.70, postpaid, $4.15; 100 lbs. $14.
Spratt’s Alterative Cooling Tablets. For heated blood, etc..$o 60
Spratt’s Cough Tablets. Generally effect a quick cure. ... 60
Spratt’s Digestive Tablets. For severe cases of indigestion. . 60
Spratt’s Diarrhea Tablets. To relieve Diarrhea, which
usually follows change of food, etc 60
Postpaid
Spratt’s Distemper Tablets. May be used as a preventive . .$i 00
Spratt’s Eye Lotion Tablets. A safe and efficient remedy. . 60 ■
Spratt’s Mange Remedy 60
Spratt’s Pmgative Tablets. Perfectly safe and effective. . . 60
Spratt’s Tonic and Condition Tablets. To build up after
sickness and to put in bench-show form, etc 60
Spratt’s Worm Capsules. An expellent of Round, Maw,
and Tape Worms 60
Spratt’s Worm Capsules for Puppies. May be given with
perfect safety to puppies from six weeks old to six months . 60
Spratt’s Patent Dog Soap (White). For fleas, lice, etc 30
Rutland Egg Preserver
Prepared from a
high grade of water
glass manufactured
especially for the pur-
pose.
There are many so-
called egg-preservers
on the market; some
are inferior water
glass; some are not
water glass at all.
Water glass, not es-
pecially prepared for
preserving eggs, may
contain too much
alkali; water glass can
sometimes be bought
in bulk by the quart,
but this is not a safe
way to purchase it as
one knows nothing
about the strength of
the solution. This is
a most important
point in the preserv-
ing of eggs. The cost
of eggs is such that it
does not pay to take
chances.
The prudent house-
wife uses only an egg
preserver prepared es-
pecially from a high grade of water glass — ^Rutland Egg Pieseryer.
A one pint can will be sufficient for preserving about eight
dozen eggs; the contents of a one-quart can will preserve from
fifteen to twenty dozen. Postpaid
Pint Can $0 25 $0 35
Quart Can 40 55
Gallon Can 1 00 1 30
Barrett’s Red Seal Roofing
32 INCHES WIDE
2- ply, Felt only, about 40 lbs., per square $2 25
3- ply, Felt only, about 60 lbs., per square 2 85
Per lb.
Tin caps $0 12
Roofing Nails 12
Roofing Nails (large head) 15
Panamoid (Duplex Rubber) Roofing
36 INCHES WIDE
Smooth on one side, sanded on the other side.
2- ply, weight about 45 lbs., per square $2 75
3- ply, weight about 55 lbs., per square 3 00
Nails and cement for laps included in above prices, and packed
in center of each roll.
Milk-Bone (Bone Shaped) Dog and €^uppy Biscuits
A FOOD THAT ALL DOGS LOVE
Milk-Bone is made to meet
the particular physical needs
of dogs; it is made to suit the
peculiar digestive organism of
dogs. Milk- Bone not only
provides the necessary energy-
producing material, but it also
supplies the materials for
tissue repair.
Milk-Bone keeps a dog in^
sound health, with good digestion, sweet breath, and regular habits.
Dogs fed on Milk-Bone enjoy every minute of life because they
have the buoyancy and pep that go with proper nourishment and
perfect health.
Milk-Bone is made to give a
dog the sustenance he needs, the
food he favors, without burden-
ing his digestive
system.
Feed your dog
Milk-Bone and
you’ll have a dog
that’s always full of
life and ginger — a
friendly dog — a gay
and playful dog — ?
lucky dog.
Postpaid
Puppy Biscuit, large carton $0 40 $0 50
Dog Biscuit, large carton 40 50
Robertson Process Rubber Coat
A quick-setting, permanent, preservative covering that keeps
new roofs new and is valuable in repairing old roofs of every
description. It forms a smooth, glossy, tough, defensive sheet,
rubber-like in its pliability, and absolutely and permanently water-
proof. It is 99.9 per cent pure asphalt, does not contain any coal-
tar or coal-tar products. It will withstand extremes of temperature
and it is the best possible roof coating regardless of price.
Black Red
1-gal. can $1 75 $2 00
5-gal. can 7 50 9 00
Special Prices on Larger Quantities Quoted on Request
Atlasting Ready Mixed Paint
For Tin, Iron, and Steel Roofs, Fences and Paper Roofs.
Atlasting Black Paint and a patch of muslin or canton flannel
will stop bad leaks in roofs, gutters, etc. Atlasting Red Paint
contains oxide of iron and linseed oil and is an excellent paint for
all metal surfaces. It does not prevent solder from adhering.
Black Red
1-gal. can 51 50 $2 75
5-gal. kit 6 00 12 00
10-gal. kit 00 22 00
V2-bbl. (30 gals.) 21 00 56 00
Barrel (50 gals.) ...» 31 00 85 00
176 POULTRY BOOKS
The L W, Scott Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
STANDARD POULTRY BOOKS
Standard of Perfec-
tion. Since 1 874 the
American PoultiA’
Association has is-
sued many editions
of the Standard. It
is the guide of all
breeders of Stand-
ard-bred fowl. It is
the one authorita-
tive law recognized
and enforced by
licensed poultry
judges in awarding
prizes in the poultry
shows of the U nited
States and Canada.
This book contains
the complete stand-
ard for every va-
riety of land- and
water-fowl that has
been recognized as
a standard breed,
gi\’ing the official
standard require-
ments in ever>' sec-
tion. It gives the
correct weight, shape, color, and feather markings of every
variety. 368 pages, bound in cloth. 112 full-page illustrations of
the ideal males and females. A complete list of all disqualifica-
tions. Xo poultry" breeder should be without a copy. Buy a copy
and know' the Standard requirements for all American Standard-
bred breeds and varieties. Price, cloth, $2.50, postpaid.
The Call of the Hen. This book tells you how* to pick out the
hens that will lay the most eggs! This knowledge will enable
you to sell off the poor layers before they have eaten then-
heads off, thus saving you a considerable feed-bill, lots of un-
necessary' work, and bring you larger returns on your invest-
ment. The Call of the Hen alw'ays shows you how to pick out
the profitable layer from the rest of the flock; how' to pick
breeders that will reproduce their laying ability to then-
progeny. Price, S2, postpaid.
Poultry-Houses and Fixttues. Eighth Eidition. Revised and
edited by H. W. Jackson, Associate Editor Reliable Poultry
Journal. Gives complete plans and bills of material for all
kinds of houses designed to meet every practical need and for
every condition of location and climate. Special attention is
given to convenient, labor-saving de\’ices for interior and ex-
terior use. 1 12 pages, 8J^ by 12 inches; 235 illustrations.
Price, Si, postpaid.
How to Feed Poultry for Any Purpose wdth Profit. Complete,
authoritative book on feeding all kinds of poultry — dow*n-to-
date in every respect. Gives in condensed and convenient form
the results of the experience of successful, practical poultry-
keepers, and of the researches and experiments of scientists
investigating feeding problems. Written by J. H. Robinson,
Associate Editor Reliable Poultry Journal, and contains 112
pages, 8 by 12 inches, well illustrated. Price Si. 25, postpaid.
Artificial Incubating and Brooding. Tells how to obtain strong-
germed, fertile eggs; how to operate incubators and brooders.
If you want to get good hatches and raise the largest possible
percentage of chicks hatched you need this truly helpful book.
Completely revised by Homer W. Jackson. 118 pages, 7J2 by
12 inches; printed on supercalendered book paper and pro-
fusely illustrated. Price, Si, postpaid.
Use of Artificial Light to Increase Winter Egg-Production. The
best book on the subject to date — in fact, the only book com-
plete. Gives full information on every important detail of the
practical use of lights. Compiled by G. M. Curtis, Editor
Reliable Poultry Journal. 112 pages, 8J^ by 12 inches; attrac-
tive Sewell art cover; five pages of instructive, helpful color
plates. Price, Si. 50, postpaid.
Successful Back-Yard Poultry-Keeping. Jiist Off the press and
down-to-date in every detail. Compiled by H. W. Jackson. In-
valuable to ever\'one interested in poultr^'-keeping on a small
scale. Xo matter where you are located, how' many fowls you
keep, or how little experience you may have had, this book will
guide you to sticcess. 104 pages, 8J^ by 12 inches; many attrac-
tive illustrations. Price, Si, postpaid.
Profitable Culling and Selective Flock Breeding. By G. M. Curtis
and H. W. Jackson. Only complete work on culling. Fully
describes all approved methods of selecting layers. Special
instructions for culling different breeds. 120 pages, 8J^ by 12
inches; illustrated with 18 color plates and many half-tone
engraHngs. Price, Si. 50, postpaid.
The Chick Book. Edited by Frank C. Hare. Guide to success
in rearing chicks. Experienced poultry' raisers furnish infor-
mation on all problems connected with the breeding, develop-
ing, and fattening of chicks. Article and chart on line-breeding.
Day-old chick business described. 80 pages, 8>^ by 12 inches;
illustrated. Price, 50 cts., postpaid.
The Fundamentals of Poultry Breeding. The latest of the R.P.J.
series and down-to-date in all respects. Written by J. H.
Robinson and is an instructive and practical book treating on
all phases of this most interesting subject. 112 pages, 8J^ by
12 inches; beautifully illustrated. Price, S2, postpaid.
The Plymouth Rocks. Wm. C. Denny. An authoritative book
devoted to America’s most popular breed of Standard fowls.
Explains Standard requirements; tells how to select the right
breeders and how to mate them. Special articles by some of
the best known breeders. 144 pages, 9 by 12 inches; illustrated.
Price, $1, postpaid.
The Wyandottes. By J. E. Drevenstedt. A complete textbook
and instructive treatise. Tells how to select breeders and how-
to mate for best results. Care, feeding, and management fully
discussed. 160 pages, 9 by 12 inches; illustrated. Price, Si,
postpaid.
The Rhode Island Reds. By D. E. Hale. Origin and histor>' of
both the Rose- and Single-comb varieties. Special attention to
the utility values of this great American breed. 88 pages, 9 by
12 inches; illustrated. Price, 75 cts., postpaid.
The Leghorns. By J. H. Drevenstedt. Articles by best breeders
and judges. Special section on commercial egg farms and
methods of feeding and management followed there. 144
pages, 9 by 12 inches; illustrated. Price, $1, postpaid.
The Campines. By Frank L. Platt. The historj', characteristics,
and breeding of Silver and Golden Campines. 86 pages, 9 by
12 inches; illustrated. Price, 75 cents, postpaid.
The Orpingtons. J. E. Drevenstedt. Full description of standard
and non-standard varieties and truly valuable information on
mating, breeding, and exhibiting Orpingtons in the show-room
and as utility fowls. 80 pages, 9 by 12 inches; illustrated.
Price, 75 cents, postpaid.
The Asiatics. By Expert Breeders. Contains information on
mating, breeding, selecting, and exhibiting, and judging
Brahmas, Cochins, and Langshans. 100 pages, 9 by 12 inches;
illustrated. Price, 50 cents., postpaid.
Turkeys: Their Care and Management. By Successful Breeders.
Experiences of successful turkey breeders, exhibitors, and judges
in mating, yarding, housing, hatching, rearing, marketing, ex-
hibiting, and judging turkeys. 96 pages, 9 by 12 inches; illus-
trated. Price, 75 cents, postpaid.
Ducks and Geese. By Robert H. Essex. A complete guide to
profitable duck and goose raising. 104 pages, 9 by 12 inches;
illustrated. Price, 75 cents, postpaid.
Egg Record and Account Book. An easy method of keeping
correct account of expenses and income; also record of all
eggs laid, set or sold; chicks hatched and sold, etc. 32 pages,
6 by 10 inches. Price, 40 cents, postpaid.
Plymouth Rock Standard. Price, S3, postpaid.
National Standard Squab Book. Price, Si, postpaid.
Rabbit Culture and Standard. Price, 75 cents, postpaid.
Gibson’s Rabbit Book. Price, Si, postpaid.
All About Indian Runner Ducks. Price, 75 cents, postpaid.
ANY OF THE ABOVE WILL BE SENT POSTPAID AT PRICES GIVEN
Greater Yield from Every Field""
E. Frank Coe^s
Fertilizers
THE COE-MORTIMER COMPANY, Inc.
SUBSIDIARY OF THE AMERICAN AGRfOULTURAL CHEMICAL CO.
51 Chambers Street, New York City
TO THE GOOD FARMERS
EVERYWHERE
CAN I INCREASE MY PROFITS?
Which of the practical crop books mentioned on the last page
would be of the greatest help to you in making your 1921 plans? Your
copy will be mailed without charge if you will tell us the book which
interests you most. Just mail the coupon promptly.
Farmers, like every other class of producers, are suffering
from the sudden price slump. To make a profit on our 1921 crops we will
have to figure closer than ever before, if present prices are any indi-
cation of the future.
The large number of men out of work gives promise of a better
farm supply. Most of us have been short not only in numbers but in the
quality of the work, and the prices we have paid were certainly high.
Isn’t this a good time to plan to use this extra labor at a profit?
Fixed charges go on all the time. There is interest on the in-
vestment, depreciation on tools, stock feeds, and a thousand other items
which must be met. Is there any better way to meet this condition than
to cut down the cost of each unit produced? If we can push up the yield
of grain ten bushels, or increase our potato crop one hundred bushels,
there is a chance to make a showing on the right side of the ledger. The
old fixed charges are the same for the small crop as for the big one.
There is an E. FRANK COE BRAND that will help you make a pro-
fit even with present prices. Our brands are built for the conditions
in your section and will carry the crop from seeding to harvest. Don’t
force your crop to search for food but give every acre the help of
these effective fertilizers.
Tell us today what crops you are planning to raise and we
will gladly recommend the brand which in our opinion will give you the
best results. Don’t forget to send for your crop book.
Very truly yours,
THE COE-MORTIMER COMPANY.
** Agriculture can only feed itself out of a fertilizer bag, ** —Editor Collingwood, The Rural New Yorker.
SATISFACTION AND PROFIT
Here’s What Some of Our Friends Say:
Have Never Failed Me Yet
I want 4 tons of E, Frank Coe’s Potato & Truck
Manure shipped me about January 1st, so you can get it
here in plenty of time for spring use.
I am forty-eight years old and have used your goods
every year since I was twenty-one. They have never
failed me yet and by using them I have always gotten a
crop and paid my bills.
A. B. ABBOTT,
Kennebec County, Maine.
Superior to Anything I Have Ever Used
I wish to say just a few words in regard to the re-
sults I have had with your fertilizer. I raised better.than
500 bushels of ears of corn from 3 acres with your goods.
I have used fertilizer for forty years and have sold
fertilizer for ten years. Lately I have bought your goods
from my neighbor and find them superior to anything I
have ever used.
G. W. CAULFIELD,
Madison County, N. Y.
Early Crops Bring High Prices
The E. Frank Coe’s Gardeners’ & Truckers’ Special
works well with me the way I use it. It brought my
early cabbage to a $2.50 a barrel market and I cleaned
the bulk up at $1.25 after which time cabbage just began
to come in and dropped to 75 cents a barrel. On my
early tomatoes it enabled me to get my wagon on the
Newark market when I was the only one there. One
day a small load turned me $145.00. At present I send
one and two two-horse truck loads every night and have
passed $2,000.00 sales on tomatoes alone, not having
touched my medium or late plantings of which I have
large patches.
BEULAH HICKMAN,
Union County, N. J.
UsedE, Frank Coe Goods for Over Fifty Years
5
(| I am over seventy-four years old and have used your
i goods about fifty years, and my father used them when I
j was a boy. I enclose a photograph of my field of grass
I ready to cut, and you will notice that the stand is almost
I to my shoulders. My height is six feet, so that I think
I this speaks pretty well for your fertilizer.
j J. D. PEASE,
! Belknap County, N. H.
Certainly Gives Satisfaction
Your fertilizer is certainly giving satisfaction. Many
of my customers come to me and tell me it is the best
they have ever used. The demand is increasing. The
results are marked.
E. A. CHAPMAN,
Crawford County, Penn.
Top Dressing Pays Big
Just a line to express my appreciation of your top
dressing, a ton of which I purchased of you last spring.
I put it broadcast on a new seeded piece of ten acres
and as a result had the pleasure of cutting twenty-six
large loads (about 30 tons) of excellent Herd’s Grass
(Timothy), where three years .ago I was only getting
three or four loads,
W. B. RAND,
Litchfield County, Conn.
Equal, If Not Better
I have used the E. Frank Coe brands continuously
on my farm since 1912 and they have always given me
entire satisfaction. The crop I secured this year is, I
believe, fully equal, if not better, than any crop raised in
my section of the country, as I produced a total of
10,882 barrels (29,925 bushels) on a measured 75 acre field.
The 10 acres of Cobblers produced 15(X) barrels,
while the 65 acres of Green Mountain potatoes produced
9,382 barrels. I used 1500 lbs. of E. Frank Coe’s Ex-
celsior Potato Fertilizer per acre at the time of planting
and applied 500 lbs. per acre as a top dressing just before
levelling off the hills. The Green Mountains were
sprayed six times while the Cobblers were sprayed seven
times.
B. H. WARD,
Aroostook County, Me.
A Bumper Wheat Crop
One of our fields produced 760 bushels of good
wheat from 19 acres, or 40 bushels per acre, while an-
other field containing 4^ acres yielded 237 bushels, or
more than 52 bushels per acre. We expect to thresh
out about 2000 bushels from our 50 acres of wheat this
year. (Mr. Williams handled over 100 tons of E. Frank
Coe’s Fertilizers).
L. C. WILLIAMS,
Yates County, N. Y.
E. FRANK COE’S FERTILIZERS
THE BUSINESS FARMER'S 1 1
LODj standard for sixty-five years
“A Greater Yield from Every Field”
BRAND
16% Superphosphate •
Famous Prize Brand
Big Fifteen Mixture
XXV Ammoniated Phosphate 1916 •
Original Ammoniated Dissolved Phosphate 1916
Prolific Crop Producer 1916
Gardeners’ and Truckers’ Special 1916
New Englander Special
Western New Yorker ......
Pennsylvania No. 1 Grain Special 1916
Columbian Corn and Potato Fertilizer
Universal Fertilizer
Corn King
Gold Brand Excelsior Guano Revised
Celebrated Special Potato Fertilizer Revised • • •
Complete Manure with 6% Potash
Vegetable Grower
Potato and Truck Manure
Special Grass Top Dressing
Tobacco Special
Tobacco Leaf Fertilizer
Connecticut Wrapper Grower
The brands marked with the * in the column under your state indicate
the fertilizers which in our opinion will give you the best results in your
section. These E. Frank Coe brands for 1921 will follow our old standard
formulas which have proven so successful for many years. The Ammonia which
they contain is properly proportioned to produce the most successful results.
There is a generous supply of Phosphoric Acid and many of the brands contain
as much as six per cent of the highest quality of Potash. They will help you se-
cure “a greater yield from every field.’’
IMPORTANT — All orders will be filled in the rotation of shipping dates.
Protect yourself by ordering your full supplies early. The railroads are still short
of cars and freight is moving slowly. Make sure of your supply by having your
goods shipped IMMEDIATELY.
Write today for the name of our nearest agent or ask for the agency for
yourself. We want representatives in unoccupied territories.
ANALYSIS I
1
Canada
u
1
z
Vermont
1
cs
s
Conn.
3
Ammo.
A.P.A.
Potash
16
He
❖
He
10
2
❖
12
3
*
❖
1
10
0
%
2
10
0
¥
*
4
10
0
. .
* ,
, .
5
8
0
He
1
8
2
*
He
1
8
4
1
10
1
. .
2
8
3
>1'
*
❖
r 5|s
2
8
6
3
9
2
❖
. .
3
8
4
¥
He
4
8
4
*
*
*
❖
❖
*
He
4
8
6
*
« .
s
8
A
*
5
8
1
6
4.
*
5
4
0
He
5
4
3
. .
• .
5
4
5
*
H:
150 BARRELS PER ACRE ON COE-MORTIMER FERTILIZERS
FERTILIZERS FOR 1921
Farmers everywhere realize the importance of high
grade fertilizers in successful farm practice. There
is a constantly increasing demand for the higher grade
goods, and as a general proposition farmers will find it
profitable to select those brands which carry the highest
percentages of plant food. The increased use of the
tractor and the automobile has cut down the production
of stable manure, and has consequently reduced the
am.ount of Ammonia applied to the land in the farm by-
products.
With present conditions every farmer is anxious to
make his labor produce the biggest possible return, and
this can only be secured by increasing the yield from every
acre. In the list on page 3 you will find brands wellsuited
to your conditions. On fields where you are applying
heavy applications of stable manure a smaller amount of
Ammonia will usually suffice. In the absence of manure,
increase your Ammonia content.
E. FRANK COE’S FERTILIZERS
These reliable brands furnish available plant foods in
right proportions and assist you to secure the greatest
possible yield from every acre. Give your labor the help
of these rich fertilizers.
If you are interested in increasing your crops and
your profits we will mail you a copy of any one of the
books mentioned below.
Use
This
Coupon
THE COE-MORTIMER COMPANY, Inc. 192
Please send me without charge the book checked below:—
“Tobacco and Its Fertilization” “Better Vegetable Growing”
“Corn: The Foundation of Profitable Farming” “Potatoes: A Money Crop”
“The Neglected Hay Crop” “Winter Wheat and Its Culture”
I am now using tons of Fertilizers.
Kind or Manufacturer
Would like to have prices on fertilizers for the following crops
Signed
R. F. D. or St Town -
County State -
I Own - Acres. Cultivate - Acres.
ORDER SHEET
The I. W. SCOTT CO.
Seeds, Farm Machinery, Poultry Supplies
-Everything for Farm, Garden, and Poultry- -
500 Liberty Ave. PITTSBURGH. PA. 113 Diamond St.
Date
^lease forward by
'^ame
Post Office
Freight or Express Office
[ enclose
Express, Freiglit or Parcel Post
County
State
for $
RY PARfFI PR^T prices named in this catalogue, we pay the postage on all Vegetable and Flower Seeds in packets.
OllUO DI iHnuLL ruoi ounces, quarter pounds, pounds and upward. On Peas, Beans, Corn, Onion Sets, etc., in pints and quarts, the
amount to be added for postage is given in connection with the prices. On half pecks, pecks, and larger quantities, postage must be
added at regular zone rates given in the Parcel Post table, which also applies on all other articles of merchandise mailable by Parcel
Post, except where otherwise noted.
SEEDS BY FREIGHT OR EXPRESS
We will deliver free by Freight or Express (at our discretion), all orders for Vegetable and Flower
Seeds aggregating $10.00 or over, to any point in Pennsylvania, Ohio, West Virginia or Maryland.
QUANTITY
ARTICLES
PRICE
—
Amount forwarded
QUANTITY
ARTICLES
PRICE
i 1
Amount brought forward 1 !
Q P F P I A I NOTIPP* shall esteem it a great favor if you will give us in the spaces below the NAMES and ADDRESSES of
llUlluL. any Market Gardeners or Truck Fanners among your acquaintances. We wish to send them our Catalogue.
NAMES
POST-OFFICE
STATE
This Circular Describes Six Standard Helpful Gardening Books
which we can heartily recommend to our patrons
GARDEN GUIDE
Some 384 pages and over 275 teaching illustrations with beautiful cover in four colors.
Postpaid Prices, Paper $L10 — Cloth $1.65
Fourth edition. This book in its first
edition, was recognized by the most prac-
tical men in the country as the GEM of
gardening literature — THE VERY BEST
OBTAINABLE — so that now it can safely be
said that this latest edition (4th) with its
careful revisions and its many new features
is unapproachable from every standpoint.
Covers Every Step from Spading the
Ground to Preserving the Harvest
BRIEF SYNOPSIS OF CONTENTS
Chap. I covers the composition of a garden, and
gives the correct location of the dwelling house.
It includes various planting plans so that the
reader is started right from the very beginning.
Lawns and grass plots are covered in Chap. II,
with advice on seed mixtures and instructions on
sowing, mowing, rolling, weeding and turfing.
Chap. Ill takes in hedges and fences. Chap. IV
discusses trees, evergreens and shrubs available for
beautifying lawn and landscape.
Every detail of Rose growing and varieties is the
subject of Chap. V.
Hardy Perennials for the Permanent Garden is
the title of Chap. VI, with valuable lists of hardy
flowers for moist ^ound, the rock garden, etc.
Annuals and Biennials are thoroughly covered in
Chap. VII. (
Everybody’s Favorites is well cared for in Chap.
VIII. Chap. IX embraces Bulbs and Tuberous
Rooted Plants, while Hardy Garden Ferns and
Rock Gardens make up the subject matter in Chap. X and XI.
The making of Garden Furniture is not overlooked, being covered in Chap. XII. Window
Boxes and Porch Plants are taken care of in Chap. XIII.
One of the most important chapters (XIV) follows — The Vegetable Garden. Cultural directions
are given for every vegetable grown in the home garden; it also includes pointers on Labeling
Plants, the Vegetable Garden in Winter, the Home Food Winter Storage Cellar, etc.
Fruit for the Small Garden is comprehensively covered in Chap. XV, including a plan for an
Ideal Fruit Garden. Bungalow or Midsummer Gardening is the subject of Chap. XVI. Fertilizers
are discussed in Chap. XVII.
Chaps. XVIII, XIX and XX take in the subjects of Pruning, Plant Propagation and Trans-
planting. In the pruning chapter instructions how and when to prune each plant will be found.
There are various methods of protecting plants in Winter; this is set forth in Chap. XXI on Winter
Protection.
Insect Pests and Diseases of Plants (Chaps. XXII and XXIII) will prove of invaluable assis-
tance to every gardener. Lawn and Garden Weeds comprise Chap. XXIV, followed by Chap. XXV
on Greenhouses, Hotbeds and Frames and Chap. XXVI on Garden Tools.
A Calendar of Garden Operations is given in Chap. XXVII. Chap. XXVIII covers Animal
Life in the Garden, as poultry, pigeons, rabbits, etc. Chap. XXVIX on Birds in the Garden, is most
interesting and instructive.
Explicit instructions on Carming Fruits and Vegetables for Winter are given in Chap. XXX.
The book closes with Chap. XXXI wherein are given a number of miscellaneous items of value to
the amateur gardener.
Splendid features of Garden Guide are the layouts (plans) for vegetable, flower and
fruit gardens. These are real workable plans and far superior to those which go thie
rounds of the press, or are to be found in most gardening books.
the I. W. SCOTT CO., Pittsburgh, Pa.
500 Liberty Ave. 113 Diamond St.
Roses on arches and Sweet Peas on trellises between.
On either side are Rose beds in the lawn. Iris beds in
the foreground. This is not an expensive proposition.
c
3
O
3
V
C
to
•id
c
•a,
"3
C
3
«o
V.
3
O
I
jfi 5
go :
.5 o
« c
^ a
0;^
•^*o ^
§ *0
® « a I
£■£ *•
la&
as S
fc« bfi*
" C d
J3 C O
O S
>x*a ><**•
’|:§ « 0
J c-o
.2 5^'*
mm ^
tS ^
.£Ui «j-
-o >.£.ti
Six ^
*r 4) h *0
o - 3 C
S.S 5«
T’ « oJ2
M ^ 4-1 a
*Jss
S1s«
(0
-c « s*”
*" “t: ®
bo B ® A
C.5 S S
'C 0< y u
Q. »<T3*®
S'3 C-C M
u 0 «h 0
a >> >, o
1. fc«ti tX
CJ
a>
u
0
(0
CO
CO
CO
CO
o
u
o
a
CO
® C 13 iP 0®
4-» ,S (0 C •>«
i: S 0-fi
C
a Qj
^75
o ■■
CO ^
3 Ci. O
CO
3.i:i
zs =*
rt
”5 “
5 <u
S'.Q
o
O. V
X!
u, *J
dJ
~ Oh
C cj
ax
s-§
0) ^
CO ^
Is
^ q;
CO Ci4
rt B
X ti
•i-> 3
O O
XI
‘3 CJ
<u
CO o
(U-S
O *0
^ rt
C u
>= 1-
> W 4J X) D
i •— 4 ») CO r-
o iU .
"'C 12
rt « 3
M <U
• S .-
*5i)
5
Sic
CO &
c o
ox
y«' ^
•O S
CO CO
^ ti
O S
Xi3
.. a
c. Q..
n "•§
o
si.s
•43 >0 = ^
1=! C'S
1-, o
O MS ^ * .C
OD (U c; - , 't7-
^ rtj ti °r ji
5 o X 5r:
O ^ CJ ^ 5 2 -M
W-- 2'^'^
O CO o
O
ba o
CO o
V-N w tM
rt c^ 'O
CJ CJ 3
'O >»a
o
c
>a rt— u
^ >-■ 3 cj
3 3
^ O
>>
h is 1-
!- 3
ciT ^
3^
.2 C3
Su l>
2 to
Q .3 ••^
tx
M 3 a
ij.2 «* o
Q O ^ e c«
-jj Va ^ *5 Gj to
fe O'-! o. _ ^
® o'o ..“E c
Jgxi.S 3 % o
. > 3^ u
CO ^
•^O O 3 S 3 g'
OTL,?
•§5
3 s:
3 a^ 3 >2
^-1 C i3 C ^ 3
fc « ^ Cd ^
2 2 C3 -e 4-> 15
S o "3 ^ 3.2
3*0 CO 3 O
„ C ® O >. 3
y-* w ►>. r!
S ^.2 ^ -
.2-^ rt-o.-ti o-g
- <U +J '
^•o &2 o ^ ^
O-g.S » 60
CO Ui •
c; CO
■”SS
(8 S» X
r *
C . (8
iS-c
a ® 0
3-^t
5 ®
i’Si
fc“ s
CJ o
X 5 °
w ?>• to
I >^ *£« O 'O o
:--yffilo'^ ”i
3X^ 3'-' OX'
^ ^ to
® "
^ r
c ***
hS a
® w
/-S
tu
S M
a 2
3 a
ao
.00
3 W
„ e
®9-
3
3 *
U X
X ■
§0
O —
^ g _
3
. o
•xr
y‘S 2
a -3 §
OA
Uj
H
H
X
.-J
<
OJ O
E*"
rt g
o X
•C lli
■^X
o &
CJ CO .
3-3 >b
5 cj rt
.2 § ^
> o C
O £ 3
.2 o.S
'm X X
C 3
I- o
e ®
o
^ e
.2 o
‘>
X -
X 41
'“‘I
n >
= ^-s »’H.P §
> ^ 2x^ ^ 8
« 2 E -
x-^ 1 3
0) <i;‘5'X
g M.S <J
XX u
<y c
V- CO 3
&*-> O
E'S “
cix
Cx
3 3-2
- '".a
73 >
W c5
'i3 3
2c
3
■3 .
O g
ij O
X X
— 3
fe ^
^ 3
£ HI I
g-l E'S
H-.W 2 I 3
“13 •§ S,
'.E w ^ M--1
« 5<— X «
c o a 3 H-
<u ‘y
.S o « o o.E
.3 O >-
“X OX a e
X 3 "o o ti :
^ 3 SC^.E •-
^ 3 3 K a “
2 of
r 00 iu> h
^11-- ’^ C
«’|.S 2
0 HjC a«5
Uahc/3Xc/3
75 o” '
XX o
O H.
rt-s t*
V.. l-i
Q. a
> CO
* !> CO
o o o
S OT
o 3
'to ■'-’ -O
Ssj-c
o
<.8^
^ o
U
C t«
.5,
‘«:S»
— |C X :
o^ oj
‘ o :
; 3 ,
' "t- c •
'
8's ° ‘
3 S
2 '-' 5P
jX O tJ-J
i 3'*^'^ I
j 3 b£ O I
j X c — j
<
U
REDUCED PRICES ON
—
FERTILIZERS.
Since our catalogue was printed we have received lower prices from the
manufacturers which enable us to make the
brands named:
following reductions on the
Gold Brand Excelsior Guano
$4.00 Per Ton
Prolific Crop Producer
5.00 Per Ton
Columbian Corn and Potato
3.00 Per Ton
' Pennsylvania Grain Special
1.00 Per Ton
16% Acid Phosphate
2.00 Per Ton
Wizard Brand Sheep Manure
3.00 Per Ton
These reductions apply to Ton and Half Ton Lots only.
The special reduction of $3.00 per ton on all orders received for shin-
ment on arrival of cars in February and March will also apply.
No change on other brands.
THE I. W. SCOTT CO.
February 1, 1921.
j
O R D
Should you not be interested in the goods
described in this catalogue, (or if you have already
received one), you will confer a favor that will
be appreciated, if you will hand it to some one
interested in
GARDENING OR FARMING
in your neighborhood.
The I. W. SCOTT CO.
Everything for Farm, Garden
and Poultry
The I.W. SCOTT GO.
500 Liberty Ave. i 1 1 3 Diamond St.
PITTSBURGH, PA.
J
T urn-Night-Into-Day
with a
Carry
as a
Lantern
Use
as a
Lamp
“Storm King ’Lantern
3 50 Candle Power Burns 15 hours on one filling —
Costs quarter of a cent an hour — No chimney to clean
— No wick to trim. Height 13 inches Weight 3J/2
pounds — Mica Chimney — Automatic Tip Cleaner
Made of best quality material — Highly Polished Nickle-
plate finish — Packed complete — Shipping weight 5
pounds.
“The Light that’s Found--
the World Around”
The “STORM KING” LANTERN not only serves
the populace of the United States and her various
Island possessions but also those of South and
Central America, Europe, Asia, Africa and the Orient.
It is a powerful, safe, economical and efficient light
for indoor and outdoor use. Measure it up with any
other artificial light The service it gives — The light
it produces — then — you will understand why it is the
handiest all purpose light in existence. Storm, Rain,
Wind and Bug Proof, it will burn just as well in ex-
treme cold weather as in summer.
A Light for Every Purpose
Outdoors — Indoors
The “STORM KING” LANTERN is used indoor as
a lamp, outdoor as a lantern, saving the operator
the expense of two lights where one can serve for
both. It carries, stands or hangs anywhere, burning
without flicker at any angle. It is just the thing for
farmers, dairymen, planters, stockmen, hunters, con-
tractors, watchmen, janitors, merchants and individ-
uals and for lighting of motorboats, docks, railroads,
freight houses, warehouses, street shows, fairs, cir-
cuses, chautauquas and military encampments and in
fact there is an unlimited field.
WHY You Should Buy
Because you’ll uke the “storm king’s” 350
Candle Power — equal to twenty ordinary Lan-
terns or Lamps. When used indoors it simply
floods the room with such beautiful soft light that you
can read fine print wherever you sit.
It’s perfectly safe, too — upset it anywhere and roll
it around and it won’t go out. Carry it right through
the fiercest storm and it will go right on burning, no
matter how hard the wind blows.
Buy a “STORM KING” LANTERN-Put it
to the severest tests — It will more than measure up
to your expectations for an all purpose light.
REDUCED PRICES
ON
FARM MACHINERY
Since our catalogue was printed, we have received from
manufacturers reduced prices on the following lines, which enable
us to make the following reductions from our printed catalogue
prices :
Pages
Reduction
Wiard Walking Plows — Plain
61—63
20%
Oliver Walking Plows — Plain
64
20%
Gale Walking Plows — Plain
65
20%
South Bend Walking Plows — Plain
65
20%
Above reductions do not apply to Wheels or Jointers.
Wiard Sulky Plows — Complete
66
10%
Oliver Sulky Plows — Complete
66
10%
Clark Cutaway Harrows
67
15%
Star Disc Harrows
68
10%
Acme Harrows
70
10%
Manure Spreaders
73
15%
Planet Jr. Farm and Garden Tools
82—83
10%
Prices on many lines were reduced before our catalogue went
to the printer, and should other lines be reduced during the sea-
son, the purchaser will receive the full benefit of the prices in
effect on the date the order is received, and adjustment will be
made accordingly.
Net prices on any particular line will be quoted on request.
THE I. W. SCOTT CO. ^
February 1, 1921.
#1
h
I
if.
t
■ <.
'n
t
V
i
f
I
V
:V|
l.i* ^
»
}t
t. T
• • \
A ^
■ ;
ib
* i
Simple . .
Light . . •
Sturdy . .
Economical
Effective .
Patents Pending
Requires very little attention — few parts — no gears
and no exposed parts to accumulate oil and grit — no oil
holes to clog — few adjustments. Has automatic release
between motor and reel.
Weighs 150 pounds — moves easily — and will cut
over ground too soft for heavy power or horse-drawn
mower.
Strongly built of best material — carefully machined and
put together. Guaranteed against all defects in material
and workmanship.
Saves time and worry. Low in first cost — lower
in upkeep. Burns one-eight gallon of gas per
hour.
Easily operated and perfect control — will cut your
lawns, around trees and shrubs, in nooks and corners;
also terraces; in fact any place the ordinary hand
mower can be used.
Operation • Gnlike any other power motor, there are no gears
or clutches used in the MOTO-MOWER. The
power from the engine is transmitted direct to the
cutting reel through chain and sprockets. The fric-
tion driving rollers on the ends of the reel shaft are
brought gently into engagement with the flange
on the inner side of the wheels by simply rotating
the handle bar. This permits the machine to be
started or stopped without shock or Jar and allows
you to turn to right or left or stop instantly — thus
you have at all time a perfect control over the
machine when it is rolling over the ground under
its own power. You also have the very great ad-
vantage of being able to roll the MOTO-MOWER
over the ground manually when it is necessary to cut
in restricted places.
Price .
Standard, 27-in. size, $275.00 F. O. B. Pittsburgh
^DESCRIPTIVE BOOKLET ON REQUEST
/
For Sale By
The I. W. Scott Co.
Pittsburgh, Penna.
« >.>>U tie
2-p c-c c —
o « (V
y 3 rr;
> 4) nj ■ ^ _ W
:Sf= E I °
U-
>;.b^2E|i
ftj u ^ u ’S CO
— 0“ c D «
p p a
[NJ
2
-S2 .pS?
■2^ 6 S?S>*-“ o
« 2 ^ I u ° c c
oo2
X
o > u ° c ■? U
2 P l! « £ u o
■5 > 3 c P b >,
*-* w O F 'i> .
ti r- >» 0-C ^
^ w u ^ r H
C ^ ^ ^ ■*"*
■' 5 0) O. 4)
>).2x W5Xl ti >>
CO z: „ 4) c t: h
« o pj:-= m OkP
o^ «5t:>
U^-O Q >,-E 4)
i'ii-"=l
5 ^ CO O CO ^
> c a^’O u
> S ffl-^
'bcSu ^Xi2
w O c > u
=f|i* -
S'.^^Sw cZ
.— ' £ 4;^) • UJ
n •= 2 ^ a:
^ o y o Q
X <-0 ^ ^^.2 c
^^uB-s-S-o <
■og^l^SgsV
D-a)-b o-^ ^ >,aLl
3 £2
”"^cse
TJ 3« C _>
CO ‘r w 5
0 S °
x bn c CO CO
« “coxx
^ F D
o ^ .2 >
CO C S2
S^SjE
a-c 8
y . » -n u
U ■"7 *0 w 4> ^
CL S O
o u '«
C bO u w
>5 C JD C
O.t! W)
T) C
—
^ 3 '
= p45 > .
4) s; 3 M oi 3
|x“-£ DCQ
't Cfl p c _•§
2 g ®! 2>2,
^ F ^ fS ^ o 'Co <f* .
2npo-^-= ^3 2 2 i;
_r 'J
J^Z
.52j2 «
^_co £
>>T) u
•-CM
a lT
£ 2^
w a *->
CO
^ n c »- r '
X ^ ^ O CO ^
HCO -v OT ^
O J> CO^ ^
Cx C a} >
bO O CO O
u
U^' C O
:.tiil>^<2
CO ® O 3 ^
■S^-g^b a
•O £ cO u >> 10
0 *C - f" ^
cc — <-> ■£ “
.2 'J 8-2>
M 3 '-> CO
= °-s>!
1 c 2 o
c£ll^'
' -o >, M 4) U
c'^i; c > 2
d o ^0'3-S *-' a
• ' ^ P^ "P o rri
coxcon-tico^c^ m
.“fe Z
CO CO W O 2 o ^
^^yc-SguuS I
D-E 3.2 « o gs O « .
3o0^3F^3o^'^
■3 ^2c2x-n ^'oS
“ « u c “ 3
2 u'"' 2j:-£ Mb
o^ “ « p tl
2^3 '-' P cy u
° R| s’ J s ^>
U -^ > W 4J
il|Sl2|
£ ^
4) .2 CO SC.P ^ o
£ >,c o “-a >>
r* Co c a c 2
w c E-^ E-c
«j C CO 4^ 3 4-1
M
V
TD
cd
o
U
1-1
QJ
O
I
o
45
H
<
•H DC
CO O
o
0
^ t
O
rX
CnI t-^
1 ^
i Q
o
« S2 h P c 3?
bO w
S O ™ « 5
2:
,0 w
CJ ^
Ja: o o
00 CO .w
•^ >,
(- 52 cu ~
"*0 Cd -n
o ^
.H •Si ‘5
o
^ 5 CO
w o
CO >0 ^
O hn ^
ex M CO
i? .S o
5 > ■*■’
Q. .- CO
CO o
C
CO :2
13
3 +J
4- T
<u
"c $
ti-o
S)
3
O
>>
_c
'co
bD
13
C
CO
(U w
& ^
^1
CO -Q
. C
3
C
3
O
>>
«
xa:
CO
p >
5 ra
^ X
cu (u
bO (V
ZC W
o O
52
to O
CO H
>>
J3
a S
O CO
3
O
CO P
^2
3
O O
XI >
13
c
03
PP 1 X)
J3 ^ lU
CO
O '
o CO
O o
O- p
CO C
"5 £i
o _
X
>>
c 'S
X hi ^ 2
CO
X
o
a
S o
■q X
^.> c c
*j <p .9
ra 8 2 X
X 5t: 9 2
u 43 .5 C
P* — O
CO X to O
• S* 4h
X
CO a
X) o
>- k
CO ex
X ^
^ 5 X
X < $
c a >
4)
43 CO —
X CO ^
X .9
. -P
5 >
6 g
'Sl
■o S
^ E
H CO
■b c
O jd
>> L.
C 3
C o
S >1
^ u,
3 .
U £X
4J U
g >
o£
s ^
2-P
<U TO
3C V. CO
4- X TO
< £ B
• — — CO "xb
— u ^
S'" «
— Qe
u P
^ o
a cfl
(3 Q
E J3
»- u ^T)
£ C
a xj ® 5
mCO
bO
T) C
C u
CO CO
u V
V JD
0^
C:i
V o
^ ,
Ev
4-1
Di 4J
C u
•2 TO
c ■-
i; T! *->
(0 S
CQ
Complete — Yes, because any
trouble that is controllable with
any other dormant spray or com-
bination of spraj'S is controlled by
the timely use of “Scalecide” with-
out the addition of anything ex-
cept plain water.
Timeliness means simply that
some things are controlled better
by fall spraying, others by late
spring spraying, but the great
lasting benefits from the use of
“Scalecide,” such as scale control,
canker control and invigorating ef-
fect, can be had by spraying at any
time from fall until spring, pro-
vided it is not too cold, say 40° F.
If you are “fussy” and want the
very best results, find out your
particuh-r troubles, then look up
the best time to spray for those
troubles on pgs. 11-17 under
“Manual for the Use of Scale-
cide,” and watch your trees out-
grow their troubles.
The cost of spraying enters so largely
into the economics of fruit raising that
every fruit grower must be interested in
reducing this cost to the lowest figure pos-
sible consistent with good fruit.
How do you figure the cost of spraying?
Do you figure only the first cost of your
spraying material and count every cent
saved on a gallon and }ic. on a pound a
gain? Do you figure the number of hours
of labor in making, mixing and applying?
Do you figure the wear and tear on your
spray-rig and time lost from stopping up
of nozzles or wasted in making repairs?
Do you figure that your $600 spray-rig will
wear out three times as fast with one ma-
terial as another?
3
One spray material may cost four times
as much as another, but makes twice as
many gallons of spray mixture, and one
spray-tank full of this will spray twice as
much as the other. In other words, the
spray material that costs four times as
much will spray four times as many trees
with one-half the amount of material to
haul around the orchard and one-half the
labor of applying same. Taking for granted
that both do as good work, which is the
cheaper? But if, in addition to this, it in-
sures you healthier trees, freedom from
cankers, scale and fungus; causes the leaves
to hold on longer in the fall, which means
plumper fruit spurs and larger and more
regular crops, what would be the dif-
ference in cash? If you realize fully this
difference, you would not use the cheaper
material if it were given to you without
cost.
These are not fanciful pictures, but actual
facts; the result of sixteen years’ experi-
ence in the use of “Scalecide” vs. Lime-
Sulfur and backed by our broad guarantee.
(See pg. 32.)
Let us use some concrete facts. Take an
average Baldwin or York Imperial Apple
tree that will carry from five to six barrels
of apples. There are from 300 to 350 apples
to a barrel, or 2,000 apples on a tree. An
A-grade apple is worth to you from Ic. to
2c. each in the orchard. Now the cost of
spraying that tree once dormant with Lime-
4
Sulfur and three times with Lime-Sulfur
and Arsenate of Lead is from 50c. to 60c.
If you are troubled with aphis, you will
have to use Nicotine in one of these sprays.
This would increase the cost to 6Sc. or 75c.
per tree for material and labor of applica-
tion. If 70% of your apples are A-grade,
you think you have done well, but the 309^
culls, or 600 apples, mean-s a loss of $6.00
at Ic. each and every 5% that you gain over
the 70% means a gain of $1.00 per tree in
net profits.
If you use “Scalecide” as a dormant spray
and three sprayings with Lime-Sulfur and
Arsenate of Lead, the cost would be the
same, only 50c. or 60c. per tree, as no Nico-
tine is necessary to control aphis. If, how-
ever, you follow our spray calendar as
found on pgs. 25-30, using “Scalecide,”
“Sulfocide” and Cal-Arsenate and making
five sprays instead of four, the cost will be
only 'hlYiz. per tree. No Nicotine is needed
to kill aphis. By following this method in
our own large orchards, we have produced
95% A-grade apples, or a gain of $5 per
tree over the average yield, besides a sav-
ing in the first cost of material.
The average Baldwin or York Im-
perial apple tree bears only every other
year, but evidence is pointing towards the
fact that trees that bear only every other
year become annual bearers after being
sprayed with “Scalecide” for a number of
years.
5
For instance: Tyson Bros., Flora Dale,
Pa., have a York Imperial orchard that has
been sprayed for fifteen years with “Scale-
cide.” It came into bearing at nine years
of age and when eighteen years old had
borne ten successive crops, each crop larger
than the preceding one, reaching thirty
bushels per tree at eighteen years of age.
Mr. H. W. Collingwood, editor of the
“Rural New Yorker,” has some Baldwin
trees on Hope Farm fifty years old, grow-^
ing in sod, that have been sprayed for
many years with “Scalecide.” These trees
are bearing a fine crop every year; of
course, not so full the off-year. It does
not cost him 25c. a year per tree to spray
these trees with “Scalecide,” yet he is get-
ting from $10 to $25 worth of apples that
he could not expect to get if he sprayed
with Lime-Sulfur at the same cost.
The Elsenburg Experiment Station of
the Dept, of Agriculture of South Africa,
which is the only experiment station that
we know of that has carried on a compara-
tive experiment with “Scalecide” and Lime-
Sulfur over a period of years, report that
trees sprayed heavily with “Scalecide” as
a dormant spray have produced much
greater yields than those sprayed with
Lime-Sulfur — in one instance 58% more
fruit. We have shown above that it only
takes an increase of lj^% to 2% on the
average tree to pay for the entire cost of
“Scalecide,” including both labor, material
6
and wear and tear on apparatus. Can you
afford not to use “Scalecide”?
The only way to measure results is by
comparison. Please read again our broad
guarantee on pg. 32.
The stimulating effect of “Scalecide” is
noticeable in several ways: A larger leaf,
even where trees are bearing heavily; more
terminal growth; the holding of the foliage
later in the fall, which means the elabora-
tion and storage of more starch and sugar,
which insures a plumper fruit spur, more
frost resistance and a better chance for a
crop the next year after using “Scalecide.”
Furthermore, cankers of various kinds, in-
cluding collar rot, begin to heal up, and
new cambium and corky tissues begin to
form around diseased areas. Old diseased
bark begins to peel off, leaving healthy,
smooth bark underneath and less places for
insects and disease to harbor — blighted
twigs decreasing, if not disappearing alto-
gether. All of this may not be apparent
except by close observation and compari-
son, which we always solicit.
Prof. S. P. Hollister, of Connecticut, in
“The Field,” of June, 1920, says: “Pear
blight is a bacterial disease affecting pears
and also apples. Cutting out and burning
has been the method of control, but or-
chards which are carefully sprayed with
‘Scalecide’ do not show the blight as do
orchards which are not so sprayed.”
7
These results, which are peculiar to
“Scalecide,” are due, we believe, to the
large amount of specially treated high-
priced vegetable oils used in its manufac-
ture— there being enough in one barrel of
“Scalecide” to make three or four barrels
of other oil sprays, although cheaper oils
are generally used.
"Scalecide” absolutely stands in a class
by itself. No other spray is made like it
or from the same material. Other oil
sprays may lock like “Scalecide” and mix
like “Scalecide,” but are not “Scalecide,”
although they may do some things as well
as “Scalecide,” but not all the things that
“Scalecide” will do^. A Ben Davis apple
looks like a good apple, smells like a good
apple, but is not to be compared with a
Spitzenberg or a Delicious, and you would
not pay as much for it.
Without being technical, there are a few
interesting facts in regard to “Scalecide”
that may serve more for food for thought
than a iriatter of argument. It is known
scientifically that plant tissues will absorb
and assimilate vegetable oils if administered
in small enough doses. Palm trees are often
treated with castor oil around the roots to
increase their vigor. T. A. Knight, an
English horticultural writer of nearly a
century ago, says: “A small quantity of oil
rubbed on the branches of trees destroys
insects and increases the fruit spurs.”
S
C/eaner C/eanse^r
Pure and
Purifying
Its Many
Uses
NVENTIVE genius and research
has done this or discovered that,
but in its mad race for some-
thing new, it has, until very
recently, done little or nothing
toward furnishing a practical,
thorough and sanitary cleaning
material.
However, the longest wait must have an
end, and you will find in Wyandotte Sanitary
Cleaner and Cleanser the long desired article.
Ever since the world began it has been one
mighty struggle with dirt, the deadly foe to
health and economy.
Surgeons tell us that soap and all prep-
arations with a greasy base are worse
than useless as antiseptic cleaners. These
compounds leave a greasy residue which fur-
nishes a breeding ground and acts as a pro-
tecting envelope for germs, even against
powerful antiseptics. The cleanliness of
soap and water, or even that of lye appeals
only to the eye. The invisible dirt and objec-
tionable matter which they do not and cannot
remove, is the cause of disease and much of
your trouble.
But you say that you would have us do the
impossible, trying to keep things as clean as
you describe. Yes, it would be impossible if
you should depend upon soap, soap powder,
sal soda or lye, but if you use
Wyandotte Sanitary Cleaner and Cleanser
everything may be easily made clean, sweet,
pure and sanitary, Wyandotte Sanitarj
Cleaner and Cleanser is a dry, snow white
powder, with no grease, fat, caustic, lye, acid,
or preservatives in its composition. Neither
does it contain a particle of animal or veg-
etable matter. It is purely a mineral cleaning
material. This may be a new idea to you, yet
Wyandotte Sanitary Cleaner and Cleanser has
been thoroughly tested and bears the un-
qualified endorsement of Pure Food Inspec-
tors, Dairy Officials and Boards of Health.
Ice Boxes and Refrigerators
HE Ice Box or Refrigerator may be thor-
oughly cleaned and sweetened as fol-
lows: Dip a damp brush into the dry
Wyandotte Sanitary Cleaner and Cleanser and
apply as a sco iring powder. Rinse with hot or
cold water. After cleaning has been completed,
sprinkle some of the dry powder on places
where the accumulations form, and allow it to
remain. This will greatly assist in keeping
everything sweet and pure.
Dairy Utensils, Tinware, Cans, Etc.
ig^iHE value of clean, sweet, sanitar f milk
iBJI utensils cannot be overestimated, and
the following letter from the Dairy Farm,
Michigan Agricultural College, will show how
well Wyandotte Sanitary Cleaner and Cleans-
er serves this purpose: “We have not as
yet found a cleaning powder that can come
up to Wyandotte Sanitary Cleaner and
Cleanser in the dairy, and we have tried
out several. It is not best to use on dairy
utensils a powder containing soap, because
it leaves a smell in the utensils which is car-
ried on into the dairy products. In our use
of Wyandotte Sanitary Cleaner and Cleanser
we have never been able to detect any such
flavors”, (Signed) W. B. Liverance.
Soda Fountains
[|^OR washing and cleaning soda fountains,
[UIJ show cases, marble countei s, unpainted
tables, etc., sprinkle the dry Wyandotte Sani-
tary Cleaner and Cleanser on the surface,
which has first been wet. Allow same to
remain a little time. Then wash or scrub in
the usual way and rinse. You will be sur-
prised how easily and quickly this will remove
grease spots and clean. For washing glasses,
spoons, servir g trays, etc. , see Dire '.tions for
Washing Dishes.
Deodorizer
YANDOTTE Sanitary Cleaner and Cleans-
er will deodorize and clean drain pipes,
traps, drains, urinals, closets, and all places
where foul and ill- smelling odors arise. First
wet thoroughly with cold water. Then throw
into same a small quantity of Wyandotte
Samtary Cleaner and Cleanser and allow
same to remain a short time; then rinse.
This treatment is also very effective for
cleaning the refrigerator drain pipes.
As a Bath Powder
S a bath powder maybe you are using
it now. Several popular bath powders
on the market are nothing but Wyandotte
Sanitary Cleaner and Cleanser with a little
perfume added, put up in a fancy box, with
a fancy name, and sold at a fancy price.
Wyandotte Sanitary Cleaner and Cleanser
softens the water, cleans the pores and makes
the skin soft, white and smooth. Even those
troubled with rheumatism tell us they find
much relief in frequent hot Wyandotte
Sanitary Cleaner and Cleanser baths .
Wash Bowls, Bath Tubs, Sinks, Etc.
F you have a white enameled sink, wash
bowl or bath tub to keep clean, once you
try Wyandotte Sanitary Cleaner and Cleanser
for this purpose you will never again be
without it. Just dip a damp brush or cloth in
dry Wyandotte Sanitary Cleaner and Cleanser
and rub. It certainly does at once, what
other compounds do imperfectly, if at all.
Wyandotte Sanitary ( leaner and Cleanser
will not scratch the enamel.
Physicians’ Instruments
YANDOTTE Sanitary Cleaner and
Cleanser used with hot— not boiling -
water, will clean and brighten instruments
without the sl ghtest injury to the steel or
its temper. It frees them from all films and
coatings, so thdt the final dip into an anti-
septic solution renders them perfectly safe
and sterile. Protracted boiling will also
sterilize instruments, but such high tempera-
ture often draws the temper of knives and
destroys th^ir fine edge.
Windows and Glassware
||30R cut glass, drinking glasses, windows,
lUil mirrors, etc., use one teaspoonful of the
Cleaner to a gallon of hot water. Cool to
required temperature and wash in the usual
way and rinse.
Washing Dishes
j|r®DD one or two teaspoonfuls of “Wyan-
mi dotte” to a dishpan of warm water.
Wash in the usual way. Wyandotte Sanitary
Cleaner and Cleanser will wash the dishes
cleaner and brighter than where soap is
used, and they will dry quicker.
Laces, Fine Fabrics, Silk Gloves, Etc.
BIRST thoroughly soak in cold water, to
which enough Wyandotte Sanitary
Cleaner and Cleanser has been added to make
the water feel soft to the hand. After which
heat to lukewarm and wash in the usual way.
Rinse in water of same temperature. Dry
partially and iron on the wrong side. Silk
gloves should be washed on the hands in tepid
water, to which has been added a small amount
of Wyandotte Sanitary Cleaner and Cleanser,
and just enough soap to make a suds.
Painted Surfaces
lOR washing painted surfaces, whether
___ wood, brick or stone, Wyandotte Sani-
tary Cleaner and Cleanser should be used as
follows: Add 1 heaping tablespoonful of the
Wyandotte Sanitary Cleaner and Cleanser
to each gallon of cold water used. Apply
with cloth and rub briskly. Then rinse
thoroughly with clean water and dry with
another cloth.
CAUTION— Ho not leave the Wyandotte
Sanitary Cleaner and Cleanser on painted
surfaces without rinsing and drying, and do
not use stronger than above directed.
Carpets and Rugs
nr^AKE a strong solution of Wyandotte
Sanitary Cleaner and Cleanser and
apply to the carpet or rug with a soft brush,
using just enough of the solution to wet the
nap of the carpet thoroughly. Follow imme-
diately with clean water applied in the same
way. Take about two square yards at a
time and complete as you go along. It will
make the carpet or rug as bright and fresh
as new.
Hard Water Soft
IHE many demands for soft water, and
the fact that most waters are hard,
makes this one use of Wyandotte Sanitary
Cleaner and C eanser a universal need. The
hardness of the water is due to the presence of
the sulphates and chloride of lime and mag-
ne =ia. Deposits of these minerals from the
water are known among engineers and
threshermen as boiler scale. To the auto-
mobile man it is the incrustation that forms
on the inside of the cooling coils To the
housewife it is the hard deposit on the inside
of the teakettle. Wyandotte Sanitary Cleaner
and Cleanser precipitates these minerals as
a fine powder, thus leaving the water as
soft as rain, and incapable of forming de-
posits. Then to these are added the many
daily uses for soft water, which any one can
name, surely make of Wyandotte Sanitary
Cleaner and Cleanser an ever-ready helper.
IF
vou are a baker, butcher, bottler, hotel or
restaurant man, write us for booklet giving
directions for your particular use.
Fac Simile of Sack
Look for the Indian with drawn bow and
arrow enclosed in circle.
THE J. B. FORD COMPANY
Sole Manufacturers, with Home Offce and
Works at
Wyandotte, Mich., U. S. A.,
auid Branch Offices at
Atlanta, Ga. Boston, Mass. Buffalo, N. Y. BiJti-
more, Md. Chicago, ill. Cleveland, Ohio. Cincinnati.
Ohio. Denver. Colo. Detroit, Mich. Des Moines, la,
IndianapoUs, Ind. Kansas City, Mo. Minneapolis, Minn.
Milwaukee, Wis. New York, N Y. New Orleans, La.
Los Angeles, CeJif. Omaha, Neb. Philadelphia, Pa.
Pittsburgh, Pa. San Francisco, Calif. Seattle, Wash.
St. Louis, Mo. Syracuse, N. Y.
While fruit
spur formation
IS sometimes
due to injury,
normal fruit
spur formation
is the result of
proper and
timely stimula-
tion, and we
have demon-
s t r a t e d that
“Scalecide” sup-
plies this stim-
ulation.
The oil glo-
bules in “Scale-
cide” are brok-
en up so small
that it requires
the highest
power micro-
scope to see
them. They
lave what is technically known as the
Irownian movement. They are in con-
tant motion, whirling and bouncing
gainst one another like living organisms,
rhey are really smaller and more rapid
n their motion than the Bacillus amylo-
'orous, which is the organism that pro-
fire blight. So that “Scalecide”
be able to travel anywhere in the
tissues that Bacillus amylovorous
oes, yet more rapidly. But instead of being
'hotograph showing the healing
p of a large cawker following the
nnual use of “Scalecide.” Note
lie new bark forming around
lie outer margin of the canker.
luces
hould
lant
9
injurious to plant tissues, it seems to stimu-
late them to greater activity, causing the
death or the disappearance of the blight
organism in the hold-over cankers, stopping
the disease and allowing new tissues to
form.
We do not pretend to know the whys
and wherefores of the unusual effect that
“Scalecide” has on tree growth, but we do
know from close observation in orchards
all over the country during the past six-
teen years, and in our own large orchards
for the past ten years, that “Scalecide” is
the complete dormant spray, producing re-
sults far beyond Lime-Sulfur or any other
spray or combination of sprays, and in-
creasing the crops more than enough to
pay the entire cost of spray material, the
labor and wear and tear on apparatus, and
a handsome profit besides.
We now have some 26,000 trees, and are
planning to increase our planting at the
rate of eight to ten thousand trees per 3'ear
for the next four 5’ears. We are planting
many varieties which are susceptible to
blight and collar rot because they are more
profitable, as we know that we can con-
trol these troubles without difficulty by the
annual application of “Scalecide.” Cost is
only a relative figure; results alone can es-
tablish true cost.
10
For working directions see Spray Calendar
page 25
(Use “Scalecide” at strength of 1-15 only
unless otherwise noted)
1. SCALE. “Scalecide” covers them
with a film of oil, shutting off their supply
of air. The scale are killed within a few
hours after an application any lime during
the dormant season from the time the
leaves drop in the fall until they come out
in the spring, provided it is not too cold—
say 40° F. Often the dead scale cliug to
the bark for many months and do not drop
off until the bark expands, but if “Scale-
cide” comes in contact with a scale, you
can rest assured it will be killed. This
applies to every kind of scale. In fact, we
have not found a scale of any kind in any
country which “Scalecide” would not kilL
It is well nan^ed- “Scalecide.”
11
2. PEAR PSYLLA. Spray thoroughly
any time in the fall or pleasant day in the
winter or spring before the psylla have laid
their eggs. The best work is done on sun-
shiny days in the fall. When the adult
psylla is out on the limbs and the weather
is cool enough to make them sluggish, con-
trol is most complete. It is too late for
good results when the eggs have been laid
in the spring.
3. PEACH LEAF CURL. When “Scale-
cide” is applied in the fall or early winter,
it will kill the leaf curl spores which are
concealed in the rough bark or bud scales.
To spray in the spring is too late, as a
warm spell in the late winter or early spring
will cause the buds to swell before they are
sprayed, the leaf curl spores will become
active and lodge in the bud to begin work.
Cooler weather or cool nights will cause
the bud to shrink back again somewhat en-
casing the leaf curl spores inside the bud
scales sc that subsequent applications of
spray material will have no effect. This
accounts for the leaf curl being worse on
the southern and western exposures of an
orchard, and also for being worse following
a warm winter except in orchards sprayed
thoroughly with “Scalecide” in the fall.
4. APHIS. “Scalecide” will control
aphis if anplied in the late spring, a de-
layed dormant spray, just as the buds are
swelling and the aphis are hatching. The
12
eggs that are about to hatch are prevented
from doing so. At no other time is “Scale-
cide” effective against aphis. See cuts page
20 showing the condition of the buds when
they should be sprayed. “Scalecide” can
be used safely later than winter strength
Lime-Sulfur, but use a fine misty spray—
not a coarse driving spray.
5. LEAF ROLLER AND TENT
CATERPILLAR. “Scalecide” will prevent
the egg masses of these from hatching.
Best results only can be obtained by spray-
ing in the spring as for aphis.
6. BUD MOTH AND CASE-BEAR-
ERS. These insects do more damage than
the average orchardist thinks. They not
only destroy the current year’s crop, but
after their attack the fruit spurs are gone
forever. An annual spraying with “Scale-
cide” at any time during the dormant sea-
son, either fall or spring, will keep the bud
moth and case-bearers in check, but the
delayed dormant spraying is best for case-
bearers, as they often come from hiding
and start up the trees just as the buds are
swelling.
7. PEAR THRIPS. To control this in-
sect, spray pears late in the spring, using
a delayed dormant spray as for aphis. See
cut showing the right time to spray.
13
8. FIRE OR PEAR BLIGHT CAN-
KERS. This disease is caused by the bac-
teria (^Bacillus amylovoroiis) which causes
fire blight, twig blight and blight cankers
on apples, pears and quinces. It is consid-
ered by the foremost authorities as the
most generally destructive of all fruit dis-
eases. The bacteria lives over the winter
in the cankered areas along the body and
limbs of the trees. Cankers one 3'ear old
or less appear only as darkened areas, later
sunken, and on rough trees are easily over-
looked; older cankers are very prominent
and are familiar to every orchardist. And
it is during this time that we must apply
our control measures.
Reports from many parts of the country
this past season have been most encourag-
ing, and have confirmed without a single
exception the results of our observations
in our own commercial orchards, which we
published in our “JUST 16” booklet a 3'ear
ago. These are that “Scalecide” applied
during the dormant season, either spring
or fall, cleans up the blight cankers. It
seems to penetrate the diseased bark, de-
stroying the disease and allowing the
wounds to heal over. It may even be ab-
sorbed by the plant tissues as some evi-
dence shows, which may account for the
remarkable stimulating effect of “Scale-
cide” upon the tree growth whether dis-
eased or healthy. Wc have seen “Scale-
cide” clean up one-year-old cankers before
14
the disease had broken through the bark.
In damp seasons the “Scalecide” seems to
soften up these young cankers, and has
often been referred to as oil injury, whereas
in fact the material is cleaning up a dis-
eased condition of the tree which would
in time seriously injure, if not entirely kill
the tree. Later a cambium is formed un-
derneath and when the outer dead bark
sloughs or peels off it leaves a new bark
covering the entire area. Older cankers
heal up by the formation of a corky tissue
about the outer margin of the canker which
enlarges year by year (see cut page 9), and
will eventually grow over the entire can-
kered area much the same as a pruning
wound heals over.
If you in this way clean up the cankers
in your own orchard you can have no infec-
tion from them that will cause twig blight
during the summer. This does not pre-
vent, however, the disease being carried into
your orchard from a near by diseased tree
causing twig blight, but the application of
“Scalecide” on your orchard the following
dormant season will prevent the blight from
spreading to any considerable extent. Cut-
ting out, disinfecting and painting is not
necessary or desirable.
This control of fire blight cankers by the
use of “Scalecide” is the most important de-
velopment since it was first used for San
Jose Scale back in 1904.
15
9. FUNGOUS APPLE CANKERS and
COLLAR ROT caused by bitter rot, brown
rot (Sphaeropsts vialorum) and some other
fungous cankers are cleaned up by a regular
dormant spraying.
10. PEACH OR BROWN ROT CAN-
KERS and Valsa leiicostoma (often called
die-back), on peaches and plums, are con-
trolled by the regular dormant spraying
with “Scalecide.”
11. WOOLLY APHIS on roots, ROOT
ROT and ROOT BLIGHT {Bacillus amy-
lovorous). “Scalecide” is by far the saf-
est and best remedy so far used. Draw the
earth from around the trees just enough
to expose the bowl of the tree and some of
the main roots. Saturate the ground with
“Scalecide,” (1-15) using about twice as
much material as it would take to spray the
top. Then replace the earth.
Several years ago we got an orchard
w’hich had in it two hundred and sixty-
three eighteen-year-old trees, dying of root
blight and woolly aphis on roots. These
were treated in the manner described in the
middle of the first summer; then again the
next year. We did not lose twenty-five of
these trees, which appeared as though they
were gone.
12. PEACH BORER. Several Experi-
ment Station' investigators have been work-
ing on the effect of “Scalecide” against
peach borer larvae, but as yet the work is
incomplete, for it takes many years to ob-
tain conclusive results in various parts of
16
the country on a work of this kind. In West
Virginia, however, experiments have shown
results equal to worming (the present com-
mon practice). The method employed is
to remove the earth from about the base
of the tree as for worming. After the bark
is dry, spray the trunk of the trees from
the base of the cavity to six or eight inches
above the ground, using “Scalecide” at the
proportion of 1-8. Use a good pressure
and force the material as well as possible
into the holes made by the borers. The
best time to make this application is in the
latter part of September or early October
when the young borers are just beneath the
outer bark.
We have no data concerning the use of
“Scalecide” against the apple tree borers,
but it may aid in controlling them if the
material is sprayed into their burrows just
after the young borers start work. This
would then be somewhat earlier than for
peach borer, say sometime during August.
13. DIPPING WHEN PLANTING
TREES. Young apple and pear trees
should be dipped in “Scalecide,” 1-15, root
qnd branch, before setting out, and sprayed
annually with “Scalecide” of the same
strength while dormant. It will insure
their healthfulness and more rapid growth.
14. PRUNING WOUNDS. Painting
pruning wounds is unnecessary, as the an-
nual spraying with “Scalecide” will prevent
decay and disease infection.
■ 17
■ “Scalecide” is a soluble or miscible oil
that mixes instantly with water when
stirred and staj's mixed.
It should form a white milky solution
without oil floating on top. (See page 21.)
It does not burn the face or hands or
injure even 3'our eyes, and is not poison-
ous to man or beast.
It does not corrode or destroy your pump
and cannot stop up j’our nozzles unless you
leave some old Lime-Sulfur in your tanks.
Everj^one saj^s: “It is so nice to use.”
“Scalecide” with Fungicide. All “Scale-
cide” contains a distinct fungicide and
shows greater fungicidal action than any
other dormant spray.
Spray any tree, shrub, bush or vine that
drops its leaves in winter with “Scalecide,”
1 part to 15 parts of water. It will do more
to insure their health and vigor than any-
thing else.
SIMPLICITY OF “SCALECIDE”
Any man who can spraj-^ with Lime-Sul-
fur can do twice as good a job with “Scale-
cide,” and cannot go wrong if he follows
the simplest directions that any ten-year-
old boy of average intelligence can under-
stand.
Add 1 gal. “Scalecide” to 15 gals, of water
— stir and you are ready to spray any kind
of trees that drop their leaves in winter,
provided it is not too cold to be comfort-
able, say 40° Fahr.
Use your finest spray disk on nozzle or
spray-gun and thoroughly wet the tree from
the topmost twig down to the ground and
around the base of the tree.
Don’t be afraid to get on too much.
You cannot get on one-half as much as
you would with Lime-Sulfur, but you will
do a better job and not so disagreeable.
WHEN TO SPRAY
Spray any nice day after the leaves drop
m the fall until the leaf-buds begin to swell
and turn green in the spring, provided it is
not too cold for comfort, say 40° Fahr.
Don’t spray when there is danger of its
freezing before it is dry on the trees.
“Scalecide” will dry in fifteen minutes on a
clear, dry day, but may take hours if the
day is cloudy and foggy.
How Early? It is not necessary to wait
until all the leaves are off; only see that
the wood is thoroughly matured.
Fall Spraying has many advantages, es-
pecially for Leaf Curl on peaches. Pear
Psylla, and it is easier to control a bad case
of scale.
19
Time to commence
spraying with
“Scalecide”
buds begin to
with a fine spray-
ing spray.
Spring Spra3dng has
some advantages over fall.
It is the best time for Leaf
Roller, Tent Caterpillar,
Bud Moth and Aphis, but
too late for Peach Curl and
Pear Psylla.
How Late? See cuts.
You can spray as late or
later with “Scalecide” than
you can with Lime-Sulfur,
winter strength. A safe
plan is never to use a dor-
mant spray when blossom
show. Spray thoroughly
Don’t use a coarse driv-
HOW TO SPRAY
Spray thoroughly or not at all, from the
topmost t-wig to the ground and around the
base of the tree.
Thoroughness is most
important. Spray until
the trees drip. The fun-
damental principle is to
get the spray and
enough of it where it
can do the work.
Use the highest pres-
sure you can get.
Use the finest disk for
nozzle or spray-gun.
20
As late as it is safe
to spray
Saturate every cankered spot and the
rough bark.
Don’t be afraid to over-spray.
HOW TO MIX
Test “Scalecide” before using by stirring
a teaspoonful in a glass of water. If it
makes a white, milky solution without oil
floating on top, it is all right to use no mat-
ter hovv' long you have had it. If not, don’t
use it. Follow instructions for making old
“Scalecide” good.
After seeing that your spray-tank is clean
and free of Arsenate of Lead or Lime-
Sulfur, fill it nearly full of water and add 1
gallon “Scalecide” for each 15 gallons of
water and stir; or let the “Scalecide” and
water run through your strainer together
as you are filling your spray-tank.
When “Scalecide” is once mixed, it stays
mixed.
Don’t pour water into “Scalecide,” but
“Scalecide” into the water.
Never mix “Scalecide” with anything but
plain water.
HOW TO MAKE OLD “SCALECIDE”
NEW
“Scalecide” does not lose its strength
or efficiency.
On long standing it may separate or lose
a little water and ammonia, and will not
mix perfectly. For this reason, always test
before using.
In most instances all it needs is thorough
21
shaking together or stirring. Ninety per
cent, of the “Scalecide” sent back mixes
perfectly when it reaches us — the jostling
on the train brings it back.
If it has lost ammonia and water, this can
be replaced carefully and the “Scalecide”
is as good as new. Generally 25c. worth of
ordinary household ammonia, diluted in a
quart or half-gallon of water, is enough for
a SO-gallon barrel of “Scalecide.” Too much
is as bad as not enough, so add slowly and
test often.
After thoroughly stirring the can or bar-
rel, draw one gallon of “Scalecide” into a
clean, dry pail. Add a tablespoonful of di-
luted ammonia (made by mixing 1 part of
ammonia to about 10 parts of water) and
stir it in for a few minutes. Test by adding
a teaspoonful to a glass , of water. If oil
still floats on top, repeat this operation as
often as necessary to make it mix perfectly,
but test each time before adding more am-
monia to the “Scalecide,” as too much is as
bad as not enough.
A tablespoonful is 54 ounce, and this in
1 gallon is equal to 1)4 pints (three cup-
fuls) of dilute ammonia to 50 gallons of
“Scalecide.” If it takes 2 tablespoonfuls,
you add 6 cups or 154 quarts, etc.
Don’t throw away old “Scalecide.” If
you cannot make it mix, we will replace it
with new “Scalecide” when delivered to us,
if you pay the tranpoortation charges.
22
“Sulfocide” is a powerful fungicide for
many fungous diseases of apples, pears,
quinces, peaches, plums, cherries, grapes
and small fruits. It is also a very effective
spray for blight on potatoes, beans, melons
and other vegetables; in fact, anywhere a
strong fungicidal spray is needed.
“Sulfocidc” has been on the market for
many 3’ears, but its usefulness has been
limited because it could not be used with
any of the arsenicals until the new lime ar-
senate came on the market.
It has a wide range of usefulness as a
fungicide on fruits, vegetables and flowers,
equally adapted to the smallest garden or
the largest orchard.
It is one sulphur spray that can be used
successfully on potatoes and grapes, and
because of its concentrated form, is ex-
tremely inexpensive. One gallon makes
150 to 200 gals, of spray. It dilutes in any
proportion of water without sediment so it
cannot clog the finest nozzle, but should
always be mixed fresh for use. "Sulfocide”
spray, on drying, becomes insoluble in water
so that it cannot be readily washed off by
the rain.
CAL-ARSENATE
For a good many years we have looked
for a reliable poison that could be used with
“Sulfocide” to make a combined spray. This
we have found in a carefully and scientifi-
cally made arsenate of lime, sold under the
trade name of Cal-Arsenate. In Powder
form it is fine, light and fluffy, and one-
third stronger in arsenic oxide than the
highest grade arsenate of lead, and one-
fourth to one-third less expensive.
We recommend Cal-Arsenate as all ar-
senates of lime are not equally reliable.
Prof. G. E. Sanders, before the Entomo-
logical Society of Nova Scotia, said of Ar-
senate of Lime (Cal-Arsenate): “Used alone
it is under some conditions liable to burn
foliage, but used in combination with Bor-
deaux Mixture or Lime-Sulfur, it is as
safe as any known arsenical. In Sodium
Sulphide sprays (“Sulfocide”) it is much the
safest of all arsenicals. It adheres well to
the foliage and remains readily in suspen-
sion in water.”
The same authority states that “Sulfo-
cide” increases the killing power of Cal-
Arsenate, so only ^ lb. to 50 gallons is
used where ^ to 1 lb. would be used with
Lime-Sulfur.
When desired Black-Leaf 40 can be used
with this combination as with Lime-Sulfur
and Arsenate of Lead.
Both “Sulfocide” and Cal-Arsenate keep
indefinitely so order your supply ahead and
always have it on hand when needed.
24
ds used and fecommended
hy ourselves
(Never omit “Standard Sprays” and add the
“Special Sprays” as needed)
After nine years of comparative work
with most of the best-known commercial
sprays, we have settled on the following
spraying program in our own large orchard
operations as giving the best results obtain-
able. Using this program, we have packed
95% A-grade apples from tree-run without
thinning.
In the last few years many of our friends
and customers have followed it with most
gratifying results.
Mr. George T. Powell, of Ghent, N. Y.,
writes: “Never produced a crop of apples
of so fine a quality.” Mr. C. J. Tyson,
Orchard Manager, Tyson Bros., Inc., Flora
Dale, Pa. — “It certainly does reduce the
cost to a minimum, and I am not at all sure
the results do not at least closely equal any-
thing we have used.” Mr. E. S. Marlatt,
Port Murray, N. J., writes: “It seems that
everything you have brought out so far has
proven a success. . . . My apple trees are
the finest in this locality as well as the
apples.”
FIRST STANDARD SPRAY
(Dormant or Scale Spray)
For Apples, Pears, Quinces, Cherries,
Peaches, Plums and Small Fruits
Spray any time in the fall after the leaves
have fallen and the wood has hardened, or
in the spring before the buds show green
(see cut page 20), providing it is not too
cold, say 40° Fahr., using “Scalecide,” 1
gallon to 15 gallons of water (3-50). Spray
thoroughly from the topmost twig down to
the base of the trees at the ground, using
a fine, misty spray, completely saturating
the tree until the material starts to drip.
Make the fall application for pear psylla
and peach leaf curl. Make the spring ap-
plication for aphis, pear thrips, leaf roller
and tent caterpillars. Make either fall or
spring application for scale, bud moth,
case-bearer, cankers, both fungous and
blight, and collar rot.
Be sure your spray-tank is clean before
you start to spray!
SPECIAL SPRAY NO. 1
Sometimes called the “Scab,” “Cluster-
bud” or “Pink” spray, and is almost becom-
ing a Standard Spray. (See page 30 for
small proportions.)
For Apples, Pears and Quinces
When the buds are still in cluster, just
before the blossoms begin to show color,
use “Sulfocide” 1 gal. to 200 gallons of
water, without any poison.
Cal-Arsenate Powder, 2 lbs. to 20C gallons
of spray, may be added if chewing insects
are feared.
26
For Peaches, Plums, Apricots and Stono
Fruits
When the buds are ready to open and
just show color, use “Sulfocide,” 1 gal. to
200 gallons of water. Never use a poison
of any kind with “Sulfocide” on stone fruits.
SECOND STANDARD SPRAY
(See page 30 for small proportions)
For Apples, Pears and Quinces
For the control of Codling Moth (wormy
fruit) and fungous troubles, but generally
too late for scab.
This spray is most important and should
never be omitted or delayed, and must be
very thorough.
As soon as the bees leave the blossom,
and not later than ten days after the petals
fall, spray with 1 gal. “Sulfocide” ,to 200
gallons water and add 2 lbs. Cal-Arsenate
Powder. Do not use Arsenate of Lead
when using “Sulfocide.” Direct the spray
with good force into the open calyces of
the newly formed fruit.
For Peaches and Stone Fruits
For the control of Brown Rot, Scab, etc.
As the shucks are falling from the newly
formed fruit, use “Sulfocide” alone, 1 gal.
to 200 gallons of water.
. Repeat this spray every three or four
weeks up to within a week of harvest.
Never use any poison with “Sulfocide” on
stone fruits. A separate spraying with
Arsenate of Lead alone may be used after
the “Sulfocide” is dry.
SPECIAL SPRAYS No. 2 and No. 3
Where leaf spot or black rot is prevalent,
or a late batch of codling moth is feared,
repeat Second Standard Spray fourteen
days later, and for the second brood, six
weeks after the petals fall.
Never use Lead Arsenate with “Sulfocide.”
27
ORANGES AND CITRUS TREES
“Scalecide” has been used for many years
for the control of scale insects on citrus
trees.
Use “Scalecide” 1 to 50 or 60 parts of
water during the dormant season as you
would Lime-Sulfur for scale. Repeat as
often as necessary. For White Fly, Rust
Mite, etc., 1 to 75 or 80 after the fruit has
formed.
For Scab and Fungus, use “Sulfocide”
1 part to 200 parts of water as you would
Bordeaux Mixture or dilute Lime-Sulfur.
EVERGREENS and CONIFERS
Spray with “Scalecide,” 1-25, just before
the new growth starts in the spring.
SPRAYING SMALL FRUITS
Grapes, Currants, Gooseberries, Raspber-
ries and Blackberries
Never omit a dormant spray with “Scale-
cide,” 1 gallon to 15 gallons of water, be-
fore the leaves come out, — it will repay
many times the cost and trouble. It cleans
them of many insects and diseases, making
the summer spray with “Sulfocide” more
effective.
Spray just before blossoming with “Sulfo-
cide,” 1 part to 200 parts of water, and
again when the fruit sets and as often as
occasion demands.
Dust with 1 part Cal-Arsenate and 2
parts Lime for chewing insects.
SPRAYING VEGETABLES
We spray everything in the garden sub-
28
ject to fungi once every two weeks accord-
ing to weather conditions.
Beans, tomatoes, egg-plant, peppers, cu-
cumbers, squash and melons should be
sprayed every ten days or two weeks from
the time they start through the ground with
“Sulfocide,” 1 gal. to 200 gals, of water
(1 qt. to 50 gals, or 1 oz. to If^ gals. water).
For chewing insects, add Cal-Arsenate to
the “Sulfocide,” Yt, lb. to 50 gals., or dust
the plants with a dust of 1 part Cal-Arse-
nate and 2 parts hydrated or slacked lime.
“Sulfocide” has been used for years by
the vegetable growers of Florida with won-
derful results. String beans and tomatoes
are sometimes dipped in “Sulfocide” after
picking to insure safe arrival at market.
Several years ago two men planted three
acres of beans together. One wanted to
spray and the other did not, so the patch
was divided in two equal parts. The man
who sprayed with “Sulfocide” sold his crop
for over $1,100; the man who did not spray
picked only 36 hampers. (Address fur-
nished on request.)
SPRAYING POTATOES
We have not had occasion to use any
other fungicide on our potatoes for ten
years.
Potatoes require a little stronger mixture
than other vegetables. Use a gallon “Sul-
focide” to 150 gallons water, and add 2 to
3 lbs. Cal-Arsenate. This has proven ef-
fective in controlling blight, flea beetle and
potato beetle. Start when they come
through the ground and keep the new
growth covered.
“Sulfocide” and Cal-Arsenate is one-half
to one-third the cost of Bordeaux Lead and
equally effective.
29
For Aphis on potatoes, ““Sulf oleum” (a
new spray), 1 part to 100, is very effective
and cheap. It is also a fungicide.
SPRAYING FLOWERS
For mildew and blight on roses, holly-
hocks, carnations, chrysanthemums, peonies,
etc., spray with 2 ozs. of “Sulfocide” to 3
gals, of water (1 part to 200 parts of water)
every ten days or two weeks.
If 2 ozs. common laundry soap is soft-
ened by boiling and added to each 3 gals.
“Sulfocide” spray, it will spread better and
leave practically no marking on rose leaves.
If Aphis are present, add 1 teaspoonful
Black Leaf 40 to each gallon of spray.
“Sulfoleum,” as recommended for potatoes
and fruits, cannot be used on roses and
some flowers.
PROPORTIONS for MEASURING
SMALL QUANTITIES OF
“SULFOCIDE”
One ordinary cup or tumbler=8 oz. or
pint, or yl oi a quart.
1 to 200
1 teaspoonful to lj4 qts. water or 6 cup-
fuls,
1 oz. to 6 qts. water (lj4 gals.),
1 cupful (8 oz.) to 12^2 gals, water,
1 pint to 25 gals, water,
1 quart to 50 gals, water,
2 quarts to 100 gals, water.
CAL-ARSENATE
One heaping teaspoonful to 1 gal. of
water makes approximately the proportion
of 3 lbs. to 200 gallons of water.
30
INDEX
Page
Annual Bearing of Biennial Trees S
Aphis Treatment 12, 20
Arsenate of lame 24
Arsenate of Lead 21, 27
Black Leaf 40— When Used 24, 30
Blight Treatment 14
Brown Rot Treatment ....16, 27
Bud Moth Treatment 13
Cal-Arsenate 24
Canker Treatment 14, 16
Case Bearer Treatment 13
Codling Moth Treatment ' 27
Collar Rot Treatment 16
Dipping Trees When Planting 11
Directions 18 to 22, 25
Figuring the Cost of Spraying 3 to 10
Fire Blight Treatment 14
Flowers, Spraying of 30
General Information 18
Guarantee 32
Invigorating Effect of “SCALECIDE” S, 7
Leaf Roller Treatment 13
Leaf Spot Treatment 27
Manual for Use of “SCALECIDE” 11 to 17
Measuring Small Quantities 30
Old “SCALECIDE” Made New 21
Orange and Citrus Trees, Spraying of 28
Peach Borer Treatment 16
Peack Leaf Curl Treatment 12
Pear Psylla Treatment 12
Pear Thrips Treatment 13
Potatoes, Spraying of 29
Pruning Wounds, Disinfection of 17
Root Rot Treatment 16
Scab Treatment 26, 27
Scale Treatment 11
Small Fruits, Spraying of 28
Spray Calendar 25
Stimulating Effect of “SCALECIDE” 7
“SULFOCIDE” 23, 26 to 30
“SULFOLEUM” 30
Tent Caterpillar 13
Vegetables, Spraying of 28
When to Spray 19, 20, 25
Woolly Aphis Treatment... 16
31
OUR BROAD GUARANTEE
That “Scalecide” will make a better or-
chard than Lime-Sulfur or your money
back.
You and your neighbors to be the judges.
To prove it: Divide an orchard in two
your worst or best. Spray one-half with
“Scalecide” and the other with Lime-Sulfui
for three years, everything else (cultiva-
tion and summer sprays) being equal. 11
at the end of that time three disinterested
fruit -growers say that the part sprayed with
“Scalecide” is not in every way better than
that sprayed with Lime-Sulfur, we will
return you the money you have paid for the
“Scalecide.”
If we could frame a fairer offer, we would
do it, for the only reason you don’t use
“Scalecide” is that you do not know it.
If we can afford an offer like this, can
you, Mr. Fruit Grower, afford not to try it?
B. G. PRATT COMPANY
1. W. SCOTT CO.
Pittsburgh,
Pa.
Page
Asparagus Knife 85
Asparagus Roots i
Barb Wire 105
Baskets 95
Bale Ties no
Baby Chicks 147
Binders, Grain 106
Binder Twine 109
Bob-Sleds 122, 123
BoUer, Farm 132
Bolster Springs 120
Bone Cutters 150
Bottle Caps 128
Bottle Fillers 125
Bottle Washers 125
Bottle Cases 127
Bottle Baskets 128
Brooders 141-147
Brooms, Stable 129
Brushes, Dairy 129
Bulbs 42-44
Bull Rings 131
Bull Pacifier. 13 1
Butter Bowls 129
Butter Carriers 158
Butter Color 130
Butter Ladles 129
Butter Moulds 129
Butter Paper 130
Butter Workers 125
Buttermilk, Semi-Solid. . 136, 168
B-K Disinfectant 133, 173
Cabbage Plants 7
Calf Feeders. 13 1
Calf Weaners 13 1
Caponizers 162
Carbola 173
Carriage Heaters 123
Carts, Hand 113
Cattle Instruments 13 1
Cattle Remedies 133-135
Chick Boxes 160
Chicken Holder 164
Chums 124, 125
Chum Thermometer 129
Cider Mills 114
Com Grader 77
Corn Huskers no
Com Planters 76, 77
Com Shellers 114
Cream Separators 126
Cultivators 78- 84
Culti-Packer 73
Dairy Brushes 129
Dairy Feeds 136, 137
Deiiry Pails 128
Dairy Supplies 124-137
Dairy Thermometer 129
Day-Old Chicks 147
Dehomers 132
Dirt Bands and Pots 97
Dog Foods 175
Dog Remedies . .175
Doubletrees loi
Drills, Com 76, 77
Drills, Grain 75, 76
Drills, Seed 83, 84
Dusters 91
Egg Boxes 158-160
Egg Preserver 175
Egg Tester 162
Emery Grinder 109
Engines, Gasoline 116
Engines, Steam no
INDEX
Page
Ensilage Cutters no, in
Ensilage Distributor in
Fanning Mills 115
Farm Boilers 132
Farmogerm 50
Feed 136, 137
Feed Bins 164
Feed Cookers 132
Feed Mills 113-151
Fence 102-105
Fence Posts 105
Fence Tools 105
F ertilizers SI-S3
Fertilizer Sowers 74
Field Seeds 46-49
Flower Boxes 96
Flower Seeds 31-44
Fodder Cutters 110-112
Food Hoppers 152-154
Fruit Packages 95
Fungicides 54-57
Garden C ultivators 82-85
Garden Tools 82-85
Gas Engines 116
Gates 102-104
Glass, Hotbed 97
Grafting Tool 93
Grafting Wax 56
Grain Binders 106
Grain Cleaners 115
Grain Cradles 108
Grain Drills 75, 76
Grain Sprouters 148, 149
Grass Catchers 98
Grass Seed 45, 46
Grass Seeders 75
Grinding Mills 113-151
Grindstones 100
Harrows 67-72
Harvesting Machines. . . 106-109
Hay Carriers 108
Hay Loaders 107
Hay Presses no
Hay Racks 107
Hay Rakes 106, 107
Hay Tedder 107
Heaters 123-164
Hens’ Nests 160
Horse-Radish Roots 15
Hose, Garden 92
Hose Reel 92
Hotbed Supplies 97
Hotbed Drill 84
Hygrometers 163
Incubators 139-142
Incubator Extras 163
Insecticides 54-57
Jacks 117
Judge’s Sticks 163
Page
Kettles, Sugar. 132
Kraut Cutter 112
Ladders 95
Lamps, Nu-Lite 165
Land Rollers 72
Lanterns 164
Lawn Mowers 98, 99
Lawn Seed 45
Lawn Sprinklers 92
Leg Bands 163
Lime Sowers 74
Lice Killers 170, 174
Limestone 52
Load Binders 120
Mail Boxes 117
Manure Spreader 73
Mastica 97
Measures, Drj’ 96
Milk Bottles 127
Milk Bottle Baskets 128
Milk Bottle Caps 128
Milk Bottle Cases 127
Milk Cans 130
Milk Cooler 126, 127
Milking Tubes. . 13 1
Milk Scale 127
Milk Strainers 130
Milk Tester 126
Mills, Grinding 113, 15 1
Miniature Wagon 120
Mowers, Field 106
Mowers, Lawn 98, 99
Mowing Scythes 108
Mulchers 81
Mushrooms 18
Nails 105
Nest Eggs 162
Nu-Lite Lamp 165
O K Poultry Litter. 165
Onion Sets 20
Paint 175
Paper Pots 97
Perch Supports 161
Plant Boxes 96
Plants, Cabbage 7
Planter, Com 76, 77
Planter, Columbia 84
Plows 61, 66
Plows, Shovel 80
Posts, Fence 105
Post Hole Diggers loi
Potato Cutter 77
Potato Digger 78
Potatoes, Seed 30
Potato Planter 77
Poultry Books 176
Poultry Coops 161
Poultry Feeds 166-169
Poultry Feeders 152- 154
Page
Poultry Fountains i55-i57
Poultry Killers 164
Poultry Marker 162
Poultry Netting 104
Poultry Remedies 1 70- 1 74
Pratt’s Remedies 135-171
Pruning Tools 93, 94
Pulverizers 72, 73
Pumps 1 16, 117
R. F. D. Mail Boxes 117
Rakes, Garden 85
Rakes, Hay 106, 107
Rat Corn 134
Roofing and Paint 175
Rollers, Land 72
Rope 109
Root Cutters 112, 149
Sal Vet 133
Sash, Hotbed 97
Saw-Mills no
Scales 115
Scrapers, Drag 120, 165
Scythes and Snaths 108
Scythe Stones 109
Section Grinder 109
Seeds, Field 46-49
Seeds, Flower 31-44
Seeds, Lawn 45
Seeds, Vegetable 1-30
Seed Cleaner 115
Seed Com Graders 77
Seed Drills 83, 84
Seed Potatoes 30
Seed Sowers 75
Semi-Solid Buttermilk. .136, 168
Sheep Manure 52
Shoo-Fly 133
Shovel Plows 80
Silo Fillers no, in
Sleds 122, 123
Sparrow Trap 165
Sprayers 86-92
Sprinklers 92
Stable Broom 129
Stanchions 131
Steam Engines. ; no
Stock Feeds 136, 137
Stock Remedies 133, 135
Xeat Instruments 13 1
Tedders 107
Thermometers 129—163
Threshers no
Tractors 58-60
Vegetable Seeds 1-30
Vegetable Tyer 98
W^agons, Farm 121, 122
Wagons, Dump 122
Wagons, Miniature 120
Wagon Jacks 117
Wash Sinks 125
Washing Machines 118-120
Water Glass 175
Wedges, Wood loi
Weeders 81-84
Wheel Hoes 82—84
Wheelbarrows 113
Whetstones 109
Whitewashing Machines 88
Wine Presses 114
Wire 105
Wire Stretchers 105
Wyandotte 133
SECTIONAL INDEX
Pages
Vegetable and Flower Seeds
I- 45
Field Seeds and Grains ....
46- 50
Fertilizers and Insecticides .
• 51- 57
Farm Implements and Supplies.
58-123
Harvesting Machines ....
. 106-109
Dairy Supplies
124-137
Poultry Supplies
. 138-176
J. Horace McFarland Company, Horticultural Printers, Harrisburg, Pa.
NEW BRITAIN
TRACTOR
Garden
^ % new eia?
It plows,
mows tt
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11